Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 5, 2003

Registration No. 333-                


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Under

The Securities Act of 1933


SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

(to be renamed “SYNNEX Corp.”)

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)


 

California   33411   94-2703333
(prior to reincorporation)   (Primary Standard Industrial   (I.R.S. Employer
    Classification Code Number)   Identification No.)

Delaware

(after reincorporation)

       
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)        

3797 Spinnaker Court, Fremont, CA 94538

(510) 656-3333

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)


 

ROBERT T. HUANG

President and Chief Executive Officer

SYNNEX I NFORMATION T ECHNOLOGIES , I NC .

3797 Spinnaker Court, Fremont, CA 94538

(510) 656-3333

(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)


Copies to:

JORGE DEL CALVO, ESQ.

ALLISON LEOPOLD TILLEY, ESQ.

DAVINA K. KAILE, ESQ.

P ILLSBURY W INTHROP LLP

2550 Hanover Street

Palo Alto, California 94304

(650) 233-4500

    Fax (650) 233-4545

 

GREGORY C. SMITH, ESQ.

NICOLE MORATH, ESQ.

S KADDEN , A RPS , S LATE , M EAGHER & F LOM LLP

525 University Avenue, Suite 1100

Palo Alto, California 94301

(650) 470-4500

Fax (650) 470-4570


Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:     As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

 

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨    ____________

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨    ____________

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨    ____________

 

If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, check the following box.   ¨


CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 


Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price (1)
  Amount of
Registration Fee

Common Stock, $0.001 par value

  $92,000,000   $7,443

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission acting pursuant to such Section 8(a), may determine.



Table of Contents

 

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the Securities and Exchange Commission declares our registration statement effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED SEPTEMBER 5, 2003

 

Prospectus

 

LOGO

 

                 shares

 

SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc.

 

Common Stock

 

This is the initial public offering of                  shares of common stock of SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc. No public market currently exists for our shares.

 

We currently anticipate the initial public offering price of our common stock to be between $         and $         per share. We intend to apply to have our shares approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “SNX”.

 

We are selling              of the shares of common stock under this prospectus, and certain of our stockholders, referred to in this prospectus as selling stockholders, are offering an additional                      shares. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares being sold by the selling stockholders.

 

See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 6 to read about certain risks that you should consider before buying shares of our common stock.

 


          Per Share           Total

Public Offering Price

   $             $       

Underwriting Discount

   $             $       

Proceeds, Before expenses, to SYNNEX

   $             $       

Proceeds, Before expenses, to the Selling Stockholders 

   $             $       

 

We and certain of the selling stockholders identified in this prospectus have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to                  additional shares to cover any over-allotments.

 

Delivery of shares will be made on or about                 , 2003.

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.

 

                                      Banc of America Securities LLC

 

Raymond James

 

The date of this prospectus is                         , 2003.


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the section entitled “Risk Factors” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and pro forma financial data before making an investment decision.

 

SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc.

 

Our Business

 

We are a global information technology, or IT, supply chain services company offering a comprehensive range of outsourcing solutions to IT original equipment manufacturers and software publishers, collectively OEMs, and reseller customers worldwide. We have been in the IT distribution business since 1980 and are one of the largest IT product distributors based on reported revenue. We focus our core wholesale distribution business on a limited number of leading IT OEMs, which allows us to enhance and increase the value of our services to our OEM suppliers and reseller customers. We also offer contract assembly services to OEMs in the IT products industry.

 

We distribute IT systems, peripherals, system components, software and networking equipment for OEM suppliers such as HP, IBM, Intel, Microsoft Corporation and Seagate. Our reseller customers include value added resellers, or VARs, corporate resellers, government resellers, system integrators, direct marketers and retailers. We currently distribute and market approximately 15,000 products (as measured by active SKUs) from over 100 OEM suppliers to more than 15,000 resellers.

 

Our contract assembly services are generally related to building IT systems such as personal computers, workstations and servers. By leveraging the inventory management capabilities and system component supplier relationships of our distribution business, we provide cost-effective IT system contract assembly services.

 

Because we offer distribution, contract assembly and complementary supply chain services, OEM suppliers and resellers can outsource to us multiple areas of their business outside of their core competencies. This model allows us to provide services at several points along the IT product supply chain. We believe that the combination of our broad array of services, our focus on servicing the leading IT OEMs and our stringent operating disciplines enables us to realize strong and expanding relationships with these OEMs and our reseller customers.

 

Our Strategy

 

We intend to continue to expand our business by pursuing the following strategies:

 

    Deepen relationships with our existing OEM suppliers and reseller customers by expanding the supply chain services we offer to them.

 

    Establish new strategic relationships with leading OEMs to increase the breadth of product lines that we distribute by offering OEMs a compelling combination of supply chain services.

 

    Increase our reseller customer base by offering competitive pricing, in-depth product expertise and a comprehensive selection of IT products.

 

    Expand our contract assembly services to benefit from the continuing trend of OEMs outsourcing their production activities.

 

1


Table of Contents
    Control costs by maintaining our low cost operations and seeking ways to further reduce costs in all areas of our business.

 

    Pursue strategic acquisitions and investments to increase our OEM and reseller relationships, enhance our service offerings and expand our geographic reach.

 

Our Relationship with MiTAC International

 

In 1992, MiTAC International Corporation, or MiTAC International, acquired a controlling interest in us. Since 1992, MiTAC International, through its affiliates, has increased its beneficial ownership interest in us to approximately 98%.

 

MiTAC International, established in 1982, is a publicly held, original design manufacturing company based in Taiwan. MiTAC International specializes in the development and manufacture of motherboards, servers, LCD PCs, mobile wireless handheld devices, such as wireless PDAs and smart phones. In the last 20 years, MiTAC International has expanded its presence in more than 20 countries around the world. In 1994, we began offering contract assembly services that we jointly market with MiTAC International’s manufacturing and design services.

 

All of the selling stockholders are related to MiTAC International. After completion of this offering, MiTAC International and its affiliates will beneficially own approximately       % of our outstanding common stock, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option, and approximately       % if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full. As a result of this ownership interest, MiTAC International and its affiliates control us and they will continue to control us upon completion of the offering.

 


 

We were incorporated in the State of California as COMPAC Microelectronics, Inc. on November 18, 1980, and we changed our name to SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc. on February 4, 1994. We plan to reincorporate in the State of Delaware under the name “SYNNEX Corp.” prior to consummation of the offering. Our principal offices are located at 3797 Spinnaker Court, Fremont, CA 94538, and our telephone number is (510) 656-3333. We have distribution, sales and assembly facilities located in Asia, Europe and North America. Our website is located at www.synnex.com. The information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus.

 

2


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Shares of common stock being offered by us                               shares

Shares of common stock being offered by the selling stockholders

                              shares

Shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering

                              shares

Use of proceeds

   We intend to use the estimated net proceeds from this offering of $         million to reduce the amounts outstanding under our U.S. credit facility, if any, and reduce the use of our accounts receivable securitization program.

Dividend policy

   We have not declared or paid any cash dividends since our inception. We currently intend to retain future earnings, if any, for use in our operations and the expansion of our business.

Proposed New York Stock Exchange symbol

   SNX

 

The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on our outstanding shares as of May 31, 2003. These shares exclude:

 

                 shares issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding at May 31, 2003 under our stock option plans with a weighted average exercise price of $         per share;

 

                 shares reserved for future grant under our stock option plans at May 31, 2003; and

 

                 shares reserved for issuance under our employee stock purchase plan.

 


 

Except when otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus:

 

    assumes the reincorporation of SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc. in Delaware as SYNNEX Corp. at or prior to the consummation of this offering;

 

    has been adjusted to give effect to a        for        reverse stock split of our common stock to be effected prior to the consummation of this offering; and

 

    assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of common stock from us and some of the selling stockholders to cover over-allotments, if any.

 

The SYNNEX name and logo are trademarks, registered trademarks, service marks or registered service marks of SYNNEX in the United States. All other trademarks, service marks and trade names referred to in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

 

3


Table of Contents

SUMMARY HISTORICAL FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

 

The following table presents our summary consolidated historical financial information. The statement of operations data generally includes the operating results of our acquisitions from the closing date of each acquisition. You should read this information together with the consolidated financial statements and related notes, unaudited as adjusted financial information and the information under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Years Ended November 30,

  Unaudited Actual
Six Months
Ended May 31,


    2000

    2001

  2002

  2002

  2003

    (in thousands, except per share data)

Statement of Operations Data:

                               

Revenue

  $ 3,802,629     $ 3,224,390   $ 3,767,882   $ 1,685,231   $ 1,838,028

Cost of revenue

    3,626,317       3,060,304     3,593,982     1,604,069     1,753,197
   


 

 

 

 

Gross profit

    176,312       164,086     173,900     81,162     84,831

Selling, general and administrative
expenses

    106,489       106,197     123,418     56,380     59,583
   


 

 

 

 

Income from operations

    69,823       57,889     50,482     24,782     25,248

 

Income from continuing operations

    42,011       25,797     28,032     13,138     13,721

Loss from discontinued operations

    (5,577 )                
   


 

 

 

 

Net income

  $ 36,434     $ 25,797   $ 28,032   $ 13,138   $ 13,721
   


 

 

 

 

Net income per common share—diluted:

                               

Income from continuing operations

  $       $     $     $     $  

 

     Unaudited
     May 31, 2003

     Actual

   As Adjusted

     (in thousands)
Balance Sheet Data:     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 17,293    $             

Working capital

     198,069       

Total assets

     623,914       

Current borrowings under term loans and lines of credit

     42,838       

Long-term borrowings

     13,580       

Total stockholders’ equity

     232,564       

 

As adjusted information gives effect to the application of the net proceeds from the sale of                      shares of our common stock offered by us at an assumed initial public offering price of $          per share and after deducting estimated offering expenses and underwriting discounts and commissions. In addition to the repayment of any outstanding borrowings under our U.S. credit facility, we intend to use the remaining portion of the net proceeds received by us from this offering to reduce the use of our accounts receivable securitization program. The impact to our financial statements of this reduction will be to increase our accounts receivable.

 

     Years Ended November 30,

  

Unaudited

Six Months Ended
May 31,


     2000

   2001

   2002

   2002

   2003

     (in thousands)

Other Data:

                                  

Depreciation and Amortization

   $ 6,753    $ 9,350    $ 8,337    $ 3,818    $ 4,106

 

4


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE ON FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

We have made forward-looking statements in this prospectus, including in the sections entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and “Business” and elsewhere in this prospectus that are based on our management’s beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to our management. Forward-looking statements include the information concerning our possible or assumed future results of operations, business strategies, financing plans, competitive position, industry environment, the anticipated impact on our business and financial results of recent and future acquisitions, potential growth opportunities and the effects of competition. Forward-looking statements include all statements that are not historical facts and generally can be identified by the use of terminology such as the words “may,” “will,” “should,” “potential,” “continue,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “estimates” or similar expressions.

 

Forward-looking statements involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Actual results may differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements for a number of reasons, including those appearing elsewhere in this prospectus under the caption “Risk Factors.” Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statements after the date of this prospectus.

 

5


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

 

An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Before you invest in our common stock, you should carefully consider all of the risks of our business, including those described below, together with all of the other information included in this prospectus. Our business and operating results could be materially and adversely affected by any of these risks. The trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

 

Risks Related to Our Business

 

We anticipate that our revenue and operating results will fluctuate, which could adversely affect the price of our common stock.

 

Our operating results have fluctuated and will fluctuate in the future as a result of many factors, including:

 

    general economic conditions and weakness in IT spending;

 

    the loss or consolidation of one or more of our significant original equipment manufacturer, or OEM, suppliers or customers;

 

    market acceptance and product life of the products we assemble and distribute;

 

    competitive conditions in our industry, which may impact our margins;

 

    pricing, margin and other terms with our OEM suppliers;

 

    variations in our levels of excess inventory and doubtful accounts, and changes in the terms of OEM supplier-sponsored programs, such as price protection and return rights;

 

    changes in our costs and operating expenses; and

 

    the contribution to our total revenue of our international operations.

 

Although we attempt to control our expense levels, these levels are based, in part, on anticipated revenue. Therefore, we may not be able to control spending in a timely manner to compensate for any unexpected revenue shortfall.

 

Our operating results also are affected by the seasonality of the IT products industry. We have historically experienced higher sales in our fourth fiscal quarter due to patterns in the capital budgeting and purchasing cycles of end-users. These patterns may not be repeated in subsequent periods.

 

You should not rely on period-to-period comparisons of our operating results as an indication of future performance. The results of any quarterly period are not indicative of results to be expected for a full fiscal year. In future quarters, our operating results may be below the expectations of public market analysts or investors, which would likely cause our share price to decline.

 

We are dependent on a small number of OEMs to supply the IT products that we sell.

 

Our future success is highly dependent on our relationships with a small number of OEM suppliers. Sales of HP products represented approximately 35.0% of our total revenue in fiscal 2002 and 31.1% in the six months ended May 31, 2003. Our OEM supplier agreements typically are short-term and may be terminated without cause upon short notice. The loss or deterioration of our relationships with a major OEM supplier, the authorization by OEM suppliers of additional distributors, the sale of products by OEM suppliers directly to our reseller customers and end users, or our failure to establish relationships with new OEM suppliers or to expand the distribution and supply chain services that we provide OEM suppliers could adversely affect our business,

 

6


Table of Contents

financial position and operating results. In addition, OEM suppliers may face liquidity or solvency issues which in turn could negatively affect our business and operating results.

 

Our business is also highly dependent on the terms provided by our OEM suppliers. Generally, each OEM supplier has the ability to change the terms and conditions of their sales agreements, such as reducing the amount of price protection and return rights or reducing the level of purchase discounts, rebates and marketing programs available to us. If we are unable to pass the impact of these changes through to our reseller customers, our business, financial position and operating results could be adversely affected.

 

Our gross margins are low, which magnifies the impact of variations in revenue or costs on our operating results.

 

As a result of intense price competition in the IT products industry, our gross margins are low, and we expect them to continue to be low in the future. Increased competition arising from industry consolidation and low demand for certain IT products may hinder our ability to maintain or improve our gross margins. These low gross margins magnify the impact of variations in revenue, operating costs, bad debts and interest expense on our operating results. A portion of our operating expenses is relatively fixed, and planned expenditures are based in part on anticipated orders that are forecasted with limited visibility of future demand. As a result, we may not be able to reduce our operating expenses as a percentage of revenue to mitigate any further reductions in gross margins in the future. If we cannot proportionately decrease our cost structure in response to competitive price pressures, our business and operating results could suffer.

 

We also receive purchase discounts and rebates from OEM suppliers based on various factors, including sales or purchase volume and breadth of customers. A decrease in net sales could negatively affect the level of volume rebates received from our OEM suppliers and thus, our gross margins. Because some purchase discounts and rebates from OEM suppliers are based on percentage increases in sales of products, it may become more difficult for us to achieve the percentage growth in sales required for larger discounts due to the current size of our revenue base. A decrease or elimination of purchase discounts and rebates from our OEM suppliers could adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

Because we sell on a purchase order basis, we are subject to uncertainties and variability in demand by our reseller and contract assembly customers, which could decrease revenue and adversely affect our operating results.

 

We sell to our reseller and contract assembly customers on a purchase order basis rather than pursuant to long-term contracts or contracts with minimum purchase requirements. Consequently, our sales are subject to demand variability by our reseller and contract assembly customers. The level and timing of orders placed by our reseller and contract assembly customers vary for a variety of reasons, including seasonal buying by end-users, the introduction of new hardware and software technologies and general economic conditions. Customers submitting a purchase order may cancel, reduce or delay their orders. If we are unable to anticipate and respond to the demands of our reseller and contract assembly customers, our business, financial position and operating results may be adversely affected.

 

We are subject to the risk that our inventory value may decline, and protective terms under our OEM supplier agreements may not adequately cover the decline in value.

 

The IT products industry is subject to rapid technological change, new and enhanced product specification requirements, and evolving industry standards. These changes may cause inventory on hand to decline substantially in value or to rapidly become obsolete. Most of our OEM suppliers offer limited protection from the loss in value of inventory. For example, we can receive a credit from many OEM suppliers for products held in inventory in the event of a supplier price reduction. In addition, we have a limited right to return a certain percentage of purchases to most OEM suppliers. These policies are subject to time restrictions and do not protect

 

7


Table of Contents

us in all cases from declines in inventory value. In addition, our OEM suppliers may become unable or unwilling to fulfill their protection obligations to us. The decrease or elimination of price protection or the inability of our OEM suppliers to fulfill their protection obligations could lower our gross margins and cause us to record inventory write-downs. If we are unable to manage our inventory with our OEM suppliers with a high degree of precision, our business, financial position and operating results may suffer.

 

We are dependent on OEM suppliers to maintain an adequate supply of products to fulfill customer orders on a timely basis.

 

Our ability to obtain particular products in the required quantities and to fulfill reseller customer orders on a timely basis is critical to our success. In most cases, we have no guaranteed price or delivery agreements with our OEM suppliers. We occasionally experience a supply shortage of certain products as a result of strong demand or problems experienced by our OEM suppliers. If shortages or delays persist, the price of those products may increase, or the products may not be available at all. In addition, our OEM suppliers may decide to distribute, or to substantially increase their existing distribution business, through other distributors, their own dealer networks, or directly to resellers. Accordingly, if we are not able to secure and maintain an adequate supply of products to fulfill our reseller customer orders on a timely basis, our business, financial position and operating results may be adversely affected.

 

We are subject to the risk of termination of floor plan financing.

 

A portion of our U.S. distribution revenue is financed by floor plan financing companies. We currently receive payment from these financing companies within approximately 15 business days from the date of the sale, which allows our business to operate at much lower relative working capital levels than if such programs were not available. If these floor plan arrangements are terminated or substantially reduced, the need for more working capital and the increased financing cost could adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

We have significant credit exposure to our reseller customers, and negative trends in their businesses could cause us significant credit loss.

 

We extend credit to our reseller customers for a significant portion of our sales to them. Resellers have a period of time, generally 30 days after the date of invoice, to make payment. As a result, we are subject to the risk that our reseller customers will not pay for the products they purchase. Our credit exposure risk may increase due to liquidity or solvency issues experienced by our resellers as a result of an economic downturn, including the current downturn, or a decrease in IT spending by end-users. A deterioration in the collectibility or timing of collection of our receivables may make it more difficult or costly to utilize receivable-based financing, which could harm our business, financial position and operating results.

 

We may be unable to recover amounts lost due to recent incidents of theft.

 

We have recently experienced theft as a result of break-ins at three of our warehouses in which approximately $9.6 million of inventory was stolen. Our insurance carrier has accepted coverage of $0.4 million, is in the adjustment process for $1.4 million and has reserved its rights with respect to and has not paid the remaining $7.8 million of the claim. If we do not receive insurance proceeds to cover the loss, we would incur a charge equal to the difference of our loss and the actual insurance proceeds received, which could materially and adversely affect our operating results. In addition, these incidents may make it more difficult or expensive for us to obtain theft coverage in the future. There is no assurance that future incidents of theft will not re-occur.

 

A significant portion of our contract assembly revenue comes from a single customer, and any decrease in sales from this customer could adversely affect our revenue.

 

Our primary contract assembly customer accounted for approximately 54.5% of our contract assembly revenue in fiscal 2002 and approximately 95.7% of our contract assembly revenue in the six months ended

 

8


Table of Contents

May 31, 2003 and less than 10% of our total revenue in fiscal 2002 and the six months ended May 31, 2003. Revenue from our primary contract assembly customer has decreased over the past three years and could decrease in the future. Our business with our primary contract assembly customer is dependent upon obtaining new orders from this customer. In addition, the future success of our relationship with our primary contract assembly customer depends on MiTAC International continuing to work with us to service our primary contract assembly customer’s needs. If we are unable to obtain assembly contracts for new and successful products as a result of the current economic downturn or other reasons, our business and operating results would suffer. For example, our loss of contract assembly business from Compaq Computer Corporation, or Compaq, in fiscal 2001 had a material adverse effect on our revenue and operating results in subsequent periods.

 

We have pursued and intend to continue to pursue strategic acquisitions or investments in new markets and may encounter risks associated with these activities which could harm our operations.

 

The distribution and contract assembly industries have experienced significant consolidation due to price erosion and market competition, augmented by the economic downturn. We expect this consolidation to continue. We have in the past pursued and in the future expect to pursue acquisitions of, or investments in, businesses and assets in new markets, either within or outside the IT products industry, that complement or expand our existing business. Our acquisition strategy involves a number of risks, including:

 

    difficulty in successfully integrating acquired operations, IT systems, customers, OEM supplier and partner relationships, products and businesses with our operations;

 

    loss of key employees of acquired operations or inability to hire key employees necessary for our expansion;

 

    diversion of our capital and management attention away from other business issues;

 

    an increase in our expenses and working capital requirements;

 

    in the case of acquisitions that we may make outside of the United States, difficulty in operating in foreign countries and over significant geographical distances; and

 

    other financial risks, such as potential liabilities of the businesses we acquire.

 

Our growth may be limited and our competitive position may be harmed if we are unable to identify, finance and complete future acquisitions. As a smaller participant in the IT product distribution industry than some of our competitors, we believe that further expansion may be a prerequisite to our long-term success. We have incurred costs and encountered difficulties in the past in connection with our acquisitions and investments. For example, our operating margins were adversely affected as a result of our acquisition of Merisel Canada Inc. and we have written off substantial investments in the past, one of which was eManage. Future acquisitions may result in dilutive issuances of equity securities, the incurrence of additional debt, large write-offs, a decrease in future profitability, or future losses. The incurrence of debt in connection with any future acquisitions could restrict our ability to obtain working capital or other financing necessary to operate our business. Our recent and future acquisitions or investments may not be successful, and if we fail to realize the anticipated benefits of these acquisitions or investments, our business and operating results could be harmed.

 

We are dependent on a variety of IT and telecommunications systems, and any failure of these systems could adversely impact our business.

 

We depend on IT and telecommunications systems for our operations. These systems support a variety of functions, including inventory management, order processing, shipping, shipment tracking and billing.

 

Failures or significant downtime of our IT or telecommunications systems could prevent us from taking customer orders, printing product pick-lists, operating our automated product pick machinery, shipping products or billing customers. Sales also may be affected if our reseller customers are unable to access our price and

 

9


Table of Contents

product availability information. We also rely on the Internet, and in particular electronic data interchange or EDI, for a large portion of our orders and information exchanges with our OEM suppliers and reseller customers. The Internet and individual websites have experienced a number of disruptions and slowdowns, some of which were caused by organized attacks. In addition, some websites have experienced security breakdowns. If we were to experience a security breakdown, disruption or breach that compromised sensitive information, it could harm our relationship with our OEM suppliers or reseller customers. Disruption of our website or the Internet in general could impair our order processing or more generally prevent our OEM suppliers or reseller customers from accessing information. The occurrence of any of these events could have an adverse effect on our business and operating results.

 

We rely on independent shipping companies for delivery of products, and price increases or service interruptions from these carriers could adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

We rely almost entirely on arrangements with independent shipping companies, such as FedEx and UPS, for the delivery of our products from OEM suppliers and delivery of products to reseller customers. Freight and shipping charges are a substantial portion of our cost of goods sold. As a result, an increase in freight surcharges due to rising fuel cost or general price increases will have an immediate adverse effect on our margins, unless we are able to pass the increased charges to our reseller customers or renegotiate terms with our OEM suppliers. In addition, in the past, UPS has experienced work stoppages due to labor negotiations with management. The termination of our arrangements with one or more of these independent shipping companies, the failure or inability of one or more of these independent shipping companies to deliver products, or the unavailability of their shipping services, even temporarily, could have an adverse effect on our business and operating results.

 

Part of our business is conducted outside of the United States, exposing us to additional risks that may not exist in the United States.

 

Part of our business is conducted outside of the United States. This portion of our business is subject to risks, including:

 

    political or economic instability;

 

    changes in governmental regulation;

 

    changes in import/export duties;

 

    trade restrictions;

 

    difficulties and costs of staffing and managing operations in certain foreign countries;

 

    work stoppages or other changes in labor conditions;

 

    taxes; and

 

    seasonal reductions in business activity in some parts of the world, such as Europe.

 

We may continue to expand internationally to respond to competitive pressure and customer and market requirements. However, changes in policies and/or laws of the United States or foreign governments resulting in, among other things, higher taxation, currency conversion limitations, restrictions on fund transfers or the expropriation of private enterprises, could reduce the anticipated benefits of our international expansion. Furthermore, any actions by countries in which we conduct business to reverse policies that encourage foreign trade or investment could adversely affect our business. If we fail to realize the anticipated revenue growth of our future international operations, our business and operating results could suffer.

 

10


Table of Contents

Because we conduct substantial operations in China, our business and results of operations are subject to economic, political and social events in China.

 

A substantial portion of our IT systems operations, including our IT systems support and software development operations, are located in China. In addition, we also conduct general and administrative activities from our facility in China. We expect to increase our operations in China in the future. Our operations in China are subject to a number of risks relating to China’s economic and political systems, including:

 

    a government fixed foreign exchange rate and limitations on the convertibility of the Chinese renminbi;

 

    extensive government regulation;

 

    changing governmental policies relating to tax benefits available to foreign-owned businesses;

 

    the telecommunications infrastructure;

 

    a relatively uncertain legal system; and

 

    uncertainties related to continued economic and social reform, including the effect of China’s recent entry into the World Trade Organization.

 

In addition, external events in Asia, such as the recent outbreak of severe acute respiratory syndrome, or SARS, or heightened political tensions in this region may adversely affect our business by disrupting the IT supply chain, restricting travel or interfering with the electronic and communications infrastructure.

 

Our IT systems are an important part of our global operations. Any significant interruption in service, whether resulting from any of the above uncertainties, natural disasters or otherwise, could result in delays in our inventory purchasing, errors in order fulfillment, reduced levels of customer service and other disruptions in operations, any of which could cause our business and operating results to suffer.

 

Changes in foreign exchange rates and limitations on the convertibility of foreign currencies could adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

In fiscal 2002 and the six months ended May 31, 2003, approximately 21% and 23%, respectively, of our total revenue was generated outside the United States. Our international revenue, cost of revenue and operating expenses are denominated in foreign currencies. We presently have currency exposure arising from both sales and purchases denominated in foreign currencies. Changes in exchange rates between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar may adversely affect our operating margins. For example, if these foreign currencies appreciate against the U.S. dollar, it will make it more expensive in terms of U.S. dollars to purchase inventory or pay expenses with foreign currencies. In addition, currency devaluation can result in a loss to us if we hold deposits of that currency as well as make our products, which are usually purchased by us with U.S. dollars, relatively more expensive than products manufactured locally. We currently conduct only limited hedging activities, which involve the use of currency forward contracts. Hedging foreign currencies can be risky, especially if the currency is not freely or actively traded. In addition, some currencies, such as the Chinese renminbi, are subject to limitations on conversion into other currencies, which can limit our ability to hedge or to otherwise react to rapid foreign currency devaluations. We cannot predict the impact of future exchange rate fluctuations on our business and operating results.

 

Loss of any of our key personnel could hurt our business because of their experience in the IT products industry and their technological expertise.

 

We operate in the highly competitive IT products industry. We are dependent in large part on our ability to retain the services of our key senior executives and other technical experts and personnel. Our employees and executives do not have employment agreements. Furthermore, we do not carry “key person” insurance coverage for any of our key executives. We compete for qualified senior management and technical personnel. The loss of,

 

11


Table of Contents

or inability to hire, key executives or qualified employees could inhibit our ability to operate and grow our business successfully.

 

We may become involved in intellectual property or other disputes that could cause us to incur substantial costs.

 

We may from time to time receive notifications alleging infringements of intellectual property rights allegedly held by others relating to our business or the products we sell or assemble for our OEM suppliers and others. Litigation with respect to patents or other intellectual property matters could result in substantial costs and diversion of management and other resources and could have an adverse effect on our business. Although we generally have various levels of indemnification protection from our OEM suppliers and contract assembly customers, in many cases any indemnification to which we may be entitled is subject to maximum limits or other restrictions. In addition, we have developed proprietary IT systems that play an important role in our business. If any infringement claim is successful against us and if indemnification is not available or sufficient, we may be required to pay substantial damages or we may need to seek and obtain a license of the other party’s intellectual property rights. We may be unable to obtain such a license on commercially reasonable terms, if at all.

 

We are from time to time involved in other litigation in the ordinary course of business. For example, we are currently defending a trademark infringement action, a civil matter involving third party investors in eManage and various bankruptcy preference actions. We may not be successful in defending these or other claims. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can result in substantial expense and could divert the efforts of our management.

 

Our ability to obtain favorable manufacturing terms from and otherwise rely on our parent corporation, MiTAC International, may diminish as MiTAC International’s equity ownership in us decreases.

 

We rely on MiTAC International to manufacture and supply subassemblies and components for some of our contract assembly customers, including Sun Microsystems, currently our primary contract assembly customer, and our reliance on MiTAC International may increase in the future. In addition, our relationship with Sun Microsystems and some of our other customers evolved from customer relationships that were initiated by MiTAC International. Our relationship with Sun Microsystems is a joint relationship with us and MiTAC International, and the future success of our relationship with Sun Microsystems depends on MiTAC International continuing to work with us to service Sun Microsystems’ requirements. Our relationship with MiTAC International has been informal and is not governed by long-term commitments or arrangements with respect to pricing terms, revenue or capacity commitments. Accordingly, we negotiate manufacturing and pricing terms on a project-by-project basis, based on manufacturing services rendered by each entity, with MiTAC International and our contract assembly customers for a given project.

 

Our business relationship with MiTAC International has been and will continue to be negotiated as related parties and therefore may not be the result of arms’-length negotiations between independent parties. Our Chairman has been and presently intends to continue as the chairman of the board of both MiTAC International and us. However, upon completion of this offering, the beneficial ownership interest in us of MiTAC International and its affiliates will decrease from approximately 98% to approximately     %, and it will decrease further if MiTAC International or any of its affiliates elects to sell additional shares of our common stock or we issue additional shares for capital purposes, strategic acquisitions or otherwise. As a result, MiTAC International’s interests and ours may increasingly conflict, which could result in increased costs, decreased revenue, product capacity issues and the loss of customer relationships or referrals, among other things, any of which could adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

12


Table of Contents

There could be potential conflicts of interest between us and affiliates of MiTAC International, which could impact our business and operating results.

 

MiTAC International’s and its affiliates’ continuing beneficial ownership of our common stock, as well as our Chairman’s position as a director or officer of such entities could create conflicts of interest with respect to a variety of matters, such as potential acquisitions, competition, issuance or disposition of securities, election of directors, payment of dividends and other business matters. We have adopted a policy requiring material transactions in which any of our directors has a potential conflict of interest to be approved by the disinterested members of the board. Thus, our policy requires material transactions between us and MiTAC International or any of its affiliates to be approved by the members of the board other than our Chairman, who is also the chairman of MiTAC International.

 

SYNNEX Technology International Corp., or SYNNEX Technology International, a publicly traded company based in Taiwan affiliated with MiTAC International, currently provides distribution and fulfillment services to various markets in Asia and Australia, and is also a potential competitor of ours. Prior to this offering, SYNNEX Technology International indirectly through its ownership of Peer Developments Limited owns approximately 24% of our outstanding common stock. Neither MiTAC International nor SYNNEX Technology International are restricted from competing with us. In the future, we may increasingly compete with SYNNEX Technology International, particularly if our business in Asia expands or SYNNEX Technology International expands its business into geographies or customers we serve. Moreover, we cannot limit or control the use of the SYNNEX name by SYNNEX Technology International or MiTAC International, and our use of the SYNNEX name may be restricted as a result of registration of the name by SYNNEX Technology International or their prior use in jurisdictions where they currently operate.

 

Because of the capital-intensive nature of our business, we need continued access to capital which, if not available to us, could harm our ability to operate or expand our business.

 

Our business requires significant levels of capital to finance accounts receivable and product inventory that is not financed by trade creditors. If cash from available sources is insufficient, or if cash is used for unanticipated needs, we may require additional capital sooner than anticipated. In the event we are required, or elect, to raise additional funds, we may be unable to do so on favorable terms, or at all. Our current and future indebtedness could adversely affect our operating results and severely limit our ability to plan for, or react to, changes in our business or industry. We could also be limited by financial and other restrictive covenants in any credit arrangements, including limitations on our borrowing of additional funds and issuing dividends. Furthermore, the cost of debt financing could significantly increase, making it cost prohibitive to borrow, which could force us to issue new equity securities.

 

If we issue new equity securities, existing stockholders may experience additional dilution, or the new equity securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of existing holders of common stock. If we cannot raise funds on acceptable terms, we may not be able to take advantage of future opportunities or respond to competitive pressures or unanticipated requirements. Any inability to raise additional capital when required could have an adverse effect on our business and operating results.

 

The terms of our indebtedness agreements impose significant restrictions on our ability to operate.

 

As of May 31, 2003, we had approximately $56.4 million in outstanding short and long-term borrowings under term loans and lines of credit, excluding trade payables. As of May 31, 2003, approximately $177.0 million of our accounts receivable were sold to and held by a financial institution under our accounts receivable securitization program. The terms of our current indebtedness agreements restrict, among other things, our ability to:

 

    incur additional indebtedness;

 

    pay dividends or make certain other restricted payments;

 

13


Table of Contents
    consummate certain asset sales or acquisitions;

 

    enter into certain transactions with affiliates; and

 

    merge, consolidate or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets.

 

We are also required to maintain specified financial ratios and satisfy certain financial condition tests, including minimum net worth and fixed charge coverage ratio as outlined in our senior secured revolving line of credit arrangement. We may be unable to meet these ratios and tests, which could result in the acceleration of the repayment of the related debt, the termination of the facility or the increase in our effective cost of funds. As a result, our ability to operate may be restricted and our ability to respond to business and market conditions limited, which could have an adverse effect on our business and operating results.

 

We have significant operations concentrated in Northern California, South Carolina and Toronto and any disruption in the operations of our facilities could harm our business.

 

Our worldwide operations could be subject to natural disasters and other business disruptions, which could seriously harm our revenue and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses. We have significant operations in our facilities located in Fremont, California, Greenville, South Carolina and Toronto. As a result, any prolonged disruption in the operations of our facilities, whether due to technical difficulties, power failures, destruction or damage to the facilities as a result of a natural disaster, fire or any other reason, could harm our operating results. For example, the California energy crisis in 2001 affected our ability to meet our customer obligations. Should an energy crisis occur again, it could harm our business and operating results. In addition, some of our OEM suppliers are located in areas geographically close to us. We currently do not have a formal disaster recovery plan and may not have sufficient business interruption insurance to compensate for losses that could occur.

 

Global health, economic, political and social conditions may have a material negative impact on our business.

 

External factors such as the SARS virus, potential terrorist attacks, acts of war or geopolitical and social turmoil in many parts of the world could cause our business and operating results to suffer in ways that cannot presently be predicted. These uncertainties make it difficult for us and our customers to accurately plan future business activities. More generally, these geopolitical social and economic conditions could result in increased volatility in the United States and worldwide financial markets and economy. We are predominantly uninsured for losses and interruptions caused by terrorist acts and acts of war.

 

If we account for employee stock option and employee stock purchase plans using the fair value method, it could significantly reduce our net income and earnings per share.

 

There has been ongoing public debate whether employee stock option and employee stock purchase plans shares should be treated as a compensation expense and, if so, how to properly value these charges. If we elected or were required to record a non-cash expense for our stock-based compensation plans using the fair value method, we could have significant accounting charges. For example in fiscal 2002, had we accounted for stock-based compensation plans under Statement 123 as amended by Statement 148, earnings per share would have been reduced by $         per share. Although we are not currently required to record any compensation expense using the fair value method in connection with option grants that have an exercise price at or above fair market value and for shares issued under our employee stock purchase plan, it is possible that future laws or regulations will require us to treat all stock-based compensation as a compensation expense using the fair value method.

 

14


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Industry

 

The recent economic downturn in the IT industry could continue to have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

The IT industry in which we operate has experienced a decrease in demand. Softening demand for our products and services caused by the ongoing economic downturn and over-capacity was responsible in part for a decline in our revenue in fiscal 2001, as well as problems with the saleability of inventory and collection of reseller customer receivables.

 

The global economy may remain weak and market conditions continue to be challenging in the IT industry. As a result, individuals and companies may continue delaying or reducing expenditures, including those for IT products. While in the past we may have benefited from the consolidation in our industry resulting from the slowdown, further delays or reductions in IT spending in particular, and economic weakness generally, could have an adverse effect on our business and operating results.

 

Our distribution business may be adversely affected by OEM suppliers increasing their commitment to direct sales.

 

Consolidation of OEM suppliers has resulted in fewer sources for some of the products that we distribute. This consolidation has also resulted in larger OEM suppliers that have significant operating and financial resources. OEM suppliers, including the leading OEM suppliers that we service, have been selling a greater volume of products directly to end-users, thereby limiting our business opportunity. If large OEM suppliers continue the trend to sell directly to our resellers, rather than use us as the distributor of their products, our business and operating results will suffer.

 

OEMs are limiting the number of supply chain service providers with which they do business.

 

Currently, there is a trend towards reducing the number of authorized distributors used by the OEM suppliers. As a smaller market participant than some of our competitors, we may be more susceptible to loss of business from further reductions of authorized distributors or contract assemblers by IT product OEMs. For example, the termination of Compaq’s contract assembly business with us in fiscal 2001 had a significant negative effect on our revenue and operating results. A determination by any of our primary OEMs to consolidate their business with other distributors or contract assemblers would negatively affect our business and operating results.

 

The IT industry is subject to rapidly changing technologies and process developments, and we may not be able to adequately adjust our business to these changes.

 

Dynamic changes in the IT industry, including the consolidation of OEM suppliers, reductions in the number of authorized distributors used by OEM suppliers and the general slowdown of the economy, have resulted in new and increased responsibilities for management personnel and have placed, and continue to place, a significant strain upon our management, operating and financial systems and other resources. We may be unable to successfully respond to and manage our business in light of industry developments and trends. Also crucial to our success in managing our operations will be our ability to achieve additional economies of scale. Our failure to achieve these additional economies of scale or to respond to changes in the IT industry could adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

We are subject to intense competition in the IT industry, both in the United States and internationally.

 

We operate in a highly competitive environment, both in the United States and internationally. The IT product distribution and contract assembly industries are characterized by intense competition, based primarily

 

15


Table of Contents

on product availability, credit availability, price, speed of delivery, ability to tailor specific solutions to customer needs, quality and depth of product lines, pre-sale and post-sale technical support, flexibility and timely response to design changes, technological capabilities, product quality, service and support. We compete with a variety of regional, national and international IT product distributors and contract manufacturers and assemblers. In some instances, we also compete with our own customers, our own OEM suppliers and MiTAC International.

 

Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have greater financial, operating, manufacturing and marketing resources than us. Some of our competitors may have broader geographic breadth and range of services than us and may have more developed relationships with their existing customers. We may lose market share in the United States or in international markets, or may be forced in the future to reduce our prices in response to the actions of our competitors and thereby experience a reduction in our gross margins.

 

We may initiate other business activities, including the broadening of our services, and may face competition from companies with more experience in those new areas. In addition, as we enter new areas of business, we may also encounter increased competition from current competitors and/or from new competitors, including some who may once have been our OEM suppliers or reseller customers. Increased competition and negative reaction from our OEM suppliers or reseller customers resulting from our expansion into new business areas may harm our business and operating results.

 

Risks Related to Our Offering

 

There may not be an active market for our common stock, making it difficult for you to sell your shares.

 

This is our initial public offering, which means that there is no current market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters and may bear no relationship to the price at which shares of our common stock will trade upon completion of this offering. Our common stock may not be traded actively after this offering. An illiquid market for shares of our common stock may result in lower trading prices and increased volatility, which could negatively affect the value of your investment.

 

Our common stock will likely be subject to substantial price and volume fluctuations due to a number of factors, some of which are beyond our control.

 

Share prices and trading volumes for many distribution and contract assembly service related companies fluctuate widely for a number of reasons, including some reasons which may be unrelated to their businesses or results of operations. This market volatility, as well as general domestic or international economic, market and political conditions, could materially adversely affect the price of our common stock without regard to our operating performance. In addition, our operating results may be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors. If this were to occur, the market price of our common stock would likely decrease.

 

Significant fluctuations in the market price of our common stock could result in securities class action claims against us, which could seriously harm our business.

 

Securities class action claims have been brought against companies in the past where volatility in the market price of that company’s securities has taken place. This kind of litigation could be very costly and divert our management’s attention and resources, and any adverse determination in this litigation could also subject us to significant liabilities, any or all of which could adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

16


Table of Contents

The interests of management and our principal stockholders could conflict with the interests of our other stockholders.

 

Upon completion of this offering, our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders will beneficially own approximately       % of our outstanding common stock. In particular, upon completion of this offering, MiTAC International, through its affiliates, will beneficially own approximately      % of our outstanding common stock, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option, and approximately      % if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full. All selling stockholders in this offering are affiliates of MiTAC International. MiTAC International and its affiliates will continue to control us upon completion of the offering.

 

Anti-takeover provisions in our certificate of incorporation may make it more difficult for someone to acquire us in a hostile takeover.

 

Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority to issue up to                  shares of preferred stock and to determine the price, rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions, including voting rights, of those shares without any further vote or action by our stockholders. The rights of the holders of our common stock will be subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of any preferred stock that we may issue in the future. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire a majority of our outstanding voting shares. We have no current plans to issue any shares of the preferred stock.

 

In addition, our certificate of incorporation contains certain provisions that, together with the ownership position of our officers, directors and their affiliates, could discourage potential takeover attempts and make attempts by stockholders to change management more difficult, which could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

 

The sale of shares eligible for future sale in the open market could depress our share price.

 

Sales of substantial amounts of common stock (including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options) in the public market after this offering could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. Those sales also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity-related securities in the future or reduce the price at which we could sell any such equity-related securities.

 

All of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act unless those shares are held by “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Of the outstanding shares not sold in this offering,              shares will be eligible for sale as of the date of this prospectus, and              shares will be eligible for sale in the public markets 180 days after the date of this prospectus pursuant to Rules 701 or 144 upon expiration of the lock-up agreement with our underwriters. The remaining              outstanding shares are eligible for resale in the public markets from time to time thereafter upon the expiration of applicable holding periods. Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. may, in its sole discretion at any time without public notice, release all or any portion of the shares subject to lockup agreements.

 

Of the              shares eligible for sale upon expiration of the underwriters’ lock-up,              shares are held by MiTAC International and its affiliates. MiTAC International and its affiliates have advised us that they presently do not intend to distribute or dispose of their shares of our common stock held upon completion of this offering. However, following the lock-up period with the underwriters, and prior thereto with the consent of the Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., MiTAC International and its affiliates may elect to distribute or sell some or all of their shares. In this regard, MiTAC International and its affiliates could effect a pro rata distribution of its shares to their public and private shareholders without compliance with Rule 144 or further registration under the Securities Act. These shares also may be resold in the public market pursuant to the volume, reporting and other

 

17


Table of Contents

requirements of Rule 144 or by registration. We have entered into a registration rights agreement with MiTAC International and its affiliates requiring us to register these shares for resale to the public.

 

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

 

The trading market for our common stock will depend on the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have any control over these analysts. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

 

Being a public company will increase our administration costs.

 

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as new rules subsequently implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission, have required changes in corporate governance practices of public companies. In addition to final rules and rule proposals already made by the Securities and Exchange Commission, the New York Stock Exchange has proposed revisions to its requirements for companies that are NYSE-listed. We expect these new rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs, and to make some activities more time consuming and/or costly. We also expect these new rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These new rules and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee, and qualified executive officers.

 

18


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

The net proceeds to us from this offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, are estimated to be approximately $         million ($         million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and expenses payable by us. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares offered by the selling stockholders. We intend to use the net proceeds received by us from this offering to repay any outstanding borrowings under our U.S. credit facility and reduce the use of our accounts receivable securitization program. From time to time thereafter, we may increase the amounts outstanding under our term loans and lines of credit and accounts receivable securitization program and use the proceeds therefrom for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including:

 

    to finance our growth;

 

    for capital expenditures made in the ordinary course of business; and

 

    for acquisitions of businesses and assets that complement and expand our supply chain service capabilities.

 

At May 31, 2003, we had no outstanding borrowings under our U.S. revolving credit facility, which expires in 2008. Our effective borrowing cost under this facility at May 31, 2003 was 3.31% per annum.

 

At May 31, 2003, the amount of our accounts receivable sold to and held by a financial institution under our revolving accounts receivable securitization program, which expires in 2008, was $177.0 million. Our effective borrowing cost under the program at May 31, 2003 was 2.08% per annum. A description of our accounts receivable securitization program is contained in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

We have not declared or paid any cash dividends since our inception. We currently intend to retain future earnings, if any, for use in our operations and the expansion of our business. If we elect to pay cash dividends in the future, payment will depend on our financial condition, results of operations and capital requirements, as well as other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. In addition, our credit facilities place restrictions on our ability to pay dividends.

 

19


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

 

The following table sets forth, as of May 31, 2003, our capitalization:

 

    on an actual basis; and

 

    on an as adjusted basis to give effect to the sale of              shares of common stock offered by us in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and the application of the estimated net proceeds from this offering to reduce the amounts outstanding under our U.S. credit facility, if any, and to reduce the use of our accounts receivable securitization program.

 

This information should be read together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” the consolidated financial statements and the notes related thereto and pro forma financial information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Unaudited
     May 31, 2003

     Actual

     As Adjusted

     (in thousands,
except share and
per share data)

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 17,293      $               
    


  

Borrowings under term loans and lines of credit

   $ 42,838      $  

Long-term borrowings

     13,580         

Minority interest in subsidiaries

     2,593         

Stockholders’ equity:

               

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value,              shares authorized,
no shares issued and outstanding, actual or as adjusted

             

Common stock, $0.001 par value,              shares authorized,
             shares issued and outstanding, actual;
and              shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted

     44         

Additional paid-in capital

     79,260         

Unearned stock-based compensation

     (477 )       

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     4,458         

Retained earnings

     149,279         
    


  

Total stockholders’ equity

     232,564         
    


  

Total capitalization

   $ 291,575      $  
    


  

 

In addition to the repayment of any outstanding borrowings under our U.S. credit facility we intend to use the remaining portion of the net proceeds received by us from this offering to reduce the use of our accounts receivable securitization program. At May 31, 2003, the amount of our accounts receivable sold to and held by a financial institution under our accounts receivable securitization program was $177.0 million. The impact to our financial statements of this reduction will be to increase our accounts receivable by approximately $         million.

 

The number of shares of our common stock outstanding excludes the following:

 

                shares issuable upon exercise of options outstanding at May 31, 2003 under our stock option plans, with a weighted average exercise price of $         per share;

 

                shares reserved for future grant under our stock option plans at May 31, 2003; and

 

                shares reserved for issuance under our employee stock purchase plan.

 

20


Table of Contents

DILUTION

 

Our net tangible book value as of May 31, 2003 was approximately $212.8 million, or $             per share. Net tangible book value per share is calculated by subtracting our total liabilities from our total tangible assets, which equals total assets less intangible assets, and dividing this amount by the number of shares of common stock outstanding at May 31, 2003.

 

Dilution in net tangible book value per share represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of our common stock in this offering and the as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after completion of this offering. Assuming the sale by us of              shares of common stock offered in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses and taking into account our intended application of the estimated net proceeds from the offering, our as adjusted net tangible book value at May 31, 2003 would have been $             million, or $             per share. Assuming completion of this offering, there will be an immediate increase in the net tangible book value of $             per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in the net tangible book value of $             per share to new investors. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

          $         

Net tangible book value per share as of May 31, 2003

   $                

Increase per share attributable to new investors

             
    

      

As adjusted net tangible book value per share after the offering

             
           

Dilution per share to new investors

          $  
           

 

The following table summarizes the total number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and by new investors, in each case based upon the number of shares of common stock outstanding at May 31, 2003.

 

     Shares Purchased

  Total
Consideration


  Average Price
Per Share


     Number

   Percent

  Amount

   Percent

 

Existing stockholders

                %   $                     %   $         

New investors

            %   $          %   $  
    
  
 

  
     

Total

            %   $          %      
    
  
 

  
     

 

Sales by the selling stockholders in this offering will cause the number of shares held by existing stockholders to be reduced to             , or         % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and will increase the number of shares held by new investors to             , or         % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering. If the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, the number of shares held by existing stockholders after this offering would be reduced to             , or         % and the number of shares held by new investors would increase to             , or         % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

 

The tables and calculations above assume no exercise of outstanding options. At May 31, 2003, there were          shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of options outstanding with a weighted average exercise price of $         per share and              shares reserved for future issuance under our stock option plans. To the extent that these options are exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors. In addition,              shares are reserved for issuance under our employee stock purchase plan.

 

21


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

 

The following selected consolidated financial data should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes to those statements, pro forma financial information and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statement of operations and cash flow data presented below for the fiscal years ended November 30, 2000, 2001 and 2002 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of November 30, 2001 and 2002 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations and other data for the fiscal years ended November 30, 1998 and 1999 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of November 30, 1998, 1999 and 2000 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this prospectus. The consolidated financial statements of operations and other data for the six months ended May 31, 2002 and 2003 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of May 31, 2003 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements that appear elsewhere in this prospectus. These unaudited consolidated financial statements include all adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of that information. These adjustments are only of a normal and recurring nature. The consolidated statement of operations data generally include the operating results from our acquisitions from the closing date of each acquisition. Historical operating results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any future period.

 

    Years Ended November 30,

    Six Months Ended
May 31,


 
    1998

    1999

    2000

    2001

    2002

    2002

    2003

 
    (in thousands, except per share data)  

Statement of Operations Data:

                                                       

Revenue

  $ 2,422,832     $ 3,173,602     $ 3,802,629     $ 3,224,390     $ 3,767,882     $ 1,685,231     $ 1,838,028  

Cost of revenue

    2,313,019       3,039,923       3,626,317       3,060,304       3,593,982       1,604,069       1,753,197  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Gross profit

    109,813       133,679       176,312       164,086       173,900       81,162       84,831  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    79,839       90,016       106,489       106,197       123,418       56,380       59,583  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Income from operations

    29,974       43,663       69,823       57,889       50,482       24,782       25,248  

Interest expense, net

    (1,559 )     (1,111 )     (452 )     (1,397 )     (1,422 )     (760 )     (1,085 )

Other income (expense), net

    (7,371 )     (3,946 )     6,845       (12,813 )     (4,207 )     (2,536 )     (2,971 )
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Income from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interest

    21,044       38,606       76,216       43,679       44,853       21,486       21,192  

Provision for income taxes

    9,006       15,680       33,373       17,608       16,837       8,333       7,443  

Minority interest in subsidiaries

          329       832       274       (16 )     15       28  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Income from continuing operations

    12,038       22,597       42,011       25,797       28,032       13,138       13,721  

Loss from discontinued operations

          (921 )     (5,577 )                        
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Net income

  $ 12,038     $ 21,676     $ 36,434     $ 25,797     $ 28,032     $ 13,138     $ 13,721  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Net income per common share, basic:

                                                       

Income from continuing
operations

  $       $       $       $       $       $       $    

Loss from discontinued operations

                                                       
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Net income per common share, basic

  $       $       $       $       $       $       $    
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Net income per common share, diluted:

                                                       

Income from continuing
operations

  $       $       $       $       $       $       $    

Loss from discontinued operations

                                                       
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Net income per common share, diluted

  $       $       $       $       $       $       $    
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

22


Table of Contents
     November 30,

   May 31,
2003


     1998

   1999

   2000

   2001

   2002

  
     (in thousands)

Balance Sheet Data:

                                         

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 14,020    $ 33,487    $ 20,564    $ 15,730    $ 15,503    $ 17,293

Working capital

     53,436      73,164      116,292      187,235      200,021      198,069

Total assets

     437,083      505,272      636,434      565,034      629,075      623,914

Current borrowings under term loans and lines of credit

     49,382      34,833      32,121      18,104      19,685      42,838

Long-term borrowings

     1,631      2,175      2,090      43,036      38,714      13,580

Total stockholders’ equity

     89,663      112,718      157,823      183,372      213,218      232,564

 

     Years Ended November 30,

   Six Months Ended
May 31,


     1998

   1999

   2000

   2001

   2002

   2002

   2003

     (in thousands)

Other Data:

                                                

Depreciation and Amortization

   $ 5,656    $ 5,460    $ 6,753    $ 9,350    $ 8,337    $ 3,818    $ 4,106

 

23


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The following discussion of the financial condition and results of operations of SYNNEX should be read together with the consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including but not limited to, those discussed in “Risk Factors,” “Business” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Overview

 

We are a global information technology, or IT, supply chain services company offering a comprehensive range of outsourcing solutions to IT original equipment manufacturers and software publishers, collectively OEMs, and reseller customers worldwide. We have been in the IT distribution business since 1980 and are one of the largest IT product distributors based on reported revenue. We focus our core wholesale distribution business on a limited number of leading IT OEMs, which allows us to enhance and increase the value of our services to our OEM suppliers and reseller customers. We also offer contract assembly services to OEMs in the IT products industry.

 

Because we offer distribution, contract assembly and complementary supply chain services, OEM suppliers and resellers can outsource to us multiple areas of their business outside of their core competencies. This model allows us to provide services at several points along the IT product supply chain. We believe that the combination of our broad array of services, our focus on servicing the leading IT OEMs and our stringent operating disciplines enables us to realize strong and expanding relationships with these OEMs and our reseller customers. We are headquartered in Fremont, California and have distribution, sales and assembly facilities in Asia, Europe and North America.

 

Revenue and Cost of Revenue

 

We derive our revenue primarily through the distribution of IT systems, peripherals, system components, software and networking equipment, and, to a lesser extent, from contract assembly services. We recognize revenue in both our distribution and contract assembly operations as products are shipped, provided that a purchase order exists, the sales price is fixed or determinable, collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured, risk of loss and title have transferred and product returns are reasonably estimable. Our distribution sales are made to reseller customers on a purchase order basis and generally relate to a specific order from a reseller’s end-user customer. Our contract assembly sales are generated from specific purchase orders received from our OEM customers for a specified unit quantity. We do not have long-term sales agreements with our reseller or contract assembly customers.

 

Revenue from our distribution business represented 57.2%, 76.4% and 90.1% of our total revenue in fiscal 2000, 2001 and 2002, respectively, and 95.4% for the six months ended May 31, 2003. In our distribution business, our primary customers are resellers. None of our reseller customers accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue in fiscal 2000, 2001 or 2002, or for the six months ended May 31, 2003, and we do not expect any reseller customer to account for more than 10% of our total revenue for the remainder of fiscal 2003. Approximately 23.5%, 30.4% and 35.0% of our total revenue in fiscal 2000, 2001 and 2002, respectively, and 31.1% for the six months ended May 31, 2003, was derived from the sale of HP products. Most of our remaining revenue is derived from the distribution and assembly of the IT products of a relatively small number of other suppliers.

 

Approximately 42.8%, 23.6% and 9.9% of our total revenue in fiscal 2000, 2001 and 2002, respectively, and 4.6% of our total revenue for the six months ended May 31, 2003, was derived from our contract assembly business. We provide contract assembly services primarily to IT product OEMs. Our contract assembly revenue

 

24


Table of Contents

is dependent on a small number of customers. Revenue from contract assembly services to Sun Microsystems accounted for approximately 15.2% and 10.9% of our total revenue in fiscal 2000 and 2001, respectively, and accounted for less than 10% of our total revenue in fiscal 2002 and the six months ended May 31, 2003. In fiscal 2000 and 2001, revenue from contract assembly services to Compaq accounted for approximately 22.7% and 5.8% of our total revenue, respectively, and we derived no revenue from contract assembly services to Compaq in fiscal 2002. Compaq notified us in November 2000 that it would no longer need our contract assembly services and subsequently our contract assembly revenue has been materially adversely affected.

 

The market for IT products is generally characterized by declining unit prices and short product life cycles. Our distribution business is also highly competitive on the basis of price. We set our sales price based on the market supply and demand characteristics for each particular product or bundle of products we distribute. From time to time, we also participate in the incentive and rebate programs of our OEM suppliers. These programs are important determinants of the final sales price we charge to our reseller customers. To mitigate the risk of declining prices and obsolescence of our distribution inventory, our OEM suppliers generally offer us limited price protection and return rights for products that are marked down or discontinued by them. We carefully manage our inventory to maximize the benefit to us of these supplier provided protections.

 

A significant portion of our cost of distribution revenue is the purchase price we pay our OEM suppliers for the products we sell, net of any rebates and purchase discounts received from our OEM suppliers. Cost of distribution revenue also consists of provisions for inventory losses and write-downs, and freight expenses associated with the receipt in and shipment out of our inventory. Our contract assembly cost of revenue consists primarily of cost of materials, labor and overhead.

 

Margins

 

The IT product distribution and contract assembly industries in which we operate are characterized by low gross profit as a percentage of revenue, or gross margin, and low income from operations as a percentage of revenue, or operating margin. Our gross margin has fluctuated between 4.2% and 5.1% annually over the past five years due to the mix of products, customers, seasonality and the general economic environment. Increased competition arising from industry consolidation and low demand for IT products may hinder our ability to maintain or improve our gross margin. Generally, when our revenue becomes more concentrated on limited products or customers, our gross margin tends to decrease due to increased pricing pressure from OEM suppliers or reseller customers. Our operating margin has also fluctuated between 1.2% and 1.8% annually over the past five years, based primarily on our ability to achieve economies of scale, the management of our operating expenses, the relative mix of our distribution and contract assembly revenue and the timing of our acquisitions and investments.

 

Recent Acquisitions

 

We seek to augment our organic growth with strategic acquisitions of businesses and assets that complement and expand our supply chain service capabilities. Our historical acquisitions have brought us new reseller customers and OEM suppliers, extended the geographic reach of our operations, particularly in international markets, and expanded the services we provide to our OEM suppliers and customers. All of our acquisitions were accounted for using the purchase method of accounting and are included within our consolidated financial statements from the closing date of the acquisition, except for our acquisition of Mitac Europe Ltd. The acquisition of Mitac Europe Ltd was accounted for as a transfer of assets under common control and is included within our consolidated financial statements for all periods presented.

 

Gates/Arrow Distributing .    On May 31, 2002, we acquired substantially all of the net working capital assets, approximately $43.7 million, of Gates/Arrow Distributing, a business unit of Arrow Electronics, Inc., for approximately $45.7 million. Gates/Arrow was a full-line IT product distributor servicing value-added resellers across North America and was located in Greenville, South Carolina. The Gates/Arrow acquisition further expanded our distribution market share in North America, increased the number of OEM software publishers we

 

25


Table of Contents

distribute for and also increased the number of value-added enterprise level resellers we serve. Our balance sheet as of May 31, 2002 gives effect to the acquisition of Gates/Arrow. Because of the timing of the acquisition, our operating results through May 31, 2002 were not affected.

 

License Online, Inc.     On May 10, 2002, we acquired the assets of License Online, Inc., a provider of Web-based software licensing technology to IT consultants focused on small- to medium-sized businesses, for approximately $3.2 million in cash. We acquired License Online to broaden our software offerings in our distribution business and to extend our service offerings to our reseller customers.

 

Merisel Canada Inc.     On July 28, 2001, we acquired Merisel Canada Inc., an indirect subsidiary of Merisel, Inc., which now operates as SYNNEX Canada, for approximately $19.9 million. We acquired Merisel Canada in order to enter the Canadian IT product distribution market as part of our expansion effort in North America.

 

Mitac Europe Ltd.     On September 15, 2000, we completed the acquisition of Mitac Europe Ltd, which now operates as SYNNEX UK, from a company controlled by our largest indirect stockholder, MiTAC International, for 3.3 million shares of our common stock. The acquisition was accounted for as a transfer of assets under common control and the net tangible assets acquired were recorded at their historical cost of $7.6 million and the assets and liabilities and financial results of Mitac Europe Ltd are included within the consolidated financial statements for all periods presented. We acquired Mitac Europe Ltd as part of our international expansion effort to enable us to more effectively provide contract assembly services to the European market.

 

MiTAC Industrial Corp.     On August 31, 2000, we acquired all of the outstanding shares of MiTAC Industrial Corp. from an affiliate of MiTAC International, in exchange for 645,000 shares of our common stock. We acquired this company to expand our U.S. systems integration business.

 

Economic and Industry Trends

 

The IT products industry has experienced a significant downturn since 2000. Our revenue is highly dependent on the end-market demand for the IT products that we distribute and assemble. This end-market demand is influenced by many factors including the introduction of new IT products and software by OEMs, replacement cycles for existing IT products and overall economic growth and general business activity. Though the economy and information technology sector appear to have stabilized recently, if demand decreases, we may not be able to achieve in fiscal 2003 the revenue levels we experienced in fiscal 2002. This challenging economic environment may also lead to additional consolidation in the IT distribution industry and increased price-based competition.

 

Investments

 

In the past we have invested in the following entities in an attempt to expand our offerings and to capitalize on industry trends. We currently do not hold any significant equity investments.

 

VA Software Corporation, formerly VA Linux .    During fiscal 1999, we invested $800,000 in VA Software Corporation, or VA Linux. At the time of our investment, VA Linux had outsourced their systems manufacturing exclusively to us. Subsequent to its initial public offering in December 1999, we sold our investment in VA Linux for a pre-tax gain of approximately $7.6 million.

 

eManage.com.     During fiscal 1999 and 2000, we invested a total of $6.5 million in the equity capital of eManage.com, or eManage. During fiscal 2000, eManage also received equity investments, totaling $5.7 million, from management of eManage, executive officers of SYNNEX, affiliates of SYNNEX and unrelated investors. As a result of our majority ownership of eManage, we consolidated its financial results in our financial statements. eManage was unable to compete profitably in the very difficult web hosting and services marketplace

 

26


Table of Contents

and eventually filed for bankruptcy in November 2000. In addition to a $6.5 million loss on our investment, we incurred a loss of $3.4 million on accounts receivable due from eManage at the time of the bankruptcy filing. As a result of the bankruptcy filing, we treated eManage as a discontinued operation in fiscal 2000. eManage ceased all operations in February 2001.

 

Converge, Inc.     During fiscal 2000, we invested $3.3 million in the equity capital of Converge, Inc., an electronic global trading exchange for electronics components and computer products. Affiliates of SYNNEX invested an additional $3.3 million. Converge, Inc. substantially reduced its operations in September 2001, and as a result we reduced the value of our investment to zero.

 

Deferred Compensation Plan

 

We have a deferred compensation plan for a limited number of our directors and employees. We maintain a liability on our balance sheet for salary and bonus amounts deferred by participants and we accrue interest expense on unpaid amounts. Interest expense on the deferred amounts is classified in “interest expenses, net” on our consolidated statement of income. The plan allows for the participants to direct investment of deferred amounts in equity securities. These equity investments are classified as trading securities. Generally accepted accounting principles require that gains (losses) on the deferred compensation equity securities be recorded in “other income (expense), net” and that an equal amount be charged (or credited if losses) to “selling, general and administrative expenses” relating to compensation amounts which are payable to the plan participants. In fiscal 2002 and the six months ended May 31, 2003, our deferred compensation expense was a credit of $528,000 and $364,000, respectively. In fiscal 2000 and 2001, our deferred compensation expense was $5.2 million and $68,000, respectively.

 

Unearned Stock-Based Compensation

 

In fiscal 2000 and 2002, in connection with the granting of employee stock options that had exercise prices determined to be below fair market value on the date of grant, we have recorded unearned stock-based compensation. Unearned stock-based compensation represents the difference between the fair market value of our common stock for financial reporting purposes on the date of grant and the exercise price of these options. Unearned stock-based compensation is included as a reduction of stockholders’ equity and is amortized over the vesting period of the applicable options, generally five years, using the straight-line method. Our stock-based compensation expense relates to stock options granted to individuals and is reflected in cost of revenue and selling, general and administrative expenses. At May 31, 2003, we had unamortized stock-based compensation of $477,000. This amount will be fully amortized by the end of fiscal 2004.

 

Seasonality

 

Our operating results are affected by the seasonality of the IT products industry. We have historically experienced higher sales in our fourth fiscal quarter due to patterns in the capital budgeting and purchasing cycles of our customers and end-users. These patterns may not be repeated in subsequent periods.

 

Insurance Coverage

 

We have recently experienced theft as a result of break-ins at three of our warehouses in which approximately $9.6 million of inventory was stolen. Our insurance carrier has accepted coverage of $0.4 million, is in the adjustment process for $1.4 million and has reserved its rights with respect to and has not paid the remaining $7.8 million of the claim. If we do not receive proceeds to cover the loss, we would incur a charge equal to the difference of our loss and the actual insurance proceeds received, which could materially and adversely affect our operating results. In addition, these incidents may make it more difficult or expensive for us to obtain theft coverage in the future. We have substantially increased security at all of our warehouse sites. Although significant incidents of theft have been infrequent, we cannot be certain that these types of incidents will not occur in the future.

 

27


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

The discussions and analyses of our consolidated financial condition and results of operations are based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of any contingent assets and liabilities at the financial statement date, and reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, we review and evaluate our estimates and assumptions, including those that relate to accounts receivable, vendor programs, inventories, intangible assets and other long-lived assets, income taxes, and contingencies and litigation. Our estimates are based on our historical experience and a variety of other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making our judgment about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily available from other sources. Actual results could differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

 

We believe the following critical accounting policies are affected by our judgment, estimates and/or assumptions used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

 

Accounts Receivable.     We provide allowances for doubtful accounts on our accounts receivable for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make required payments. If the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate, which may result in the impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances may be required. In estimating our allowance, we take into consideration the overall quality and aging of our receivable portfolio, our continuing credit evaluation of our customers’ financial conditions and collateral requirements from our customers in certain circumstances.

 

OEM Supplier Programs.     We receive funds from OEM suppliers for inventory price protection, product rebates, marketing and infrastructure reimbursement, and promotion programs which are recorded, net of direct costs, as adjustments to cost of revenue, or selling, general and administrative expenses according to the nature of the program. We accrue rebates based on the terms of the program and sales of qualifying products. Some of these programs may extend over one or more quarterly reporting periods. Amounts received or receivable from OEM suppliers that are not yet earned are deferred in the consolidated balance sheet. Actual rebates may vary based on volume or other sales achievement levels, which could result in an increase or reduction in the estimated amounts previously accrued. In addition, if market conditions were to deteriorate due to an economic downturn, OEM suppliers may change the terms of some or all of these programs or cease them altogether. Any such change could lower our gross margins on products we sell or revenue earned. We also provide reserves for receivables on OEM supplier programs for estimated losses resulting from OEM suppliers’ inability to pay, or rejections of such claims by OEM suppliers.

 

Inventories.     Our inventory levels are based on our projections of future demand and market conditions. Any sudden decline in demand and/or rapid product improvements and technological changes can cause us to have excess and/or obsolete inventories. On an ongoing basis, we review for estimated obsolete or unmarketable inventories and write down our inventories to their estimated net realizable value based upon our forecasts of future demand and market conditions. These write downs are reflected in our cost of revenue. If actual market conditions are less favorable than our forecasts, additional inventory reserves may be required. Our estimates are influenced by the following considerations: sudden decline in demand due to economic downturns, rapid product improvements and technological changes, our ability to return to OEM suppliers a certain percentage of our purchases, and protection from loss in value of inventory under our OEM supplier agreements.

 

Intangible Assets and Other Long-Lived Assets.     We assess potential impairment of our intangible assets and other long-lived assets when there is evidence that recent events or changes in circumstances have made recovery of an asset’s carrying value unlikely. If indicators of impairment were present in intangible assets used in operations and future cash flows were not expected to be sufficient to recover the assets’ carrying amount, an impairment loss would be charged to expense in the period identified. The amount of an impairment loss would

 

28


Table of Contents

be recognized as the excess of the asset’s carrying value over its fair value. Factors we consider important, which may cause an impairment include: significant changes in the manner of use of the acquired asset, negative industry or economic trends, and significant underperformance relative to historical or projected operating results.

 

Income Taxes.     As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we have to estimate our income taxes in each of the taxing jurisdictions in which we operate. This process involves estimating our actual current tax expense together with assessing any temporary differences resulting from the different treatment of certain items, such as the timing for recognizing revenue and expenses, for tax and accounting purposes. These differences may result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included in our consolidated balance sheet. We are required to assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets, which include net operating loss carry forwards and temporary differences that are expected to be deductible in future years, will be recoverable from future taxable income or other tax planning strategies. If recovery is not likely, we have to provide a valuation allowance based on our estimates of future taxable income in the various taxing jurisdictions, and the amount of deferred taxes that are ultimately realizable. The provision for current and deferred taxes involves evaluations and judgments of uncertainties in the interpretation of complex tax regulations by various taxing authorities. Actual results could differ from our estimates.

 

Contingencies and Litigation.     There are various claims, lawsuits and pending actions against us incident to our operations. If a loss arising from these actions is probable and can be reasonably estimated, we record the amount of the loss, or the minimum estimated liability when the loss is estimated using a range within which no point is more probable than another. Based on current available information, we believe that the ultimate resolution of these actions will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations. As additional information becomes available, we assess any potential liability related to these actions and may need to revise our estimates. Future revisions of our estimates could materially impact the results of our operations, financial position or cash flows.

 

Results of Operations

 

The following table sets forth, for the indicated periods, data as percentages of revenue:

 

     Years Ended November 30,

   

Unaudited

Six Months Ended
May 31,


 
     2000

    2001

    2002

    2002

    2003

 

Revenue

   100.00 %   100.00 %   100.00 %   100.00 %   100.00 %

Cost of revenue

   95.36     94.91     95.38     95.18     95.38  
    

 

 

 

 

Gross margin

   4.64     5.09     4.62     4.82     4.62  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

   2.80     3.29     3.28     3.35     3.24  
    

 

 

 

 

Income from operations

   1.84     1.80     1.34     1.47     1.38  

Interest expense, net

   (0.00 )   (0.04 )   (0.04 )   (0.05 )   (0.06 )

Other income (expense), net

   0.18     (0.40 )   (0.11 )   (0.15 )   (0.17 )
    

 

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interest

   2.00     1.36     1.19     1.27     1.15  

Provision for income taxes

   0.88     0.55     0.45     0.49     0.40  

Minority interest in subsidiaries

   0.02     0.01     0.00     0.00     0.00  
    

 

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

   1.10     0.80     0.74     0.78     0.75  

Loss from discontinued operations

   0.14     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  
    

 

 

 

 

Net income

   0.96 %   0.80 %   0.74 %   0.78 %   0.75 %
    

 

 

 

 

 

29


Table of Contents

Six Months Ended May 31, 2003 Compared to Six Months Ended May 31, 2002

 

Revenue.     Our revenue increased 9.1% to $1.84 billion in the six months ended May 31, 2003 from $1.69 billion in the six months ended May 31, 2002. On a segmented basis, our distribution revenue increased 19.5% from $1.47 billion in the six months ended May 31, 2002 to $1.75 billion in the six months ended May 31, 2003, and our contract assembly revenue decreased 60.9% to $85.1 million in the six months ended May 31, 2003 from $217.8 million in the six months ended May 31, 2002. The increase in distribution revenue was attributable primarily to the acquisition of Gates/Arrow Distributing in May 2002 and the commencement of our Mexico distribution operation in April 2002. The increase was also attributable to market share increases through increased selling efforts. The increase in distribution revenue was somewhat mitigated by a continued general decline in demand for IT products. The decline in contract assembly revenue was the result of a decline in demand for IT products that we assemble for our primary OEM customers.

 

Gross Margin.     Our gross margin has been and will continue to be affected by a variety of factors, including competition, the mix and average selling prices of products we sell and the mix of customers to whom we sell, rebate and discount programs from our suppliers, freight costs and reserves for inventory losses. Gross margins decreased to 4.6% of revenue for the six months ended May 31, 2003 from 4.8% for the six months ended May 31, 2002. The decrease in gross margin was a result of the increase in our lower gross margin distribution business and a decrease in our higher gross margin contract assembly business. Distribution gross margin was essentially unchanged for the six months ended May 31, 2003 as compared with the six months ended May 31, 2002. We expect that our total gross margins may decrease further in future periods as a result of the relative mix of our distribution and contract assembly revenue.

 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.     Our selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries, commissions, bonuses, and related expenses for personnel engaged in sales, product marketing, distribution and contract assembly operations and administration. Selling, general and administrative expenses also include stock-based compensation expense, deferred compensation expense, temporary personnel fees, the costs of our facilities, utility expense, professional fees, depreciation expense on our capital equipment and amortization expense on our intangible assets. As a percentage of revenue, selling, general and administrative expenses declined slightly in the six months ended May 31, 2003 to 3.2% from 3.4% for the six months ended May 31, 2002. Selling, general and administrative expense increased by $3.2 million or 5.7% to $59.6 million in the six months ended May 31, 2003 as compared with the six months ended May 31, 2002. The increase was primarily a result of increased expenses associated with additional personnel from the Gates/Arrow Distributing acquisition and the commencement of our Mexico distribution operation.

 

Income from Operations.     Income from operations as a percentage of revenue decreased to 1.4% for the six months ended May 31, 2003 from 1.5% for the six months ended May 31, 2002. The decrease in our income from operations as a percentage of revenue was primarily due to the increase in our lower operating margin distribution business and the decrease in our higher operating margin contract assembly business. On a segmented basis, our distribution operating income as a percentage of distribution revenue was relatively unchanged at 1.4% for the six months ended May 31, 2003 as compared to 1.3% for the six months ended May 31, 2002, and our contract assembly operating income as a percentage of contract assembly revenue was relatively breakeven for the six months ended May 31, 2003, down from 2.7% for the six months ended May 31, 2002. The decrease in contract assembly operating margin was primarily due to the decrease in contract assembly revenue, as discussed above.

 

Interest Expense, net.     Amounts recorded in interest expense, net are primarily interest expense paid on our lines of credit, long-term debt and deferred compensation liability offset by income earned on our excess cash investments. Interest expense, net increased to $1.1 million in the six months ended May 31, 2003 from $760,000 in the six months ended May 31, 2002. The increase in interest expense, net was primarily the result of reduced interest income earned in the six months ended May 31, 2003 versus the six months ending May 31, 2002.

 

30


Table of Contents

Other Income (Expense), net.     Amounts recorded in other income (expense), net include fees associated with third party accounts receivable flooring arrangements, fees associated with the sale of accounts receivable through our securitization facility, foreign currency transaction gains and losses, investment gains and losses, including those in our deferred compensation plan and other non-operating gains and losses. Other income (expense), net increased by 17.2% to an expense of $3.0 million in the six months ended May 31, 2003 from an expense of $2.5 million in the six months ended May 31, 2002. This increase was primarily related to an increase in foreign currency transaction losses from $66,000 for the six months ended May 31, 2002 to $343,000 for the six months ended May 31, 2003.

 

Provision for Income Taxes.     Income taxes consist of our current and deferred tax expense resulting from our income earned in domestic and foreign jurisdictions. Our provision for income taxes decreased 10.7% to $7.4 million in the six months ended May 31, 2003 from $8.3 million in the six months ended May 31, 2002. Our effective tax rate was 35.1% for the six months ended May 31, 2003 as compared with an effective tax rate of 38.8% for the six months ended May 31, 2002. The decrease in our income tax provision and effective tax rate was primarily a result of the lower effective tax rate of our subsidiary in Canada.

 

Minority Interest.     Minority interest is the portion of earnings from operations from subsidiaries of our company attributable to others. Our subsidiaries in Japan and Mexico have minority stockholders. Minority interest increased by $13,000 to $28,000  in the six months ended May 31, 2003 as compared with the six months ended May 31, 2002 due to an increase in the profits of our Japanese subsidiary.

 

Fiscal Year Ended November 30, 2002 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended November 30, 2001

 

Revenue.     Our revenue increased 16.9% to $3.77 billion in fiscal 2002 from $3.22 billion in fiscal 2001. On a segmented basis, our distribution revenue increased 37.8% from $2.46 billion in fiscal 2001 to $3.39 billion in fiscal 2002 and our contract assembly revenue decreased 50.9% from $760.0 million in fiscal 2001 to $373.0 million in fiscal 2002. The increase in our distribution revenue was primarily attributable to market share increases through increased selling efforts, the acquisition of Merisel Canada in July 2001, the acquisition of Gates/Arrow Distributing in May 2002 and the commencement of our Mexico distribution operations in April 2002. The decline in contract assembly revenue was primarily attributable to the termination of our contract assembly contract with Compaq in 2001 as well as the general decline in demand for technology products that affected our other OEM customers.

 

Gross Margin.     Gross margin decreased to 4.6% of total revenue in fiscal 2002 from 5.1% in fiscal 2001. The decrease in gross margin was primarily due to the increase in our lower gross margin distribution business and a decrease in our higher margin contract assembly business. Distribution gross margin was relatively unchanged in fiscal 2002 versus fiscal 2001.

 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.     Total selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $17.2 million, or 16.2%, to $123.4 million in fiscal 2002 as compared to $106.2 million in fiscal 2001. The increase in selling, general and administrative expense was primarily a result of a full year of expenses, contributing an incremental $11.3 million in expense in fiscal 2002, from our subsidiary in Canada, which was acquired in July 2001, and increased expenses associated with the acquisition of Gates/Arrow Distributing and the commencement of our subsidiary in Mexico. Incremental expense associated with our increased revenue contributed to the rise in selling, general and administrative as well. Included in fiscal 2001 selling, general and administrative expense was $2.1 million of depreciation expense related to the impairment of assembly assets associated with our Compaq business and $2.8 million in stock-based compensation expense, compared to $495,000 in fiscal 2002.

 

Income from Operations.     Income from operations as a percentage of revenue decreased to 1.3% in fiscal 2002 from 1.8% in fiscal 2001. The decrease in our income from operations, on a percentage basis, was primarily due to the increase in our lower operating margin distribution business and a decrease in our higher margin

 

31


Table of Contents

contract assembly business. On a segmented basis, our distribution operating income as a percentage of distribution revenue was unchanged at 1.3% in fiscal 2002, and our contract assembly operating income as a percentage of contract assembly revenue decreased to 2.0% in fiscal 2002 from 3.4% in fiscal 2001.

 

Interest Expense, net.     Interest expense, net was relatively unchanged at $1.4 million in fiscal 2002 compared to fiscal 2001. Higher interest expense at our subsidiary in Canada, due to its acquisition in July 2001, was offset by an increase in interest income.

 

Other Income (Expense), net.     Other income (expense), net decreased by $8.6 million to an expense of $4.2 million in fiscal 2002 from an expense of $12.8 million in fiscal 2001. Expense in fiscal 2002 consisted primarily of fees of $4.8 million associated with our accounts receivable flooring arrangements and the sale of accounts receivable through our securitization facility and foreign currency transaction losses of $177,000 offset by other income of $1.0 million. Expense in fiscal 2001 consisted primarily of fees of $5.8 million associated with third party accounts receivable flooring arrangements and the sale of accounts receivable through our securitization facility, foreign currency transaction losses of $3.4 million and the write-off of our investment in Converge in the amount of $3.3 million.

 

Provision for Income Taxes.     Our provision for income taxes decreased 4.4% to $16.8 million in fiscal 2002 from $17.6 million in fiscal 2001. Our effective tax rate was 37.5% in fiscal 2002 compared to 40.3% in fiscal 2001. The decrease in our income tax provision and our effective tax rate was primarily a result of the lower effective tax rate of our subsidiary in Canada.

 

Minority Interest.     Minority interest decreased by $290,000 to a benefit of $16,000 in fiscal 2002 from an expense of $274,000 in fiscal 2001 due to a decrease in the profits of our subsidiary in Japan as a result of continued weak economic conditions in Japan.

 

Fiscal Year Ended November 30, 2001 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended November 30, 2000

 

Revenue.     Our revenue decreased 15.2% to $3.22 billion in fiscal 2001 from $3.80 billion in fiscal 2000. On a segmented basis our distribution revenue increased 13.3% from $2.17 billion to $2.46 billion and our contract assembly revenue decreased 53.3% from $1.63 billion to $760.0 million. The increase in our distribution revenue was attributable to the acquisition of Merisel Canada in July 2001, which contributed approximately $144.3 million of revenue in fiscal 2001, and market share increases through increased selling efforts. The increase in distribution revenue was somewhat mitigated by a general decline in demand for IT products. The decline in contract assembly revenue was primarily the result of the decrease in revenue from the termination of our contract assembly agreement with Compaq in 2001 of $675.0 million, as well as the general decline in demand for technology products that affected our other OEM customers.

 

Gross Margin.     Gross margin increased to 5.1% of total revenue in fiscal 2001 from 4.6% in fiscal 2000. The increase in gross margin was primarily due to improved purchasing and management of the product costs associated with our contract assembly business and the loss of the lower margin Compaq contract assembly business.

 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.     Total selling, general and administrative expenses decreased by $292,000, or 0.3%, to $106.2 million in fiscal 2001 as compared to $106.5 million in fiscal 2000. Selling, general and administrative expenses associated with acquired subsidiaries were $7.3 million higher in fiscal 2001 than in fiscal 2000 primarily due to the acquisition of Merisel Canada on July 28, 2001. Selling, general and administrative expenses in fiscal 2001 also included $2.1 million for accelerated deprecation of impaired assets associated with the terminated Compaq business. Deferred compensation charges were $7.5 million higher in fiscal 2000 than in fiscal 2001 because of appreciation of investments held on behalf of officers in fiscal 2000. Stock-based compensation charges were $2.9 million higher in fiscal 2000 than in fiscal 2001 primarily due to the issuance of vested options.

 

32


Table of Contents

Income from Operations.     Income from operations as a percentage of revenue increased to 1.8% in fiscal 2001 from 1.7% in fiscal 2000. The increase in our income from operations, on a percentage basis, was primarily due to the increase in our gross margin in fiscal 2001 as compared to fiscal 2000, partially offset by the increase in our selling, general and administrative expense as a percent of revenue in fiscal 2001 as compared to fiscal 2000, in each case as discussed above. On a segmented basis, our distribution operating income as a percentage of distribution revenue decreased to 1.3% in fiscal 2001 from 1.7% in fiscal 2000, and our contract assembly operating income as a percentage of contract assembly revenue increased to 3.4% in fiscal 2001 from 1.8% in fiscal 2000. The decrease in distribution margin was due to overall lower gross margins and the selling, general and administrative expenses associated with the acquisition of Merisel Canada, as discussed above. The increase in contract assembly margin was primarily due to higher gross margins, as discussed above.

 

Interest Expense, net.     Interest expense, net increased to $1.4 million in fiscal 2001 from $452,000 in fiscal 2000. The increase in interest expense, net was primarily a result of the acquisition of Merisel Canada and the resultant interest expense from its secured credit facility.

 

Other Income (Expense), net.     Other income (expense), net changed by $19.7 million to an expense of $12.8 million in fiscal 2001 from income of $6.8 million in fiscal 2000. Expense in fiscal 2001 consisted primarily of fees of $5.8 million associated with third party accounts receivable flooring arrangements and the sale of accounts receivable through our securitization facility and foreign currency transaction losses of $3.4 million. The income in fiscal 2000 was primarily a result of a gain of approximately $7.6 million from the sale of our investment in VA Linux as well as gains of $5.2 million on equity investments associated with deferred compensation accounts. These amounts were partially offset by fees of $9.6 million in fiscal 2000 associated with our accounts receivable flooring arrangements and the sale of accounts receivable through our securitization facility.

 

Provision for Income Taxes.     Our provision for income taxes decreased 47.2% to $17.6 million in fiscal 2001 from $33.4 million in fiscal 2000 primarily due to the 42.7% decrease in our income before taxes. Our effective tax rate was 40.3% in fiscal 2001 compared to 43.8% in fiscal 2000. The decrease in the fiscal 2001 effective tax rate was primarily a result of a decrease in stock-based compensation expenses, which are not deductible for tax purposes.

 

Minority Interest.     Minority interest decreased by $558,000, to an expense of $274,000 in fiscal 2001 from an expense of $832,000 in fiscal 2000 due to a reduced amount of income generated by our subsidiary in Japan as a result of weak economic conditions in Japan.

 

33


Table of Contents

Quarterly Financial Data

 

The following tables set forth certain unaudited statements of operations, balance sheet and other data, in thousands, for the ten quarters ended May 31, 2003. The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements contained herein have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of such information when read together with the consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The operating results for any quarter should not be considered indicative of results of any future period.

 

   

Fiscal 2001

Three Months Ended


   

Fiscal 2002

Three Months Ended


    Fiscal 2003
Three Months Ended


 
    Feb. 28,
2001


    May 31,
2001


    Aug. 31,
2001


   

Nov. 30,

2001


   

Feb. 28,

2002


   

May 31,

2002


   

Aug. 31,

2002


   

Nov. 30,

2002


   

Feb. 28,

2003


   

May 31,

2003


 
    (in thousands)  

Statement of Operations Data:

                                                                               

Revenue

  $ 876,697     $ 754,052     $ 736,901     $ 856,740     $ 817,756     $ 867,475     $ 1,009,145     $ 1,073,506     $ 892,924     $ 945,104  

Cost of revenue

    831,466       711,598       698,643       818,597       778,719       825,350       964,350       1,025,563       850,936       902,261  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Gross profit

    45,231       42,454       38,258       38,143       39,037       42,125       44,795       47,943       41,988       42,843  

Selling, general and administrative
expenses

    28,239       25,483       24,885       27,590       26,690       29,690       32,258       34,780       29,894       29,689  

Income from operations

    16,992       16,971       13,373       10,553       12,347       12,435       12,537       13,163       12,094       13,154  

Interest expense, net

    (61 )     (289 )     (497 )     (550 )     (470 )     (290 )     (309 )     (353 )     (589 )     (496 )

Other income (expense), net

    (3,821 )     (2,281 )     (2,103 )     (4,608 )     (1,751 )     (785 )     (811 )     (860 )     (1,268 )     (1,703 )
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Income before income taxes and minority interest

    13,110       14,401       10,773       5,395       10,126       11,360       11,417       11,950       10,237       10,955  

Provision for income taxes

    5,285       5,805       4,342       2,176       3,902       4,431       4,402       4,102       3,493       3,950  

Minority interest in subsidiaries

    105       160       74       (65 )     (7 )     22       (191 )     160       43       (15 )
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Net income

  $ 7,720     $ 8,436     $ 6,357     $ 3,284     $ 6,231     $ 6,907     $ 7,206     $ 7,688     $ 6,701     $ 7,020  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Other Data:

                                                                               

Distribution revenue

  $ 559,531     $ 548,739     $ 610,584     $ 745,532     $ 722,417     $ 745,030     $ 916,969     $ 1,010,311     $ 850,440     $ 902,472  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Contract assembly revenue

    317,166       205,313       126,317       111,208       95,339       122,445       92,176       63,195       42,484       42,632  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Depreciation expense

    3,257       1,321       1,328       1,269       1,180       1,136       1,298       1,421       1,189       1,118  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Amortization of intangible assets

    377       348       401       484       599       631       756       755       762       761  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

34


Table of Contents
    Fiscal 2001

    Fiscal 2002

    Fiscal 2003

 
    Feb. 28,
2001


    May 31,
2001


    Aug. 31,
2001


    Nov. 30,
2001


    Feb. 28,
2002


    May 31,
2002


   

Aug. 31

2002


   

Nov. 30,

2002


    Feb. 28,
2003


    May 31,
2003


 
    (in thousands)  

Balance Sheet Data:

                                                                               

Assets

                                                                               

Current assets:

                                                                               

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 16,163     $ 22,635     $ 22,041     $ 15,730     $ 16,342     $ 23,258     $ 22,730     $ 15,503     $ 27,204     $ 17,293  

Restricted cash

                      1,002       2,010       2,020       5,531       5,561       6,587       6,603  

Short-term investments

    2,314       1,178       1,039       1,499       5,232       5,238       4,205       3,830       4,012       4,236  

Accounts receivable, net

    227,728       163,247       230,358       204,624       227,012       203,380       250,452       221,432       235,616       176,482  

Receivable from vendors, net

    40,950       37,298       39,534       34,886       33,645       42,292       45,769       35,162       39,117       50,415  

Receivable from affiliates

    6,510       6,038       6,400       7,637       7,031       7,906       1,412       2,138       996       804  

Inventories

    235,385       206,707       241,861       236,127       245,838       256,587       277,743       261,498       262,103       280,520  

Deferred income taxes

    13,801       13,359       15,026       13,535       13,464       14,536       15,392       13,805       13,049       13,571  

Other current assets

    5,781       4,458       9,008       7,366       14,710       11,018       11,242       13,511       21,914       21,330  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Total current assets

    548,632       454,920       565,267       522,406       565,284       566,235       634,476       572,440       610,598       571,254  

Long-term investments

    208       49       49       49                                      

Property and equipment, net

    17,652       16,627       16,946       16,616       15,653       19,856       22,630       25,295       24,675       24,392  

Deferred income taxes

    475       447       881       874       859       525       532       529       556       593  

Intangible assets

    18,810       18,420       21,901       21,321       20,525       25,119       24,500       23,769       23,116       22,327  

Other assets

    6,695       6,211       5,778       3,768       3,366       3,728       5,081       7,042       5,395       5,348  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Total assets

  $ 592,472     $ 496,674     $ 610,822     $ 565,034     $ 605,687     $ 615,463     $ 687,219     $ 629,075     $ 664,340     $ 623,914  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

                                                                               

Current liabilities:

                                                                               

Borrowings under term loans and lines of credit

  $ 39,832     $ 34,148     $ 28,329     $ 18,104     $ 21,339     $ 19,047     $ 30,536     $ 19,685     $ 50,021     $ 42,838  

Payable to affiliates

    71,898       47,117       30,835       24,968       20,336       25,595       16,120       16,817       18,578       16,297  

Accounts payable

    247,620       165,717       256,911       248,307       281,637       271,181       341,008       269,608       291,846       256,535  

Accrued liabilities

    58,341       60,272       60,546       42,901       39,457       56,785       55,678       66,202       60,909       55,418  

Income taxes payable

    4,028       1,107       2,252       891       2,274       2,107       1,420       107       2,713       2,097  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Total current liabilities

    421,719       308,361       378,873       335,171       365,043       374,715       444,762       372,419       424,067       373,185  

Long-term borrowings

    2,048       10,745       47,411       43,036       48,383       39,056       32,822       38,714       13,772       13,580  

Other long-term liabilities

                                              1,535       1,550       1,534  

Deferred income taxes

    1,282       1,251       1,231       1,007       1,007       850       873       579       312       458  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Total liabilities

    425,049       320,357       427,515       379,214       414,433       414,621       478,457       413,247       439,701       388,757  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Minority interest in subsidiaries

    2,279       2,439       2,513       2,448       2,441       2,544       3,031       2,610       2,624       2,593  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Stockholders’ equity:

                                                                               

Common stock

    44       44       44       44       44       44       44       44       44       44  

Additional paid-in-capital

    78,532       78,629       78,989       78,982       78,981       79,171       79,050       79,229       79,260       79,260  

Unearned stock-based compensation

    (1,790 )     (1,592 )     (1,447 )     (1,283 )     (1,143 )     (1,007 )     (871 )     (753 )     (615 )     (477 )

Receivables from stockholders

                      (300 )     (300 )     (300 )                        

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (1,091 )     (1,088 )     (1,034 )     (1,597 )     (2,526 )     (274 )     (361 )     (860 )     1,067       4,458  

Retained earnings

    89,449       97,885       104,242       107,526       113,757       120,664       127,869       135,558       142,259       149,279  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Total stockholders’ equity

    165,144       173,878       180,794       183,372       188,813       198,298       205,731       213,218       222,015       232,564  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $ 592,472     $ 496,674     $ 610,822     $ 565,034     $ 605,687     $ 615,463     $ 687,219     $ 629,075     $ 664,340     $ 623,914  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

35


Table of Contents

Our operating results have fluctuated, and will likely fluctuate in the future, as a result of many factors. Although we attempt to control our expense levels, these levels are based, in part, on anticipated revenue. Therefore we may not be able to control spending in a timely manner to compensate for any unexpected revenue shortfall. We believe that you should not rely on period-to-period comparisons of our operating results as an indication of future performance. The results of any quarterly period are not indicative of results to be expected for a full fiscal year. In future quarters, our operating results may be below the expectations of public market analysts or investors, which would adversely impact our share price.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Cash Flows

 

Our business is working capital intensive. Our working capital needs are primarily to finance accounts receivable and inventory. We rely heavily on debt, accounts receivable flooring programs and the sale of our accounts receivable under our securitization program for our working capital needs.

 

We have financed our growth and cash needs to date primarily through working capital financing facilities, bank credit lines and cash generated from operations. The primary uses of cash have been to fund increases in inventory and accounts receivable resulting from increased sales, and for acquisitions.

 

We had positive net working capital of $198.1 million, $200.0 million and $187.2 million at May 31, 2003 and November 30, 2002 and 2001, respectively. We believe that cash flows from operations, our current cash balance and funds available under our working capital and credit facilities will be sufficient to meet our working capital needs and planned capital expenditures for the next 12 months.

 

Net cash provided by operating activities was $7.7 million for the six months ended May 31, 2003. Cash provided by operating activities in the six months ended May 31, 2003 was primarily attributable to cash generated from net income of $13.7 million and depreciation and amortization of $4.1 million partially offset by the use of cash for working capital of $10.5 million. The cash used for working capital in the six months ended May 31, 2003 was primarily due to increases in receivables from vendors and inventory as well as decreases in accounts payable and accrued liabilities, partially offset by a decrease in accounts receivable. The fluctuations in accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities were primarily due to the seasonal decrease in our revenue in the first and second quarters and a net increase in sales of accounts receivable under our securitization program of $19.0 million. Absent the increase in accounts receivable sold under our securitization program, our use of cash for working capital would have been $29.5 million and net cash used in operating activities would have been $11.3 million in the six months ended May 31, 2003.

 

Net cash provided by operating activities was $69.3 million in fiscal 2002. Cash provided by operations in fiscal 2002 was primarily attributable to net income of $28.0 million plus depreciation and amortization of $8.3 million. Also contributing to the cash provided by operations was an increase in cash from net working capital of $32.7 million. The increase in cash from working capital was primarily attributable to a net increase in sales of our accounts receivable to a financial institution under our accounts receivable securitization program of $86.0 million in fiscal 2002. Absent this increase in accounts receivable sold under our securitization program, our use of cash for working capital would have been $53.3 million and net cash used in operating activities would have been $16.7 million in fiscal 2002. The cash used for working capital in fiscal 2002, excluding the impact of the increase in accounts receivable sold under our securitization program, was primarily due to increases in accounts receivable, inventory and other assets as well as a decrease in payable to affiliates, partially offset by increases in accounts payable and accrued liabilities. The fluctuations in our accounts receivable, inventory, other assets, accounts payable and accrued liabilities were primarily related to the increase in our distribution revenue in the period. The decrease in payable to affiliates was primarily related to the decline in our contract assembly operations in fiscal 2002.

 

36


Table of Contents

Net cash provided by operating activities was $11.5 million in fiscal 2001. Cash provided by operations in 2001 was primarily attributable to net income of $25.8 million plus depreciation and amortization of $9.4 million and impairment of investments of $3.7 million partially offset by the use of cash for working capital of $27.3 million. The use of cash for working capital was primarily attributable to a net reduction in sales of our accounts receivable to a financial institution under our accounts receivable securitization program of $78.0 million in fiscal 2001. Excluding this reduction, our cash generated from working capital reduction would have been $50.7 million and cash provided by operations would have been $89.5 million in fiscal 2001. The positive cash generated from working capital reductions in fiscal 2001, excluding the impact of the reduction in accounts receivable sold under our securitization program, was primarily attributable to decreases in inventory and accounts receivable, partially offset by lower accounts payable, due to the decrease in revenue and our improved management of working capital in the period.

 

Net cash used in investing activities was $4.0 million in the six months ended May 31, 2003, $63.0 million in fiscal 2002 and $20.8 million in fiscal 2001. The use of cash in the six months ended May 31, 2003 was primarily the result of net purchases of short-term investments of $1.6 million and capital expenditures of $878,000. The use of cash in fiscal 2002 was primarily a result of our acquisition of Gates/Arrow Distributing and License Online for $42.9 million and $3.2 million, respectively, net of cash acquired, and capital expenditures of $8.9 million. The use of cash in fiscal 2001 was primarily a result of our acquisition of Merisel Canada for $17.1 million, net of cash acquired, and capital expenditures of $3.3 million.

 

Net cash used in financing activities was $2.4 million in the six months ended May 31, 2003 and $7.3 million in fiscal 2002. Net cash used in financing activities in the six months ended May 31, 2003 and in fiscal 2002 was primarily due to the net repayment of borrowings under our credit facilities. Net cash provided by financing activities was $5.2 million in fiscal 2001, and consisted primarily of the increase in our cash overdraft balance at November 30, 2001 as compared to November 30, 2000.

 

To increase our market share and better serve our customers, we plan to further expand our international operations. We expect that this expansion will require an initial investment in personnel, facilities and operations, which may be more costly than similar investments in domestic operations. As a result of these investments, we may experience an increase in cost of sales and operating expenses that is disproportionate to revenue from those operations.

 

Capital Resources

 

Our cash and cash equivalents totaled $17.3 million, $15.5 million and $15.7 million at May 31, 2003 and November 30, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

 

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

Effective August 30, 2002, we entered into a revolving accounts receivable securitization program in the United States, which provides for the sale of up to $200.0 million of U.S. trade accounts receivable to a financial institution. On June 30, 2003, we amended our accounts variable securitization program to provide for the sale of up to $210.0 million of U.S. trade accounts receivable and extend the maturity for one additional year to August 30, 2008. In connection with this program substantially all of our U.S. trade accounts receivable are transferred without recourse to our wholly-owned subsidiary, which, in turn, sells the accounts receivables to the financial institution. Sales of the accounts receivables to the financial institution under this program result in a reduction of total accounts receivable in our consolidated balance sheet. The remaining accounts receivables not sold to the financial institution are carried at their net realizable value, including an allowance for doubtful accounts. Our effective borrowing cost under the program is the prevailing commercial paper rate of return plus 0.90% per annum. At May 31, 2003 and November 30, 2002, the amount of our accounts receivable sold to and held by the financial institution under this accounts receivable securitization program totaled $177.0 million and $158.0 million, respectively. The increase in fiscal 2003 reflected our higher financing needs as a result of our higher volume of business. We believe that available funding under our accounts receivable financing programs

 

37


Table of Contents

provides us increased flexibility to make incremental investments in strategic growth initiatives and to manage working capital requirements, and that there are sufficient trade accounts receivable to support the U.S. financing programs.

 

Under the program, we continue to service the accounts receivable, and receive a service fee from the financial institution. We are required to maintain certain financial covenants including minimum net worth and fixed charge coverage as outlined in our senior secured revolving line of credit arrangement with the same financial institution.

 

As is customary in trade accounts receivable securitization arrangements, a credit rating agency’s downgrade of the third party issuer of commercial paper or of a back-up liquidity provider (which provides a source of funding if the commercial paper market cannot be accessed) could result in an adverse change or loss of our financing capacity under these programs if the commercial paper issuer and/or liquidity back-up provider is not replaced. Loss of such financing capacity could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our securitization balance consists of accounts receivable sold to and held by a financial institution under our accounts receivable securitization program. Sales of accounts receivables under this program result in a reduction of total accounts receivable on our consolidated balance sheet. At February 28, 2001, May 31, 2001, August 31, 2001 and November 30, 2001, our securitization balance was $56.0 million, $43.0 million, $36.0 million and $72.0 million, respectively. At February 28, 2002, May 31, 2002, August 31, 2002 and November 30, 2002, our securitization balance was $71.0 million, $134.5 million, $126.0 million and $158.0 million, respectively. At February 28, 2003 and May 31, 2003, our securitization balance was $94.0 million, and $177.0 million, respectively.

 

We have also issued guarantees to certain SYNNEX Canada vendors and resellers for the total amount of $15.7 million as of May 31, 2003 and $15.4 million as of November 30, 2002.

 

We have also issued guarantees to certain SYNNEX Mexico vendors and resellers for the total amount of $21.6 million as of May 31, 2003 and $24.3 million as of November 30, 2002.

 

We have also issued a guarantee of C$75.0 million in relation to a revolving loan agreement between SYNNEX Canada and a financial institution.

 

On Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

In December 1997, we entered into a senior secured revolving line of credit arrangement, or the Revolver, with a financial institution, which is secured by our inventory. The Revolver’s maximum commitment is 50% of eligible inventory valued at the lower of cost or market up to a maximum borrowing of $10.0 million. In July 2002, the Revolver was amended and extended for an additional five-year period, and the credit limit was increased to $15.0 million. In June 2003, the Revolver was amended to increase the credit limit to $25.0 million and to extend the maturity to 2008. Interest on borrowings under the Revolver is based on the prime rate plus 1.0% or LIBOR plus 2.0% at our option. There were no borrowings outstanding under the Revolver at May 31, 2003 and November 30, 2002.

 

Upon our acquisition of SYNNEX Canada, we assumed a three-year C$100.0 million revolving loan agreement with a financial institution due January 2004. In August 2001, the revolving loan agreement was amended to reduce the credit limit to C$75.0 million. In April 2002, the agreement was further amended to increase the credit limit back to C$100.0 million. Borrowings under the loan agreement are collateralized by substantially all of SYNNEX Canada’s assets, including inventories and accounts receivable. Borrowings bear interest at the prime rate of a Canadian bank designated by the financial institution plus 0.75% for Canadian Dollar denominated loans (totaling 5.75% at May 31, 2003), at the prime rate of a U.S. bank designated by the

 

38


Table of Contents

financial institution plus 0.25% (totaling 4.50% at May 31, 2003) or at LIBOR plus 2.00% for U.S. Dollar denominated loans. The balance outstanding at May 31, 2003 and November 30, 2002 was $26.5 million and $26.4 million, respectively.

 

We also have other lines of credit and revolving facilities with financial institutions, which provide for borrowing capacity aggregating approximately $45.0 million and $43.7 million at May 31, 2003 and November 30, 2002, respectively. At May 31, 2003 and November 30, 2002, we had borrowings of $15.9 million and $17.8 million, respectively, outstanding under these facilities. The expiration dates of these facilities range from 2004 to 2011.

 

We also have various term loans, bonds and mortgages with financial institutions. Future principal payments due under these term loans, bonds and mortgages and payments due under our operating lease arrangements after November 30, 2002 are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Payments Due By Period

Contractual obligations


   < 1 year

   1-3 years

   4-5 years

   > 5 years

Principal debt payments

   $ 2,981    $ 11,375    $ 880    $ 1,545

Non-cancelable operating leases

     9,525      20,670      4,759      4,744
    

  

  

  

Total

   $ 12,506    $ 32,045    $ 5,639    $ 6,289
    

  

  

  

 

We are in compliance with all covenants or other requirements set forth in our accounts receivable financing programs and credit agreements discussed above.

 

Qualitative and Quantitative Market Risks

 

Foreign Currency Risk

 

We are exposed to foreign currency risk in the ordinary course of business. We hedge cash flow exposures for our major countries using a combination of forward contracts. Principal currencies hedged are the British pound, Canadian dollar, Mexican peso and Japanese yen. We do not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading purposes. These instruments are generally short-term in nature, with typical maturities of less than one year.

 

The following table presents the hypothetical changes in fair values in our outstanding derivative instruments at May 31, 2003 that are sensitive to the changes in foreign currency exchange rates. The modeling technique used measures the change in fair values arising from an instantaneous strengthening or weakening of the U.S. dollar by 5%, 10% and 15% (in thousands).

 

    

Loss on Derivative

Instruments Given a

Weakening of U.S. dollar

by X Percent


    Loss
Assuming
No Change
in Exchange
Rate


    Gain on Derivative
Instruments Given a
Strengthening of U.S. dollar
by X Percent


     15%

    10%

    5%

      5%

   10%

   15%

Forward contracts

   $ (8,955 )   $ (6,378 )   $ (3,802 )   $ (1,226 )   $ 1,350    $ 3,927    $ 6,503

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

During the last two years, the majority of our debt obligations have been short-term in nature and the associated interest obligations have floated relative to major interest rate benchmarks, such as the London Interbank Offered Rate. While we have not used derivative financial instruments to alter the interest rate characteristics of our investment holdings or debt instruments in the past, we may do so in the future.

 

The fair value of our outstanding borrowing that is sensitive to changes in interest rates is $5.6 million at May 31, 2003. A 150-basis point increase or decrease in rates at May 31, 2003 would not result in any material change in the fair value of this obligation.

 

39


Table of Contents

The following table presents the hypothetical changes in interest expense related to our outstanding borrowings for the six months ending May 31, 2003 that are sensitive to changes in interest rates. The modeling technique used measures the change in interest expense arising from hypothetical parallel shifts in the respective countries’ yield curves, of plus or minus 5%, 10% and 15% for the six months ending May 31, 2003 (in thousands). It is further assumed that the outstanding balances at the May 31, 2003 will not change in the next six months.

 

     Interest Expense Given an
Interest Rate Decrease
by X Percent


   Actual Interest
Expense
Assuming No
Change in
Interest Rate


   Interest Expense Given an
Interest Rate Increase
by X Percent


     15%

   10%

   5%

      5%

   10%

   15%

SYNNEX US

   $ 246    $ 260    $ 275    $ 289    $ 303    $ 318    $ 332

SYNNEX Canada 

     412      436      460      484      508      532      556

SYNNEX Japan

     137      145      154      162      170      178      186
    

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

   $ 795    $ 841    $ 889    $ 935    $ 981    $ 1,028    $ 1,074
    

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

Equity Price Risk

 

The equity price risk associated with our marketable equity securities at November 30, 2001, 2002 and May 31, 2003 is not material in relation to our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flow. Marketable equity securities include shares of common stock. The investments are classified as either trading or available-for-sale securities. Securities classified as trading are recorded at fair market value, based on quoted market prices and unrealized gains and losses are included in results of operations. Securities classified as available-for-sale are recorded at fair market value, based on quoted market prices and unrealized gains and losses are included in other comprehensive income. Realized gains and losses, which are calculated based on the specific identification method, are recorded in operations as incurred.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In July 2002, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 146, “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities” which addresses the recognition, measurement and reporting of costs associated with exit or disposal activities. SFAS No. 146 requires the recognition of a liability for a disposal activity, including those related to employee termination benefits and obligations under operating leases and order contracts, and that the liability be recognized when incurred and not necessarily on the date of an entity’s commitment to an exit plan. SFAS No. 146 also establishes that the initial measurement of a liability be based on fair value. The provisions of SFAS No. 146 are effective for exit or disposal activities that are initiated after December 31, 2002. We have not had any exit on disposal activities since the adoption of the standard.

 

In November 2002, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation (“FIN”) No. 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others.” FIN No. 45 requires that a liability be recorded in the guarantor’s balance sheet upon issuance of a guarantee. In addition, FIN No. 45 requires disclosures about the guarantees that an entity has issued, including a reconciliation of changes in the entity’s product warranty liabilities. The initial recognition and initial measurement provisions of FIN No. 45 are applicable on a prospective basis to guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002, irrespective of the guarantor’s fiscal year-end. The disclosure requirements of FIN No. 45 are effective for financial statements of interim or annual periods ending after December 15, 2002. The adoption of this standard did not have any material impact on our financial position or results of operations.

 

In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, Transition and Disclosure.” SFAS No. 148 provides alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. SFAS No. 148 also requires

 

40


Table of Contents

that disclosures of the pro forma effect of using the fair value method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation be displayed more prominently and in a tabular format. Additionally, SFAS No. 148 requires disclosure of the pro forma effect in interim financial statements. The transition and annual disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 148 are effective for fiscal years ended after December 15, 2002. The interim disclosure requirements are effective for interim periods beginning after December 15, 2002. We have applied the disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 148.

 

In January 2003, the FASB issued FIN No. 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an Interpretation of ARB No. 51.” Fin No. 46 requires certain variable interest entities to be consolidated by the primary beneficiary of the entity if the equity investors in the entity do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties. FIN No. 46 is effective immediately for all new variable interest entities created or acquired after January 31, 2003. For variable interest entities created or acquired prior to February 1, 2003, the provisions of FIN No. 46 must be applied for the first interim or annual period beginning after June 15, 2003. We believe that the adoption of this standard will have no material impact on our financial position and results of operations.

 

In April 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 149, “Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.” SFAS No. 149 amends and clarifies financial accounting and reporting of derivative instruments and hedging activities under SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.” SFAS No. 149 amends SFAS No. 133 for decisions made: (a) as part of the Derivatives Implementation Group process that require amendment to SFAS No. 133; (b) in connection with other FASB projects dealing with financial instruments; and (c) in connection with the implementation issues raised related to the application of the definition of a derivative. SFAS No. 149 is effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003 and for designated hedging relationships after June 30, 2003. We believe that the adoption of SFAS No. 149 will not have a material impact on our financial position and results of operations.

 

In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity.” The Statement establishes standards for how an issuer classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity and further requires that an issuer classify as a liability (or an asset in some circumstances) financial instruments that fall within its scope because that financial instrument embodies an obligation of the issuer. Many of these instruments were previously classified as equity. The statement is effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise is effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003. We believe that the adoption of this standard will not have a material impact on our financial position and results of operations.

 

In November 2002, the Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) reached a consensus on Issue No. 00-21 (“EITF No. 00-21”), “Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements.” EITF No. 00-21 addresses how to account for arrangements that may involve the delivery or performance of multiple products, services, and/or rights to use assets. The consensus mandates how to identify whether goods or services or both that are to be delivered separately in a bundled sales arrangement should be accounted for separately because they are separate units of accounting. The guidance can affect the timing of revenue recognition for such arrangements, even though it does not change rules governing the timing or pattern of revenue recognition of individual items accounted for separately. The final consensus is applicable to agreements entered into in fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2003 with early adoption permitted. Additionally, companies will be permitted to apply the consensus guidance to all existing arrangements as the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle in accordance with APB No. 20, “Accounting Changes.” We are assessing the impact of EITF No. 00-21 and believe that the adoption will not have a material impact on our financial position and results of operations.

 

In March 2003, the EITF finalized Issue No. 02-16 (“EITF No. 02-16”), “Accounting for Consideration Received from a Vendor by a Customer (Including a Reseller of the Vendor’s Products).” EITF No. 02-16

 

41


Table of Contents

requires that consideration received from vendors, such as advertising support funds, be accounted for as a reduction to cost of sales when recognized in the reseller’s income statement unless certain conditions are met showing that the funds are used for a specific program entirely funded by an individual vendor. If these specific requirements related to individual vendors are met, the consideration is accounted for as a reduction in the related expense category, such as advertising or selling and administrative expense. EITF No. 02-16 applies to all agreements modified or entered into on or after January 1, 2003. Adopting EITF No. 02-16 had no material impact on our financial position and results of operations.

 

42


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

 

Overview

 

We are a global information technology, or IT, supply chain services company offering a comprehensive range of outsourcing solutions to IT original equipment manufacturers and software publishers, collectively OEMs, and reseller customers worldwide. We have been in the IT distribution business since 1980 and are one of the largest IT product distributors based on reported revenue. We focus our core wholesale distribution business on a limited number of leading IT OEMs, which allows us to enhance and increase the value of our services to our OEM suppliers and reseller customers. We also offer contract assembly services to OEMs in the IT products industry.

 

We distribute IT systems, peripherals, system components, software and networking equipment for OEM suppliers such as HP, IBM, Intel, Microsoft Corporation and Seagate. Our reseller customers include value added resellers, or VARs, corporate resellers, government resellers, system integrators, direct marketers and retailers. We currently distribute and market approximately 15,000 products (as measured by active SKUs) from over 100 OEM suppliers to more than 15,000 resellers.

 

Our contract assembly services are generally related to building IT systems such as personal computers, workstations and servers. By leveraging the inventory management capabilities and system component supplier relationships of our distribution business, we provide cost-effective IT system assembly services.

 

Because we offer distribution, contract assembly and complementary supply chain services, OEM suppliers and resellers can outsource to us multiple areas of their business outside of their core competencies. This model allows us to provide services at several points along the IT product supply chain. We believe that the combination of our broad array of services, our focus on servicing the leading IT OEMs and our stringent operating disciplines has enabled us to realize strong and expanding relationships with these OEMs and our reseller customers.

 

43


Table of Contents

Our Industry

 

The information technology, or IT, product supply chain generally consists of original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, contract manufacturers, distributors, resellers and end-users. The roles of these participants are described in the table below:

 

IT Product Supply Chain

 

Participant    Description    Companies

IT OEMs   

•   Design IT systems, system components, peripherals and software.

 

•   Manufacture IT products, directly or on an outsourced basis.

 

•   Market and sell IT products directly or through distributors to resellers, retailers and large end-users.

  

Systems (including PCs, servers, storage systems, workstations):  Apple, Dell, EMC, HP, IBM, Sun Microsystems, Toshiba

 

Peripherals (including monitors, printers, supplies): APC, HP, Lexmark, NEC, ViewSonic, Xerox

 

System Components (including CPUs, memory, hard disk drives): Asus, Intel, Micron, Seagate, Western Digital

 

Software (including applications, operating systems): Adobe, Computer Associates, IBM, Intuit, Microsoft, Oracle, Symantec

 

Networking Equipment (including network interface cards, routers, switches, hubs, wireless products): Cisco, Intel, Lucent, Nortel, 3COM


Contract Manufacturers/ Assemblers   

•   Design IT products.

 

•   Source product materials.

 

•   Manufacture and assemble printed circuit boards.

 

•   Assemble and test finished products.

   Benchmark, Celestica, Flextronics, Foxconn, MiTAC International, Sanmina-SCI, Solectron, SYNNEX

Distributors   

•   Purchase IT products from OEMs.

 

•   Sell IT products to resellers.

 

•   Provide logistics, marketing, financial, technical support and other supply chain services.

   Arrow, Avnet, Bell Micro, Ingram Micro, Pioneer-Standard, ScanSource, SYNNEX, Tech Data, Westcon

Resellers   

•   Sell IT products directly to end-users.

 

•   Provide value added services, including design, installation, integration and training.

  

Value Added Resellers and Solution Providers: small- to medium-sized business focused, local, regional and industry specific resellers

 

Corporate Resellers: Amherst, ASAP, CompuCom, EnPointe, Pomeroy, TIG

 

Government Resellers: Government Micro Resources , GTSI, PlanetGov, TELOS, Westwood Computer

 

Systems Integrators: AMAX, Comptech Micro System, Equus Computer Systems, Hatch Associates, Premio Computer

 

Direct Marketers: CDW, Creative Computer, Insight, PC Connection

 

Retailers: Amazon.com, Best Buy, Circuit City, CompUSA, Fry’s Electronics


End-Users   

•   Use IT products for commercial or personal use.

   Large corporations, governments and educational institutions, small- to medium-sized businesses, personal users

 

44


Table of Contents

The IT product supply chain is fluid as participants assume changing roles in the chain based on their various products, customer demands and business objectives. For example, a contract manufacturer may perform design features for some OEM products while solely manufacturing products for the same or other OEMs. Similarly, OEMs may elect to sell products directly to resellers or end-users without the use of a distributor, particularly in the case of larger volume end-user purchasers.

 

Distribution

 

OEMs rely on distributors because of the wide range and high complexity of IT products, the short product life cycle of some products and the desire of end-users to integrate solutions from multiple OEMs. Distributors provide an efficient and cost-effective means for OEMs to reach a broad range of resellers who sell to a large number of end-users. In addition, distributors provide OEMs with demand creation marketing, inventory management, logistics services, and pre- and post-sale technical support.

 

Resellers depend on distributors for product information, real-time price and availability information, system configuration, marketing, credit, logistics and technical support needs. Resellers also rely on distributors for inventory management services. These services allow resellers to reduce their inventory, staffing levels and warehouse requirements, thereby lowering their invested capital requirements and reducing their costs.

 

In July 2003, IDC estimated that total worldwide IT spending on hardware and packaged software was $513 billion in 2002 and would grow to $646 billion by 2007, representing a compound annual growth rate of 4.7%. In doing so, IDC makes assumptions about economic conditions that may or may not prove accurate. The distribution business in which we and our competitors operate addresses only a portion of this total market.

 

The IT product distribution industry has undergone significant consolidation as a result of several factors. These factors include the current economic downturn, reductions in IT spending, overcapacity, more restrictive terms and conditions from OEMs, reductions in the number of OEM-authorized distributors, a high level of price competition among distributors and evolving OEM business models such as direct sales initiatives.

 

Contract Manufacturing and Assembly

 

In addition to using wholesale distributors, OEMs in the IT industry have increasingly outsourced their manufacturing and product assembly. Historically, OEMs were vertically integrated and invested significantly in equipment and facilities to manufacture, service and distribute their products. Contract manufacturers originated to provide additional capacity during periods of high demand by assembling and testing printed circuit boards that typically form the backbone of electronic devices and have evolved to provide full system assembly. Recently, contract manufacturers have also expanded their electronic manufacturing services to include design, component procurement, inventory management, logistics and after-market services.

 

OEMs use contract manufacturers and assemblers for many reasons including to reduce their time to market by using a contract manufacturer’s established manufacturing expertise, broad capabilities, global presence and infrastructure, reduce the OEMs’ overall capital equipment requirements, allow OEMs to focus on core technologies and activities such as product development and marketing and to reduce production and inventory costs by using a contract manufacturer’s volume procurement capabilities and expertise in inventory management.

 

45


Table of Contents

Our Solution

 

We distribute the products of leading IT product OEMs and provide complementary contract assembly and supply chain services. Our comprehensive services are an essential part of our OEM suppliers’ and reseller customers’ supply chains that enable them to meet their specific sales, distribution, manufacturing and logistics objectives. The key components of our IT supply chain solution are as follows:

 

Distribution

 

Focus on leading OEMs.     We primarily serve leading OEMs in selected IT product categories. This OEM focus enables us to dedicate teams that work directly with these OEMs and develop in-depth knowledge of the OEMs’ products. Because of our intimate knowledge of the products we distribute, we are able to provide effective product marketing services for our OEM suppliers in order to help them meet their sales objectives. In addition, our in-depth product knowledge enables us to deliver solutions to our reseller customers that integrate several products, sometimes from multiple OEMs.

 

Broad Market Reach.     Through our network of more than 15,000 reseller customers, we offer our OEM suppliers access to customers they could not reach cost-effectively otherwise. Our reseller relationships provide an important sales channel for these OEMs to connect with small- to medium-sized businesses, government agencies and educational institutions that generally buy IT products through intermediaries.

 

Low Cost Solutions.     Our ability to effectively market and sell products for leading OEMs can save our OEM suppliers money relative to selling direct. OEMs can streamline their sales organization by using us to expand their reach to additional IT product resellers. OEMs can also reduce their costs associated with warehouse facilities by utilizing our inventory management and logistics services.

 

Financing Options for Resellers.     Many resellers have limited working capital and rely on us to provide them with financing alternatives. By offering these alternatives, we enable our reseller customers to fulfill larger orders than their resources otherwise would allow.

 

Demand Creation Marketing.     We offer our OEM suppliers a full range of demand creation marketing services targeted to specific resellers. These services include trade publication advertising, direct mail, e-mail marketing, national and regional trade show events and many Web-based marketing offerings.

 

Local Points of Presence.     Our sales and distribution centers are geographically dispersed. Our regional locations enable us to work closely with our reseller customers to better serve them and their end-users. Our regional distribution centers also allow us to deliver products quickly. In addition, because shipping companies generally charge based on the distance shipped, our approach allows us to reduce our shipping costs, a significant component of our cost of sales.

 

Electronic Commerce.     We maintain EDI, or electronic data interchange, and web-based communication links with many of our reseller customers. These links improve the speed and efficiency of our transactions with our reseller customers by enabling them to:

 

    search for products;

 

    check inventory availability;

 

    configure systems;

 

    price systems and products;

 

    place and track orders;

 

    receive invoices; and

 

    process returns.

 

46


Table of Contents

Competitive Pricing.     We are able to offer our reseller customers competitive prices due to our high volume purchasing, low cost structure, efficient distribution methods and focus on leading OEM suppliers.

 

Other Supply Chain Services.     We provide both OEMs and resellers logistics services such as outsourced fulfillment, virtual distribution and direct ship to end-users. We also offer our reseller customers outsourced back-office support services, including management of sales and purchase orders, inventory, invoicing and collections, vendor claims and returns. Furthermore, we provide our reseller customers with pre- and post-sale technical support services.

 

Contract Assembly

 

Efficient System Components Sourcing.     We distribute many of the system components used in the assembly of our OEM customers’ products. As a result, our assembly customers are able to minimize their inventory risk because they can take advantage of the terms and conditions of our distribution relationships. A primary benefit of our distribution relationships is vendor provided price protection that allows our OEM customers to benefit from declines in component prices. We also offer increased inventory availability to our OEM customers because we stock items for both distribution and assembly. In addition, we generally can use our distribution services to provide logistics services, drop shipments to end-user customers and to sell excess system components ordered by our OEM assembly customers.

 

Flexible Product Assembly.     We provide our OEM customers with a high degree of flexibility with our build-to-order or configure-to-order capabilities. By focusing only on system-level assembly and outsourcing more capital intensive contract manufacturing activities, such as printed circuit board assembly, we are able to maintain a flexible operating structure that allows us to rapidly increase or decrease production volumes and deliver customized assembly solutions.

 

Joint Design and Manufacturing Services.     We offer contract design and manufacturing services to OEMs through our relationship with our largest indirect stockholder, MiTAC International. These services complement our system assembly capabilities and allow us to deliver a complete design-to-delivery solution for our OEM customers. MiTAC International is a leading original design manufacturing company based in Taiwan, specializing in product design, printed circuit board assembly, power supply manufacturing, and plastic and sheet metal molding. We work closely with MiTAC International to collaborate on OEM outsourcing opportunities.

 

Product Return Services.     We provide our OEM customers with product return services for the IT systems we build for them in our contract assembly facilities. These services allow for the management of product returns directly from the OEM’s customer to us. These services include refurbishment of these systems to a like-new condition as well as the ability to re-sell the refurbished systems through authorized sales channels.

 

Our Strategy

 

Our objective is to continue to expand our business by providing IT product OEMs and other suppliers outsourcing solutions including distribution, assembly and supply chain services, and by providing our reseller customers outstanding execution, service and support. In particular, we intend to achieve this objective by pursuing the following strategies:

 

Deepen Relationships with Our Existing OEM Suppliers and Reseller Customers

 

We believe our present OEM and reseller relationships represent significant opportunities for growth. We seek to increase business opportunities with our existing OEM suppliers by expanding the distribution, assembly and supply chain services that we provide to them. We work closely with these suppliers to ensure that our service offerings meet their evolving needs. We aim to provide a complete supply chain solution to our OEM suppliers to decrease the costs associated with assembling, selling and distributing IT products.

 

47


Table of Contents

Establish New Strategic Relationships with Leading OEMs

 

We intend to establish additional relationships with select leading IT product OEMs to increase the breadth of products we distribute. We will offer these OEMs our comprehensive range of global distribution and supply chain services, our ability to deliver services anywhere along the IT supply chain, our ability to assist OEMs in reaching a broad range of resellers and their end user customers.

 

Increase Our Reseller Customer Base

 

We seek to grow by increasing the number of reseller customers to which we sell IT products. Our depth of product knowledge resulting from our focus on leading OEM vendors enables us to provide a high level of service to resellers. Our efficient operating disciplines have permitted us to profitably sell IT products at competitive prices. We also seek opportunities to increase the number of resellers that buy from us by expanding the breadth of products that we distribute.

 

Expand Our Contract Assembly Services

 

We intend to expand our contract assembly services business as the continuing trend of OEMs outsourcing of production activities creates a growing market opportunity. Our strategy is to remain focused on system level assembly services delivered to IT product OEMs. Within the broad spectrum of IT products, we have targeted the non-branded, or white-box, segment of the IT product market as a focus of our assembly expansion efforts. We believe the white-box market has growth potential. We are also continuing to work with MiTAC International to jointly pursue contract manufacturing opportunities where we can combine MiTAC International’s design and printed circuit board assembly operations with our system assembly capabilities to deliver an integrated, cost-effective solution to OEMs.

 

Control Costs

 

We intend to maintain our low cost operations and seek ways to further reduce costs in all areas of our operations. Our low cost structure is predicated upon our management of facility costs, capital outlays, and our effective use of IT systems and temporary labor. We also manage our costs by locating some professional and administrative functions, such as IT development, materials management and accounts payable, in low cost geographic regions, like China. Our strategy to operate numerous distribution centers that are geographically dispersed also helps us to control costs by reducing shipping costs.

 

Pursue Strategic Acquisitions and Investments

 

Over the last three years, we have completed a number of acquisitions and investments. We intend to continue to grow our business through strategic acquisitions or investments of complementary businesses or assets in order to increase our OEM and reseller relationships, enhance our service offerings and expand our geographic reach. Additionally, we plan to capitalize on the trend toward consolidation in the distribution and contract manufacturing industries. We believe that a critical part of any acquisition is proper management of the post-acquisition process. We intend to continue to devote attention and resources to the integration of management, personnel, culture, IT systems, products, customer relationships and other issues arising from recent and future acquisitions. We also intend to pursue strategic investments to leverage our core competencies in areas such as execution, IT management, logistics and systems manufacturing.

 

48


Table of Contents

Our Products and Suppliers

 

We distribute a full range of IT products, including IT systems, peripherals, system components, software and networking equipment for more than 100 OEM suppliers, enabling us to offer comprehensive solutions to our reseller customers. Our primary OEM suppliers for fiscal 2002 and representative products we currently distribute for them include the following:

 

Supplier


  

Representative Products


HP

  

Desktop and Notebook PCs, Printers, Imaging Products, Supplies, Servers, Storage Products

IBM 

  

Desktop and Notebook PCs, Servers, Storage Systems, Software

Intel 

  

CPUs, Motherboards, Networking Products

Lexmark

  

Printers and Supplies

Microsoft

  

Operating Systems, Application Software

NEC-Mitsubishi

  

Displays and Monitors

Panasonic 

  

Ruggedized Notebook PCs

Seagate

  

Hard Disk Drives

Toshiba America

  

Notebook PCs

Xerox

  

Printers and Supplies

 

Our largest OEM supplier is HP. Revenue from the sale of HP products represented approximately 23.5%, 30.4% and 35.0% of our revenue for fiscal 2000, 2001 and 2002, respectively, and approximately 31.1% of our revenue in the six months ended May 31, 2003.

 

During fiscal 2002 and the six months ended May 31, 2003, our distribution product mix by category was in the following ranges:

 

Product Category:


    

Peripherals 

   32%-36%

System Components

   24%-28%

IT Systems 

   20%-24%

Software 

   11%-15%

Networking Equipment 

     3%-  7%

 

In our contract assembly business we primarily assemble IT systems.

 

We have distribution agreements with many of our suppliers. These agreements usually provide for nonexclusive distribution rights and pertain to specific geographic territories. The agreements are also generally short term, subject to periodic renewal, and often contain provisions permitting termination by either us or our supplier without cause upon relatively short notice. An OEM supplier that elects to terminate a distribution agreement will generally repurchase its products carried in our inventory.

 

Our IT distribution and assembly business subjects us to the risk that the value of our inventory will be affected adversely by suppliers’ price reductions or by technological changes affecting the usefulness or desirability of the products comprising our inventory. Many of our OEM suppliers offer us limited protection from the loss in value of our inventory due to technological change or a supplier’s price reductions. Under many of these agreements, we have a limited period of time to return or exchange products or claim price protection credits. We monitor our inventory levels and attempt to time our purchases to maximize our protection under supplier programs.

 

49


Table of Contents

Our OEM suppliers generally warrant the products we distribute and allow returns of defective products, including those returned to us by our reseller customers. We generally do not independently warrant the products we distribute; however, we warrant our services with regard to products that we configure for our reseller customers, and the products that we assemble from components purchased from other sources. A provision for estimated warranty costs is recorded at the time of sale and periodically adjusted to reflect actual experience. Historically, our warranty expense has not been material.

 

Our Customers

 

Distribution

 

We distribute IT products to more than 15,000 resellers. Resellers are classified primarily by the end-users to which they sell as well as the services they provide. End-users include large corporations, governments, small- to medium-sized businesses, or SMBs, and personal users. In addition, resellers vary greatly in size and geographic reach. No reseller accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue in fiscal 2002 or for the six months ended May 31, 2003. Our reseller customers buy from us and other distributors. Some of our larger reseller customers also buy certain products directly from OEM suppliers. Some of our largest reseller customers include Business Depot, CDW, EnPointe, Insight and PlanetGov.

 

Contract Assembly

 

The customers of our contract assembly business are IT product OEMs seeking to outsource product assembly and production logistics. Currently our primary contract assembly customer is Sun Microsystems. No contract assembly customer accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue in fiscal 2002 or for the six months ended May 31, 2003.

 

Our Services

 

We offer a variety of services to our distribution and contract assembly customers, including the following:

 

Distribution

 

Distribution Services.     We have sophisticated pick, pack and ship operations, which allows us to efficiently receive shipments from our OEM suppliers and fill orders from our reseller customers. We generally stock or otherwise have access to the inventory of our OEM suppliers to satisfy the demands of our reseller customers.

 

Logistics Services.     We provide logistics services to our reseller customers such as outsourced fulfillment services, virtual distribution and direct ship to end users. Other logistics services we provide include generation of customized shipping documents, multi-level serial number tracking for customized, configured products and online order and shipment tracking. We also provide logistics services both individually and in bulk directly to resellers, other distributors and end users.

 

Outsourced Back-Office Services.     We offer our reseller customers outsourced back-office support services, including management of sales and purchase orders, credit verification, inventory management, invoicing and collections, vendor claims and returns. Some of our reseller customers have outsourced to us their entire order processing, shipping and billing functions, eliminating the need for them to hire and maintain staff to perform these functions.

 

Online Services.     We maintain EDI and web-based communication links with many of our reseller customers. These links improve the speed and efficiency of our transactions with our reseller customers by enabling them to search for products, check inventory availability and prices, configure systems, place and track orders, receive invoices, review account status and process returns. We also have web-application software that allows our resellers or their end-user customers to order software and take delivery online.

 

50


Table of Contents

Financing Services.     We offer our reseller customers a wide range of financing options, including net terms, third party leasing and floor plan financing, letters of credit and arrangements where we collect payment directly from the end user. The availability and terms of our financing services are subject to our credit policies or those of third party financing providers to our reseller customers.

 

Marketing Services.     We offer our OEM suppliers a full range of marketing services targeting specific resellers, including direct mail, external media advertising, reseller product training, targeted telemarketing campaigns, national and regional trade shows and web-based marketing. Web-based marketing includes customized areas of our web site that focus on an OEM suppliers’ products, programs, and services; web banners; web casts designed to allow an OEM supplier to make presentations to a targeted group of resellers; and web-based training.

 

Technical Support Services.     We provide our reseller customers technical support services, including pre- and post-sale support.

 

Contract Assembly

 

Materials Procurement and Management.     We provide our contract assembly customers with materials procurement and management services. These services include planning, purchasing, expediting and warehousing system components and materials used in the assembly process. Because we distribute many of the system components used in the assembly of our contract assembly customers’ products, our assembly customers are able to minimize their inventory risk by taking advantage of the terms and conditions of our distribution relationships. In addition, we also offer increased inventory availability to our contract assembly customers because we stock items for both distribution and assembly.

 

Assembly Services.     We provide our OEM assembly customers with build-to-order, or BTO, and configure-to-order, or CTO, assembly services. BTO assembly consists of building a group of systems with the same pre-defined specifications, generally for our OEM customers’ inventory. CTO assembly consists of building a customized system for an OEM customer’s individual order specifications. We possess adequate systems and assembly flexibility to produce both large and small volumes of products that include numerous configurations. We also offer production value added services such as kitting, reconfiguration, asset tagging and hard drive imaging.

 

Joint Design and Manufacturing Services.     We offer contract design and manufacturing services to OEMs through our relationship with our largest indirect stockholder, MiTAC International. MiTAC International’s design services complement our system assembly capabilities and allow us to deliver a complete design-to-delivery solution for our OEM customers.

 

Sales and Marketing

 

As of May 31, 2003, we employed 639 sales and marketing professionals. We serve our large government and commercial reseller customers through dedicated sales professionals. We market to smaller resellers through dedicated regional sales teams. In addition, we have dedicated product marketing and sales specialists that focus on the sale and promotion of the products of selected suppliers. These specialists are also directly involved in establishing new relationships with leading OEMs and resellers. Our sales and marketing professionals are complemented by members of our executive management team who are integral in identifying potential new customer opportunities and ensuring customer satisfaction. We have sales offices in North America and Asia and attempt to locate our sales and marketing professionals in close proximity to our reseller customers.

 

We also have a sales team dedicated to cultivating new contract assembly opportunities with IT product OEMs. On selected opportunities, this team works with MiTAC International representatives to offer OEMs comprehensive outsourced supply chain solutions. This joint sales effort enables us to deliver complete design-to-delivery solutions for our OEM customers.

 

51


Table of Contents

Our Operations

 

Distribution

 

We operate 16 distribution facilities in the United States, Canada, Japan and Mexico. Our distribution processes are highly automated to reduce errors, ensure timely order fulfillment and enhance the efficiency of our warehouse operations and back office administration. In the United States, we operate ten distribution facilities that are geographically dispersed to be near end-users. This regional strategy enables us to benefit from lower shipping costs and shorter delivery lead times to our customers. Our regional locations also enable us to make local deliveries and provide will-call fulfillment to more customers than if our distribution operations were centralized resulting in better service to our customers. Our workforce is comprised of permanent and temporary employees, enabling us to respond to short term changes in order activity. Furthermore, we track several performance measurements to continuously improve the efficiency and accuracy of our distribution operations.

 

Our proprietary IT systems and processes, along with technology solutions from leading warehouse automation providers, enable us to automate many of our distribution operations. For example, we use radio frequency and bar code scanning technologies in all of our warehouse operations to maintain real time inventory records, facilitate frequent cycle counts and improve the accuracy of order fulfillment. We use palm readers to capture real time labor cost data enabling efficient management of our daily labor costs. We also scan and archive receiving documents and generate electronic freight out vouchers to streamline our accounts payable administration.

 

To enhance the accuracy of our order fulfillment and protect our inventory from shrinkage, our systems also incorporate numerous controls. These controls include order weight checks, bar code scanning, and serial number profile verification to verify that the product shipped matches the customer order. We also use digital video imaging to record our small package shipping activities by order. These images and other warehouse and shipping data are available online to our customer service representatives enabling us to quickly respond to order inquiries by our customers.

 

Contract Assembly

 

We operate assembly facilities in the United States and the United Kingdom. In our contract assembly business, we source materials, assemble IT systems, and ship completed products on behalf of our OEM customers. We generally assemble IT systems, including personal computers, workstations and servers, incorporating system components from our distribution inventory and other sources. Additionally, we perform production value added services, including kitting, asset tagging, hard-drive imaging and reconfiguration. Our contract assembly facilities are ISO 9001:2000 certified.

 

We focus on contract assembly services rather than full service manufacturing in order to minimize our capital investments in our assembly business. Because of the variability of our assembly orders, our workforce is predominantly comprised of temporary workers. We also partner with MiTAC International to provide certain manufacturing services, including design and printed circuit board assembly as these activities require extensive capital investments and labor.

 

International Operations

 

Approximately 10%, 14% and 21% of our revenue for the years ended November 30, 2000, 2001 and 2002, respectively, and approximately 23% of our revenue for the six months ended May 31, 2003, originated outside of the United States. A key element in our business strategy is to expand our global presence in order to provide our distribution and contract assembly services to OEMs in locations that meet their regional requirements. Consistent with this strategy, we have established international operations in Canada, China, Japan, Mexico and the United Kingdom. We plan to continue to seek strategic opportunities to expand our operations throughout the world.

 

52


Table of Contents

Purchasing

 

Product costs represent our single largest expense and IT product inventory is one of our largest working capital investments. Furthermore, product procurement from our OEM suppliers is a highly complex process that involves marketing incentive programs, rebate programs, price protection and other arrangements. Consequently, efficient and effective purchasing operations are critical to our success.

 

Our purchasing group works closely with many areas of our organization, especially our product managers who work closely with our OEM suppliers and our sales force, to understand the volume and mix of IT products that should be purchased. In addition, the purchasing group utilizes an internally developed, proprietary information systems application tool, which further aids the purchasing group in forecasting future product demand based on several factors, including past sales levels, expected product life cycle and current and projected economic conditions. Our information systems tool also tracks warehouse and channel inventory levels and open purchase orders on a real-time basis enabling us to stock inventory at a regional level closer to the customer as well as to actively manage our working capital resources. This level of automation allows for greater efficiencies of inventory management by replenishing and turning inventory as well as placing purchase orders on a more frequent basis. Furthermore, our systems tool also allows for automated checks and controls to prevent the generation of inaccurate orders.

 

The purchasing group is supported by employees based in China who handle daily back-office routine functions such as purchase order issuance, changes to purchase orders and returns. Having a purchasing support team in China allows us to benefit from highly skilled and lower cost labor.

 

Managing our OEM supplier incentive programs is another critical function of our purchasing group. We attempt to maximize the benefit of incentives, rebates and volume discounts that our OEM suppliers offer us from time-to-time. We carefully evaluate these purchasing benefits relative to our product handling and carrying costs so that we do not over-invest in our inventory. We also closely monitor inventory levels on a product-by-product basis and plan purchases to take advantage of OEM supplier provided price protection. By managing inventory levels at each of our regional distribution facilities, we can minimize our shipping costs by stocking products near to our resellers and their end-user customers.

 

Financial Services

 

We offer various credit terms to our customers as well as prepayment, credit card and cash on delivery terms. We also collect outstanding accounts receivable on behalf of our reseller customers in certain markets. In issuing credit to our reseller customers, we closely and continually monitor their credit worthiness through our information systems, which contain detailed information on each customer’s payment history, as well as through periodic detailed credit file reviews by our financial services staff. In addition, we participate in a U.S. credit association whose members exchange customer credit rating information. In our operations in Canada, we have also purchased credit insurance to further control credit risks. Finally, we establish reserves for estimated credit losses in the normal course of business.

 

We also sell to certain reseller customers where the transactions are financed by a third-party floor plan financing company. These transactions generally involve large sales and are limited to selected product lines. The expenses charged by these financing companies will be subsidized either by our OEM suppliers or paid by us. We generally receive payment from these financing institutions within 15 days from the date of sale, depending on the specific arrangement.

 

Information Technology

 

Our IT systems manage the entire order cycle, including processing customer orders, production planning, customer billing and payment tracking. These internally developed IT systems make our distribution and contract

 

53


Table of Contents

assembly operations more efficient and provide visibility into all aspects of our operations. We believe our IT infrastructure is scalable to support further growth. The continuing enhancement of our IT systems facilitates improved product and inventory management, streamlines order and delivery processes, and increases operational flexibility. Having a common enterprise resource-planning platform allows us to quickly respond to fluctuations in our customers’ orders in different parts of the world and facilitates simultaneous product introduction in multiple regions while providing visibility into product availability.

 

To allow our customers and suppliers to communicate and transact business with us in an efficient and consistent manner, we have implemented a mix of proprietary and off-the-shelf software programs which integrate our IT systems with those of our customers and suppliers. In particular, we maintain EDI and web-based communication links with many of our reseller customers to enable them to search for products, check real-time price, inventory availability and specifications, place and track orders, receive invoices and process returns. We plan to continue making significant investments in our IT systems to facilitate the flow of information, increase our efficiency and lower transaction costs.

 

Competition

 

We operate in a highly competitive environment, both in the United States and internationally. The IT product distribution and contract assembly industries are characterized by intense competition, based primarily on product availability, credit availability, price, speed of delivery, ability to tailor specific solutions to customer needs, quality and depth of product lines, pre-sale and post-sale technical support, flexibility and timely response to design changes, technological capabilities, product quality, service and support. We compete with a variety of regional, national and international IT product distributors and contract manufacturers.

 

Our current major competitors in IT product distribution include Bell Microproducts, Ingram Micro and Tech Data and, to a lesser extent, regional distributors. We also face competition from our OEM suppliers, which also sell directly to resellers and end-users. The distribution industry has recently undergone, and continues to undergo, major consolidation. During this period, a number of significant players within the IT distribution industry exited or merged with other players within the distribution market. We have participated in this consolidation through our acquisitions of Merisel Canada and Gates/Arrow, and we are continuing to evaluate other opportunities.

 

Our current competitors in contract assembly include Benchmark Electronics, Celestica, Foxconn, Sanmina-SCI and Solectron. We also face competition from the manufacturing and assembly operations of our current and potential customers, which continually evaluate the relative benefits of internal manufacturing and assembly compared to outsourcing.

 

Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have greater financial, operating, manufacturing and marketing resources than us. Some of our competitors may have broader geographic breadth and range of services than us and may have more developed relationships with their existing customers.

 

Employees

 

As of May 31, 2003, we had 1,548 full-time employees, including 639 in sales and marketing, 554 in distribution and assembly operations, and 355 in executive, finance, IT and administration. Given the variability in our business and the quick response time required by customers, it is critical that we are able to rapidly ramp-up and ramp-down our production capabilities to maximize efficiency. As a result, we frequently use a significant number of temporary or contract workers. Our employees are not represented by a labor union nor are they covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We consider our employee relations to be good.

 

54


Table of Contents

Facilities

 

Our principal executive offices are located in Fremont, California. We operate more than 25 distribution, assembly and administrative facilities in six different countries encompassing a total of approximately 1.6 million square feet. We lease each of these facilities, except a 62,500 square foot sales and marketing facility in Greenville, South Carolina, a 40,700 square foot administrative facility in China, a 9,300 square foot administrative facility in Japan and a 124,000 square foot assembly facility in the United Kingdom which we own. In the United States, we operate 12 principal facilities with a total area of approximately one million square feet of space. Leases for our current U.S. facilities expire between March 2004 and July 2013. Our principal assembly facility is located in Fremont, California and our principal distribution facilities are located in in Fremont, California and Toronto, Ontario. Our distribution facility in Fremont, California is ISO 9001:2000 certified. We have sublet unused portions of some of our facilities. We believe our facilities are well maintained and adequate for current operating needs.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

We are not currently a party to any material legal proceedings. We are from time to time involved in legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business. See “Risk Factors—We may become involved in intellectual property or other disputes that could cause us to incur substantial costs.”

 

55


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

 

Executive Officers and Directors

 

The following table sets forth certain information regarding our executive officers, key employees and directors as of July 31, 2003:

 

Name


   Age

  

Position


Matthew Miau(1)

   56   

Chairman of the Board

Robert Huang(1)

   58   

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Peter Larocque

   41   

Executive Vice President, Distribution

Dennis Polk

   36   

Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President, Corporate Finance

Simon Leung

   37   

General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

David Dennis

   42   

Senior Vice President, Product Marketing

Peggy Fong

   42   

Senior Vice President, Finance Operations

Gary Gulmon

   42   

Chief Information Officer

Stephen Ichinaga

   41   

Senior Vice President, Systems Integration

Steve Jow

   39   

Senior Vice President, Commercial Sales

Mitchell Martin

   40   

President, Sales and Marketing, SYNNEX Canada Limited

Timothy Rush

   41   

Senior Vice President, Operations

Michael Thomson

   57   

Senior Vice President, Marketing and Services

Michael Van Gieson

   46   

Senior Vice President, Product Marketing

Fred Breidenbach(2)(3)

   56   

Director

Young Sohn(3)(4)

   47   

Director

Dwight Steffensen(2)(4)

   59   

Director


(1) Member of the Executive Committee
(2) Member of the Audit Committee
(3) Member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
(4) Member of the Compensation Committee

 

Matthew Miau has served as a member of our board of directors since 1992 and as a non-executive employee since 2001. Mr. Miau is the Chairman of the Board of MiTAC International Corporation, MiTAC Incorporated, Synnex Technology International and us. Mr. Miau is also the Vice Chairman of UPC Technology Corp. and the Chairman of Lien Hwa Industrial Corp. He is also a member of the Board of Directors of the Institute for Information Industry and a member of the Board of Supervisors of the Industrial Technology Research Institute, each in Taiwan. Mr. Miau received a Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical Engineering/Computer Science from the University of California, Berkeley and a Master of Business degree from Santa Clara University.

 

Robert Huang founded our company in 1980 and serves as President, Chief Executive Officer and Director. Prior to founding our company, Mr. Huang served as the Headquarters Sales Manager of Advanced Micro Devices. Mr. Huang received a Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical Engineering from Kyushyu University, Japan, Master of Science degrees in Electrical Engineering and Statistics from the University of Rochester and a Master of Science degree in Management Science from the Sloan School of Management at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

 

Peter Larocque has served as our Executive Vice President of Distribution since June 2001 and previously served as our Senior Vice President of Sales and Marketing from September 1997 until June 2001. Mr. Larocque is responsible for our North America distribution business. Mr. Larocque received a Bachelor of Science degree in Economics from the University of Western Ontario, Canada.

 

56


Table of Contents

Dennis Polk is our Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President of Corporate Finance and has served in this capacity since joining us in February 2002. From March 2001 through January 2002, Mr. Polk provided services, primarily in the capacity of chief financial officer, for several entities, including IPS Associates, SeeCommerce and Prestwick Partners. From February 2000 to February 2001, Mr. Polk served as the Vice President, Finance at DoveBid, Inc., a capital asset disposition and valuation firm. From December 1995 to January 2000, Mr. Polk was first the Corporate Controller and later the Senior Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer of Savoir Technology Group, Inc., a computer systems distributor and contract assembler. Mr. Polk received a Bachelor of Science degree in Accounting from Santa Clara University and is a Certified Public Accountant.

 

Simon Leung is our General Counsel and Corporate Secretary and has served in this capacity since May 2001. Mr. Leung joined us in November 2000 as Corporate Counsel. From December 1999 to November 2000, Mr. Leung was an attorney at the law firm of Paul, Hastings, Janofsky & Walker LLP. From May 1995 to December 1999, Mr. Leung was an attorney at the former law firm of Fotenos & Suttle, P.C. Mr. Leung received a Bachelor of Arts degree from the University of California, Davis and his Juris Doctor degree from the University of Minnesota Law School.

 

David Dennis has served as our Senior Vice President of Product Marketing for HP product offerings since May 2003 and previously served as our Vice President of Product Management for the HP product lines from November 2000 to April 2003. Mr. Dennis joined us in 1994 and has held a variety of sales and product management positions. Mr. Dennis received a Bachelor of Science degree in Business Administration and Marketing from California State University, Chico.

 

Peggy Fong has served as our Senior Vice President of Finance Operations since August 2002 and previously served as our Vice President of Finance Operations. Ms. Fong joined us in November 1999 as our Controller of Manufacturing Operations. Prior to joining us, Ms. Fong served as the Chief Financial Officer and Chief Executive Officer at Hercules Computer Technology, Inc., a leading graphics card company, from August 1992 to August 1999. Ms. Fong received a Bachelor of Science degree in Business Administration from San Jose State University.

 

Gary Gulmon has served as our Chief Information Officer since December 2000. Mr. Gulmon joined us in 1982 and has held several positions with our company. From July 1997 to December 2000, he served as Director of MIS. Mr. Gulmon received a Bachelor of Science degree in Business Administration and Accounting from San Jose State University.

 

Stephen Ichinaga has served as our Senior Vice President of the Systems Integration Division since August 2002 and has previously served as our Senior Vice President of Business Development. Mr. Ichinaga joined us in March 1984 and has held a variety of sales positions. From October 1999 to June 2001, Mr. Ichinaga served as Vice President of Business Development. Prior to this position, Mr. Ichinaga served as Vice President of Western U.S. Sales. Mr. Ichinaga received a Bachelor of Science degree in Managerial Economics from the University of California, Davis.

 

Steve Jow has served as our Senior Vice President of Commercial Sales since May 2003 and previously served as our Vice President of Western U.S. Distribution Sales from June 2000 to April 2003. Mr. Jow joined us in 1990 and has held a variety of sales and management positions. From September 1999 to June 2000, Mr. Jow served as Associate Vice President of Distribution.

 

Mitchell Martin has served as President of Sales and Marketing, SYNNEX Canada Limited since September 2001 and previously served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Merisel Canada from August 2000 until our acquisition of Merisel Canada in July 2001. Prior to this, he joined the Products department at Merisel in 1989. Mr. Martin received a Master’s degree in Business Administration, with emphasis in the areas of product marketing and product management, from York University in Toronto.

 

 

57


Table of Contents

Timothy Rush has served as our Vice President of Operations since March 1997. Prior to joining us, Mr. Rush served as the Vice President of Operations of Merisel FAB, Inc. from March 1995 to March 1997. From November 1993 to March 1995, Mr. Rush served as the Director of Procurement and Vendor Relations of Vanstar Corporation, a network integrator and computer reseller. Mr. Rush received a Bachelor of Science degree in Business Management and an Associate of Science degree in Computer Studies from Keene State College.

 

Michael Thomson has served as our Senior Vice President of Marketing and Services since July 2003. Mr. Thomson joined us in May 1996 as our Vice President of Eastern U.S. Sales. Prior to joining us, Mr. Thomson served as Vice President of Sales of Gates/Arrow Distributing from July 1992 until October 1995.

 

Michael Van Gieson has served as our Senior Vice President of Product Marketing since January 2002 and previously served as our Vice President of Tier One Product Marketing from May 1999 until January 2002. Mr. Van Gieson joined us in February 1997 as Associate Vice President of Product Marketing. Mr. Van Gieson received a Bachelor of Science degree in Administrative Management from Clemson University.

 

Fred Breidenbach has served as a member of our board of directors since February 2003. Mr. Breidenbach has had his own consulting firm of FA Breidenbach & Associates, LLC since November 1997. Prior to that, he served as the President and Chief Operating Officer of Gulfstream Aerospace Corporation from 1993 to 1997. Prior to joining Gulfstream, Mr. Breidenbach spent 25 years in various positions at General Electric Company, including five years as an officer of the General Electric Company and two years as President, GE Aerospace Asia Pacific, responsible for business development and Asian operations. Mr. Breidenbach currently serves on the board of directors of Suntron (SUNN). Mr. Breidenbach received a Bachelor of Science degree in Industrial Engineering from Pennsylvania State University and a Master of Business Administration from Xavier University.

 

Young Sohn has served as a member of our board of directors since February 2001. Mr. Sohn joined Agilent Technologies, Inc., a global diversified technology company, in August 2003 as the Senior Vice President and General Manager of the Semiconductor Products Group. From February 1999 to August 2003, Mr. Sohn was the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Oak Technology, Inc. Before joining Oak Technology, Inc., Mr. Sohn served as President of the Hard Disk Drive Group of Quantum Corporation from February 1996 to February 1999. Prior to Quantum Corporation, Mr. Sohn spent ten years in various management positions at Intel Corporation, including Marketing Director of Worldwide Channel Marketing, and PC Chipset Business Unit Manager. Mr. Sohn is a member of the board of directors of Cymer, Inc. and PLX Technology, Inc. Mr. Sohn received a Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical Engineering from the University of Pennsylvania and a Master of Business Administration from the Sloan School of Management at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

 

Dwight Steffensen has served as a member of our board of directors since February 2002. Mr. Steffensen served as the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Merisel, Inc. from February 1996 until August 2000. Prior to joining Merisel, Mr. Steffensen served as President and Chief Operating Officer at Bergen Brunswig Corporation. Prior to the merger of Bergen Brunswig Corporation and Synergex Corporation, he served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Synergex. Mr. Steffensen received a Bachelor of Science degree in Economics from Stanford University and is a certified public accountant.

 

Director Compensation

 

Each outside member of our Board of Directors receives a cash bonus of $25,000 upon joining the Board and then receives an annual cash retainer fee of $25,000, an additional $1,000 for each meeting of the Board of Directors attended and $2,000 for each committee meeting attended. In addition, each committee chair receives an annual retainer fee of $5,000. All directors are reimbursed for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in serving on the Board of Directors or any committee of the Board of Directors. Directors are eligible to receive

 

58


Table of Contents

stock options under our 1997 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan and our Special Executive Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan and will be eligible to receive equity incentives, in the form of stock options or direct stock issuances, under our 2003 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

On the date of each annual stockholders meeting held after completion of this offering, each of our continuing non-employee board members will receive an option to purchase 10,000 shares of common stock pursuant to the automatic option grant program under our 2003 Stock Incentive Plan, provided such individual has served on our board for at least six months. Each non-employee director who is first elected as a non-employee board member on or after the completion of this offering and who has not been in our prior employ will receive an option to purchase 50,000 shares of common stock on the date such individual joins the board. The options will have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the common stock on the grant date, and will have a term of 10 years, subject to earlier termination following the director’s cessation of board service. The shares subject to each annual 10,000 share option grant and the shares subject to each initial 50,000 share automatic option grant will vest over five years at a rate of 20% upon the first anniversary of their vesting start dates and then at a rate of 1/60th per month thereafter. Before adoption of the 2003 Stock Incentive Plan, options were generally granted to non-employee directors for the same number of shares and subject to the same basic terms as described above.

 

In fiscal 2002, Matthew Miau received a $1,000 quarterly retainer, $2,500 for board meeting fees and a 375,000 share option grant. Mr. Miau also received $550,000 for extraordinary services as our Chairman and for services as a non-officer employee. In fiscal 2002, Mr. Sohn received a $25,000 retainer, $6,000 for board meeting fees and a 10,000 share option grant. In fiscal 2002, Mr. Steffensen received a $25,000 retainer, $6,500 for board meeting fees and a 50,000 share option grant.

 

Board Structure

 

Our board of directors currently consists of five directors. We currently intend to increase the board to a total of at least six directors. All directors are elected to hold office until the next annual meeting of our stockholders and until their successors have been elected.

 

Board Committees

 

Our board of directors has an audit committee, compensation committee, a nominating and corporate governance committee and an executive committee.

 

Audit Committee

 

The audit committee provides assistance to the board of directors in fulfilling its legal and fiduciary obligations in matters involving our accounting, auditing, financial reporting, internal control and legal compliance functions by approving the services performed by our independent accountants and reviewing their reports regarding our accounting practices and systems of internal accounting controls. The audit committee also oversees the audit efforts of our independent accountants and takes those actions as it deems necessary to satisfy itself that the accountants are independent of management. The audit committee currently consists of Fred Breidenbach and Dwight Steffensen. Mr. Steffensen is our audit committee financial expert as currently defined under SEC rules. Prior to completion of this offering, the composition of our audit committee will meet the criteria for independence under, and the functioning of our audit committee will comply with the requirements of, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the current proposed rules of the New York Stock Exchange and SEC rules and regulations. The functioning of our audit committee will comply with the applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the New York Stock Exchange and SEC rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future audit committee requirements to the extent applicable to us.

 

59


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee

 

The compensation committee determines our general compensation policies and the compensation provided to our directors and officers. The compensation committee also reviews and determines bonuses for our officers and other employees. In addition, the compensation committee reviews and determines equity-based compensation for our directors, officers, employees and consultants and administers our stock option plans and employee stock purchase plan. The current members of the compensation committee are Young Sohn and Dwight Steffensen. Prior to completion of this offering, the composition of our compensation committee will meet the criteria for independence under, and the functioning of our compensation committee will comply with the applicable requirements of, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the New York Stock Exchange and SEC rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future compensation committee requirements as they become applicable to us.

 

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

 

The nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for making recommendations to the board of directors regarding candidates for directorships and the size and composition of the board and for overseeing our corporate governance guidelines and reporting and making recommendations to the board concerning corporate governance matters. The current members of the nominating and corporate governance committee are Fred Breidenbach and Young Sohn. Prior to completion of this offering, the composition of our nominating and corporate governance committee will meet the criteria for independence under, and the functioning of our nominating and corporation governance committee will comply with the applicable requirements of, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the New York Stock Exchange and SEC rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future nominating and corporate governance committee requirements as they become applicable to us.

 

Executive Committee

 

The executive committee is responsible for identifying strategic opportunities, including but not limited to acquisitions or investments and assessing these opportunities. The executive committee is also responsible for making recommendations to our board of directors regarding these opportunities. The current members of our executive committee are Matthew Miau and Robert Huang.

 

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

 

None of our executive officers serves on the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.

 

Corporate Governance

 

Our board of directors intends to adopt a set of guidelines on significant corporate governance issues and our nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for overseeing the guidelines and reporting and making recommendations to the board of directors regarding corporate governance matters. Our corporate governance guidelines will address director qualification standards, responsibilities and compensation, director access to management and independent advisors, director orientation and continuing education, management succession and annual performance evaluation of our board of directors. We intend to comply with future requirements regarding corporate governance as they become applicable to us.

 

We intend to adopt a code of business conduct and ethics for directors, officers and employees which meets the requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, SEC rules and regulations and the proposed New York Stock Exchange requirements. We intend to comply with future code of conduct requirements as they become applicable to us.

 

60


Table of Contents

A copy of our corporate governance guidelines and code of business conduct and ethics will be posted on our website in accordance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

Prior to completion of this offering, we intend to have in place disclosure controls and procedures designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 will be recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified by the Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms and that such information will be accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

 

Executive Compensation

 

The following table sets forth the cash compensation paid by us, as well as certain other compensation paid or accrued, during the fiscal year ended November 30, 2002 to our Chief Executive Officer and our four next most highly compensated executive officers whose total salary and bonus for services rendered in fiscal 2002 exceeded $100,000, whom we refer to as the named executive officers.

 

Summary Compensation Table

 

     Annual Compensation

    Long-term
Compensation


Name and Principal Position(s)


   Salary

   Bonus

   Other
Compensation


    Shares
Underlying
Options


Robert Huang

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

   $ 350,000    $ 1,100,000      —        

Peter Larocque

Executive Vice President, Distribution

   $ 277,645    $ 300,000    $ 4,100 (1)    

Dennis Polk(3)

Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President, Corporate Finance

   $ 138,836    $ 50,000    $ 500 (2)    

Simon Leung

General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

   $ 148,967    $ 60,000    $ 500 (2)    

Kevin Chuang

Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer(4)

   $ 266,615    $ 300,000      —        

(1) Represents $3,600 in automobile allowance and $500 in 401(k) plan contributions.
(2) Represents $500 in 401(k) plan contributions.
(3) Mr. Polk joined us as our Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President of Corporate Finance in February 2002. Mr. Polk’s salary for fiscal 2002 on an annualized basis was $180,000.
(4) Mr. Chuang resigned as our Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer in June 2002.

 

61


Table of Contents

Option Grants in Last Fiscal Year

 

This table provides information concerning stock options granted to the named executive officers during fiscal 2002. The percentage of total options granted is based on a total of                  options granted in fiscal 2002. The exercise price on the date of grant was equal to the fair market value on the date of grant as determined by the board of directors. Options have a maximum term of 10 years but may terminate earlier for specified events related to cessation of employment. These options were granted under our Special Executive Option Plan and our 1997 Stock Option/Stock Incentive Plan and vest over five years at a rate of 20% upon the first anniversary of their vesting start dates and then at a rate of  1 / 60 per month thereafter. The 5% and 10% assumed rates of appreciation are mandated by the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and do not represent our estimate or projection of the future stock price.

 

The values reflected in the table may never be achieved. The dollar values have been calculated by determining the difference between the fair market value of the securities underlying the options at November 30, 2002 and the exercise prices of the options. Solely for purposes of determining the value of the options at November 30, 2002, we have assumed that the fair market value of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options was $         per share, the mid-point of the estimated range of the initial public offering price per share, since the common stock was not traded in an established market prior to the offering.

 

     Individual Grants

   Potential Realizable
Value at Assumed
Annual Rates of Stock
Price Appreciation
for Option Term ($)


Name


   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options
Granted (#)


   Percent of
Total Options
Granted in
Fiscal 2002 (%)


    Exercise
Price Per
Share ($)


   Expiration
Date


  
              5%

   10%

Robert Huang

        26.8 %        3/29/12          

Peter Larocque

        5.4          3/29/12          

Dennis Polk

        5.4          2/15/12          

Simon Leung

        1.4          2/15/12          

Kevin Chuang

        5.4          3/29/12          

 

Aggregated Option Exercises in 2002 and Fiscal Year-End Values

 

This table sets forth with respect to the named executive officers, the number of shares acquired and the value realized upon exercise of stock options during fiscal 2002 and the exercisable and unexercisable options held by them as of November 30, 2002. The “Value Realized” and the “Value of Unexercised In-the-Money Options” shown in the table represents an amount equal to the difference between the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share and the option exercise price multiplied by the number of shares acquired on exercise and the number of unexercised in-the-money options.

 

Name


   Shares
Acquired on
Exercise (#)


   Value
Realized ($)


  

Number of Securities
Underlying
Unexercised Options

at November 30, 2002


  

Value of Unexercised

In-the-Money Options

at November 30, 2002


         Exercisable

   Unexercisable

   Exercisable

   Unexercisable

Robert Huang

      $ —                 $             $         

Peter Larocque

        —                 $      $  

Dennis Polk

        —                 $      $  

Simon Leung

        —                 $      $  

Kevin Chuang

         —                 $      $  

 

62


Table of Contents

Employee Benefit Plans

 

2003 Stock Incentive Plan

 

General .    Our 2003 Stock Incentive Plan is intended to serve as the successor plan to our 1997 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, Special Executive Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan and our 1993 Stock Option Plan, which have all been terminated in connection with this offering. Our 2003 Stock Incentive Plan was adopted by our board of directors in 2003 and is subject to approval by our stockholders. It will become effective upon completion of this offering. The plan provides for the direct award or sale of shares of common stock, the grant of options to purchase shares of common stock and the award of stock appreciation rights to employees and non-employee directors, advisors and consultants. However, incentive stock options as defined in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code may be granted only to employees.

 

Administration.     The 2003 Stock Incentive Plan will be administered by our compensation committee. The compensation committee will determine which eligible individuals are to receive awards under the plan, the number of shares subject to the awards, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards and other terms of the award, subject to the limits of the plan. The compensation committee may delegate its administrative authority, subject to certain limitations, with respect to individuals who are not officers.

 

The board of directors will be able to amend or modify the 2003 Stock Incentive Plan at any time, subject to any required stockholder approval. The plan will terminate no later than                         , 2013.

 

Authorized Shares.                      shares of common stock have been authorized for issuance under the 2003 Stock Incentive Plan. However, no participant in the 2003 Stock Incentive Plan may receive option grants or stock appreciation rights for more than                  shares per calendar year, or more than                  shares in the participant’s first calendar year of service.

 

Plan Features .    Under the 2003 Stock Incentive Plan:

 

    Qualified employees will be eligible for the grant of incentive stock options to purchase shares of common stock.

 

    Qualified employees and non-employee directors, advisors and consultants will also be eligible for the grant of nonstatutory stock options and restricted stock grants.

 

    Qualified non-employee directors will be eligible to receive automatic option grants to purchase shares of common stock at an exercise price equal to 100% of the fair market value of those shares on the date of grant. Non-employee directors who first join the board after the plan is effective will receive an initial option grant of                  shares, and all non-employee directors will be eligible for annual option grants for                  shares for each year they continue to serve.

 

    The compensation committee will determine the exercise price of options or the purchase price of restricted stock grants, but the option price for incentive stock options will not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the stock on the date of grant and the option price for nonstatutory stock options will not be less than 85% of the fair market value of the stock on the date of grant although the committee may determine that the price will vary in accordance with a predetermined formula.

 

    The exercise price or purchase price may, at the discretion of the compensation committee, be paid in cash, cash equivalents, full-recourse promissory notes, past services or future services.

 

    Qualified employees and non-employee directors, advisors and consultants will also be eligible for the award of stock appreciation rights, which enable the holder to realize the value of future appreciation in our common stock, payable in cash or shares of common stock.

 

Vesting .    The 2003 Stock Incentive Plan includes change in control provisions that may result in accelerated vesting of outstanding awards. The committee may also grant options, restricted stock or stock

 

63


Table of Contents

appreciation rights in which all or some of the shares shall become vested if we have a change in control. Change in control is defined under the 2003 Stock Incentive Plan as:

 

    a change in the composition of the board of directors, as a result of which fewer than one-half of the incumbent directors are directors who either:

 

    had been directors on our board 24 months before the change; or

 

    were elected, or nominated for election, to the board with the affirmative votes of at least a majority of the directors who had been directors 24 months before the change and who were still in office at the time of the election or nomination and the directors whose election or nomination was previously so approved; or

 

    an acquisition or aggregation of securities by a person, including two or more persons acting together, as a result of which the person becomes the beneficial owner of 50% or more of the voting power of our outstanding securities; or

 

    a merger in which our stockholder do not continue to own more than 50% of our stock.

 

Upon a corporate reorganization, outstanding awards may accelerate vesting or be settled for cash if not assumed by the acquiring company.

 

2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

 

General .    The board of directors adopted our 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan in 2003, to be effective upon completion of this offering. Our 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan is subject to approval by our stockholders. A total of              shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance under the 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

 

Administration.     Our 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code, is administered by the board of directors or by a committee appointed by the board. Employees in the U.S. or Canada other than officers and employee directors who constitute “highly compensated employees” under Section 414 (q) of the Internal Revenue Code and 5% or greater stockholders, are eligible to participate if they are customarily employed for more than 20 hours per week and for more than five months in any calendar year. Our 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan permits eligible employees to purchase common stock through payroll deductions, which may not exceed 15% of an employee’s total compensation. The maximum number of shares a participant may purchase during a single accumulation period is 2,500 shares.

 

Offering and Accumulation Periods.     The 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will be implemented by a series of overlapping offering periods of 24 months’ duration, with new offering periods, other than the first offering period, beginning in October and April each year. Each offering period will consist of four accumulation periods of up to six months each. During each accumulation period, payroll deductions will accumulate, without interest. On the last trading day of each accumulation period, accumulated payroll deductions will be used to purchase common stock. The initial offering period is expected to begin on the date of this offering and end on September 30, 2005. The initial accumulation period is expected to begin on the date of this offering and end on March 31, 2004.

 

The purchase price will equal 85% of the fair market value per share of common stock on either the first trading day of the offering period or on the last trading day of the accumulation period, whichever is less. If the fair market value of our stock at the start of an offering period is higher than the fair market value at the start of a subsequent offering period, then the first offering period will automatically terminate and participants will be automatically re-enrolled in the new offering period.

 

64


Table of Contents

Employees may withdraw their accumulated payroll deductions at any time. Participation in our 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan ends automatically on termination of employment. Immediately before the effective time of a corporate reorganization, the accumulation period then in progress will terminate and stock will be purchased with the accumulated payroll deductions, unless the 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan is assumed by the surviving corporation or its parent corporation under the plan of merger or consolidation.

 

The board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate the plan at any time. However, certain amendments may require stockholder approval. Unless earlier terminated, the 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will terminate on                         , 2013.

 

Deferred Compensation Plan

 

Introduction.     Our Deferred Compensation Plan became effective on January 1, 1994. The plan is designed to permit designated employees to accumulate additional income for retirement and other personal financial goals through a nonqualified deferred compensation plan that enables the officer or director to make elective deferrals of compensation to which he or she will become entitled in the future.

 

Eligibility.     Employees designated by the company as eligible to participate in the plan may participate in the plan.

 

Elective Contributions.     Each participant executes a salary and/or bonus reduction agreement to reduce a specified amount or salary and/or bonus for any calendar year. Such salary reduction agreement must be executed no later than the last day of the preceding calendar year, except that a salary reduction agreement may be executed with respect to a bonus before the amount of the bonus is ascertainable. A salary reduction agreement for a participant’s initial participation in the plan must be executed no later than thirty (30) days after the participant becomes eligible to participate in the plan and will be applied only to compensation earned after its execution or to a bonus before the amount of the bonus is ascertainable. No salary reduction agreement may be amended or revoked with respect to base salary after it has been earned, or with respect to a bonus after the amount of the bonus is ascertainable.

 

Account.     An account is maintained for each participant for the purpose of recording the current value of his or her elective contributions, including earnings credited thereto. The account is maintained on our books only, and we are under no obligation to segregate any assets to provide for the plan liabilities. The participant may designate one or more investments as the measure of investment return on the participant’s account. The participant’s account is adjusted monthly to reflect earnings and losses on the participant’s designated investments. If the participant does not designate one or more investments as the measure of the investment return on the participant’s account, then such participant’s account will be credited with interest at a rate determined by our compensation committee.

 

Distributions.     The amount credited to the participant’s account will be distributed as soon as practicable after the earlier of the participant’s termination of employment or attainment of age sixty-five (65). The distribution of benefits to the participant will be made in accordance with the election made by the participant in a lump sum or in equal monthly or annual installments over a period not to exceed fifteen (15) years.

 

The participant may apply for a hardship distribution in limited circumstances in the event of such participant’s immediate and substantial financial need and participant’s account will be reduced by the amount of any such hardship withdrawal. A hardship distribution will be distributed at such time or times as the compensation committee determines.

 

In the event the participant requests a distribution other than a hardship distribution, the compensation committee may distribute any portion of the participant’s account, provided the participant’s account is debited an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the amount of the requested distribution, in addition to the amount of the requested distribution. Such distribution will be in the form of a lump sum cash payment.

 

65


Table of Contents

Amendment and Termination.     We have the right to refuse to allow a participant to make additional income deferrals under the plan at any time. The plan may be amended or terminated in whole or in part at any time by the Board in its sole discretion. Any amendment or termination will not affect the rights of any participant under the plan other than as may be required by law.

 

401(k) Plan

 

In 1993, we adopted a 401(k) profit sharing plan for which our employees generally are eligible. The plan is intended to qualify under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code, so that contributions to the plan by employees or us and the investment earnings on the contributions are not taxable to the employees until withdrawn. Our contributions are deductible when made. Our employees may elect to reduce their current compensation by an amount equal to the maximum of 20% of total annual compensation or the annual limit permitted by law ($11,000 in 2002) and to have those funds contributed to the plan. We make contributions to the plan which match 25% of each participant’s contribution for the year to the extent that the participant’s contribution does not exceed 4% of the participant’s salary for the year. However, the maximum matching contribution for a participant in any year is $500. A participant vests in his or her matching contribution account in annual increments over three years of service.

 

Profit Sharing Program

 

We have a profit sharing program under which we have historically accrued 15% of our pre-tax, before profit sharing accrual, profits for bonus allocation purposes. Under this program, bonuses granted to officers at the Senior Vice President level and above are determined by our compensation committee. Bonus allocations to all other employees are granted at our discretion. Our compensation committee has determined that for fiscal 2003, the bonus for Mr. Huang, our Chief Executive Officer, will be an amount equal to 16.7% of the bonus pool under this program subject to certain criteria related to our performance. Our compensation committee has also determined that for fiscal 2003, the bonus for Mr. Miau, our Chairman, will be an amount equal to 50% of the bonus amount granted to our Chief Executive Officer. Any future compensation payable to Mr. Miau will be based upon the recommendation of the compensation committee and subject to the approval of the board of directors.

 

Indemnification under our Certificate of Incorporation

 

Our certificate of incorporation provides that no director shall be personally liable to the company or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of a fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) for unlawful payments of dividends or stock repurchases or redemptions or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

 

Our certificate of incorporation requires us to indemnify our directors to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors. Indemnification may not apply in certain circumstances to actions arising under federal securities laws. We believe that the limitation of liability provisions in our certificate of incorporation and indemnification agreements may enhance our ability to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors.

 

Employment Agreements, Termination of Employment and Change in Control Arrangements

 

In connection with his termination of employment with us, on or before this offering, Kevin Chuang, our former Chief Operating Officer will execute a severance and non-competition agreement with, and a release in favor of, us in exchange for cash payments totaling $1,671,000. In addition to the cash payments, the agreement accelerates the vesting and extends the exercise period, of certain options previously issued to Mr. Chuang. We estimate the non-cash expense related to the change in options terms will be approximately $355,000. The net, after-tax, effect of the cash payments and option acceleration expense will be approximately $1.2 million. This amount is expected to be incurred in our fiscal fourth quarter.

 

66


Table of Contents

In addition, if any of the following officers are terminated without cause within two months before or 12 months after a change in control of us (including a voluntary termination because of a reduction in salary or position or a relocation), the officer would be entitled to the following post-termination salary and benefits arrangements:

 

    Executive Vice Presidents would be entitled to receive salary continuation at the rate equal to the average of such officer’s total salary and bonus over the prior three years for a minimum of 18 months plus one month per year of employment with us after the eighteenth year of such employment, up to a maximum of 24 months, and paid COBRA for two years; and

 

    Senior Vice Presidents and the Chief Information Officer would be entitled to receive salary continuation at the rate equal to the average of such officer’s total salary and bonus over the prior three years for a minimum of 12 months plus one month per year of employment with us after the thirteenth year of such employment, up to a maximum of 18 months, and paid COBRA for one year.

 

67


Table of Contents

OWNERSHIP BY MITAC INTERNATIONAL AND ITS AFFILIATES

 

In 1992, MiTAC International, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Silver Star Development, Ltd., acquired a controlling interest in us. Since 1992, MiTAC International, through its affiliates, has increased its beneficial ownership interest in us to approximately 98%.

 

MiTAC International, established in 1982, is a publicly held, original design manufacturing company based in Taiwan. MiTAC International specializes in the development and manufacturing of motherboards, servers, LCD PCs, mobile wireless handheld devices, such as wireless PDAs and smart phones. In the last 20 years, MiTAC International has expanded its presence in more than 20 countries around the world.

 

After completion of this offering, MiTAC International, through its affiliates, will beneficially own approximately     % of our outstanding common stock, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option, and approximately     % if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full. MiTAC International and its affiliates will continue to control us upon completion of the offering. As a result of MiTAC International’s and its affiliates’ continuing beneficial ownership of our common stock, as well as Mr. Miau’s position as Chairman of our board of directors and as chairman, director or officer of MiTAC International and some of its affiliates, MiTAC International and its affiliates will be able to determine the outcome of all matters requiring stockholder action. Other than shares sold by the selling stockholders in this offering, MiTAC International and its affiliates have advised us that they do not presently intend to distribute or dispose of their shares of our common stock held upon completion of this offering. However, following the 180 day lock-up period with the underwriters, and prior thereto with the consent of Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., MiTAC International and its affiliates may elect to distribute or dispose of some or all of their shares.

 

The following table sets forth the ownership of our shares by the various entities affiliated with, or which may be considered to be affiliated with, MiTAC International.

 

Name of our current stockholders


   Percentage
ownership
of us before
offering


    Percentage ownership of us
after this offering,
assuming the underwriters
do not exercise their
over-allotment option


  

Percentage ownership of us

after this offering, if the

underwriters exercise their

over-allotment option in full


Silver Star Development Ltd.(1)

   55 %   %    %

Peer Developments Ltd.(2)

   24 %   %    %

Constant Holdings Ltd.(3)

   14 %   %    %

Abundant Investment Group Limited

   2 %   %    %

Mix System Holdings Ltd.

   1 %   %    %

Harbinger Venture Capital Corp. 

   *     %    %

Budworth Investments Ltd. 

   *     %    %

(1) MiTAC International owns 100% of Silver Star Development Ltd.
(2) Synnex Technology International indirectly owns 100% of Peer Developments Ltd.
(3) UPC Technology Corp. owns 100% of Constant Holdings Ltd.
* Less than 1%.

 

The above-listed entities are all owned or controlled directly or indirectly by MiTAC International or its significant stockholders, Lien Hwa Industrial Corp., UPC Technology Corp. and Mitac Incorporated, each of which is based in Taiwan. MiTAC International, Lien Hwa Industrial Corp. and UPC Technology Corp. are listed on the Taiwan Stock Exchange. Mitac Incorporated is a privately held company. Our Chairman serves as the chairman, a member of the board of directors or an executive officer of each of the above MiTAC affiliated entities or their parent company.

 

Synnex Technology International, a publicly traded company based in Taiwan affiliated with MiTAC International, currently provides distribution and fulfillment services to various markets in Asia and Australia,

 

68


Table of Contents

and is also a potential competitor of ours. MiTAC Incorporated is a significant stockholder of both MiTAC International and Synnex Technology International. In addition, each of MiTAC International and Synnex Technology International indirectly owns 50% of Abundant Investment Group Limited, a selling stockholder. In addition, Synnex Technology International indirectly owns 100% of Peer Developments Limited, which has an ownership interest in us as set forth in the preceding chart.

 

MiTAC International’s and its affiliates’ continuing beneficial ownership of our common stock, as well as our Chairman’s position as chairman or director or officer of these entities could create conflicts of interest with respect to a variety of matters that could have different implications for MiTAC International, its affiliates and us, including potential acquisitions of businesses, effects of competition, issuance or disposition of securities, election of directors, payment of dividends and other business matters.

 

69


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND TRANSACTIONS

 

Transactions with Management and Others and Certain Business Relationships

 

Business Relationships and Agreements with MiTAC International

 

We have a business relationship with MiTAC International that began in 1992 when it, through its affiliates, became our primary investor.

 

We work closely with MiTAC International to collaborate on OEM outsourcing opportunities and jointly market MiTAC’s design and electronic manufacturing services and our contract assembly services. This relationship has enabled us to build relationships with MiTAC International’s customers and we continue to work with and depend on MiTAC International to jointly serve our shared customers.

 

In fiscal 2000, 2001 and 2002 and the six months ended May 31, 2003, we purchased inventories, including notebook computers, motherboard and other peripherals, from MiTAC International and its affiliates totaling approximately $392.0 million, $236.0 million, $142.4 million and $54.6 million, respectively. Our sales to MiTAC International and its affiliates during fiscal 2000, 2001, 2002 and the six months ended May 31, 2003, totaled approximately $8.6 million, $4.7 million, $2.4 million and $1.2 million, respectively.

 

Our business relationship to date with MiTAC International has been informal and is not governed by long-term commitments or arrangements with respect to pricing terms, revenue or capacity commitments. Accordingly, we negotiate manufacturing and pricing terms, including allocating customer revenue, on a case-by-case basis with MiTAC International and our assembly customers for a given project. Our business relationship with MiTAC International has been and will continue to be negotiated as related parties and therefore may not be the result of arms’-length negotiations between independent parties. Our relationship, including pricing and other material terms with our shared customers or with MiTAC International, may or may not be as advantageous to us as the terms we could have negotiated with unaffiliated third parties. We believe that the terms of these services in the aggregate are at least as favorable to us as those we could have obtained from unrelated third parties through arms’-length negotiations. We have adopted a policy requiring material transactions in which any of our directors has a potential conflict of interest to be approved by the disinterested members of the board. Thus, our policy requires material transactions between us and MiTAC International or any of its affiliates be approved by the members of the board other than our Chairman, who is also the chairman of MiTAC International. Notwithstanding this policy, MiTAC International can generally control us and can determine the outcome of all matters submitted for stockholder approval.

 

Joint Sales and Marketing Agreement with MiTAC International.     In May 2002, we entered into a joint sales and marketing agreement with MiTAC International. Pursuant to the agreement, both parties agree to use their commercially reasonable efforts to promote the other party’s service offerings to their respective customers who are interested in such product offerings. This agreement does not provide for the terms upon which we negotiate manufacturing and pricing terms, including allocating customer revenue. To date, these negotiations have been on a case-by-case basis.

 

Agreement with MiTAC International and Sun Microsystems.     In August 1999, MiTAC International entered into a general agreement with Sun Microsystems. This agreement does not constitute a contract or obligation by Sun Microsystems to purchase products or services. In February 2002, the agreement was amended to include us as a supplier under the agreement. Pursuant to the agreement, the terms for the manufacture and purchase of each particular product awarded by Sun Microsystems are individually negotiated and if agreed upon by the parties, such terms are included in a product award letter. There is no minimum level of commitment required by any of the parties under the agreement. We negotiate manufacturing and pricing terms, including allocating customer revenue based on manufacturing services that each party provides, on a project-by-project basis with MiTAC International and Sun Microsystems for a given project. In the past, these negotiations with MiTAC International were not conducted on an arms’-length basis. Between February 1, 2002 and May 31, 2003, we purchased approximately $177.8 million of products from MiTAC International under this agreement.

 

70


Table of Contents

Registration Rights Agreement.     We have entered into a registration rights agreement with certain holders of our common stock, including the MiTAC International affiliated entities. After this offering, without taking into account the amount of shares sold in this offering by the selling stockholders based on our capitalization as of May 31, 2003, the holders of an aggregate of                          shares of our common stock will be entitled to registration rights with respect to their shares. Any group of holders of at least 30% of the securities with registration rights can require us to register all or part of their shares at any time following six months after this offering, so long as the thresholds in the registration rights agreement are met with respect to the amount of securities to be sold. After we have completed two such registrations subject to certain exceptions, we are no longer subject to these demand rights. In addition, holders of securities with registration rights may also require us to include their shares in future registration statements we file, subject to cutback at the option of the underwriters of any such offering. Subject to our eligibility to do so, holders of registrable securities may also require us to register their shares with the Securities and Exchange Commission on Form S-3 if total proceeds are at least $500,000 and if we have not completed two such registrations in any 12-month period. Upon any of these registrations, these shares will be freely tradable in the public market without restriction.

 

Sales of Securities

 

In August 2000, we acquired all of the outstanding shares of MiTAC Industrial Corp., from MIX System Holding Limited, which is wholly owned by Mitac Incorporated which in turn directly owns approximately 9% of MiTAC International, for approximately $4.2 million in common stock. We acquired MiTAC Industrial Corp. as part of our U.S. contract assembly expansion efforts.

 

In September 2000, we acquired all of the outstanding shares of Mitac Europe Ltd. from Silver Star Developments Ltd, a company controlled by our largest indirect stockholder, MiTAC International, for 3,275,000 shares of our common stock. We acquired Mitac Europe Ltd. as part of our international expansion effort to enable us to more effectively provide contract assembly services to the European market.

 

Additional Compensation for Mr. Miau

 

In fiscal 2000, 2001 and 2002, Matthew Miau, our Chairman of the Board, received discretionary bonus payments and salary payments totaling $187,500, $500,000 and $550,000, respectively, and options to purchase an aggregate of 1,825,000 shares of our common stock in connection with his performance of duties as Chairman, and his services as a non-executive employee. For fiscal 2003, it is expected that Mr. Miau will receive a similar discretionary bonus as was paid in fiscal 2002. Any future compensation payable to Mr. Miau will be based upon the recommendation of the compensation committee and subject to the approval of the board of directors.

 

Deferred Compensation Investment in SYNNEX Japan

 

In fiscal 1997 and 2000, pursuant to our deferred compensation plan, Matthew Miau, Robert Huang and Kevin Chuang allocated $173,228 of their deferred compensation into our investment in one of our subsidiaries, SYNNEX Japan K.K, or SYNNEX Japan. The terms of such investment were determined by the managements of SYNNEX and SYNNEX Japan. On November 30, 2002, the majority of the disinterested directors on our Board of Directors approved the divestiture by Messrs. Miau, Huang and Chuang of their interests in 200,000, 200,000 and 40,000 shares, respectively, of SYNNEX Japan at a price of $0.09 per share. In addition, we purchased the remaining shares of SYNNEX Japan held by Messrs. Miau, Huang and Chuang for $71,792, $71,792 and $17,948, respectively. The purchase price of $0.09 per share was equal to the price per share paid to an independent third party for shares in SYNNEX Japan. Although we continue to maintain our deferred compensation plan, in the future, we do not anticipate allowing our executive officers and directors to invest in our other subsidiaries through our deferred compensation plan.

 

71


Table of Contents

Stock Option Repurchase Program

 

On August 31, 2001, we implemented an option repurchase program in which we offered some of our employees, including our named executive officers and current executive officers, the right to sell certain of their unexercised fully vested stock options to us. The payment per unexercised option share was equal to the difference between $            , the fair market value of one share of common stock on the date we made the repurchase offer as determined by our board of directors, and the exercise price per share of the unexercised option. We recorded compensation expense of $2.6 million in respect to the payments made to our employees. Participation in the option repurchase program was voluntary, and participants were permitted to elect to have some, all or none of their eligible options repurchased pursuant to the option repurchase program. The following table summarizes the options repurchased from, and the amounts paid to, our named executive officers and current executive officers pursuant to the option repurchase program.

 

Named Executive Officers and

Current Executive Officers     


   Total Number of
Unexercised Options
Surrendered for
Repurchase


   Total Consideration
Received in Return
for Surrendering the
Unexercised Options


Matthew Miau

        $ 69,054

Robert Huang

        $ 1,155,000

Peter Larocque

        $ 313,400

Kevin Chuang

        $ 337,000

 

Separation with Former Officer

 

In October 2001, Kevin Chuang, who is the brother-in-law of Mr. Huang and who was then serving as our Chief Operating Officer, entered into a plea agreement with the United States Attorney’s Office for the Northern District of California in which he plead guilty to one felony charge of perjury relating to a customer’s 1996 bankruptcy proceeding. No charges of wrongdoing by us or any of our other officers or directors were brought in connection with this matter.

 

In June 2002, Mr. Chuang ceased to be our Chief Operating Officer. Thereafter, he has continued to serve as our employee. His employment will terminate at least five days before the completion of this offering. Upon his termination, Mr. Chuang will execute a severance and non-competition agreement with, and a release in favor of, the Company, as described under “Management—Employment Agreements, Termination of Employment and Change in Control Arrangements.” We paid approximately $260,000 of Mr. Chuang’s legal costs and expenses in connection with this matter, including a fine and special assessment fee. As part of this settlement, Mr. Chuang will repay, prior to the closing of this offering, the amounts so advanced by us.

 

Indebtedness of Management

 

On December 31, 2002, Mr. Huang, our Chief Executive Officer, repaid the remaining balance of both promissory notes described below.

 

In January 1998, Mr. Huang issued a secured full recourse promissory note to us pursuant to which he could borrow up to $1,000,000, which note was secured by a deed of trust on real property owned by Mr. Huang. Interest was calculated based on the unpaid principal from the date of each borrowing at an annual rate of the then prevailing LIBOR rate plus 1.75% at the beginning of each calendar year, with the accrued interest payable on the last business day of the calendar year.

 

In December 2001, Mr. Huang borrowed an additional $1.1 million from us pursuant to a secured full recourse promissory note with interest at the rate of 7% per annum. The note is secured by the same deed of trust on real property which serves as collateral for Mr. Huang’s January 1998 promissory note.

 

In fiscal 2002, the largest aggregate amount outstanding under these notes was $1.7 million.

 

72


Table of Contents

On August 29, 2003, Mr. Larocque, our Executive Vice President, Distribution, repaid the promissory note described below.

 

In January 2002, Mr. Larocque borrowed $200,000 from us pursuant to a secured full recourse promissory note. The note bears interest at the rate of 7% per annum. The note is due on or before January 25, 2017. The note is secured by a deed of trust on real property owned by Mr. Larocque. In fiscal 2002, the largest aggregate amount outstanding under this note was $200,000.

 

73


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

 

The following table sets forth certain information as of July 31, 2003, regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock by:

 

    each person or entity known by us to own beneficially more than 5%, in the aggregate, of our outstanding common stock;

 

    each of our named executive officers;

 

    each of our directors;

 

    all of our current directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

    the selling stockholders.

 

Except as otherwise indicated, each person named in the table has sole voting and investment power with respect to all of the shares of our common stock beneficially owned by such person, subject to applicable community property laws. Except as otherwise indicated, the address for each stockholder is c/o SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc., 3797 Spinnaker Court, Fremont, CA 94538. Some of selling stockholders are or may be considered to be affiliates of MiTAC International, our majority stockholder as more fully described under “Ownership by MiTAC International and its Affiliates.”

 

The percentages shown are calculated based on                      shares of common stock outstanding on July 31, 2003. The numbers and percentages shown include the shares actually owned as of July 31, 2003, and the shares that the identified person or group has the right to acquire within 60 days of such date. In calculating the percentage ownership, all shares that the identified person or group has the right to acquire within 60 days of July 31, 2003 upon exercise of options are deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage of shares owned by that person or group, but are not deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage of shares owned by any other person or group. In addition, the following table assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option to purchase additional shares of common stock from us and certain of the selling stockholders.

 

     Beneficial Ownership
of Shares Before
the Offering


   Number of
Shares
Offered


   Beneficial Ownership
of Shares After
the Offering


 

Name of Beneficial Owner


   Number

   Percent

      Number

   Percent

 
5% Stockholders:                           

MiTAC International Corporation and related parties

                          
Directors and Named Executive Officers:                           

Matthew Miau

                          

Robert Huang

                          

Peter Larocque

                          

Simon Leung

                          

Dennis Polk

                          

Kevin Chuang

                          

Fred Breidenbach

                          

Young Sohn

                          

Dwight Steffensen

                          

All current directors and executive officers as a group (9 persons)

                          
Selling Stockholders:                           

Silver Star Development Ltd.(1)

                          

Constant Holdings Ltd.(2)

                          

Abundant Investment Group Limited

                          

Mix System Holdings Ltd.(3)

                          

 

74


Table of Contents

 * Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent (1%).

 

(1) The principal business address of Silver Star Development Limited is 6F, No. 200, Wen Hua 2nd Road, Kuei San Hsiang, Taoyuan, Taiwan, R.O.C. Excludes all securities held by Peer Developments Limited, Constant Holdings Limited, Wisdom Investment Company, Mix System Holdings Ltd., Harbinger (BVI) Venture Capital Corporation and Budworth Investment Limited.

 

(2) The principal business address of Constant Holdings Limited is 5F, 20 Lane 478, Rueiguang Rd., Neihu 114, Taipei, Taiwan, R.O.C. Excludes all securities held by Silver Star Development Limited, Peer Developments Limited, Wisdom Investment Company, Mix System Holdings Ltd., Harbinger (BVI) Venture Capital Corporation and Budworth Investment Limited.

 

(3) The principal business address of Mix System Holdings Ltd. is c/o MiTAC, Inc., 11F, No. 187, Tiding Blvd., Sec. 2, Neihu 114, Taipei, Taiwan, R.O.C. Excludes all securities held by Silver Star Development Limited, Peer Developments Limited, Constant Holdings Limited, Wisdom Investment Company, Harbinger (BVI) Venture Capital Corporation and Budworth Investment Limited.

 

75


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

 

The following discussion summarizes our capital stock. This summary is not complete and is subject to the complete text of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

 

Authorized Capitalization

 

Upon the closing of this offering, our capital structure will consist of                  authorized shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and                      shares of undesignated preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share. Immediately following the completion of this offering, an aggregate of                  shares of common stock will be issued and outstanding and no shares of preferred stock will be issued and outstanding.

 

Common Stock

 

The holders of our common stock are entitled to dividends as our board of directors may declare from time to time from legally available funds subject to the preferential rights of the holders of any shares of our preferred stock that we may issue in the future. The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share on any matter to be voted upon by stockholders.

 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not provide for cumulative voting in connection with the election of directors. Accordingly, directors will be elected by a plurality of the shares voting once a quorum is present. No holder of our common stock will have any preemptive right to subscribe for any shares of capital stock issued in the future.

 

Upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our affairs, the holders of our common stock are entitled to share, on a pro rata basis, all assets remaining after payment to creditors and subject to prior distribution rights of any shares of preferred stock that we may issue in the future. All of the outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares offered by us in this offering will be, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

Preferred Stock

 

As of the closing of this offering, no shares of our preferred stock will be outstanding. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors, without further action by our stockholders, will be authorized to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more classes or series. The board may fix the rights, preferences and privileges of the preferred stock, along with any limitations or restrictions, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences of each class or series of preferred stock. The preferred stock could have voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of holders of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock could also have the effect, under certain circumstances, of delaying, deferring or preventing a takeover or other transaction that holders of some or a majority of our common stock might believe to be in their best interests or in which holder might receive a premium for their shares over the then market price of the shares. We currently have no plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

 

Certain Anti-Takeover, Limited Liability and Indemnification Provisions

 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our bylaws described below may have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another person from acquiring control of us.

 

76


Table of Contents

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaw Provisions    

 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws include provisions that may have the effect of discouraging, delaying or preventing a change in control or an unsolicited acquisition proposal that a stockholder might consider favorable, including a proposal that might result in the payment of a premium over the market price for the shares held by stockholders. These provisions are summarized in the following paragraphs.

 

    Supermajority Voting .     Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation requires the approval of the holders of at least 66  2 / 3 % of our combined voting power to effect certain amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Our bylaws may be amended by either a majority of the board of directors, or the holders of 66  2 / 3 % of our voting stock.

 

    Authorized but Unissued or Undesignated Capital Stock .     At the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock consists of                          shares of common stock and                          shares of preferred stock. No preferred stock will be designated upon consummation of this offering. After this offering, we will have outstanding                          shares of common stock. The authorized but unissued (and in the case of preferred stock, undesignated) stock may be issued by the board of directors in one or more transactions. In this regard, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation grants the board of directors broad power to establish the rights and preferences of authorized and unissued preferred stock. The issuance of shares of preferred stock pursuant to the board of director’s authority described above could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to holders of common stock and adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of such holders and may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control. The board of directors does not currently intend to seek stockholder approval prior to any issuance of preferred stock, unless otherwise required by law.

 

    Special Meetings of Stockholders .     Our bylaws provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called by the chairman of the board or by a majority of the board of directors.

 

    No Stockholder Action by Written Consent .     Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that an action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of our stockholders may only be taken at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders. This provision prevents stockholders from initiating or effecting any action by written consent, and thereby taking actions opposed by the board.

 

    Notice Procedures .     Our bylaws establish advance notice procedures with regard to all stockholder proposals to be brought before meetings of our stockholders, including proposals relating to the nomination of candidates for election as directors, the removal of directors and amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or bylaws. These procedures provide that notice of such stockholder proposals must be timely given in writing to our Secretary prior to the meeting. The notice must contain certain information specified in the bylaws.

 

Other Anti-Takeover Provisions    

 

See “Management — Employee Benefit Plans” for a discussion of certain provisions of the 2003 Stock Incentive Plan and “Management — Employment Agreements, Termination of Employment and Change in Control Arrangements” for discussion of certain change in control arrangements which may have the effect of discouraging, delaying or preventing a change in control or unsolicited acquisition proposals.

 

77


Table of Contents

Limitation of Director Liability

 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation limits the liability of our directors (in their capacity as directors but not in their capacity as officers) to us or our stockholders to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Specifically, our directors will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of a director’s fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability:

 

    for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

    for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

    under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which relates to unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; or

 

    for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

 

Indemnification Arrangements

 

Our bylaws provide that our directors and officers shall be indemnified and provide for the advancement to them of expenses in connection with actual or threatened proceedings and claims arising out of their status as such to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that provide them with rights to indemnification and expense advancement to the fullest extent permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is EquiServe Trust Company and its telephone number is (781) 575-2717.

 

78


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 

Sales of substantial amounts of common stock (including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options) in the public market after this offering could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. Those sales also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity-related securities in the future or reduce the price at which we could sell any equity-related securities.

 

All of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act unless those shares are held by “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Of the outstanding shares not sold in this offering,              shares will be eligible for sale as of the date of this prospectus, and              shares will be eligible for sale in the public markets 180 days after the date of this prospectus pursuant to Rules 701 or 144 upon expiration of the lock-up agreement with our underwriters. The remaining              outstanding shares are eligible for resale in the public markets from time to time thereafter upon the expiration of applicable holding periods.

 

Lock-up Agreements

 

We have agreed, and each of our officers and directors and holders of substantially all of the outstanding shares of our common stock have agreed not to, without the prior written consent of Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., sell or otherwise dispose of any shares or options to acquire shares of our common stock or take any action to do any of the foregoing during the 180-day period following the date of this prospectus. Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. may, in its sole discretion and at any time without notice, release all or any portion of the securities subject to the lock-up agreements. In addition, certain of our stockholders have entered into agreements with us under which they have agreed not to sell or otherwise dispose of any of their shares or options to purchase shares of our common stock during the 180-day period following the closing of this offering without our prior written consent.

 

Of the              shares eligible for sale upon expiration of the underwriters’ lock-up,              shares are held by MiTAC International and its affiliates. MiTAC International and its affiliates have advised us that they presently do not intend to distribute or dispose of their shares of our common stock held upon completion of this offering. However, following the lock-up period with the underwriters, and prior thereto with the consent of the Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., MiTAC International and its affiliates may elect to distribute or sell some or all of their shares. In this regard, MiTAC International and its affiliates could effect a pro rata distribution of its shares to their public and private shareholders without compliance with Rule 144 or further registration under the Securities Act. These shares also may be resold in the public markets pursuant to the volume, reporting and other requirements of Rule 144 or by registration. We have entered into a registration rights agreement with MiTAC International and its affiliates requiring us to register these shares for resale to the public.

 

Rule 144

 

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person deemed to be our affiliate, or a person holding restricted shares who beneficially owns shares that were not acquired from us or our affiliate within the previous one year, would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

    1% of the then outstanding shares of common stock, or approximately                  shares immediately after this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, or

 

    the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed with the SEC.

 

Sales under Rule 144 are subject to requirements relating to manner of sale, notice and availability of current public information about us.

 

79


Table of Contents

Rule 144(k)

 

A person who is not deemed to have been our affiliate at any time during the 90 days immediately preceding a sale and who owned shares for at least two years, including the holding period of any prior owner who is not an affiliate, would be entitled to sell restricted shares following this offering under Rule 144(k) without complying with the volume limitations, manner of sale provisions, public information or notice requirements of Rule 144.

 

Rule 701 and Options

 

Rule 701 permits resales of shares in reliance upon Rule 144 but without compliance with some restrictions of Rule 144. Any employee, officer or director or consultant who purchased his shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701. Under Rule 701:

 

    affiliates can sell Rule 701 shares without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144;

 

    non-affiliates can sell these shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the holding period, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144; and

 

    Rule 701 shares must be held at least 90 days after the date of this prospectus before they can be resold.

 

However, all shares issued by us under Rule 701 are subject to lock-up provisions and will only become eligible for sale 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

 

Stock Options

 

As of May 31, 2003, options to purchase a total of                          shares of our common stock were outstanding, of which                          are currently exercisable. We intend to file a Form S-8 registration statement under the Securities Act to register all of the shares issuable under our 2003 Stock Incentive Plan and our Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Accordingly, the shares underlying these options will be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to vesting restrictions or the lock-up agreements described above.

 

Registration Rights

 

Following this offering, under specified circumstances and subject to customary conditions, holders of                          shares of our common stock, without taking into account any shares sold in this offering by selling stockholders, will have demand registration rights with respect to their shares, subject to the 180-day lock-up arrangement described above, to require us to register their shares under the Securities Act, and rights to participate in future registrations of our securities. If the holders of these registrable securities request that we register their shares, and if the registration is effected, these shares will become freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act. Any sales of securities by these stockholders could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock.

 

80


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

 

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement dated                         , 2003, each of the underwriters named below, through their representatives Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., Banc of America Securities LLC and Raymond James & Associates, Inc., has severally agreed to purchase from us and the selling stockholders the aggregate number of shares of common stock set forth opposite its name below at the public offering price less the underwriting discount set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

Underwriter


   Number of
Shares


Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. 

    

Banc of America Securities LLC

    

Raymond James & Associates, Inc. 

    
    

Total

    
    

 

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters thereunder are several and subject to approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and various other conditions. Under the underwriting agreement, the underwriters are obligated to purchase and pay for all of the above shares, other than those covered by the over-allotment option described below, if they purchase any of the shares.

 

The underwriters have advised us that they propose to initially offer some of the shares directly to the public at the offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and some of the shares to dealers at this price less a concession not in excess of $                 per share. The underwriters may allow, and dealers may re-allow, concessions not in excess of $                 per share on sales to other dealers. After the initial offering of the shares to the public, the underwriters may change the offering price, concessions and other selling terms. The underwriters do not intend to confirm sales to discretionary accounts to exceed three percent of the total number of shares offered by them.

 

We and certain of the selling stockholders have granted the underwriters an option exercisable for 30 days from the date of the underwriting agreement to purchase up to                  additional shares, at the offering price less the underwriting discount. The underwriters may exercise this option solely to cover over-allotments, if any, made in connection with this offering. To the extent underwriters exercise this option in whole or in part, then each of the underwriters will become obligated, subject to conditions, to purchase a number of additional shares approximately proportionate to each underwriter’s initial purchase commitment as indicated in the preceding table.

 

We, the selling stockholders and MiTAC International have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

 

Our directors, executive officers and stockholders, who collectively hold a total of                  shares of common stock, have agreed not to sell or offer to sell or otherwise dispose of any shares or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, without the prior written consent of Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., on behalf of the underwriters.

 

In addition, we have agreed that for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus we will not offer, sell, or otherwise dispose of any shares our common stock, except for the shares offered in this offering and any shares offered in connection with employee benefit plans described in this prospectus, without the consent of Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., on behalf of the underwriters.

 

81


Table of Contents

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Consequently, the initial offering price for our common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. Among the factors to be considered in these negotiations will be the following:

 

    our results of operations in recent periods;

 

    estimates of our business potential;

 

    an assessment of our management;

 

    prevailing market conditions; and

 

    the prices of similar securities of generally comparable companies.

 

We intend to apply to have our common stock approved for quotation on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “SNX.” We cannot assure you, however, that an active or orderly trading market will develop for our common stock or that our common stock will trade in the public markets subsequent to the offering at or above the initial offering price.

 

In order to facilitate this offering, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain, or otherwise affect the price of our common stock during and after this offering. Specifically, the underwriters may over-allot or otherwise create a short position in our common stock for their own account by selling more shares than we have actually sold to them. The underwriters may elect to cover any short position by purchasing shares in the open market or by exercising the over-allotment option granted to the underwriters. In addition, the underwriters may stabilize or maintain the price of our common stock by bidding for or purchasing shares in the open market and may impose penalty bids, under which selling concessions allowed to syndicate members or other broker-dealers participating in this offering are reclaimed if shares previously distributed in this offering are repurchased in connection with stabilization transactions or otherwise. The effect of these transactions may be to stabilize or maintain the market price at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market and these transactions may be discontinued at any time. The imposition of a penalty bid may also affect the price of shares to the extent that it discourages resales. No representation is made as to the magnitude or effect of these activities.

 

The underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to                  shares for employees, directors, and other persons associated with us who express an interest in purchasing these shares in this offering. The number of shares available for sale to the general public in the offering will be reduced to the extent these persons purchase reserved shares. Any reserved shares not purchased by these persons will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares in this offering.

 

Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have in the past provided, and may, from time to time, in the future provide banking and other financial services to us for which they have in the past received, and may in the future receive, customary fees and expenses.

 

Affiliates of Banc of America Securities LLC provide banking and other financial services to our affiliates for which they have received customary interest payments, fees and expenses. These services include short term credit facilities and cash management services.

 

82


Table of Contents

The following table shows the underwriting discount to be paid to the underwriters by us and the selling stockholders in connection with this offering. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

          Total

     Per Share

   Without
Over-Allotment
Option


   With
Over-Allotment
Option


Assumed initial public offering price

   $      $      $  

Underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us

                    

Underwriting discounts and commissions payable by certain of the selling stockholders

                    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

                    

Proceeds to the selling stockholders

                    

 

Other expenses of this offering, including the registration fees and the fees of financial printers, legal counsel, and accountants, payable by us are expected to be approximately $                .

 

83


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

 

Selected legal matters with respect to the validity of the common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Pillsbury Winthrop LLP, Palo Alto, California. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, Palo Alto, California.

 

EXPERTS

 

The consolidated financial statements of SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc. as of November 30, 2001 and 2002 and for each of the three years in the period ended November 30, 2002 included in this Prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., a Registration Statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our common stock offered in this offering. This prospectus omits certain information set forth in the Registration Statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information with respect to us and the shares offered in this offering, reference is made to such Registration Statement, exhibits and schedules. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to are not necessarily complete, and in each instance reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference. After consummation of this offering we will be subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and in accordance therewith, will be required to file annual and quarterly reports, proxy statements and other information with the Commission. The Registration Statement, including the exhibits and schedules filed therewith, as well as such reports and other information filed by us may be inspected without charge at the public reference facilities maintained by the Securities and Exchange Commission at Room 1024, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of such materials may be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the Securities and Exchange Commission, Room 1024, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 at prescribed rates and from the Commission’s Internet Web site at http://www.sec.gov.

 

84


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page

SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc.

    

Consolidated Financial Statements

    

Report of Independent Accountants

   F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets

   F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations

   F-4

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

   F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

   F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-7

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc.

 

The reincorporation described in Note 19 to the consolidated financial statements has not been consummated at September 4, 2003. When it has been consummated, we will be in a position to furnish the following report:

 

“In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, of stockholders’ equity and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc. (“the Company”, a majority-owned subsidiary of Silver Star Development Limited) and its subsidiaries at November 30, 2001 and 2002 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended November 30, 2002 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America, which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.”

 

/s/    P RICEWATERHOUSE C OOPERS LLP

 

San Jose, California

January 17, 2003

 

F-2


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except for share amounts)

 

     November 30,

   

May 31,

2003


 
     2001

    2002

   
                 (unaudited)  

ASSETS

                        

Current assets:

                        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 15,730     $ 15,503     $ 17,293  

Restricted cash

     1,002       5,561       6,603  

Short-term investments

     1,499       3,830       4,236  

Accounts receivable, net

     204,624       221,432       176,482  

Receivables from vendors, net

     34,886       35,162       50,415  

Receivable from affiliates

     7,637       2,138       804  

Inventories

     236,127       261,498       280,520  

Deferred income taxes

     13,535       13,805       13,571  

Other current assets

     7,366       13,511       21,330  
    


 


 


Total current assets

     522,406       572,440       571,254  

Property and equipment, net

     16,616       25,295       24,392  

Intangible assets

     21,321       23,769       22,327  

Deferred income taxes

     874       529       593  

Other assets

     3,817       7,042       5,348  
    


 


 


Total assets

   $ 565,034     $ 629,075     $ 623,914  
    


 


 


LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

                        

Current liabilities:

                        

Borrowings under term loans and lines of credit

   $ 18,104     $ 19,685     $ 42,838  

Payable to affiliates

     24,968       16,817       16,297  

Accounts payable

     248,307       269,608       256,535  

Accrued liabilities

     42,901       66,202       55,418  

Income taxes payable

     891       107       2,097  
    


 


 


Total current liabilities

     335,171       372,419       373,185  

Long-term borrowings

     43,036       38,714       13,580  

Long-term liabilities

     —         1,535       1,534  

Deferred income taxes

     1,007       579       458  
    


 


 


Total liabilities

     379,214       413,247       388,757  
    


 


 


Minority interest in subsidiaries

     2,448       2,610       2,593  
    


 


 


Commitments and contingencies (Note 18)

                        

Stockholders’ equity:

                        

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, ____ shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding

                  

Common stock, $0.001 par value; ________ shares authorized; 44,094,814 and 44,162,900 and 44,180,600 (unaudited) shares issued and outstanding

     44       44       44  

Additional paid-in capital

     78,982       79,229       79,260  

Unearned stock-based compensation

     (1,283 )     (753 )     (477 )

Receivables from stockholders

     (300 )     —         —    

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     (1,597 )     (860 )     4,458  

Retained earnings

     107,526       135,558       149,279  
    


 


 


Total stockholders’ equity

     183,372       213,218       232,564  
    


 


 


Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 565,034     $ 629,075     $ 623,914  
    


 


 


 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

     Years Ended November 30,

   

Six Months Ended

May 31,


 
     2000

    2001

    2002

    2002

    2003

 
                       (unaudited)  

Revenue

   $ 3,802,629     $ 3,224,390     $ 3,767,882     $ 1,685,231     $ 1,838,028  

Cost of revenue (inclusive of stock-based compensation expense of $552, $194 and $66 in 2000, 2001 and 2002, respectively, and $33 (unaudited) and $27 (unaudited) for the six months ended May 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively)

     (3,626,317 )     (3,060,304 )     (3,593,982 )     (1,604,069 )     (1,753,197 )
    


 


 


 


 


Gross profit

     176,312       164,086       173,900       81,162       84,831  

Selling, general and administrative expenses (inclusive of stock-based compensation expense of $5,684, $2,784 and $495 in 2000, 2001 and 2002, respectively and $250 (unaudited) and $249 (unaudited) for the six months ended May 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively)

     (106,489 )     (106,197 )     (123,418 )     (56,380 )     (59,583 )
    


 


 


 


 


Income from operations

     69,823       57,889       50,482       24,782       25,248  

Interest expense, net

     (452 )     (1,397 )     (1,422 )     (760 )     (1,085 )

Other income (expense), net

     6,845       (12,813 )     (4,207 )     (2,536 )     (2,971 )
    


 


 


 


 


Income from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interest

     76,216       43,679       44,853       21,486       21,192  

Provision for income taxes

     (33,373 )     (17,608 )     (16,837 )     (8,333 )     (7,443 )

Minority interest in subsidiaries

     (832 )     (274 )     16       (15 )     (28 )
    


 


 


 


 


Income from continuing operations

     42,011       25,797       28,032       13,138       13,721  

Discontinued operations:

                                        

Loss from discontinued operations, adjusted for applicable benefit for income taxes of $4,600 and minority interest of $2,313

     (5,189 )                        

Loss on write-off of net assets of discontinued operations, adjusted for applicable benefit for income taxes of $345 and minority interest of $540

     (388 )                        
    


 


 


 


 


Net income

   $ 36,434     $ 25,797     $ 28,032     $ 13,138     $ 13,721  
    


 


 


 


 


Net income per common share — basic:

                                        

Income from continuing operations

   $ 0.98     $ 0.59     $ 0.64     $ 0.30     $ 0.31  

Loss from discontinued operations

     (0.13 )                        
    


 


 


 


 


Net income per common share — basic

   $ 0.85     $ 0.59     $ 0.64     $ 0.30     $ 0.31  
    


 


 


 


 


Net income per common share — diluted:

                                        

Income from continuing operations

   $ 0.86     $ 0.53     $ 0.58     $ 0.27     $ 0.28  

Loss from discontinued operations

     (0.11 )                        
    


 


 


 


 


Net income per common share — diluted

   $ 0.75     $ 0.53     $ 0.58     $ 0.27     $ 0.28  
    


 


 


 


 


Weighted average common shares outstanding — basic

     43,001,012       43,819,704       44,121,174       44,096,663       44,175,125  
    


 


 


 


 


Weighted average common shares outstanding — diluted

     48,808,257       48,783,741       48,501,055       48,743,767       49,702,851  
    


 


 


 


 


 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(in thousands, except for share amounts)

 

    Common Stock

  Additional
Paid-In
Capital


    Unearned
Stock-based
Compensation


    Receivables
from
Stockholders


    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)


    Retained
Earnings


  Total
Stockholders’
Equity


    Comprehensive
Income


 
    Shares

    Amount

             

Balances, November 30, 1999

  42,759,100     $ 43   $ 68,220     $     $  —     $ (840 )   $ 45,295   $ 112,718          

Issuance of common stock in connection with acquisition

  645,000       1     4,211                             4,212          

Unearned stock-based compensation

            4,055       (4,055 )                              

Reversal of unearned stock-based compensation due to terminations

            (729 )     729                                

Amortization of unearned stock-based compensation

                  1,347                       1,347          

Issuance of stock options to parent company employees in exchange for services

            2,280                             2,280          

Issuance of common stock for cash on exercise of options

  169,035           357                             357          

Issuance of common stock for note receivable on exercise of options

  24,444           55             (55 )                        

Change in unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities

                              (1,030 )         (1,030 )   $ (1,030 )

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                              1,505           1,505       1,505  

Net income

                                    36,434     36,434       36,434  
   

 

 


 


 


 


 

 


 


Balances, November 30, 2000

  43,597,579       44     78,449       (1,979 )     (55 )     (365 )     81,729     157,823     $ 36,909  
                                                             


Repurchase of common stock

  (40,000 )         (128 )           55                 (73 )        

Reversal of unearned stock-based compensation due to terminations

            (131 )     131                                

Amortization of unearned stock-based compensation

                  565                       565          

Issuance of stock options to parent company employees in exchange for services

            28                             28          

Issuance of common stock for cash on exercise of options

  237,235           464                             464          

Issuance of common stock for note receivable on exercise of options

  300,000           300             (300 )                        

Change in unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities

                              (37 )         (37 )   $ (37 )

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                              (1,195 )         (1,195 )     (1,195 )

Net income

                                    25,797     25,797       25,797  
   

 

 


 


 


 


 

 


 


Balances, November 30, 2001

  44,094,814       44     78,982       (1,283 )     (300 )     (1,597 )     107,526     183,372     $ 24,565  
                                                             


Tax benefits from exercise of non-qualified employee stock options

            116                             116          

Unearned stock-based compensation

            35       (35 )                              

Reversal of unearned stock based compensation due to terminations

            (4 )     4                                

Amortization of unearned stock-based compensation

                  561                       561          

Issuance of common stock for cash on exercise of options

  68,086           100                             100          

Repayment of employee note receivable

                        300                 300          

Change in unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities

                              (66 )         (66 )   $ (66 )

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                              803           803       803  

Net income

                                    28,032     28,032       28,032  
   

 

 


 


 


 


 

 


 


Balances, November 30, 2002

  44,162,900       44     79,229       (753 )           (860 )     135,558     213,218     $ 28,769  
                                                             


Amortization of unearned stock-based compensation (unaudited)

                  276                       276          

Issuance of common stock for cash on exercise of options (unaudited)

  17,700           31                             31          

Change in unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities (unaudited)

                              41           41     $ 41  

Foreign currency translation adjustment (unaudited)

                              5,277           5,277       5,277  

Net income (unaudited)

                                    13,721     13,721       13,721  
   

 

 


 


 


 


 

 


 


Balances, May 31, 2003 (unaudited)

  44,180,600     $ 44   $ 79,260     $ (477 )   $     $ 4,458     $ 149,279   $ 232,564     $ 19,039  
   

 

 


 


 


 


 

 


 


 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

    

Years Ended

November 30,


   

Six Months

Ended May 31,


 
     2000

    2001

    2002

    2002

    2003

 
                       (unaudited)  

Cash flows from operating activities:

                                        

Net income

   $ 36,434     $ 25,797     $ 28,032     $ 13,138     $ 13,721  

Add: loss from discontinued operations

     5,577                          
    


 


 


 


 


Income from continuing operations

     42,011       25,797       28,032       13,138       13,721  

Adjustments to reconcile net income from continuing operations to net cash provided by (used in) continuing operations:

                                        

Depreciation expense

     3,991       7,175       5,035       2,316       2,307  

Amortization of intangible assets

     1,415       1,610       2,741       1,230       1,523  

Amortization of unearned stock-based compensation

     1,347       565       561       272       276  

Issuance of stock options to parent company employees in exchange for services

     2,280       28                    

Tax benefits from employee stock plans

                 116              

Unrealized losses on trading securities

     1,012       61       630       853       511  

Net realized gains on investments

     (18,672 )     (518 )     (582 )     (477 )     (148 )

Impairment of investments

     515       3,743                    

Loss (gain) on disposal of property and equipment

     15       63       105       12       (25 )

Minority interest in subsidiaries

     832       274       (16 )     15       28  

Changes in assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions of businesses:

                                        

Accounts receivable

     (24,700 )     57,504       23,831       44,224       53,130  

Receivables from vendors

     (14,334 )     20,764       (376 )     (6,666 )     (14,738 )

Receivable from affiliates

     3,189       (4,501 )     5,825       (316 )     1,393  

Inventories

     (100,635 )     80,602       (9,992 )     (4,339 )     (22,604 )

Other assets

     237       5,579       (10,415 )     (4,033 )     3,035  

Payable to affiliates

     37,161       (70,958 )     (7,775 )     549       (794 )

Accounts payable

     49,937       (90,230 )     10,363       18,026       (21,010 )

Accrued liabilities

     54,643       (26,081 )     21,246       5,869       (8,912 )
    


 


 


 


 


Net cash provided by (used in) continuing operations

     40,244       11,477       69,329       70,673       7,693  

Net cash used in discontinued operations

     (9,929 )                        
    


 


 


 


 


Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     30,315       11,477       69,329       70,673       7,693  
    


 


 


 


 


Cash flows from investing activities:

                                        

Purchases of short-term investments

     (7,480 )     (472 )     (8,406 )     (6,341 )     (3,127 )

Proceeds from sale of short-term investments

     14,526       1,494       6,016       2,444       1,553  

Purchase of additional investment in affiliates

           (333 )           (104 )      

Proceeds from sale of investment in affiliates

     3,500                          

Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired

     3,472       (17,143 )     (47,174 )     (37,577 )     (500 )

Purchase of property and equipment, net

     (9,604 )     (3,296 )     (8,912 )     (5,233 )     (878 )

Increase in restricted cash

           (1,000 )     (4,500 )           (1,000 )
    


 


 


 


 


Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     4,414       (20,750 )     (62,976 )     (46,811 )     (3,952 )
    


 


 


 


 


Cash flows from financing activities:

                                        

Cash overdraft

   $ (45,780 )   $ 9,658     $ (5,296 )   $ (11,874 )   $ 3,802  

Proceeds from revolving line of credit

     292,351       182,800       98,992       35,600       44,754  

Payments on revolving line of credit

     (292,351 )     (182,800 )     (98,992 )     (35,600 )     (44,754 )

Net proceeds (payments) under other lines of credit

     (843 )     (10,877 )     924       691       (3,629 )

Proceeds from bank loan

     387       162,853       517,422       279,405       319,761  

Repayments of bank loan

     (573 )     (156,794 )     (521,474 )     (283,868 )     (324,003 )

Proceeds from issuance of bonds by SYNNEX (Japan) K.K.

                             1,680  

Proceeds from issuance of common stock (including $305 from sales of SYNNEX (Japan) K.K. common stock in 2000)

     662       464       1,076       5       31  

Repurchase of common stock

           (73 )                  
    


 


 


 


 


Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (46,147 )     5,231       (7,348 )     (15,641 )     (2,360 )
    


 


 


 


 


Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     (1,505 )     (792 )     768       325       409  
    


 


 


 


 


Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (12,923 )     (4,834 )     (227 )     8,546       1,790  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     33,487       20,564       15,730       16,732       15,503  
    


 


 


 


 


Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 20,564     $ 15,730     $ 15,503     $ 25,278     $ 17,293  
    


 


 


 


 


Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

                                        

Interest paid

   $ 1,426     $ 5,093     $ 2,443     $ 1,326     $ 1,378  
    


 


 


 


 


Income taxes paid

   $ 24,792     $ 24,301     $ 18,470     $ 7,961     $ 5,407  
    


 


 


 


 


Supplemental disclosure of non cash investing and financing activities:

                                        

Issuance of common stock for acquisition of subsidiary

   $ 4,211     $     $     $     $  
    


 


 


 


 


Unearned stock-based compensation

   $ 4,055     $     $ 35     $     $  
    


 


 


 


 


Issuance of common stock in exchange for receivables from stockholders

   $ 55     $ 300     $     $     $  
    


 


 


 


 


 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(INFORMATION AS OF MAY 31, 2003 AND/OR FOR THE SIX MONTHS

ENDED MAY 31, 2002 AND 2003 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

NOTE 1 — ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION:

 

SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, herein referred to as “SYNNEX” or the “Company”) is an information technology products supply chain services company. The Company’s supply chain outsourcing services include distribution, contract assembly and logistics. SYNNEX is headquartered in Fremont, California and has operations in North America, Asia and Europe.

 

The Company is a majority-owned subsidiary of Silver Star Development Limited (“SSDL”), which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of MiTAC International Corporation, a publicly traded corporation in Taiwan. At November 30, 2002, SSDL owned approximately 55% of the Company’s common stock. At November 30, 2002, MiTAC International Corporation and its affiliates had a combined ownership of approximately 98% in the Company.

 

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

 

Unaudited interim financial information

 

The accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of May 31, 2003, the consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the six months ended May 31, 2002 and 2003 and the consolidated statement of stockholders’ equity for the six months ended May 31, 2003 are unaudited. The unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the Company’s financial position as of May 31, 2003 and its results of operations and its cash flows for the six months ended May 31, 2002 and 2003. The financial data and other information disclosed in these notes to financial statements related to the six-month periods are unaudited. The results for the six months ended May 31, 2003 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ending November 30, 2003 or for any other interim period or for any other future year.

 

Use of estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expense during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Principles of consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries and majority owned subsidiaries in which no substantive participating rights are held by minority stockholders. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

 

Investments in 20% through 50% owned affiliated companies are included under the equity method where the Company exercises significant influence over operating and financial affairs of the investee. Investments in less than 20% owned companies or investments in 20% through 50% owned companies where the Company does not exercise significant influence over operating and financial affairs of the investee are recorded under the cost method.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION AS OF MAY 31, 2003 AND/OR FOR THE SIX MONTHS

ENDED MAY 31, 2002 AND 2003 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

Sale of stock by subsidiary company

 

At the time a subsidiary or investee accounted for under the consolidation or equity method of accounting sells its stock to a third party at a price per share which is different than the Company’s carrying value per share, the Company’s share of the subsidiary net equity changes. Pursuant to the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 84, the Company records the change in its share of the subsidiary’s net equity as a gain within “other income (expense), net”. To date, the only such transaction has been the sale of 377,000 shares of SYNNEX (Japan) K.K. common stock for $305 during 2000.

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

The Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments purchased with an original maturity or remaining maturity at date of purchase of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents consist principally of money market deposit accounts that are stated at cost, which approximates fair value. The Company’s cash management program utilizes zero balance accounts, and all book overdraft balances have been reclassified to accounts payable and amounted to $22,826, $17,530 and $21,332 (unaudited) at November 30, 2001 and 2002 and May 31, 2003, respectively.

 

Restricted cash

 

The Company provides letter of credit to vendors on behalf of its subsidiaries in Asia and North America. The Company is required by the banks to maintain certain balances in its bank accounts as collateral for such credit arrangements. At November 30, 2001 and 2002 and May 31, 2003, the Company had restricted cash balances of $1,002, $5,561 and $6,603 (unaudited), respectively.

 

Investments

 

Short-term investments include equity instruments which are expected to be sold during the normal operating cycle of the business (within twelve months). The Company classifies its investments in marketable securities as trading and available-for-sale. Securities classified as trading are recorded at fair value, based on quoted market prices, and unrealized gains and losses are included in results of operations. Securities classified as available-for-sale are recorded at fair market value, based on quoted market prices, and unrealized gains and losses are included in other comprehensive income, a component of stockholders’ equity. Realized gains and losses, which are calculated based on the specific identification method, and declines in value judged to be other than temporary, if any, are recorded in operations as incurred.

 

Long-term investments include instruments that the Company has the ability and intent to hold for more than twelve months. The Company classifies its long-term investments as available-for-sale if a readily determinable fair value is available.

 

The Company has investments in equity instruments of privately-held companies. These investments are included in other assets and are accounted for under the cost method as the Company does not have the ability to exercise significant influence over operations. The Company monitors its investments for impairment by considering current factors, including economic environment, market conditions, operational performance and

 

F-8


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION AS OF MAY 31, 2003 AND/OR FOR THE SIX MONTHS

ENDED MAY 31, 2002 AND 2003 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

other specific factors relating to the business underlying the investment, and records reductions in carrying values when necessary.

 

Inventories

 

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is computed based on the weighted average method. Inventories consist of finished goods purchased from various manufacturers for distribution resale and components for contract assembly and logistics services.

 

Property and equipment

 

Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method based upon the shorter of the estimated useful lives of the assets, or the lease term of the respective assets, if applicable. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred, and improvements and betterments are capitalized. When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation and amortization are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in operations in the period realized. The depreciation and amortization periods for property and equipment categories are as follows:

 

Equipment 

   5 years

Software

   3 years

Furniture

   7 years

Building

   39 years

 

Intangible assets

 

Intangible assets consist of vendor lists, customer lists, trade names and land rights, which are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated lives. Intangible assets acquired in the years ended November 30, 2001 and 2002 are amortized over 8 years. Vendor and customer lists acquired prior to November 30, 2000 were initially amortized over 15 years. Effective December 1, 2001, the remaining useful lives of these assets were reduced to 8 years.

 

Impairment of long-lived assets

 

The Company reviews the recoverability of its long-lived assets, such as property and equipment, when events or changes in circumstances occur that indicate the carrying value of the asset or asset group may not be recoverable. The assessment of possible impairment is based on the Company’s ability to recover the carrying value of the asset or asset group from the expected future pre-tax cash flows, undiscounted and without interest charges, of the related operations. If these cash flows are less than the carrying value of such assets, an impairment loss is recognized for the difference between estimated fair value and carrying value. The measurement of impairment requires management to estimate future cash flows and the fair value of long-lived assets.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION AS OF MAY 31, 2003 AND/OR FOR THE SIX MONTHS

ENDED MAY 31, 2002 AND 2003 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

Concentration of credit risk

 

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentration of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents are maintained with high quality institutions, the compositions and maturities of which are regularly monitored by management. As of November 30, 2002 and May 31, 2003 (unaudited), the Company has not experienced any losses on such deposits.

 

Accounts receivable include amounts due from customers in the technology industry. The Company believes that the concentration of credit risk on its accounts receivable is substantially mitigated by the Company’s evaluation process and relatively short collection terms. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customer’s financial condition and limits the amount of credit extended when deemed necessary, but generally requires no collateral. The Company also maintains allowances for potential credit losses when deemed necessary. As of November 30, 2002 and May 31, 2003 (unaudited), such losses have been within management’s expectations.

 

Two customers accounted for 22.7% and 15.2% of the Company’s revenue in 2000. One customer accounted for 10.9% of the Company’s revenue in 2001. In 2002 and the six months ended May 31, 2002 (unaudited) and 2003 (unaudited) the Company does not have sales to any one customer comprising 10% of more of the Company’s total revenues. At November 30, 2002, one customer comprised 12% of the total consolidated accounts receivable balance. At November 30, 2001, and May 31, 2003 (unaudited), the Company had no accounts receivable balance from any one customer which represented more than 10% of the total consolidated accounts receivable balance.

 

Revenue recognition

 

The Company recognizes revenue as products are shipped if a purchase order exists, the sale price is fixed or determinable, collection of resulting receivables is reasonably assured, risk of loss and title have transferred and product returns are reasonably estimable. Provisions for sales returns are estimated based on historical data and are recorded concurrently with the recognition of revenue. These provisions are reviewed and adjusted periodically by the Company.

 

Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”) supplier programs

 

Funds received from OEM suppliers for inventory price protection, product rebates, and promotion programs are recorded as adjustments to cost of revenue. Funds received for specific marketing and infrastructure reimbursements are recorded as adjustments to selling, general and administrative expenses, and any excess reimbursement amount is recorded as an adjustment to cost of revenue. The Company also provides reserves for receivables on OEM supplier programs for estimated losses when there is uncertainty regarding realization of the claim.

 

Warranties

 

The Company’s OEM suppliers generally warrant the products distributed by the Company and allow returns of defective products. The Company generally does not independently warrant the products it distributes; however, the Company does warrant the following: (1) its services with regard to products that it assembles for

 

F-10


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION AS OF MAY 31, 2003 AND/OR FOR THE SIX MONTHS

ENDED MAY 31, 2002 AND 2003 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

its customers, and (2) products that it builds to order from components purchased from other sources. An accrual for estimated warranty costs is recorded at the time of sale and periodically adjusted to reflect actual experience. Neither warranty expense nor the accrual for warranty costs is material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

Advertising

 

Costs related to advertising and promotion expenditures of products are charged to selling, general and administrative expense as incurred. To date, costs related to advertising and promotion expenditures has not been material.

 

Income taxes

 

The asset and liability method is used in accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected tax consequences of temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements using enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the difference is expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are provided against assets which are not likely to be realized.

 

Fair value of financial instruments

 

For certain of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash, accounts receivable and accounts payable, the carrying amounts approximate fair value due to the short maturities. The amount shown for borrowings also approximates fair value because current interest rates offered to the Company for debt of similar maturities are approximately the same. The estimated fair value of foreign exchange contracts are based on market prices or current rates offered for contracts with similar terms and maturities. The ultimate amounts paid or received under these foreign exchange contracts, however, depend on future exchange rates. The gains or losses are recognized as “Other income (expense), net” based on changes in the fair value of the contracts, which generally occur as a result of changes in foreign currency exchange rates.

 

Foreign currency translations

 

The functional currencies of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are their respective local currencies. The financial statements of the foreign subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars for consolidation as follows: assets and liabilities at the exchange rate as of the balance sheet date, stockholders’ equity at the historical rates of exchange, and income and expense amounts at the average exchange rate for the year. Translation adjustments resulting from the translation of the subsidiaries’ accounts are included in “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included within “Other income (expense), net”. During the years ended November 30, 2000, 2001 and 2002 and the six months ended May 31, 2002 and 2003, the Company recorded transaction losses of $709, $3,362, $177, $66 (unaudited) and $343 (unaudited), respectively.

 

Stock-based compensation

 

The Company’s employee stock option plan is accounted for in accordance with Accounting Principles Board No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” (“APB No. 25”) and complies with the disclosure

 

F-11


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION AS OF MAY 31, 2003 AND/OR FOR THE SIX MONTHS

ENDED MAY 31, 2002 AND 2003 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” (“SFAS No. 123”), and Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, Transition and Disclosure” (“SFAS No. 148”). Expense associated with stock-based compensation is amortized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the individual award.

 

The Company accounts for stock issued to non-employees in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 123 and Emerging Issues Task Force Consensus No. 96-18, “Accounting for Equity Instruments That are Issued to Other Than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling, Goods or Services” (“EITF No. 96-18”). Under SFAS No. 123 and EITF No. 96-18, stock option awards issued to non-employees are accounted for at fair value using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

 

The following table illustrates the effect on net income per share if the Company had applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123 to stock-based employee compensation. The estimated fair value of each Company option is calculated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model:

 

     Years Ended November 30,

    Six Months Ended
May 31,


 
     2000

    2001

    2002

    2002

    2003

 
                       (unaudited)  

Net income—as reported

   $ 36,434     $ 25,797     $ 28,032     $ 13,138     $ 13,721  

Plus: Stock-based employee compensation expense determined under APB No. 25, included in reported net income

     1,347       565       561       272       276  

Less: Stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value based method

     (2,032 )     (2,001 )     (2,553 )     (1,266 )     (1,267 )
    


 


 


 


 


Net income—as adjusted

   $ 35,749     $ 24,361     $ 26,040     $ 12,144     $ 12,730  
    


 


 


 


 


Net income per common share—basic—as reported

   $ 0.85     $ 0.59     $ 0.64     $ 0.30     $ 0.31  

Net income per common share—basic—as adjusted

   $ 0.83     $ 0.56     $ 0.59     $ 0.28     $ 0.29  

Net income per common share—diluted—as reported

   $ 0.75     $ 0.53     $ 0.58     $ 0.27     $ 0.28  

Net income per common share—diluted—as adjusted

   $ 0.73     $ 0.50     $ 0.54     $ 0.25     $ 0.26  

 

Comprehensive income

 

Comprehensive income is defined as the change in equity of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources. The primary components of comprehensive income for the Company includes foreign currency translation adjustments arising from the consolidation of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries and unrealized gains and losses on the Company’s available-for-sale securities. Comprehensive income is disclosed in the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION AS OF MAY 31, 2003 AND/OR FOR THE SIX MONTHS

ENDED MAY 31, 2002 AND 2003 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

Net income per common share

 

Net income per common share-basic is computed by dividing the net income for the period by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Net income per common share-diluted reflects the potential dilution that could occur if stock options were exercised. The calculations of net income per common share are presented in Note 13.

 

Recently issued accounting pronouncements

 

In July 2002, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 146, “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities,” which addresses the recognition, measurement and reporting costs associated with exit or disposal activities, and supersedes previous authoritative guidance, Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) No. 94-3. The principal difference is that the new standard requires that a liability for a disposal activity (including those related to the employee termination benefits and obligations under operation leases and other contracts) be recognized when a liability is incurred, and not necessarily the date of an entity’s commitment to an exit plan, as under EITF No. 94-3. SFAS No. 146 also establishes that the initial measurement of a liability recognized under SFAS No. 146 be based on fair value. The provisions of SFAS No. 146 are effective for exit or disposal activities that are initiated after December 31, 2002. The Company has not had any exit or disposal activities since the adoption of the standard.

 

In November 2002, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation (“FIN”) No. 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others.” FIN No. 45 requires that a liability be recorded in the guarantor’s balance sheet upon issuance of a guarantee. In addition, FIN No. 45 requires disclosures about the guarantees that an entity has issued, including a reconciliation of changes in the entity’s product warranty liabilities. The initial recognition and initial measurement provisions of FIN No. 45 are applicable on a prospective basis to guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002, irrespective of the guarantor’s fiscal year-end. The disclosure requirements of FIN No. 45 are effective for financial statements of interim or annual periods ending after December 15, 2002. The adoption of this standard did not have any material impact on the Company financial position or results of operations.

 

In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, Transition and Disclosure.” SFAS No. 148 provides alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. SFAS No. 148 also requires that disclosures of the pro forma effect of using the fair value method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation be displayed more prominently and in a tabular format. Additionally, SFAS No. 148 requires disclosure of the pro forma effect in interim financial statements. The transition and annual disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 148 are effective for fiscal years ended after December 15, 2002. The interim disclosure requirements are effective for interim periods beginning after December 15, 2002. The Company has applied the disclosure provision of SFAS No. 148.

 

In January 2003, the FASB issued FIN No. 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an Interpretation of ARB No. 51.” FIN No. 46 requires certain variable interest entities to be consolidated by the primary beneficiary of the entity if the equity investors in the entity do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties. FIN No. 46 is effective immediately for all new variable

 

F-13


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION AS OF MAY 31, 2003 AND/OR FOR THE SIX MONTHS

ENDED MAY 31, 2002 AND 2003 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

interest entities created or acquired after January 31, 2003. For variable interest entities created or acquired prior to February 1, 2003, the provisions of FIN No. 46 must be applied for the first interim or annual period beginning after June 15, 2003. The Company believes that the adoption of this standard will have no material impact on its financial position or results of operations.

 

In April 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 149, “Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.” SFAS No. 149 amends and clarifies financial accounting and reporting of derivative instruments and hedging activities under SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.” SFAS No. 149 amends SFAS No. 133 for decisions made: (i) as part of the Derivatives Implementation Group process that require amendment to SFAS No. 133; (ii) in connection with other FASB projects dealing with financial instruments; and (iii) in connection with the implementation issues raised related to the application of the definition of a derivative. SFAS No. 149 is effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003 and for designated hedging relationships after June 30, 2003. The Company believes that the adoption of SFAS No. 149 will not have a material impact on its financial position or results of operations.

 

In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity.” The Statement establishes standards for how an issuer classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity and further requires that an issuer classify as a liability (or an asset in some circumstances) financial instruments that fall within its scope because that financial instrument embodies an obligation of the issuer. Many of such instruments were previously classified as equity. The statement is effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise is effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003. The Company believes that the adoption of this standard will not have a material impact on its financial position or results of operations.

 

In November 2002, the EITF reached a consensus on Issue No. 00-21 (“EITF No. 00-21”), “Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements.” EITF No. 00-21 addresses how to account for arrangements that may involve the delivery or performance of multiple products, services, and/or rights to use assets. The consensus mandates how to identify whether goods or services or both that are to be delivered separately in a bundled sales arrangement should be accounted for separately because they are separate units of accounting. The guidance can affect the timing of revenue recognition for such arrangements, even though it does not change rules governing the timing or pattern of revenue recognition of individual items accounted for separately. The final consensus is applicable to agreements entered into in fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2003 with early adoption permitted. Additionally, companies will be permitted to apply the consensus guidance to all existing arrangements as the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle in accordance with APB No. 20, “Accounting Changes.” The Company is assessing the impact of EITF No. 00-21 and believes that the adoption will not have a material impact on its financial position or results of operations.

 

In March 2003, the EITF finalized Issue No. 02-16 (“EITF No. 02-16”), “Accounting for Consideration Received from a Vendor by a Customer (Including a Reseller of the Vendor’s Products).” EITF No. 02-16 requires that consideration received from vendors, such as advertising support funds, be accounted for as a reduction to cost of sales when recognized in the reseller’s income statement unless certain conditions are met showing that the funds are used for a specific program entirely funded by an individual vendor. If these specific requirements related to individual vendors are met, the consideration is accounted for as a reduction in the related

 

F-14


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION AS OF MAY 31, 2003 AND/OR FOR THE SIX MONTHS

ENDED MAY 31, 2002 AND 2003 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

expense category, such as advertising or selling and administrative expense. EITF No. 02-16 applies to all agreements modified or entered into on or after January 1, 2003. Adopting EITF No. 02-16 had no material impact on the Company’s financial position and results of operations.

 

NOTE 3 — BALANCE SHEET COMPONENTS:

 

     November 30,

    May 31,
2003


 
     2001

    2002

   
                 (unaudited)  

Accounts receivable, net:

                        

Trade accounts receivables 

   $ 219,128     $ 233,504     $ 190,446  

Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (7,961 )     (8,315 )     (10,216 )

Less: Allowance for sales returns

     (6,543 )     (3,757 )     (3,748 )
    


 


 


     $ 204,624     $ 221,432     $ 176,482  
    


 


 


Receivables from vendors, net:

                        

Receivables from vendors

   $ 37,562     $ 37,866     $ 53,535  

Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (2,676 )     (2,704 )     (3,120 )
    


 


 


     $ 34,886     $ 35,162     $ 50,415  
    


 


 


Inventories:

                        

Components

   $ 37,701     $ 6,713     $ 12,452  

Finished goods

     198,426       254,785       268,068  
    


 


 


     $ 236,127     $ 261,498     $ 280,520  
    


 


 


Property and equipment, net:

                        

Equipment and computers

   $ 32,274     $ 31,476     $ 33,975  

Furniture and fixtures

     4,024       4,295       3,979  

Vehicles

     428       515       514  

Buildings and land

     9,885       20,617       21,799  
    


 


 


       46,611       56,903       60,267  

Less: Accumulated depreciation

     (29,995 )     (31,608 )     (35,875 )
    


 


 


     $ 16,616     $ 25,295     $ 24,392  
    


 


 


 

F-15


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION AS OF MAY 31, 2003 AND/OR FOR THE SIX MONTHS

ENDED MAY 31, 2002 AND 2003 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

Depreciation expense was $3,991, $7,175, $5,035, $2,316 (unaudited) and $2,307 (unaudited) for the years ended November 30, 2000, 2001 and 2002 and the six months ended May 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively.

 

Intangible assets:

 

    November 30,

 

May 31,

2003


    2001

  2002

 
                                (unaudited)
    Gross
Amount


  Accumulated
Amortization


    Net
Amount


  Gross
Amount


  Accumulated
Amortization


    Net
Amount


  Gross
Amount


  Accumulated
Amortization


    Net
Amount


Vendor lists

  $ 23,530   $ (6,629 )   $ 16,901   $ 22,482   $ (8,535 )   $ 13,947   $ 22,482   $ (9,537 )   $ 12,945

Customer lists

    1,346     (56 )     1,290     7,574     (789 )     6,785     7,584     (1,258 )     6,326

Other intangible assets 

    3,535     (405 )     3,130     3,540     (503 )     3,037     3,611     (555 )     3,056
   

 


 

 

 


 

 

 


 

    $ 28,411   $ (7,090 )   $ 21,321   $ 33,596   $ (9,827 )   $ 23,769   $ 33,677   $ (11,350 )   $ 22,327
   

 


 

 

 


 

 

 


 

 

Amortization expense was $1,415, $1,610, $2,741, $1,230 (unaudited) and $1,523 (unaudited) for the years ended November 30, 2000, 2001, 2002 and the six months ended May 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively. Intangible assets are being amortized over estimated useful lives of eight years. Estimated future amortization expense is as follows:

 

Years ending, November 30,

      

2003

   $ 3,046

2004

     3,046

2005

     3,046

2006

     3,046

2007

     3,046

thereafter

     8,539
    

     $ 23,769
    

 

     November 30,

  

May 31,

2003


     2001

   2002

  
               (unaudited)

Accrued liabilities:

                    

Payroll related accruals

   $ 11,435    $ 12,801    $ 9,964

Deferred compensation liability 

     10,398      12,911      14,079

Royalty and warranty accruals 

     957      4,587      3,341

Sales tax payable

     770      7,971      9,307

Other accrued liabilities

     19,341      27,932      18,727
    

  

  

     $ 42,901    $ 66,202    $ 55,418
    

  

  

 

NOTE 4 — ACQUISITIONS:

 

Acquisitions during the year ended November 30, 2002

 

Gates/Arrow Distributing

 

On May 31, 2002, the Company acquired certain assets and liabilities of Gates/Arrow Distributing, a business unit of Arrow Electronics, Inc. for cash of approximately $42,858. Gates/Arrow was a distributor of

 

F-16


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION AS OF MAY 31, 2003 AND/OR FOR THE SIX MONTHS

ENDED MAY 31, 2002 AND 2003 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

computer systems, peripherals and software, serving value-added resellers across North America. The purchase enabled the Company to expand its market share in North America.

 

License Online, Inc.

 

On May 10, 2002, the Company acquired the assets of License Online, Inc., a provider of Web-based software licensing technology to small to medium-sized business (“SMB”) solution providers and their SMB customers, for $3,206 in cash.

 

Novitech, S.A. de C.V.

 

On May 7, 2002, the Company acquired certain distribution and sale assets of Novitech, S.A. de C.V., a Mexican distributor of information technology products. The purchase price for the assets was $920 in cash.

 

Accounting for the Acquisitions

 

All of these acquisitions have been accounted for using the purchase method of accounting; thus, the consolidated financial statements do not include the financial results of any acquired business prior to the closing date of the acquisition.

 

The aggregate purchase consideration of the three acquisitions was $46,984 plus acquisition costs of $190, and has been allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as follows:

 

Purchase Consideration


  

Fair

Value


     

Cash

   $ 46,984      

Acquisition costs

     190      
    


   
     $ 47,174      
    


   

Allocation


  

Fair

Value


    Amortization
Period


Accounts receivable

   $ 40,931    

Inventories

     15,305    

Property and equipment

     4,278    

Customer lists

     5,180     8 years

Accounts payable

     (18,520 )  
    


   
     $ 47,174      
    


   

 

F-17


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION AS OF MAY 31, 2003 AND/OR FOR THE SIX MONTHS

ENDED MAY 31, 2002 AND 2003 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

The following unaudited pro forma financial information combines the consolidated results of operations as if the acquisition of Gates/Arrow Distributing, License Online, Inc., and Novitech, S.A. de C.V. had occurred as of the beginning of the periods presented. Pro forma adjustments include only the effects of events directly attributed to transactions that are factually supportable and expected to have a continuing impact. The pro forma results contained in the table below include pro forma adjustments for amortization of acquired intangibles and additional finance charges related to the financing of the purchase consideration of the acquisitions. The table includes pro forma information relating to the acquisition of Merisel Canada, Inc. in 2001 as if the acquisition had occurred on December 1, 2000.

 

     Years Ended November 30,

     2001

   2002

     (unaudited)

Revenue

   $ 4,216,141    $ 4,000,270

Net income

   $ 17,898    $ 26,733

Net income per common share — basic

   $ 0.41    $ 0.61

Net income per common share — diluted

   $ 0.37    $ 0.55

 

Acquisition during the year ended November 30, 2001

 

On July 28, 2001, the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of Merisel Canada, Inc. (“Merisel Canada”) from Merisel Americas, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Merisel, Inc. Merisel Canada is a distributor of computer hardware and software products, with locations in Toronto, Ontario; Vancouver, British Columbia; and Montreal, Quebec. The purchase of Merisel Canada enables the Company to expand its market share in North America. Effective August 30, 2001, Merisel Canada changed its name to SYNNEX Canada Limited. For reporting purposes, the results of Merisel Canada have been reflected in the Distribution Business Segment. The acquisition has been accounted for by the purchase method of accounting, and the results of operations of Merisel Canada are included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. The source of the funds for the acquisition came from a sale of accounts receivable to a financial institution under the Company’s accounts receivable securitization program.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION AS OF MAY 31, 2003 AND/OR FOR THE SIX MONTHS

ENDED MAY 31, 2002 AND 2003 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

The total purchase consideration was $19,940 and has been allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the acquisition as follows:

 

     Fair
Value


     

Purchase consideration:

            

Cash

   $ 19,559      

Acquisition costs

     381      
    


   
     $ 19,940      
    


   
     Fair
Value


   

Amortization

Period


Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 2,796    

Accounts receivables 

     59,338    

Inventories

     42,210    

Other current assets

     2,109    

Vendor list 

     2,020     8 years

Customer list 

     1,346     8 years

Trade names

     500     8 years

Other long-term assets

     1,177    

Accounts payable 

     (51,037 )  

Accrued liabilities

     (4,549 )  

Other long-term liabilities

     (35,970 )  
    


   
     $ 19,940      
    


   

 

The following unaudited pro forma financial information combines the consolidated results of operations as if the acquisition of Merisel Canada had occurred as of the beginning of the periods presented. Pro forma adjustments include only the effects of events directly attributed to a transaction that are factually supportable and expected to have a continuing impact. The pro forma adjustments contained in the table below include amortization of acquired intangibles and additional finance charges related to the financing of the purchase consideration of the acquisition.

 

     Years Ended November 30,

     2000

   2001

     (unaudited)

Revenue

   $ 4,486,365    $ 3,562,289

Income from continuing operations

   $ 23,596    $ 21,849

Net income

   $ 18,019    $ 21,849

Income from continuing operations per common share — basic

   $ 0.55    $ 0.50

Income from continuing operations per common share — diluted

   $ 0.48    $ 0.45

Net income per common share — basic

   $ 0.42    $ 0.50

Net income per common share — diluted

   $ 0.37    $ 0.45

 

F-19


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION AS OF MAY 31, 2003 AND/OR FOR THE SIX MONTHS

ENDED MAY 31, 2002 AND 2003 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

The pro forma financial information is not necessarily indicative of the operating results that would have occurred had the acquisition been consummated as of the beginning of periods presented, nor are they necessarily indicative of future operating results.

 

Acquisitions during the year ended November 30, 2000

 

On August 31, 2000, the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of MiTAC Industrial Corporation (“MID”) from MIX System Holding Limited (“MIX”) in exchange for 645,000 shares of SYNNEX common stock with a fair value of $6.53 per share. MIX is wholly owned by MiTAC, Inc., which in turn owns approximately 9% of MiTAC International Corporation, the indirect parent company of SYNNEX.

 

MID is an industrial personal computer manufacturer, located in Fremont, California that assembles special purpose equipment for industries that require rugged or heavy-duty personal computers.

 

The acquisition of MID was accounted for by the purchase method of accounting and, accordingly, the results of operations of MID are included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. The $1,048 excess of the purchase price of $4,212 over the net tangible assets acquired of $3,164 was allocated to vendor lists, which is being amortized on a straight-line basis over 8 years.

 

The pre-acquisition revenue and net income of MID were not material to the results of SYNNEX and accordingly, no pro forma results have been presented.

 

MID had assets of $3,969 and liabilities of $805 at the date of the acquisition. The consolidated financial statements contain the results of MID from the date of the acquisition.

 

On September 15, 2000, the Company acquired MiTAC Europe Limited (“MEL”) from SYNNEX’s immediate parent company, SSDL, through the issuance of 3,275,000 shares of SYNNEX common stock. The acquisition was accounted for as a transfer under common control whereby the net tangible assets acquired were recorded at their historical cost of $7,558 and the assets and liabilities and financial results of MEL are included within the consolidated financial statements for all periods presented. MEL was subsequently renamed SYNNEX Information Technologies (UK) Limited (“SYNNEX UK”).

 

NOTE 5 — INVESTMENTS:

 

The carrying amount of the Company’s investments is shown in the table below:

 

    November 30, 2001

  November 30, 2002

  May 31, 2003 (unaudited)

    Original
Cost


 

Unrealized

Losses


    Fair
Value


  Original
Cost


 

Unrealized

Losses


    Fair
Value


  Original
Cost


  Unrealized
Losses


    Fair
Value


Short-term:

                                                           

Trading

  $ 1,259   $ (61 )   $ 1,198   $ 4,399   $ (630 )   $ 3,769   $ 5,275   $ (1,141 )   $ 4,134

Available-for-sale

    931     (630 )     301     757     (696 )     61     757     (655 )     102
   

 


 

 

 


 

 

 


 

    $ 2,190   $ (691 )   $ 1,499   $ 5,156   $ (1,326 )   $ 3,830   $ 6,032   $ (1,796 )   $ 4,236
   

 


 

 

 


 

 

 


 

Long-term:

                                                           

Available-for-sale

  $ 49   $     $ 49   $ 300   $     $ 300   $ 300   $     $ 300
   

 


 

 

 


 

 

 


 

 

F-20


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION AS OF MAY 31, 2003 AND/OR FOR THE SIX MONTHS

ENDED MAY 31, 2002 AND 2003 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

Short-term trading securities consist of equity securities relating to the deferred compensation plan. Short-term and long-term available-for-sale securities primarily consist of investments in other companies’ equity securities.

 

Total realized gains on investments were $18,672, $518, $582 and $148 (unaudited) for the years ended November 30, 2000, 2001 and 2002 and the six months ended May 31, 2003, respectively.

 

During the year ended November 30, 2001, the Company performed an impairment assessment of the carrying value of its equity investments. One of these investments, Converge, Inc., substantially reduced its operations during fiscal 2001. As a result, the Company wrote down the investment amount for “other than temporary impairment” by $3,333 to zero.

 

NOTE 6 — ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE ARRANGEMENTS:

 

Effective December 1997, the Company established a five-year revolving arrangement (the “Arrangement”) through a consolidated wholly-owned subsidiary to sell up to $150,000 of U.S. trade accounts receivables (the “Receivables”) to a financial institution. In August 2002, the Arrangement was amended to allow the Company to sell up to $200,000 of receivables and was extended for an additional five-year period. Subsequently, in June 2003 the Arrangement was amended again to allow the Company to sell up to $210,000 (unaudited), of receivables and to extend the Arrangement to August 2008. In connection with the Arrangement, the Company sells its Receivables to its wholly-owned subsidiary on a continuing basis, which will in turn sell an undivided interest in the Receivables to the financial institution without recourse, at market value, calculated as the gross receivable amount, less a facility fee. The fee is based on the prevailing commercial paper interest rates plus 0.75%. A separate fee based on the unused portion of the facility, at 0.375% per annum, is also charged by the financial institution. To the extent that cash was received in exchange, the amount of Receivables sold to the financial institution has been recorded as a true sale, in accordance with SFAS No. 140, “Accounting for Transfer and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities”. The amount of Receivables sold to the financial institution and not yet collected from customers at November 30, 2001, 2002 and May 31, 2003 was $72,000, $158,000 and $177,000 (unaudited), respectively. The remaining balance of unsold Receivables at November 30, 2001, 2002 and May 31, 2003 was $117,655, $102,544 and $78,296 (unaudited), respectively, and are included within “Accounts receivable, net”.

 

The gross proceeds resulting from the sale of the Receivables totaled approximately $822,000, $599,100, $672,500 and $431,000 (unaudited) in 2000, 2001, 2002 and the six months ended May 31, 2003, respectively. The gross payments to the financial institution under the Arrangement totaled approximately $730,000, $677,100, $586,500 and $412,000 (unaudited) in 2000, 2001, 2002 and the six months ended May 31, 2003, respectively, which arose from the subsequent collection of Receivables. The proceeds (net of the facility fee) are reflected in the consolidated statement of cash flows in operating activities within changes in accounts receivable.

 

The Company continues to collect the Receivables on behalf of the financial institution, for which it receives a service fee from the financial institution, and remits collections to the financial institution. The Company estimates that the service fee it receives approximates the market rate for such services, and as a result, has recognized no servicing assets or liabilities in its consolidated balance sheet. Facility fees (net of service fees)

 

F-21


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION AS OF MAY 31, 2003 AND/OR FOR THE SIX MONTHS

ENDED MAY 31, 2002 AND 2003 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

charged by the financial institution totaled $7,020, $2,693, $2,786 and $1,420 (unaudited) for 2000, 2001, 2002 and the six months ended May 31, 2003, respectively, and were recorded within “Other income (expense), net”.

 

Under the Arrangement, as amended, the Company is required to maintain certain financial covenants, including minimum net worth, minimum fixed charge ratio, and net worth percentage. The Company was in compliance with the covenants at November 30, 2002 and May 31, 2003 (unaudited).

 

The Company has also entered into financing agreements with various financial institutions (“Flooring Companies”) to allow certain customers of the Company to finance their purchases directly with the Flooring Companies. Under these agreements, the Flooring Companies pay to the Company the selling price of products sold to various customers, less a discount, within approximately 15 business days from the date of sale. The Company is contingently liable to repurchase inventory sold under flooring agreements in the event of any default by its customers under the agreement and such inventory being repossessed by the Flooring Companies. See Note 18, “Commitments and Contingencies” for additional information. Approximately $977,023, $984,017, $836,906 and $344,763 (unaudited) of the Company’s net sales were financed under these programs in 2000, 2001, 2002 and the six months ended May 31, 2003, respectively. Approximately $31,168, $38,030 and $28,610 (unaudited) of accounts receivable at November 30, 2001, 2002 and the six months ended May 31, 2003, respectively, were subject to flooring agreements. Flooring fees were approximately $2,593, $3,098, $2,013 and $729 (unaudited) in 2000, 2001, 2002 and the six months ended May 31, 2003, respectively, and are included within “Other income (expense), net”.

 

NOTE 7 — BORROWINGS:

 

Borrowings consist of the following:

 

     November 30,

    May 31,
2003


 
     2001

    2002

   
                 (unaudited)  

SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc.
(“SYNNEX USA”) short-term loan

   $     $ 1,931     $  

SYNNEX USA senior secured revolving line of credit

                  

SYNNEX USA corporate margin account arrangement

                  

SYNNEX Canada revolving loan

     33,144       26,393       26,478  

SYNNEX (Japan) K.K. line of credit

     17,822       17,151       15,920  

SYNNEX (Japan) K.K. term loan

     8,168       8,160       8,378  

SYNNEX (Japan) K.K. mortgage

     1,296       1,175       1,140  

SYNNEX (Japan) K.K bond 

                 1,676  

SYNNEX Information Technologies (UK), Ltd. term loan

     710       610        

SYNNEX (Beijing), Ltd. mortgage

           2,979       2,826  
    


 


 


       61,140       58,399       56,418  

Less: Current portion

     (18,104 )     (19,685 )     (42,838 )
    


 


 


Non current portion 

   $ 43,036     $ 38,714     $ 13,580  
    


 


 


 

F-22


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION AS OF MAY 31, 2003 AND/OR FOR THE SIX MONTHS

ENDED MAY 31, 2002 AND 2003 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

SYNNEX USA short-term loan

 

In July 2002, SYNNEX USA entered into a short-term financing arrangement of $2,900 with a financial institution that is payable in 12 monthly installments. The loan was collateralized by certain inventory items. At November 30, 2002 and May 31, 2003, the outstanding balance was $1,931 and $0 (unaudited), respectively.

 

SYNNEX USA senior secured revolving line of credit

 

In December 1997, the Company entered into a senior secured revolving line of credit arrangement (the “Revolver”) with a group of financial institutions, which is secured by the Company’s inventory. The Revolver’s maximum commitment is 50% of eligible inventory valued at the lower of cost or market up to a maximum borrowing of $10,000. In July 2002, the Revolver was amended and extended for an additional five-year period, and the credit limit was increased to $15,000. Subsequently, in June 2003, the Revolver was amended again and the credit limit was increased to $25,000 (unaudited). Interest on borrowings under the Revolver is based on the prime rate plus 1.0% or LIBOR plus 2.0% at the Company’s option. There were no borrowings outstanding under the Revolver at November 30, 2002 and 2001. A fee of 0.30% per annum is payable with respect to the unused portion of the commitment. Under the 2002 amendment, the Company is required to comply with minimum net worth and minimum fixed charge ratio covenants. The Company was in compliance with these covenants at November 30, 2001 and 2002 and May 31, 2003 (unaudited). During the years ended November 30, 2001 and 2002 and the six months ended May 31, 2003, the Company borrowed and repaid approximately $182,800, $98,992 and $44,754 (unaudited), respectively, under the Revolver.

 

SYNNEX USA corporate margin account arrangement

 

On April 1, 1997, the Company entered into a corporate account arrangement with a security broker, allowing the Company to perform margin transactions. Under the terms of the margin account, the Company may borrow funds to purchase publicly-traded securities at an interest rate of 5.75% to 7.25%. Borrowings are restricted to 50% of the equity held in the brokerage account and are collateralized by the marketable securities. There were no borrowings outstanding at November 30, 2001 and 2002 and May 31, 2003 (unaudited).

 

SYNNEX Canada revolving loan

 

Upon acquisition of SYNNEX Canada Limited, SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc., assumed a three-year C$100,000 revolving loan agreement with a financial institution. Subsequently, in August 2001, the revolving loan agreement was amended to reduce the credit limit to C$75,000. In April 2002, the agreement was further amended to increase the credit limit back to C$100,000. Borrowings under the loan agreement are collateralized by substantially all of SYNNEX Canada’s assets, including inventories and accounts receivable and are guaranteed, up to C$75,000, by SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc. Borrowings bear interest at the prime rate of a Canadian bank designated by the financial institution plus 0.75% for Canadian Dollar denominated loans, at the prime rate of a U.S. bank designated by the financial institution plus 0.25% or at LIBOR plus 2.00% for U.S. Dollar denominated loans. A fee of 0.25% per annum is payable with respect to the unused portion of the commitment. The loan agreement contains covenants which SYNNEX Canada Limited was in compliance with for the year ended November 30, 2001 and 2002 and for the six months ended May 31, 2003 (unaudited). The balance outstanding at November 30, 2001 and 2002 and May 31, 2003 was $33,144, $26,393 and $26,478 (unaudited), respectively.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION AS OF MAY 31, 2003 AND/OR FOR THE SIX MONTHS

ENDED MAY 31, 2002 AND 2003 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

SYNNEX (Japan) K.K. line of credit

 

SYNNEX (Japan) K.K. has a Japanese Yen denominated line of credit with several Japanese banks, with total available credit under these facilities of $41,524 as of November 30, 2002. Under the line of credit, approximately $17,822, $17,151 and $15,920 (unaudited) was outstanding at November 30, 2001 and 2002 and May 31, 2003, respectively, bearing interest at fixed rates ranging from 1.38% to 3.8% per annum.

 

SYNNEX (Japan) K.K. term loan

 

SYNNEX (Japan) K.K. had a total of $8,168, $8,160 and $8,378 (unaudited) outstanding as of November 30, 2001 and 2002 and May 31, 2003, respectively, under a Japanese yen denominated term loan agreement with a Japanese bank. The amount must be repaid in 2004, and bears interest at fixed rates ranging from 1.28% to 1.30% per annum.

 

SYNNEX (Japan) K.K. mortgage

 

SYNNEX (Japan) K.K. has a Japanese Yen denominated mortgage loan with a Japanese bank. Total amount outstanding under the mortgage was approximately $1,296, $1,175 and $1,140 (unaudited) at November 30, 2001 and 2002 and May 31, 2003, respectively, bearing interest at a fixed rate of 3.10% per annum. The mortgage is repayable between 2002 and 2011 and is secured by the Company’s office building in Japan.

 

SYNNEX (Japan) K.K. bond (unaudited)

 

SYNNEX (Japan) K.K. issued a Japanese Yen denominated bond in February 2003. The bond bears interest at 0.45% per year, and is to be redeemed in February 2005. The bond is guaranteed by a bank in Japan, and a fee of 0.70% of the guaranteed amount is payable to the bank every year. At May 31, 2003, the carrying value of the bond is $1,676 (unaudited).

 

SYNNEX UK term loan

 

In 1996, SYNNEX UK entered into a British Pound denominated loan agreement with a financial institution, which is collateralized by real estate. The total credit available under this facility was $2,138 as of November 30, 2002, of which approximately $710 and $610 was outstanding at November 30, 2001 and 2002, respectively. Interest on the borrowing is payable at 8% per annum. The loan agreement expires in 2006. The Company had no outstanding balance at May 31, 2003 (unaudited).

 

SYNNEX (Beijing), Ltd. mortgage

 

In September 2002, SYNNEX (Beijing), Ltd. obtained a Chinese Renminbi denominated mortgage loan with a financial institution of approximately $3,055. The amount outstanding at November 30, 2002 was $2,979. The mortgage is repayable by 2012 and is secured by the Company’s real estate in Beijing. The interest rate is adjustable based on a lending rate as determined by People’s Bank of China. For fiscal year 2002, the rate was 5.18%. At May 31, 2003, the balance was $2,826 (unaudited).

 

F-24


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION AS OF MAY 31, 2003 AND/OR FOR THE SIX MONTHS

ENDED MAY 31, 2002 AND 2003 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

Guarantees

 

SYNNEX USA has also issued guarantees to certain of its subsidiaries’ vendors, totaling $72,000 and $69,300 (unaudited) for trade credit lines as of November 30, 2002 and May 31, 2003, respectively.

 

Future principal payments

 

Future principal payments under the above loans as of November 30, 2002 are as follows:

 

Years Ending November 30,


    

2003

   $ 19,685

2004

     35,156

2005

     603

2006

     549

2007

     437

Thereafter

     1,969
    

     $ 58,399
    

 

NOTE 8 — DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS:

 

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into currency forward contracts to protect itself from the risk that the eventual cash outflows or inflows resulting from purchase or sale of inventory will be adversely affected by exchange rate fluctuations. The Company does not apply hedge accounting to these currency forward contracts. As of November 30, 2000, 2001, 2002 and May 31, 2002 and 2003, the Company had unrealized losses of $0, $327, $192, $1,248 (unaudited) and $1,226 (unaudited), respectively, as a result of fair value changes on its outstanding currency forward contracts. These unrealized losses were charged to expense during the year.

 

The Company does not use derivatives for trading or speculative purposes, nor is it a party to leveraged derivatives. Further, the Company has a policy of only entering into contracts with major financial institutions. The Company has not sustained a material loss from these instruments nor does it anticipate any material adverse effect on its net income, financial position or cash flows in the future from the use of derivatives.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION AS OF MAY 31, 2003 AND/OR FOR THE SIX MONTHS

ENDED MAY 31, 2002 AND 2003 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

NOTE 9 — INCOME TAXES:

 

The components of the provision for income taxes were as follows:

 

     Years Ended November 30,

    Six Months
Ended
May 31,
2003


 
     2000

    2001

   2002

   
                      (unaudited)  

Current tax provision:

                               

Federal

   $ 20,780     $ 13,176    $ 13,892     $ 6,107  

State

     4,321       2,939      2,693       1,287  

Foreign

     3,621       1,185      599       225  
    


 

  


 


       28,722       17,300      17,184       7,619  
    


 

  


 


Deferred tax provision (benefit):

                               

Federal

     (90 )     129      (311 )     (67 )

State

     (204 )     40      6       (109 )

Foreign

           139      (42 )      
    


 

  


 


       (294 )     308      (347 )     (176 )
    


 

  


 


       28,428       17,608      16,837       7,443  

Tax benefit related to discontinued operations

     4,945                   
    


 

  


 


Total tax provision related to continuing operations

   $ 33,373     $ 17,608    $ 16,837     $ 7,443  
    


 

  


 


 

Net deferred tax assets consist of the following:

 

     November 30,

 
     2001

    2002

 
              

Inventory reserves

   $ 2,597     $ 2,035  

Bad debt and sales return reserves

     3,294       2,978  

Vacation and profits sharing accruals

     1,932       2,462  

Depreciation and amortization

     (1,023 )     (303 )

State tax deduction

     698       526  

Deferred compensation

     4,085       5,044  

Net operating losses

     7,318       5,820  

Other

     1,120       833  

Valuation allowance

     (6,619 )     (5,640 )
    


 


Net deferred tax assets

   $ 13,402     $ 13,755  
    


 


 

The valuation allowance relates to deferred tax assets in tax jurisdictions for which realization of the assets is uncertain.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION AS OF MAY 31, 2003 AND/OR FOR THE SIX MONTHS

ENDED MAY 31, 2002 AND 2003 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

A reconciliation of the statutory U.S. federal income tax rate to the Company’s effective income tax rate is as follows:

 

     Years Ended
November 30,


   

Six Months

Ended
May 31,
2003


 
     2000

    2001

    2002

   
                       (unaudited)  

Federal statutory income tax rate

   35.0 %   35.0 %   35.0 %   35.0 %

State taxes, net of federal income tax benefit

   5.0     4.3     4.0     4.2  

Foreign taxes

   0.7     1.0     1.9     (0.2 )

Valuation allowance adjustments

   0.0     0.0     (3.4 )   (3.6 )

Permanent differences

   2.4     0.8     0.6     0.7  

Other

   0.7     (0.8 )   (0.4 )   (1.0 )
    

 

 

 

Effective income tax rate

   43.8 %   40.3 %   37.5 %   35.1 %
    

 

 

 

 

NOTE 10 — DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN:

 

The Company has a deferred compensation plan for certain directors and officers, which became effective in January 1994.

 

The plan is designed to permit eligible officers and directors to accumulate additional income through a nonqualified deferred compensation plan that enables the officer or director to make elective deferrals of compensation to which he or she will become entitled in the future.

 

An account is maintained for each participant for the purpose of recording the current value of his or her elective contributions, including earnings credited thereto. The participant may designate one or more investments as the measure of investment return on the participant’s account. The participant’s account is adjusted monthly to reflect earnings and losses on the participant’s designated investments.

 

The amount credited to the participant’s account will be distributed as soon as practicable after the earlier of the participant’s termination of employment or attainment of age sixty-five. The distribution of benefits to the participant will be made in accordance with the election made by the participant in a lump sum or in equal monthly or annual installments over a period not to exceed fifteen years.

 

In the event the participant requests a distribution other than a hardship distribution, a 10% withdrawal penalty will be levied. Such distribution will be in the form of a lump sum cash payment.

 

As of November 30, 2001 and 2002 and May 31, 2003, the deferred compensation liability balance was $10,398, $12,911 and $14,079 (unaudited), respectively. Of the balances deferred, $1,198, $3,769 and $4,134 (unaudited) have been invested in equity securities at November 30, 2001 and 2002 and May 31, 2003, respectively, and are classified as trading securities. The Company has recorded gains (losses) in “Other income (expense), net” on the trading securities of $5,242, $68, $(528), $(542) (unaudited) and $(364) (unaudited) for the years ended November 30, 2000, 2001, 2002 and the six months ended May 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively. An amount equal to these gains (losses) has been charged (credited) to selling, general and administrative expenses, relating to compensation amounts which are payable to the directors and officers.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION AS OF MAY 31, 2003 AND/OR FOR THE SIX MONTHS

ENDED MAY 31, 2002 AND 2003 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

NOTE 11 — EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN:

 

The Company has a 401(k) Plan (the “Plan”) under which eligible employees may contribute the lesser of up to 15% of their gross compensation or the maximum amount as provided by law. Employees become eligible to participate in the Plan six months after their employment date. The Company can make discretionary contributions under the Plan. During 2000, 2001 and 2002 and the six months ended May 31, 2002 and 2003, the Company contributed $135, $143, $178, $131 (unaudited) and $141 (unaudited), respectively.

 

NOTE 12 — STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:

 

Receivables from Stockholders

 

During the year ended November 30, 2001, in conjunction with the exercise of 300,000 stock options by the Company’s CEO at $1.00 per share, the CEO drew down $300 from the $1,000 full recourse promissory note described in Note 14. The note bears interest at an annual rate of 1.75% plus the annual LIBOR rate at the beginning of each calendar year, was due and payable in full no later than January 29, 2003 and was recorded as a reduction of Stockholders’ Equity. The note was repaid in full in 2002.

 

During the year ended November 30, 2000, in conjunction with the exercise of 40,000 stock options by another employee of the Company at $2.25 per share, the Company received a full recourse promissory note for $55 as part of the payment. The note had an interest rate of 7.5% per annum and was due and payable in full no later than December 31, 2002. During the year ended November 30, 2001, the Company repurchased the shares at the fair value of $5.00 per share for $145 in cash, net of the note repayment. The Company recorded an associated compensation expense of $72, which represented the excess of the fair value over the exercise price of the option, less compensation expense of $38, previously recognized.

 

Tax benefits from employee stock option plans

 

During the year ended November 30, 2002, various employees exercised their fully-vested non-qualified stock options. The tax benefits from such employee stock option transactions reduce the Company’s income taxes currently payable for federal and state purposes. These benefits totaled $116 for fiscal 2002, and were reflected as a credit to Stockholders’ Equity.

 

1992 Stock Options

 

Certain employees received options to purchase common stock of the Company prior to 1993 at an exercise price of $0.60 per share. As of November 30, 2000, 262,500 shares of such options were outstanding and exercisable. These options were repurchased during 2001 and, as discussed below, the Company recorded compensation expense in respect of the repurchases.

 

1993 Stock Option Plan

 

Under the 1993 Stock Option Plan (the “1993 Plan”), as amended in 1996, 10,800,000 shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance to employees, officers, directors and consultants of the Company, as approved by the Board of Directors and stockholders. The 1993 Plan, which will expire in 2003, provides for incentive as well as non-statutory stock options.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION AS OF MAY 31, 2003 AND/OR FOR THE SIX MONTHS

ENDED MAY 31, 2002 AND 2003 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

Options under the 1993 Plan can be granted at exercise prices ranging from 85% to 110% of the fair market value of the shares at the date of the grant, as determined by the Board. No options have been granted at exercise prices less than 100% of fair market value of common stock. Options granted under the 1993 Plan expire ten years from the grant date. Options granted vest annually over a five-year period. The Board determined that no further options would be available for grant under the 1993 Plan upon the adoption of the 1997 Stock Option Plan and Special Executive Stock Option Plan.

 

1997 Stock Option Plan

 

In December 1997, the Company adopted the 1997 Stock Option Plan (the “1997 Plan”). The 1997 Plan provides for incentive stock options and non-statutory stock options and stock purchase rights to employees, officers and consultants of the Company. Under the 1997 Plan, 13,000,000 shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance, as approved by the Board of Directors and stockholders. Incentive stock options are granted at an exercise price that is not less than 100% of the fair market value of common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the Board of Directors. Non-statutory stock options are granted at an exercise price that is not less than 85% of the fair market value of common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the Board of Directors. The exercise price of any option granted to a 10% stockholder will not be less than 110% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the Board of Directors. Options granted vest monthly over a five-year period with a one-year cliff and expire in ten years from the date of grant. In 2000, the Board of Directors granted 3,074,800 options under this plan at exercise prices ranging from $2.25 to $3.50 per share. In 2001, the Board of Directors granted 564,320 options under this plan at exercise prices ranging from $5.00 to $6.00 per share. In 2002, the Board of Directors granted 640,100 options at exercise prices ranging from $4.50 to $6.00 per share.

 

Executive Stock Option Plan

 

In December 1997, the Company adopted the Special Executive Stock Option Plan (the “Executive Plan”). The Executive Plan provides for incentive and non-statutory stock options to officers and the members of the Company’s Board of Directors. Under the Executive Plan, 14,300,000 shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance, as approved by the Board of Directors and stockholders. Incentive stock options are granted at an exercise price that is not less than 100% of the fair market value of common stock shares on the date of grant, as determined by the Board of Directors. Non-statutory stock options are granted at an exercise price that is not less than 85% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the Board of Directors. The exercise price of any option granted to a 10% stockholder will not be less than 110% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the Board of Directors. Options granted vest monthly over a five-year period with a one-year cliff and expire in ten years from the date of grant. In 2000, the Board of Directors granted 5,655,000 options under this plan at exercise prices ranging from $2.25 to $4.50 per share. In 2001, the Board of Directors granted 285,000 options at exercise prices ranging from $5.00 to $6.00 per share. In 2002 the Board of Directors granted 2,155,000 options at exercise prices ranging from $5.00 to $6.00 per share.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION AS OF MAY 31, 2003 AND/OR FOR THE SIX MONTHS

ENDED MAY 31, 2002 AND 2003 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

The following table summarizes the stock options outstanding and exercisable under the Company’s option plans as of November 30, 2001 and 2002 and May 31, 2003:

 

    

Number of Options

at November 30, 2001


  

Number of Options

at November 30, 2002


  

Number of Options

at May 31, 2003


     Outstanding

   Exercisable

   Outstanding

   Exercisable

   Outstanding

   Exercisable

                         (unaudited)

1993 Stock Option Plan

   2,004,218    1,982,218    1,859,258    1,859,258    1,827,418    1,827,418

1997 Stock Option Plan

   3,281,562    2,223,964    3,771,365    2,653,601    3,452,200    2,674,563

Executive Stock Option Plan

   7,977,667    5,107,966    10,061,000    6,356,899    10,036,000    7,256,334
    
  
  
  
  
  
     13,263,447    9,314,148    15,691,623    10,869,758    15,315,618    11,758,315
    
  
  
  
  
  

 

A summary of the activity under the Company’s stock option plans is set forth below:

 

     Options Outstanding

     Shares Available
For Grant


    Number of
Shares


    Weighted
Average
Exercise Price


Balances, November 30, 1999

   8,303,801     8,092,027     $ 1.77

Additional shares reserved

   15,300,000          

Options granted

   (8,729,800 )   8,729,800       3.32

Options exercised

       (193,479 )     2.13

Options canceled

   1,260,628     (1,671,430 )     2.05

Options repurchased

       (799,659 )     1.24
    

 

     

Balances, November 30, 2000

   16,134,629     14,157,259       2.71

Options granted

   (929,320 )   929,320       5.77

Options exercised

       (537,235 )     1.42

Options canceled

   713,115     (700,715 )     2.90

Options repurchased

       (585,182 )     1.06
    

 

     

Balances, November 30, 2001

   15,918,424     13,263,447       3.04

Options granted

   (2,795,100 )   2,795,100       5.02

Options exercised

       (68,086 )     1.46

Options cancelled

   210,614     (241,574 )     3.16

Options repurchased

       (57,264 )     1.00
    

 

     

Balances, November 30, 2002

   13,333,938     15,691,623       3.41

Options granted (unaudited)

   (70,000 )   70,000       5.00

Options exercised (unaudited)

       (17,700 )     1.74

Options canceled (unaudited)

   408,465     (428,305 )     3.34
    

 

     

Balances, May 31, 2003 (unaudited)

   13,672,403     15,315,618     $ 3.42
    

 

     

 

F-30


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION AS OF MAY 31, 2003 AND/OR FOR THE SIX MONTHS

ENDED MAY 31, 2002 AND 2003 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

The options outstanding and currently exercisable at November 30, 2002 are as follows:

 

Options Outstanding


 

Options Vested and Exercisable


Range of
Exercise
Prices


 

Shares


 

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)


 

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Per Share


 

Shares


 

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
Per Share


$1.50

    1,749,258   3.67   $1.50     1,749,258   $1.50

$1.75

       110,000   4.83   $1.75        110,000   $1.75

$2.25

    6,216,961   6.60   $2.25     5,572,820   $2.25

$3.50

       112,600   7.14   $3.50          69,776   $3.50

$4.50

    3,954,000   7.43   $4.50     2,914,584   $4.50

$5.00

    2,807,000   9.24   $5.00        135,458   $5.00

$6.00

       741,804   8.42   $6.00        317,862   $6.00
   
         
   

$1.50–$6.00

  15,691,623   7.03   $3.41   10,869,758   $2.88
   
         
   

 

At November 30, 2000 and 2001, options to purchase 8,320,302 and 9,314,148 shares, respectively, were exercisable and the weighted average price for each exercisable option was $2.44 and $2.73, respectively.

 

The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Black-Scholes model, as well as other currently accepted option valuation models, was developed to estimate the fair value of freely tradable, fully transferable options without vesting restrictions, and these assumptions differ significantly from the characteristics of Company stock option grants. The following weighted average assumptions, together with the minimum value method as prescribed by SFAS No. 123, are used to estimate the fair value of stock option grants in 2000, 2001, 2002 and the six-month periods ended May 31, 2002 and 2003:

 

     Year Ended
November 30,


    Six Months
Ended May 31,


 
     2000

    2001

    2002

    2002

    2003

 

Expected life (years)

   5     5     5     5     5  

Risk-free interest rate

   6.0 %   4.7 %   4.5 %   4.2 %   3.0 %

Dividend yield

   0 %   0 %   0 %   0 %   0 %

 

As the determination of fair value of all options granted after such time the Company becomes a public company will include an expected volatility factor in addition to the factors described in the preceding table, the pro forma net income (loss) (see Note 2) may not be representative of future periods.

 

The weighted-average per share grant date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001 and 2002 and the six months ended May 31, 2002 and 2003 was $1.36, $1.21, $1.05, $1.04 (unaudited) and $0.63 (unaudited), respectively.

 

Stock-based compensation

 

The Company applies APB No. 25 accounting to its stock-based compensation plans.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION AS OF MAY 31, 2003 AND/OR FOR THE SIX MONTHS

ENDED MAY 31, 2002 AND 2003 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

In connection with certain stock option grants to employees during the year ended November 30, 2000, 2001 and 2002, the Company recognized approximately $4,055, $0 and $35, respectively, of unearned stock-based compensation for the excess of the deemed fair value of shares of common stock subject to such options over the exercise price of these options at the date of grant. Such amounts are included as a reduction of stockholders’ equity and are being amortized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, generally five years. The Company recorded amortization expense of unearned stock-based compensation of $1,347, $565, $561 and $276 (unaudited) during the years ended November 30, 2000, 2001, 2002 and the six months ended May 31, 2003, respectively.

 

During the years ended November 30, 2000 and 2001, the Company granted 740,000 and 20,000 options, respectively, at exercise prices ranging from $2.25 per share to $6.00 per share to employees of its parent company which were immediately vested and exercisable. The Company measured the fair value of the options using the Black-Scholes options pricing model assuming a dividend yield of 0%, volatility of 75%, expected option term of 10 years and a risk free interest rate between 4.74% and 5.52%. Accordingly, the Company recorded stock-based compensation expense of approximately $2,280 and $28 for the years ended November 30, 2000 and 2001, respectively.

 

Stock option repurchase

 

On August 31, 2001, the Company repurchased 585,182 stock options at a per share price that equaled $5.00 less the original exercise price. The Company recognized compensation expense of $2,312, of which $114 was charged to cost of revenue and $2,198 to selling, general and administrative expenses.

 

On April 10, 2000, the Company repurchased 799,659 stock options at a per share price that equaled $4.50 less the original exercise price. The Company recognized compensation expense of $2,609, of which $249 was charged to cost of revenue and $2,360 to selling, general and administrative expenses.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION AS OF MAY 31, 2003 AND/OR FOR THE SIX MONTHS

ENDED MAY 31, 2002 AND 2003 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

NOTE 13 — NET INCOME PER COMMON SHARE:

 

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income per common share for the period indicated:

 

     Years Ended November 30,

   Six Months Ended May 31,

     2000

    2001

   2002

   2002

   2003

                     (unaudited)

Income from continuing operations

   $ 42,011     $ 25,797    $ 28,032    $ 13,138    $ 13,721

Loss from discontinued operations

     (5,577 )                   
    


 

  

  

  

Net income

   $ 36,434     $ 25,797    $ 28,032    $ 13,138    $ 13,721
    


 

  

  

  

Weighted average common shares — basic

     43,001,012       43,819,704      44,121,174      44,096,663      44,175,125

Effect of dilutive securities:

                                   

Stock options

     5,807,245       4,964,037      4,379,881      4,647,104      5,527,726
    


 

  

  

  

Weighted average common shares — diluted

     48,808,257       48,783,741      48,501,055      48,743,767      49,702,851
    


 

  

  

  

Net income per common share — basic income from continuing operations

   $ 0.98     $ 0.59    $ 0.64    $ 0.30    $ 0.31

Loss from discontinued operations

     (0.13 )                   
    


 

  

  

  

Net income per common share — basic

   $ 0.85     $ 0.59    $ 0.64    $ 0.30    $ 0.31
    


 

  

  

  

Net income per common share — diluted:

                                   

Income from continuing operations

   $ 0.86     $ 0.53    $ 0.58    $ 0.27    $ 0.28

Loss from discontinued operations

     (0.11 )                   
    


 

  

  

  

Net income per common share — diluted

   $ 0.75     $ 0.53    $ 0.58    $ 0.27    $ 0.28
    


 

  

  

  

 

Options to purchase 732,096 and 738,920 shares of common stock as at November 30, 2001 and 2002, have not been included in the computation of diluted net income per share as their effect would have been anti-dilutive. There were no anti-dilutive securities outstanding at November 30, 2000 or May 31, 2002.

 

NOTE 14 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

 

Purchases of inventories from MiTAC International Corporation and its affiliates (principally notebook PC’s, motherboards and other peripherals) were approximately $392,000, $236,000, $142,354 and $54,630 (unaudited) during the years ended November 30, 2000, 2001, 2002 and the six months ended May 31, 2003, respectively. Sales to MiTAC International Corporation and its affiliates during the years ended November 30, 2000, 2001, 2002 and the six months ended May 31, 2003, were approximately $8,617, $4,706, $2,364 and $1,228 (unaudited), respectively. The Company’s relationship with MiTAC International Corporation has been

 

F-33


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION AS OF MAY 31, 2003 AND/OR FOR THE SIX MONTHS

ENDED MAY 31, 2002 AND 2003 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

informal and is not governed by long-term commitments or arrangements with respect to pricing terms, revenue, or capacity commitments. Accordingly, the Company negotiates manufacturing and pricing terms, including allocating customer revenue, on a case-by-case basis with MiTAC International Corporation.

 

In January 1998, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) issued a secured full recourse promissory note to the Company pursuant to which he can borrow up to $1,000. Interest is calculated based on the unpaid principal from the date of each borrowing at an annual rate of the then prevailing LIBOR rate plus 1.75% at the beginning of each calendar year with the accrued interest being payable on the last business day of the calendar year. The note was due on or before January 29, 2003 and is secured by a deed of trust on real property owned by the CEO. As of November 30, 2001, the amounts outstanding under the note were $871. As of November 30, 2002, there was no amount outstanding under the note.

 

In December 2001, the CEO borrowed an additional $1,100 from the Company pursuant to a secured full recourse promissory note. The note was due on or before December 28, 2031 and bore interest of 7.00%, payable on the last day of the calendar year. The note was secured by the same deed of trust on real property which serves as collateral for the 1998 promissory note. In December 2002, the entire amount of the note was paid off.

 

In January 2002, another officer of the Company borrowed $200 from the Company pursuant to a secured full recourse promissory note. The note is evidenced by a secured promissory note with interest at the rate of 7.00% per annum, payable on the last day of each calendar month. The note is due on or before January 25, 2017. The note is collateralized by a deed of trust on real property owned by the officer. As of November 30, 2002 and May 31, 2002, $200 and $199 (unaudited) respectively was outstanding under the note.

 

In October 2001, the Company established a brokerage account in Taiwan and deposited $2,000 in the account, for the purpose of acquiring shares of MiTAC International Corporation and its affiliates. As of November 30, 2001, the fair value of the common stock acquired was approximately $211. In 2002, the brokerage account was liquidated.

 

In February 2002, as a new investment option for the deferred compensation plan, the Company established another brokerage account in Taiwan. The purpose of the account is to hold shares of MiTAC International Corporation and its affiliates. Between February and August 2002, the Company deposited a total of $1,500 in the account. As of November 30, 2002 and May 31, 2003, the fair market value of the common stock acquired was approximately $1,464 and $1,715 (unaudited).

 

NOTE 15 — SEGMENT INFORMATION:

 

Segments were determined based on products and services provided by each segment. Accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies. The Company has identified the following two reportable business segments:

 

The Distribution segment distributes computer systems and complementary products to a variety of customers, including value-added resellers, system integrators, retailers, OEMs and direct outbound resellers.

 

The Contract Assembly segment provides electronics manufacturing services to various OEMs, including integrated supply chain management, build-to-order and configure-to-order system configurations, materials management, and logistics services.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION AS OF MAY 31, 2003 AND/OR FOR THE SIX MONTHS

ENDED MAY 31, 2002 AND 2003 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

Summarized financial information related to the Company’s reportable business segments as at November 30, 2000, 2001, 2002 and May 31, 2002 and 2003, and for each of the periods then ended, is shown below:

 

     Distribution

   Contract
Assembly


   Consolidated

Year ended November 30, 2000:                     

Revenue

   $ 2,174,826    $ 1,627,803    $ 3,802,629

Income from operations

     38,266      31,557      69,823

Total assets

     508,766      127,668      636,434
Year ended November 30, 2001:                     

Revenue

     2,464,386      760,004      3,224,390

Income from operations

     31,977      25,912      57,889

Total assets

     498,404      66,630      565,034
Year ended November 30, 2002:                     

Revenue

     3,394,727      373,155      3,767,882

Income from operations

     43,087      7,395      50,482

Total assets

     585,424      43,651      629,075
Six months ended May 31, 2002 (unaudited):                     

Revenue

     1,467,447      217,784      1,685,231

Income from operations

     18,957      5,825      24,782

Total assets

     563,763      51,700      615,463
Six months ended May 31, 2003 (unaudited):                     

Revenue

     1,752,912      85,116      1,838,028

Income from operations

     25,008      240      25,248

Total assets

     587,850      36,064      623,914

 

F-35


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION AS OF MAY 31, 2003 AND/OR FOR THE SIX MONTHS

ENDED MAY 31, 2002 AND 2003 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

Summarized financial information related to the geographic areas in which the Company operated at November 30, 2000, 2001, 2002 and May 31, 2002 and 2003 and for each of the periods then ended is shown below:

 

     USA

   Other

   Consolidation
Adjustments


    Consolidated

Year Ended November 30, 2000:

                          

Revenue

   $ 3,429,113            380,821    $ (7,305 )   $ 3,802,629

Income from continuing operations

     32,563    13,071      (3,623 )     42,011

Total long-lived assets

     30,355    15,965            46,320

Year Ended November 30, 2001:

                          

Revenue

   $ 2,768,858    461,929    $ (6,397 )   $ 3,224,390

Income from continuing operations

     25,139    774      (116 )     25,797

Total long-lived assets

     23,931    18,697            42,628

Year Ended November 30, 2002:

                          

Revenue

   $ 2,987,611    785,164    $ (4,893 )   $ 3,767,882

Income from continuing operations

     24,915    3,443      (326 )     28,032

Total long-lived assets

     29,187    27,448            56,635

Six Months Ended May 31, 2002 (unaudited):

                          

Revenue

   $ 1,308,659    378,596    $ (2,024 )   $ 1,685,231

Income from continuing operations

     11,675    1,615      (152 )     13,138

Total long-lived assets

     30,874    18,354            49,228

Six Months Ended May 31, 2003 (unaudited):

                          

Revenue

   $ 1,411,260    430,531    $ (3,763 )   $ 1,838,028

Income from continuing operations

     11,472    2,489      (240 )     13,721

Total long-lived assets

     25,797    26,863            52,660

 

NOTE 16 — DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS:

 

On November 20, 2000, one of the Company’s majority-owned subsidiaries, eManage.com (“eManage”), filed for protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. The Company consolidated the results of eManage through November 19, 2000. The loss from discontinued operations, including loss on write-off of net assets, associated with eManage.com was $5,577 in 2000. Concurrent with the bankruptcy filing the Company exited the web hosting and service business, and, as a result, the net financial results of eManage.com are reported separately as discontinued operations in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION AS OF MAY 31, 2003 AND/OR FOR THE SIX MONTHS

ENDED MAY 31, 2002 AND 2003 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

Revenue and loss from discontinued operations are as follows:

 

     Year End
November 30,
2000


 

Revenue from discontinued operations

   $ 2,056  

Loss from discontinued operations:

        

Operating loss

     (12,107 )

Minority interest

     2,318  

Income tax benefit

     4,600  
    


     $ (5,189 )
    


Loss on write-off of net assets of discontinued operations:

        

Loss on write-off of net assets

   $ (1,273 )

Minority interest

     540  

Income tax benefit

     345  
    


     $ (388 )
    


 

NOTE 17 — RISK AND UNCERTAINTIES:

 

The Company operates in a highly competitive industry and is subject to various risks and uncertainties. Factors that could affect the Company’s future operating results and cause actual results to differ materially from expectations include, but are not limited to, dependence on few customers, competition, new products and services, dependence upon key personnel, industry conditions, foreign currency fluctuations, and aspects of our strategic relationship with MiTAC International Corporation.

 

NOTE 18 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

 

The Company leases its facilities under operating lease agreements, which expire in various periods through 2006. Future minimum rental obligations under noncancelable lease agreements as of November 30, 2002 were as follows:

 

Years Ending November 30,


    

2003

   $ 8,044

2004

     5,278

2005

     3,413

2006

     2,737

2007

     2,400
    

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 21,872
    

 

Rent expense for the years ended November 30, 2000, 2001 and 2002 and for the six months ended May 31, 2002 and 2003 amounted to $5,786, $8,303, $10,567, $4,732 (unaudited) and $4,996 (unaudited), respectively.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

(INFORMATION AS OF MAY 31, 2003 AND/OR FOR THE SIX MONTHS

ENDED MAY 31, 2002 AND 2003 IS UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

The Company was contingently liable at November 30, 2002, under agreements to repurchase repossessed inventory acquired by Flooring Companies as a result of default on floor plan financing arrangements by the Company’s customers. These arrangements are described in Note 6. Losses, if any, would be the difference between repossession cost and the resale value of the inventory. There have been no material repurchases or losses through November 30, 2002 under these agreements.

 

The Company experienced theft as a result of break-ins at three of its warehouses in which approximately $9,600 of inventory was stolen. The Company’s insurance carrier has accepted coverage of approximately $400, is in the adjustment process for $1,400 and has reserved its rights with respect to and has not paid the remaining $7,800 of the claim.

 

The Company is involved in certain ongoing litigation in the normal course of operations. The Company believes that the outcome of the litigation will not have a material adverse effect on its financial position, cash flows, or results of operations.

 

NOTE 19 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS:

 

Reincorporation

 

The Company intends to reincorporate in the State of Delaware prior to the effective date of this offering, and the historical information contained in these consolidated financial statements has been updated to reflect this reincorporation.

 

Severance Agreement

 

The Company has reached an agreement regarding the severance arrangements with an officer whose employment is to be terminated. The agreement calls for a cash payment of $1,671 and the acceleration of vesting and extension of the exercise period of certain options previously issued to him, resulting in a non-cash charge of approximately $355. The expense related to the cash payments and option acceleration, net of tax, is expected to be approximately $1,200. Subject to certain conditions, the termination is to be finalized and the expense taken in the quarter ended November 30, 2003.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

 

No dealer, salesperson or other person is authorized to give any information or to represent anything not contained in this prospectus. You must not rely on any unauthorized information or representations. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

     Page

Prospectus Summary

     1

Cautionary Note on Forward-looking Statements

     5

Risk Factors

     6

Use of Proceeds

   19

Dividend Policy

   19

Capitalization

   20

Dilution

   21

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

   22

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

   24

Business

   43

Management

   56

Ownership by MiTAC International and its Affiliates

   68

Certain Relationships and Transactions

   70

Principal and Selling Stockholders

   74

Description of Capital Stock

   76

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

   79

Underwriting

   81

Legal Matters

   84

Experts

   84

Additional Information

   84

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-1

 

Until             , 2003 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 


 


 

                     shares

 

LOGO

 

SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc.

 

Common Stock

 


 

PROSPECTUS


 

                                    , 2003

 

Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.

 

Banc of America Securities LLC

 

Raymond James

 

 



Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

ITEM 13.    OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

 

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts, payable by the Registrant in connection with the offer and sale of the shares of common stock being registered. All amounts are estimates except the registration fee, the NASD filing fee and the New York Stock Exchange entry and application fee.

 

Registration fee

   $ 7,443

NASD filing fee

     9,700

Blue Sky/NASD fees and expenses (including legal fees)

     10,000

New York Stock Exchange entry and application fee

     *    

Accounting fees and expenses

     *    

Other legal fees and expenses

     *    

Transfer agent and registrar fee

     *    

Printing and engraving

     *    

Miscellaneous

     *    
    

Total

   $ *    
    


* To be filed by amendment.

 

ITEM 14.    INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award or a corporation’s board of directors to grant indemnification to directors and officers in terms sufficiently broad to permit such indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities (including reimbursement for expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

 

Article VII of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (Exhibit 3(i)3 hereto) and Section 6 of the our bylaws (Exhibit 3(ii)3 hereto) provide for indemnification of our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the extent and under the circumstances permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. We have entered into Indemnification Agreements (Exhibit 10.6 hereto) with our officers and directors that will require us to, among other things, indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers to the fullest extent not prohibited by law. The Underwriting Agreement (Exhibit 1.1 hereto) provides for indemnification by the Underwriters of us, our directors and officers and by us, the selling stockholders and MiTAC International of the Underwriters, for certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act and affords certain rights of contribution with respect thereto. We also maintain directors and officers liabilities insurance.

 

ITEM 15.    RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

 

Since August 2, 2000, we have issued and sold the following securities:

 

(a)    We have issued and sold 663,067 shares of our common stock to officers, employees and consultants for an aggregate purchase price of $973,724.50 pursuant to stock issuances and option exercise under our 1993 Stock Option Plan, 1997 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan and Special Executive Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

(b)    In September 2000, we issued 645,000 shares of our common stock to MIX System Holdings Ltd. in exchange for all of the outstanding shares of MiTAC Industrial Corporation.

 

(c)    In September 2000, we issued 3,275,000 shares of our common stock to Silver Star Developments Ltd. in exchange for all of the outstanding shares of MiTAC Europe, Ltd.

 

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering, and the Registrant believes that each transaction was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act by virtue of Section 4(2) thereof, Regulation D promulgated thereunder or Rule 701 pursuant to compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under such Rule 701. The recipients in such transactions represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to the share certificates and instruments issued in such transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with the Registrant, to information about the Registrant.

 

ITEM 16.    EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

(a)   Exhibits

 

  1.1*

   Form of Underwriting Agreement

  3.(i)1

   Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant

  3.(i)2*

   Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be filed following our reincorporation under Delaware law

  3.(i)3*

   Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be filed upon the closing of the offering to which this Registration Statement relates

  3.(ii)1

   Bylaws of the Registrant

  3.(ii)2*

   Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective following our reincorporation under Delaware law

  3.(ii)3*

   Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective upon the closing of the offering to which this Registration Statement relates

  4.1*

   Specimen Common Stock Certificate

  5.1*

   Opinion of Pillsbury Winthrop LLP

10.1†

   1993 Stock Option Plan and form of agreements thereunder

10.2†

   1997 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan and form of agreements thereunder

10.3†

   Special Executive Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan and form of agreements thereunder

10.4†

   Form of 2003 Stock Incentive Plan and form of agreements thereunder

10.5†

   Form of 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

10.6

   Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and its officers and directors

10.7

   Registration Rights Agreement dated July 1, 2002

10.8

   Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement, dated August 30, 2002, by and among the Registrant, SIT Funding Corporation, Redwood Receivables Corporation and General Electric Capital Corporation

10.9

   Amendment No. 1 dated June 30, 2003 to Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement and Amended and Restated Receivables Transfer Agreement by and among the Registrant, SIT Funding Corporation, Redwood Receivables Corporation and General Electric Capital Corporation

10.10

   Standard Industrial Lease, dated December 5, 1996, between the Registrant and Alexander & Baldwin, Inc.

10.11

   First Amendment to Lease, dated May 24, 1999, between the Registrant and Bedford Property Investors, Inc.

10.12

   Second Amendment to Lease, dated March 30, 2001, between the Registrant and Bedford Property Investors, Inc.

21.1

   List of Subsidiaries

23.1

   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants

23.2*

   Consent of Pillsbury Winthrop LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)

24.1

   Power of Attorney (See page II-4 of this Registration Statement)

*  To be filed by amendment.

†  Denotes management compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

(b)  Financial Statement Schedules.

    

 

Report of Independent Accountants

 

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

 

II-2


Table of Contents

ITEM 17.    UNDERTAKINGS

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

(1)  For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of Prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of Prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective; and

 

(2)  For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the Underwriters at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the Underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all the requirements for filing on Form S-1 and has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Fremont, State of California, on this 5th day of September, 2003.

 

SYNNEX I NFORMATION T ECHNOLOGIES , I NC .

 

/s/    R OBERT T. H UANG        

By:                                                                                                   

Robert T. Huang

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS , that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints, jointly and severally, Robert T. Huang and Dennis Polk, and each one of them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by this Registration Statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or his or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the persons whose signatures appear below, which persons have signed such Registration Statement in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

Signature


  

Title


   Date

/s/    R OBERT T. H UANG        


Robert T. Huang

  

Chief Executive Officer, President and Director (Principal Executive Officer)

   September 5, 2003

/s/    D ENNIS P OLK        


Dennis Polk

  

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

   September 5, 2003

/s/    M ATTHEW M IAU        


Matthew Miau

   Chairman of the Board    September 5, 2003

/s/    F RED B REIDENBACH        


Fred Breidenbach

   Director    September 5, 2003

/s/    Y OUNG S OHN        


Young Sohn

   Director    September 5, 2003

/s/    D WIGHT S TEFFENSEN        


Dwight Steffensen

   Director    September 5, 2003

 

II-4


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

ON FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc.

 

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements referred to in our report dated January 17, 2003 appearing in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 also included an audit of the financial statement schedule listed in Item 16(b) of this Form S-1. In our opinion, this financial statement schedule presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements.

 

/s/    PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

San Jose, California

January 17, 2003

 

S-1


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE II

 

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

 

Description


   Balance
Beginning of
Period


   Additions
from
Acquisition


   Additions
Charged to
Revenues and
Costs and
Expenses


   Write-Offs and
Deductions


    Balance at End
of Period


2000:

                                   

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 9,128    $ 209    $ 8,259    $ (7,219 )   $ 10,377
    

  

  

  


 

Allowance for sales returns

   $ 3,313    $    $ 26,909    $ (25,613 )   $ 4,609
    

  

  

  


 

2001:

                                   

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 10,377    $ 3,781    $ 4,851    $ (8,372 )   $ 10,637
    

  

  

  


 

Allowance for sales returns

   $ 4,609    $    $ 42,955    $ (41,021 )   $ 6,543
    

  

  

  


 

2002:

                                   

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 10,637    $ 986    $ 6,278    $ (6,882 )   $ 11,019
    

  

  

  


 

Allowance for sales returns

   $ 6,543    $    $ 37,326    $ (40,112 )   $ 3,757
    

  

  

  


 

 

S-2


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number


  

Description


  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.(i)1    Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant
  3.(i)2*    Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be filed following our reincorporation under Delaware law
  3.(i)3*    Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be filed upon the closing of the offering to which this Registration Statement relates
  3.(ii)1    Bylaws of the Registrant
  3.(ii)2*    Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective following our reincorporation under Delaware law
  3.(ii)3*    Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective upon the closing of the offering to which this Registration Statement relates
  4.1*    Specimen Common Stock Certificate
  5.1*    Opinion of Pillsbury Winthrop LLP
10.1†    1993 Stock Option Plan and form of agreements thereunder
10.2†    1997 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan and form of agreements thereunder
10.3†    Special Executive Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan and form of agreements thereunder
10.4†    Form of 2003 Stock Incentive Plan and form of agreements thereunder
10.5†    Form of 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
10.6    Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and its officers and directors
10.7    Registration Rights Agreement dated July 1, 2002
10.8    Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement, dated August 30, 2002, by and among the Registrant, SIT Funding Corporation, Redwood Receivables Corporation and General Electric Capital Corporation
10.9    Amendment No. 1 dated June 30, 2003 to Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement and Amended and Restated Receivables Transfer Agreement by and among the Registrant, SIT Funding Corporation, Redwood Receivables Corporation and General Electric Capital Corporation
10.10    Standard Industrial Lease, dated December 5, 1996, between the Registrant and Alexander & Baldwin, Inc.
10.11    First Amendment to Lease, dated May 24, 1999, between the Registrant and Bedford Property Investors, Inc.
10.12    Second Amendment to Lease, dated March 30, 2001, between the Registrant and Bedford Property Investors, Inc.
21.1    List of Subsidiaries
23.1    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants
23.2*    Consent of Pillsbury Winthrop LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1    Power of Attorney (See page II-4 of this Registration Statement)

* To be filed by amendment.
Denotes management compensatory plan or arrangement.

Exhibit 3.(i)1

 

RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

COMPAC MICROELECTRONICS, INC.

 

Robert T. Huang and Page Frechette, certify that:

 

1.    They are the duly elected and acting President and Secretary, respectively, of Compac Microelectronics, Inc., a California corporation.

 

2.    The articles of incorporation of this corporation are hereby amended and restated to read in full as follows:

 

I

 

The name of this corporation is Compac Microelectronics, Inc.

 

II

 

The purpose of this corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of California other than the banking business, the trust company business or the practice of a profession permitted to be incorporated by the California Corporations Code.

 

III

 

This corporation is authorized to issue one class of shares to be designated “Common Stock.” The total number of shares which this corporation shall have authority to issue is Nine Million Two Hundred Thousand (9,200,000) shares. Upon the amendment of this Article III to read as herein set forth, each outstanding share of Common Stock is split and converted into eight thousand shares of Common Stock.”

 

3.    The foregoing amendment and restatement of articles of incorporation has been duly approved by the board of directors.

 

4.    The foregoing amendment and restatement of articles of incorporation has been duly approved by the required vote of shareholders in accordance with Section 902 of the Corporations Code. The total number of outstanding shares of Common Stock of the corporation is One Thousand (1,000). The number of shares voting in favor of the amendment equaled or exceeded the vote required. The percentage vote required was more than 50%.


We further declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the matters set forth in this certificate are true and correct of our own knowledge.

 

Date: 2-24-92

 

/s/ Robert T. Huang

Robert T. Huang, President

 

/s/ Page Frechette

Page Frechette, Secretary


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

 

Robert T. Huang and C. Kevin Chuang, certify that:

 

1.    They are the President and Assistant Secretary, respectively, of Compac Microelectronics, Inc., a California corporation.

 

2.    Article III of the articles of incorporation of this corporation is amended to read as follows:

 

“This corporation is authorized to issue only one class of shares to be designated “Common Stock”. The total number of shares which this corporation is authorized to issue is Twenty Million (20,000,000) shares.

 

3.    The foregoing amendment of articles of incorporation has been duly approved by the board of directors.

 

4.    The foregoing amendment and restatement of articles of incorporation has been duly approved by the required vote of shareholders in accordance with Section 902 of the Corporations Code. The total number of outstanding shares of Common Stock of the corporation is Nine Million (9,000,000) shares. The number of shares voting in favor of the amendment equaled or exceeded the vote required. The percentage vote required was more than 50%.

 

We further declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the matters set forth in this certificate are true and correct of our own knowledge.

 

Date: February 17, 1993

 

/s/ Robert T. Huang

Robert T. Huang, President

 

/s/ C. Kevin Chuang

C. Kevin Chuang, Assistant Secretary


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

 

Robert T. Huang and C. Kevin Chuang certify that:

 

1.    They are the president and assistant secretary, respectively, of Compac Microelectronics, Inc., a California corporation.

 

2.    Article I of the articles of incorporation of this corporation is amended to read as follows:

 

“The name of this corporation is Synnex Information Technologies, Inc.”

 

3.    The foregoing amendment and restatement of articles of incorporation has been duly approved by the board of directors.

 

4.    The foregoing amendment and restatement of articles of incorporation has been duly approved by the required vote of shareholders in accordance with Section 902 of the Corporations Code. The total number of outstanding shares of the corporation is 16,047,533. The number of shares voting in favor of the amendment equaled or exceeded the vote required. The percentage vote required was more than 50%.

 

We further declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the matters set forth in this certificate are true and correct of our own knowledge.

 

Date: January 31, 1994

 

/s/ Robert T. Huang

Robert T. Huang, President

 

/s/ C. Kevin Chuang

C. Kevin Chuang, Assistant Secretary


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

 

Robert T. Huang and C. Kevin Chuang, certify that:

 

1.    They are the President and Assistant Secretary, respectively, of Synnex Information Technologies, Inc., a California corporation.

 

2.    Article III of the Articles of Incorporation of this corporation is amended to read as follows:

 

“This corporation is authorized to issue only one class of shares to be designated “Common Stock”. The total number of shares which this corporation is authorized to issue is twenty million (20,000,000) shares. Upon the amendment of this Article III to read as herein set forth, each outstanding share of Common Stock is a 4 to 1 reverse split and converted into .25 Common Stock.”

 

3.    The foregoing amendment and restatement of articles of incorporation has been duly approved by the board of directors.

 

4.    The foregoing amendment and restatement of articles of incorporation has been duly approved by the required vote of shareholders in accordance with Section 902 of the Corporations Code. The total number of outstanding shares of Common Stock of the corporation is 16,047,533. The number of shares voting in favor of the amendment equaled or exceeded the vote required. The percentage vote required as more than 50%.

 

We further declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the matters set forth in this certificate are true and correct of our own knowledge.

 

Date: August 1, 1994

 

/s/ Robert T. Huang

Robert T. Huang, President

 

/s/ C. Kevin Chuang

C. Kevin Chuang, Assistant Secretary


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

 

Robert T. Huang and Alexander J. Craig certify that:

 

1.    They are the President and Secretary, respectively, of Synnex Information Technologies, Inc., a California corporation.

 

2.    Article III of the Articles of Incorporation of this corporation is amended to read as follow:

 

“This corporation is authorized to issue only one class of shares to be designated “Common Stock”. The total number of shares which this corporation is authorized to issue is one hundred million (100,000,000) shares. On the amendment of this article, each outstanding share of Common Stock is split up and converted into four (4) shares of Common Stock.”

 

3.    The foregoing amendment of Articles of Incorporation has been duly approved by the board of directors.

 

4.    The foregoing amendment of Articles of Incorporation has been duly approved by the required vote of shareholders in accordance with Section 902 of the Corporation Code. The total number of outstanding shares of Common Stock of the corporation is 9,871,025. The number of shares voting in favor of the amendment equaled or exceeded the vote required. The percentage vote required was more than 50%.

 

We further declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the matters set forth in this certificate are true and correct of our own knowledge.

 

Date: Nov. 29, 1999

 

/s/ Robert T. Huang

Robert T. Huang, President

 

/s/ Alexander J. Craig

Alexander J. Craig, Secretary

Exhibit 3.(ii)1

 

BYLAWS OF

 

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

(A California Corporation)

 

Effective as of: 12/17/87

 

Amended:         02/24/92

 


BYLAWS OF

 

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

(A California Corporation)

 

ARTICLE I

 

Offices

 

Section 1.     Principal Office . The principal executive office of the corporation shall be located at such place as the Board of Directors may from time to time authorize. If the principal executive office is located outside this state, and the corporation has one or more business offices in this state, the board of directors shall fix and designate a principal business office in the State of California.

 

Section 2.     Other Offices . Additional offices of the corporation shall be located at such place or places, within or outside the State of California, as the Board of Directors may from time to time authorize.

 

ARTICLE II

 

Corporate Seal

 

Section 3.     Corporate Seal . If the Board of Directors adopts a corporate seal such seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation and the state and date of its incorporation. If and when a seal is adopted by the Board of Directors, such seal may be engraved, lithographed, printed, stamped, impressed upon, or affixed to any contract, conveyance, certificate for shares, or other instrument executed by the corporation.

 

ARTICLE III

 

Shareholders’ Meetings and Voting Rights

 

Section 4.     Place of Meetings . Meetings of shareholders shall be held at the principal executive office of the corporation, or at any other place, within or outside the State of California, which may be fixed either by the Board of Directors or by the written consent of all persons entitled to vote at such meeting, given either before or after the meeting and filed with the Secretary of the Corporation.

 

1


Section 5.     Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of the shareholders of the corporation shall be held on any date and time which may from time to time be designated by the Board of Directors. At such annual meeting, directors shall be elected and any other business may be transacted which may properly come before the meeting.

 

Section 6.     Postponement of Annual Meeting . The Board of Directors and the President shall each have authority to hold at an earlier date and/or time, or to postpone to a later date and/or time, the annual meeting of shareholders.

 

Section 7.     Special Meetings .

 

(a)    Special meetings of the shareholders, for any purpose or purposes, may be called by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President, or the holders of shares entitled to cast not less than ten percent (10%) of the votes at the meeting.

 

(b)    Upon written request to the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President, any vice president or the Secretary of the corporation by any person or persons (other than the Board of Directors) entitled to call a special meeting of the shareholders, such officer forthwith shall cause notice to be given to the shareholders entitled to vote, that a meeting will be held at a time requested by the person or persons calling the meeting, such time to be not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days after receipt of such request. If such notice is not given within seven (7) days after receipt of such request, the person or persons calling the meeting may give notice thereof in the manner provided by law or in these bylaws. Nothing contained in this Section 7 shall be construed as limiting, fixing or affecting the time or date when a meeting of shareholders called by action of the Board of Directors may be held.

 

Section 8.     Notice of Meetings . Except as otherwise may be required by law and subject to subsection 7(b) above, written notice of each meeting of shareholders shall be given to each shareholder entitled to vote at that meeting (see Section 15 below), by the Secretary, assistant secretary or other person charged with that duty, not less than ten (10) (or, if sent by third class mail, thirty (30)) nor more than sixty (60) days before such meeting.

 

Notice of any meeting of shareholders shall state the date, place and hour of the meeting and,

 

2


(a)    in the case of a special meeting, the general nature of the business to be transacted, and no other business may be transacted at such meeting;

 

(b)    in the case of an annual meeting, the general nature of matters which the Board of Directors, at the time the notice is given, intends to present for action by the shareholders;

 

(c)    in the case of any meeting at which directors are to be elected, the names of the nominees intended at the time of the notice to be presented by management for election; and

 

(d)    in the case of any meeting, if action is to be taken on any of the following proposals, the general nature of such proposal:

 

(i)    a proposal to approve a transaction within the provisions of California Corporations Code, Section 310 (relating to certain transactions in which a director has an interest);

 

(ii)    a proposal to approve a transaction within the provisions of California Corporations Code, Section 902 (relating to amending the Articles of Incorporation of the corporation);

 

(iii)    a proposal to approve a transaction within the provisions of California Corporations Code, Sections 181 and 1201 (relating to reorganization);

 

(iv)    a proposal to approve a transaction within the provisions of California Corporations Code, Section 1900 (winding up and dissolution);

 

(v)    a proposal to approve a plan of distribution within the provisions of California Corporations Code, Section 2007 (relating to certain plans providing for distribution not in accordance with the liquidation rights of preferred shares, if any).

 

At a special meeting, notice of which has been given in accordance with this Section, action may not be taken with respect to business, the general nature of which has not been stated in such notice. At an annual meeting, action may be taken with respect to business stated in the notice of such meeting, given in accordance with this Section, and, subject to subsection 8(d) above, with respect to any other business as may properly come before the meeting.

 

Section 9.     Manner of Giving Notice . Notice of any meeting of shareholders shall be given either personally or by first-

 

3


class mail, or, if the corporation has outstanding shares held of record by 500 or more persons (determined as provided in California Corporations Code Section 605) on the record date for such meeting, third-class mail, or telegraphic or other written communication, addressed to the shareholder at the address of that shareholder appearing on the books of the corporation or given by the shareholder to the corporation for the purpose of notice. If no such address appears on the corporation’s books or is given, notice shall be deemed to have been given if sent to that shareholder by first-class mail or telegraphic or other written communication to the corporation’s principal executive office, or if published at least once in a newspaper of general circulation in the county where that office is located. Notice shall be deemed to have been given at the time when delivered personally or deposited in the mail or sent by telegram or other means of written communication.

 

If any notice addressed to a shareholder at the address of that shareholder appearing on the books of the corporation is returned to the corporation by the United States Postal Service marked to indicate that the United States Postal Service is unable to deliver the notice to the shareholder at that address, all future notices shall be deemed to have been duly given without further mailing if these shall be available to the shareholder on written demand by the shareholder at the principal executive office of the corporation for a period of one year from the date of the giving of the notice.

 

Section 10.     Quorum and Transaction of Business .

 

(a)    At any meeting of the shareholders, a majority of the shares entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum. If a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares represented at the meeting and entitled to vote on any matter shall be the act of the shareholders, unless the vote of a greater number or voting by classes is required by law or by the Articles of Incorporation, and except as provided in subsection (b) below.

 

(b)    The shareholders present at a duly called or held meeting of the shareholders at which a quorum is present may continue to do business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough shareholders to leave less than a quorum, provided that any action taken (other than adjournment) is approved by at least a majority of the shares required to constitute a quorum.

 

(c)    In the absence of a quorum, no business other than adjournment may be transacted, except as described in subsection (b) above.

 

4


Section 11.     Adjournment and Notice of Adjourned Meetings . Any meeting of shareholders may be adjourned from time to time, whether or not a quorum is present, by the affirmative vote of a majority of shares represented at such meeting either in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at such meeting.

 

In the event any meeting is adjourned, it shall not be necessary to give notice of the time and place of such adjourned meeting pursuant to Sections 8 and 9 of these bylaws; provided that if any of the following three events occur, such notice must be given:

 

(i)    announcement of the adjourned meeting’s time and place is not made at the original meeting which it continues or

 

(ii)    such meeting is adjourned for more than thirty (30) days from the date set for the original meeting or meeting or

 

(iii)    a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting.

 

At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

 

Section 12.     Waiver of Notice, Consent to Meeting or Approval of Minutes .

 

(a)    Subject to subsection (b) of this Section, the transactions of any meeting of shareholders, however called and noticed, and wherever held, shall be as valid as though made at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum is present either in person or by proxy, and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the persons entitled to vote but not present in person or by proxy signs a written waiver of notice or a consent to holding of the meeting or an approval of the minutes thereof.

 

(b)    A waiver of notice, consent to the holding of a meeting or approval of the minutes thereof need not specify the business to be transacted or transacted at nor the purpose of the meeting; provided that in the case of proposals described in subsection (d) of Section 8 of these bylaws, the general nature of such proposals must be described in any such waiver of notice and such proposals can only be approved by waiver of notice, not by consent to holding of the meeting or approval of the minutes.

 

(c)    All waivers, consents and approvals shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

 

5


(d)    A person’s attendance at a meeting shall constitute waiver of notice of and presence at such meeting, except when such person objects at the beginning of the meeting to transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened and except that attendance at a meeting is not a waiver of any right to object to the consideration of matters which are required by law or these bylaws to be in such notice (including those matters described in subsection (d) of Section 8 of these bylaws), but are not so included if such person expressly objects to consideration of such matter or matters at any time during the meeting.

 

Section 13.     Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting . Any action which may be taken at any meeting of shareholders may be taken without a meeting and without prior notice if written consents setting forth the action so taken are signed by the holders of the outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

 

Directors may not be elected by written consent except by unanimous written consent of all shares entitled to vote for the election of directors; provided that any vacancy on the Board of Directors (other than a vacancy created by removal) which has not been filled by the board of directors may be filled by the written consent of a majority of outstanding shares entitled to vote for the election of directors.

 

Any written consent may be revoked pursuant to California Corporations Code Section 603(c) prior to the time that written consents of the number of shares required to authorize the proposed action have been filed with the Secretary. Such revocation must be in writing and will be effective upon its receipt by the Secretary.

 

If the consents of all shareholders entitled to vote have not been solicited in writing, and if the unanimous written consent of all such shareholders shall not have been received, the Secretary shall give prompt notice of any corporate action approved by the shareholders without a meeting to those shareholders entitled to vote on such matters who have not consented thereto in writing. This notice shall be given in the manner specified in Section 8 of these bylaws. In the case of approval of (i) a transaction within the provisions of California Corporations Code, Section 310 (relating to certain transactions in which a director has an interest), (ii) a transaction within the provisions of California Corporations Code, Section 317 (relating to indemnification of agents of the corporation), (iii) a transaction within the provisions of California Corporations Code, Sections 181 and 1201 (relating to reorganization), and (iv) a plan of distribution within the

 

6


provisions of California Corporations Code, Section 2007 (relating to certain plans providing for distribution not in accordance with the liquidation rights of preferred shares, if any), the notice shall be given at least ten (10) days before the consummation of any action authorized by that approval.

 

Section 14.     Voting . Voting at any meeting of shareholders need not be by ballot; provided, however, that elections for directors must be by ballot if balloting is demanded by a shareholder at the meeting and before the voting begins.

 

Every person entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate the votes to which such person is entitled, i.e., such person may cast a total number of votes equal to the number of directors to be elected multiplied by the number of votes to which such person’s shares are entitled, and may cast said total number of votes for one or more candidates in such proportions as such person thinks fit; provided, however, no shareholder shall be entitled to so cumulate such shareholder’s votes unless the candidates for which such shareholder is voting have been placed in nomination prior to the voting and a shareholder has given notice at the meeting, prior to the vote, of an intention to cumulate votes. In any election of directors, the candidates receiving the highest number of votes, up to the number of directors to be elected, are elected.

 

Except as may be otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation or by law, and subject to the foregoing provisions regarding the cumulation of votes, each shareholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share held.

 

Any shareholder may vote part of such shareholder’s shares in favor of a proposal and refrain from voting the remaining shares or vote them against the proposal, other than elections to office, but, if the shareholder fails to specify the number of shares such shareholder is voting affirmatively, it will be conclusively presumed that the shareholder’s approving vote is with respect to all shares such shareholder is entitled to vote.

 

No shareholder approval, other than unanimous approval of those entitled to vote, will be valid as to proposals described in subsection 8(d) of these bylaws unless the general nature of such business was stated in the notice of meeting or in any written waiver of notice.

 

Section 15.     Persons Entitled to Vote or Consent . The Board of Directors may fix a record date pursuant to Section 60 of these bylaws to determine which shareholders are entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting or consent to corporate actions, as provided in Sections 13 and 14 of these bylaws. Only persons in whose name shares otherwise entitled to vote stand on

 

7


the stock records of the corporation on such date shall be entitled to vote or consent.

 

If no record date is fixed:

 

(i)    The record date for determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders shall be at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day notice is given or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held;

 

(ii)    The record date for determining shareholders entitled to give consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors has been taken, shall be the day on which the first written consent is given;

 

(iii)    The record date for determining shareholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto, or the sixtieth (60th) day prior to the date of such other action, whichever is later.

 

A determination of shareholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting unless the Board of Directors fixes a new record date for the adjourned meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors shall fix a new record date if the meeting is adjourned for more than thirty (30) days from the date set for the original meeting.

 

Shares of the corporation held by its subsidiary or subsidiaries (as defined in California Corporations Code, Section 189(b)) are not entitled to vote in any matter.

 

Section 16.     Proxies . Every person entitled to vote or execute consents may do so either in person or by one or more agents authorized to act by a written proxy executed by the person or such person’s duly authorized agent and filed with the Secretary of the corporation; provided that no such proxy shall be valid after the expiration of three (3) years from the date of its execution unless otherwise provided in the proxy. The manner of execution, suspension, revocation, exercise and effect of proxies is governed by law.

 

Section 17.     Inspectors of Election . Before any meeting of shareholders, the Board of Directors may appoint any persons, other than nominees for office, to act as inspectors of election at the meeting or its adjournment. If no inspectors of election are so appointed, the chairman of the meeting may, and on the request of any shareholder or a shareholder’s proxy shall,

 

8


appoint inspectors of election at the meeting. The number of inspectors shall be either one (1) or three (3). If inspectors are appointed at a meeting on the request of one or more shareholders or proxies, the majority of shares represented in person or proxy shall determine whether one (1) or three (3) inspectors are to be appointed. If any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, the chairman of the meeting may, and upon the request of any shareholder or a shareholder’s proxy shall, appoint a person to fill that vacancy.

 

These inspectors shall:

 

(a)  Determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, and the authenticity, validity, and effect of proxies;

 

(b)  Receive votes, ballots, or consents;

 

(c)  Hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the right to vote;

 

(d)  Count and tabulate all votes or consents;

 

(e)  Determine when the polls shall close;

 

(f)  Determine the result; and

 

(g)    Do any other acts that may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all shareholders.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

Board of Directors

 

Section 18.     Powers . Subject to the provisions of law or any limitations in the Articles of Incorporation or these bylaws, as to action required to be approved by the shareholders or by the outstanding shares, the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised, by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may delegate the management of the day-to-day operation of the business of the corporation to a management company or other person, provided that the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised under the ultimate direction of the Board ‘of Directors.

 

Section 19.     Number of Directors . The authorized number of directors of the corporation shall be five (5), until changed by

 

9


a duly adopted amendment to these bylaws approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote; provided, an amendment reducing the number of directors to less than five (5), cannot be adopted if votes cast against its adoption at a meeting or shares not consenting to it in the case of action by written consent are equal to more than 16-2/3 percent of the outstanding shares entitled to vote. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall remove any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

 

Section 20.     Election Of Directors, Term, Qualifications . The directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of shareholders to hold office until the next annual meeting. Each director, including a director elected or appointed to fill a vacancy, shall hold office either until the expiration of the term for which elected or appointed and until a successor has been elected and qualified, or until his death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be shareholders of the corporation.

 

Section 21.     Resignations . Any director of the corporation may resign effective upon giving written notice to the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Secretary or the Board of Directors of the corporation, unless the notice specifies a later time for the effectiveness of such resignation. If the resignation specifies effectiveness at a future time, a successor may be elected pursuant to Section 23 of these bylaws to take office on the date that the resignation becomes effective.

 

Section 22.     Removal . The Board of Directors may declare vacant the office of a director who has been declared of unsound mind by an order of court or who has been convicted of a felony.

 

The entire Board of Directors or any individual director may be removed from office without cause by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on such removal; provided, however, that unless the entire Board is removed, no individual director may be removed when the votes cast. against such director’s removal, or not consenting in writing to such removal, would be sufficient to elect that director if voted cumulatively at an election at which the same total number of votes cast were cast (or, if such action is taken by written consent, all shares entitled to vote were voted) and the entire number of directors authorized at the time of such director’s most recent election were then being elected.

 

Section 23.     Vacancies . A vacancy or vacancies on the Board of Directors shall be deemed to exist in case of the death, resignation or removal of any director, or upon increase in the authorized number of directors or if shareholders fail to elect the full authorized number of directors at an annual

 

10


meeting of shareholders or if, for whatever reason, there are fewer directors on the Board of Directors, than the full number authorized. Such vacancy or vacancies, other than a vacancy created by the removal of a director, may be filled by a majority of the remaining directors, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. A vacancy created by the removal of a director may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares represented and voting at a duly held meeting at which a quorum is present (which shares voting affirmatively also constitute at least a majority of the required quorum) or by the written consent of shareholders pursuant to Section 13 hereinabove. The shareholders may elect a director at any time to fill any vacancy not filled by the directors. Any such election by written consent, other than to fill a vacancy created by removal, requires the consent of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote. Any such election by written consent to fill a vacancy created by removal requires the consent of all of the outstanding shares entitled to vote.

 

Section 24.     Regular Meetings . Immediately after each annual meeting of shareholders, and at such place fixed by the Board of Directors, or if no such place is fixed at the place of the annual meeting, the Board of Directors shall hold a regular meeting for the purposes of organization, the appointment of officers and the transaction of other business. Other regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such times, places and dates as fixed in these bylaws or by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that if the date for such a meeting falls on a legal holiday, then the meeting shall be held at the same time on the next succeeding full business day. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors held pursuant to this Section 24 may be held without notice.

 

Section 25.     Participation by Telephone . Members of the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting through use of conference telephone or similar communications equipment, so long as all members participating in such meeting can hear one another. Such participation constitutes presence in person at such meeting.

 

Section 26.     Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors for any purpose may be called by the Chairman of the Board or the President or any vice president or the Secretary of the corporation or any two (2) directors.

 

Section 27.     Notice of Meetings . Notice of the date, time and place of all meetings of the Board of Directors, other than regular meetings held pursuant to Section 24 above shall be delivered personally, orally or in writing, or by telephone or telegraph to each director, at least forty-eight (48) hours before the meeting, or sent in writing to each director by first-class mail, charges prepaid, at least four (4) days before the

 

11


meeting. Such notice may be given by the Secretary of the corporation or by the person or persons who called a meeting. Such notice need not specify the purpose of the meeting. Notice of any meeting of the Board of Directors need not be given to any director who signs a waiver of notice of such meeting, or a consent to holding the meeting or an approval of the minutes thereof, either before or after the meeting, or who attends the meeting without protesting prior thereto or at its commencement such director’s lack of notice. All such waivers, consents and approvals shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

 

Section 28.     Place of Meetings . Meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any place within or without the state which has been designated in the notice of the meeting or, if not stated in the notice or there is no notice, designated in the bylaws or by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 29.     Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting . Any action required or permitted to be taken by the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors individually or collectively consent in writing to such action. Such written consent or consents shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board of Directors. Such action by written consent shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote of such directors.

 

Section 30.     Quorum and Transaction of Business . A majority of the authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Every act or decision done or made by a majority of the authorized number of directors present at a meeting duly held at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors, unless the law, the Articles of Incorporation or these bylaws specifically require a greater number. A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business, notwithstanding withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the number of directors constituting a quorum for such meeting. In the absence of a quorum at any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting, as provided in Section 31 of these bylaws.

 

Section 31.     Adjournment . Any meeting of the Board of Directors, whether or not a quorum is present, may be adjourned to another time and place by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present. If the meeting is adjourned for more than twenty-four (24) hours, notice of such adjournment to another time or place shall be given prior to the time of the adjourned meeting to the directors who were not present at the time of the adjournment.

 

12


Section 32.     Organization . The Chairman of the Board shall preside at every meeting of the Board of Directors, if present. If there is no Chairman of the Board or if the Chairman is not present, a Chairman chosen by a majority of the directors present shall act as chairman. The Secretary of the corporation or, in the absence of the Secretary, any person appointed by the Chairman shall act as secretary of the meeting.

 

Section 33.     Compensation . Directors and members of committees may receive such compensation, if any, for their services, and such reimbursement for expenses, as may be fixed or determined by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 34.     Committees . The Board of Directors may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the authorized number of directors, designate one or more committees, each consisting of two (2) or more directors, to serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors, by a vote of the majority of authorized directors, may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, to replace any absent member at any meeting of such committee. Any such committee shall have authority to act in the manner and to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, and may have all the authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, except with respect to:

 

(a)    the approval of any action for which shareholders’ approval or approval of the outstanding shares also is required by the California Corporations Code;

 

(b)    the filling of vacancies on the Board of Directors or any of its committees;

 

(c)    the fixing of compensation of directors for serving on the Board of Directors or any of its committees;

 

(d)    the adoption, amendment or repeal of these bylaws;

 

(e)    the amendment or repeal of any resolution of the Board of Directors which by its express terms is not so amendable or repealable;

 

(f)    a distribution to shareholders, except at a rate or in a periodic amount or within a price range determined by the Board of Directors; or

 

(g)    the appointment of other committees of the Board of Directors or the members thereof.

 

Any committee may from time to time provide by resolution for regular meetings at specified times and places. If the date

 

13


of such a meeting falls on a legal holiday, then the meeting shall be held at the same time on the next succeeding full business day. No notice of such a meeting need be given. Such regular meetings need not be held if the committee shall so determine at any time before or after the time when such meeting would otherwise have taken place. Special meetings may be called at any time in the same manner and by the same persons as stated in Sections 25 and 26 of these bylaws for meetings of the Board of Directors. The provisions of Sections 24, 27, 28, 29, 30 and 31 of these bylaws shall apply to committees, committee members and committee meetings as if the words “committee” and “committee member” were substituted for the word “Board of Directors”, and “director”, respectively, throughout such sections.

 

ARTICLE V

 

Officers

 

Section 35.     Officers . The corporation shall have a Chairman of the Board or a President or both, a Secretary, a Chief Financial Officer and such other officers with such titles and duties as the Board of Directors may determine. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.

 

Section 36.     Appointment . All officers shall be chosen and appointed by the Board of Directors; provided, however, the Board of Directors may empower the chief executive officer of the corporation to appoint such officers, other than Chairman of the Board, President, Secretary or Chief Financial Officer, as the business of the corporation may require. All officers shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under a contract of employment.

 

Section 37.     Inability to Act . In the case of absence or inability to act of any officer of the corporation or of any person authorized by these bylaws to act in such officer’s place, the Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of such officer to any other officer, or any director or other person whom it may select, for such period of time as the Board of Directors deems necessary.

 

Section 38.     Resignations . Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the corporation, without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which such officer is a party. Such resignation shall be effective upon its receipt by the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Secretary or the Board of Directors, unless a different time is specified in the notice for effectiveness of such resignation. The acceptance of any such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless otherwise specified in such notice.

 

14


Section 39.     Removal . Any officer may be removed from office at any time, with or without cause, but subject to the rights, if any, of such officer under any contract of employment, by the Board of Directors or by any committee to whom such power of removal has been duly delegated, or, with regard to any officer who has been appointed by the chief executive officer pursuant to Section 36 above, by the chief executive officer or any other officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 40.     Vacancies . A vacancy occurring in any office for any cause may be filled by the Board of Directors, in the manner prescribed by this Article of the bylaws for initial appointment to such office.

 

Section 41.     Chairman of the Board . The Chairman of the Board, if there be such an officer, shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and shall exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may be assigned from time to time by the Board of Directors or prescribed by these bylaws. If no President is appointed, the Chairman of the Board is the general manager and chief executive officer of the corporation, and shall exercise all powers of the President described in Section 42 below.

 

Section 42.     President . Subject to such powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of Directors to the Chairman of the Board, if there be such an officer, the President shall be the general manager and chief executive officer of the corporation and shall have general supervision and control over the business and affairs of the corporation, subject to the control of the Board of Directors. The President may sign and execute, in the name of the corporation, any instrument authorized by the Board of Directors, except when the signing and execution thereof shall have been expressly delegated by the Board of Directors or by these bylaws to some other officer or agent of the corporation. The President shall have all the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the president of a corporation, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed from time to time by the Board of Directors or these bylaws. The President shall have discretion to prescribe the duties of other officers and employees of the corporation in a manner not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws and the directions of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 43.     Vice Presidents . In the absence or disability of the President, in the event of a vacancy in the office of President, or in the event such officer refuses to act, the Vice President shall perform all the duties of the President and, when so acting, shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions on, the President. If at any such time the

 

15


corporation has more than one vice president, the duties and powers of the President shall pass to each vice president in order of such vice president’s rank as fixed by the Board of Directors or, if the vice presidents are not so ranked, to the vice president designated by the Board of Directors. The vice presidents shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed for them from time to time by the Board of Directors or pursuant to Sections 35 and 36 of these bylaws or otherwise pursuant to these bylaws.

 

Section 44.     Secretary . The Secretary shall:

 

(a)    Keep, or cause to be kept, minutes of all meetings of the corporation’s shareholders, Board of Directors, and committees of the Board of Directors, if any. Such minutes shall be kept in written form.

 

(b)    Keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the corporation, or at the office of its transfer agent or registrar, if any, a record of the corporation’s shareholders, showing the names and addresses of all shareholders, and the number and classes of shares held by each. Such records shall be kept in written form or any other form capable of being converted into written form.

 

(c)    Keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the corporation, or if the principal executive office is not in California, at its principal business office in California, an original or copy of these bylaws, as amended.

 

(d)    Give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of shareholders, directors and committees of the Board of Directors, as required by law or by these bylaws.

 

(e)    Keep the seal of the corporation, if any, in safe assigned from time to time pursuant to these bylaws or by the Board of Directors.

 

(f)    Exercise such powers and perform such duties as are usually vested in the office of secretary of a corporation, and exercise such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed from time to time by the Board of Directors or these bylaws.

 

If any assistant secretaries are appointed, the assistant secretary, or one of the assistant secretaries in the order of their rank as fixed by the Board of Directors or, if they are not so ranked, the assistant secretary designated by the Board of Directors, in the absence or disability of the Secretary or in the event of such officer’s refusal to act or if a vacancy exists in the office of Secretary, shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and discharge such duties as may be

 

16


assigned from time to time pursuant to these bylaws or by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 45.     Chief Financial Officer . The Chief Financial Officer shall:

 

(a)    Be responsible for all functions and duties of the treasurer of the corporation.

 

(b)    Keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct books and records of account for the corporation.

 

(c)    Receive or be responsible for receipt of all monies due and payable to the corporation from any source whatsoever; have charge and custody of, and be responsible for, all monies and other valuables of the corporation and be responsible for deposit of all such monies in the name and to the credit of the corporation with such depositaries as may be designated by the Board of Directors or a duly appointed and authorized committee of the Board of Directors.

 

(d)    Disburse or be responsible for the disbursement of the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors or a duly appointed and authorized committee of the Board of Directors.

 

(e)    Render to the chief executive officer and the Board of Directors a statement of the financial condition of the corporation if called upon to do so.

 

(f)    Exercise such powers and perform such duties as are usually vested in the office of chief financial officer of a corporation, and exercise such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these bylaws.

 

If any assistant financial officer is appointed, the assistant financial officer, or one of the assistant financial officers, if there are more than one, in the order of their rank as fixed by the Board of Directors or, if they are not so ranked, the assistant financial officer designated by the Board of Directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer or in the event of such officer’s refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Chief Financial Officer, and shall have such powers and discharge such duties as may be assigned from time to time pursuant to these bylaws or by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 46.     Compensation . The compensation of the officers shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors, and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such

 

17


compensation by reason of the fact that such officer is also a director of the corporation.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

Contracts, Loans, Bank Accounts, Checks and Drafts

 

Section 47.     Execution of Contracts and Other Instruments . Except as these bylaws may otherwise provide, the Board of Directors or its duly appointed and authorized committee may authorize any officer or officers, agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation, and such authorization may be general or confined to specific instances. Except as so authorized or otherwise expressly provided in these bylaws, no officer, agent, or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or in any amount.

 

Section 48.     Loans . No loans shall be contracted on behalf of the corporation and no negotiable paper shall be issued in its name, unless and except as authorized by the Board of Directors or its duly appointed and authorized committee. When so authorized by the Board of Directors or such committee, any officer or agent of the corporation may effect loans and advances at any time for the corporation from any bank, trust company, or other institution, or from any firm, corporation or individual, and for such loans and advances may make, execute and deliver promissory notes, bonds or other evidences of indebtedness of the corporation and, when authorized as aforesaid, may mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or transfer any and all stocks, securities and other property, real or personal, at any time held by the corporation, and to that end endorse, assign and deliver the same as security for the payment of any and all loans, advances, indebtedness, and liabilities of the corporation. Such authorization may be general or confined to specific instances.

 

Section 49.     Bank Accounts . The Board of Directors or its duly appointed and authorized committee from time to time may authorize the opening and keeping of general and/or special bank accounts with such banks, trust companies, or other depositaries as may be selected by the Board of Directors, its duly appointed and authorized committee or by any officer or officers, agent or agents, of the corporation to whom such power may be delegated from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors or its duly appointed and authorized committee may make such rules and regulations with respect to said bank accounts, not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws, as are deemed advisable.

 

18


Section 50.     Checks, Drafts, Etc . All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, notes, acceptances or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers, agent or agents, of the corporation, and in such manner, as shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors or its duly appointed and authorized committee. Endorsements for deposit to the credit of the corporation in any of its duly authorized depositaries may be made, without countersignature, by the President or any vice president or the Chief Financial Officer or any assistant financial officer or by any other officer or agent of the corporation to whom the Board of Directors or its duly appointed and authorized committee, by resolution, shall have delegated such power or by hand-stamped impression in the name of the corporation.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

Certificates for Shares and Their Transfer

 

Section 51.     Certificate for Shares . Every holder of shares in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed in the name of the corporation by the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board or the President or a Vice President and by the Chief Financial Officer or an assistant financial officer or by the Secretary or an assistant secretary, certifying the number of shares and the class or series of shares owned by the shareholder. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been’ placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if such person were an officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

In the event that the corporation shall issue any shares as only partly paid, the certificate issued to represent such partly paid shares shall have stated thereon the total consideration to be paid for such shares and the amount paid thereon.

 

Section 52.     Transfer on the Books . Upon surrender to the Secretary or transfer agent (if any) of the corporation of a certificate for shares of the corporation duly endorsed, with reasonable assurance that the endorsement is genuine and effective, or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer and upon compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws and if the corporation has no statutory duty to inquire into adverse claims

 

19


or has discharged any such duty and if any applicable law relating to the collection of taxes has been complied with, it shall be the duty of the corporation, by its Secretary or transfer agent, to cancel the old certificate, to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto and to record the transaction on the books of the corporation.

 

Section 53.     Lost, Destroyed and Stolen Certificates . The holder of any certificate for shares of the corporation alleged to have been lost, destroyed or stolen shall notify the corporation by making a written affidavit or affirmation of such fact. Upon receipt of said affidavit or affirmation the Board of Directors, or its duly appointed and authorized committee or any officer or officers authorized by the board so to do, may order the issuance of a new certificate for shares in the place of any certificate previously issued by the corporation and which is alleged to have been lost, destroyed or stolen. However, the Board of Directors or such authorized committee, officer or officers may require the owner of the allegedly lost, destroyed or stolen certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the corporation a bond or other adequate security sufficient to indemnify the corporation and its transfer agent and/or registrar, if any, against any claim that may be made against it or them on account of such allegedly lost, destroyed or stolen certificate or the replacement thereof. Said bond or other security shall be in such amount, on such terms and conditions and, in the case of a bond, with such surety or sureties as may be acceptable to the Board of Directors or to its duly appointed and authorized committee or any officer or officers authorized by the Board of Directors to determine the sufficiency thereof. The requirement of a bond or other security may be waived in particular cases at the discretion of the Board of Directors or its duly appointed and authorized committee or any officer or officers authorized by the Board of Directors so to do.

 

Section 54.     Issuance, Transfer and Registration of Shares . The Board of Directors may make such rules and regulations, not inconsistent with law or with these bylaws, as it may deem advisable concerning the issuance, transfer and registration of certificates for shares of the capital stock of the corporation. The Board of Directors may appoint a transfer agent or registrar of transfers, or both, and may require all certificates for shares of the corporation to bear the signature of either or both.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

Inspection of Corporate Records

 

Section 55.     Inspection by Directors . Every director shall have the absolute right at any reasonable time to inspect and

 

20


copy all books, records, and documents of every kind of the corporation and any of its subsidiaries and to inspect the physical properties of the corporation and any of its subsidiaries. Such inspection may be made by the director in person or by agent or attorney, and the right of inspection includes the right to copy and make extracts.

 

Section 56.     Inspection by Shareholders .

 

(a)  Inspection of Corporate Records.

 

(i)    A shareholder or shareholders holding at least five percent in the aggregate of the outstanding voting shares of the corporation or who hold at least one percent of such voting shares and have filed a Schedule 14B with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the election of directors of the corporation shall have an absolute right to do either or both of the following:

 

(A)    Inspect and copy the record of shareholders’ names and addresses and shareholdings during usual business hours upon five business days’ prior written demand upon the corporation; or

 

(B)    Obtain from the transfer agent, if any, for the corporation, upon five business days’ prior written demand and upon the tender of its usual charges for such a list (the amount of which charges shall be stated to the shareholder by the transfer agent upon request), a list of the shareholders’ names and addresses who are entitled to vote for the election of directors and their shareholdings, as of the most recent record date for which it has been compiled or as of a date specified by the shareholder subsequent to the date of demand.

 

(ii)    The record of shareholders shall also be open to inspection and copying by any shareholder or holder of a voting trust certificate at any time during usual business hours upon written demand on the corporation, for a purpose reasonably related to such holder’s interest as a shareholder or holder of a voting trust certificate.

 

(iii)    The accounting books and records and minutes of proceedings of the shareholders and the Board of Directors and of any committees of the Board of Directors of the corporation and of each of its subsidiaries shall be open to inspection, copying and making extracts upon written demand on the corporation of any shareholder or holder of a voting trust certificate at any reasonable time during usual business hours, for a purpose reasonably related to such holder’s interests as a shareholder or as a holder of such voting trust certificate.

 

21


(iv)    Any inspection, copying, and making of extracts under this subsection (a) may be done in person or by agent or attorney.

 

(b)     Inspection of Bylaws . The original or a copy of these bylaws shall be kept as provided in Section 44 of these bylaws and shall be open to inspection by the shareholders at all reasonable times during office hours. If the principal executive office of the corporation is not in California, and the corporation has no principal business office in the state of California, a current copy of these bylaws shall be furnished to any shareholder upon written request.

 

Section 57.     Written Form . If any record subject to inspection pursuant to Section 56 above is not maintained in written form, a request for inspection is not complied with unless and until the corporation at its expense makes such record available in written form.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

Miscellaneous

 

Section 58.     Fiscal Year . Unless otherwise fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors, the fiscal year of the corporation shall end on the last day of February in each calendar year.

 

Section 59.     Annual Report .

 

(a)    Subject to the provisions of Section 59(b) below, the Board of Directors shall cause an annual report to be sent to each shareholder of the corporation in the manner provided in Section 9 of these bylaws not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after the close of the corporation’s fiscal year. Such report shall include a balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal year and an income statement and statement of changes in financial position for such fiscal year, accompanied by any report thereon of independent accountants or, if there is no such report, the certificate of an authorized officer of the corporation that such statements were prepared without audit from the books and records of the corporation. When there are more than 100 shareholders of record of the corporation’s shares, as determined by Section 605 of the California Corporations Code, additional information as required by Section 1501(b) of the California Corporations Code shall also be contained in such report, provided that if the corporation has a class of securities registered under Section 12 of the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, that Act shall take precedence. Such report shall be sent to shareholders at least fifteen (15) days prior to the next annual meeting of

 

22


shareholders after the end of the fiscal year to which it relates.

 

(b)    If and so long as there are fewer than 100 holders of record of the corporation’s shares, the requirement of sending of an annual report to the shareholders of the corporation is hereby expressly waived.

 

Section 60.     Record Date . The Board of Directors may fix a time in the future as a record date for the determination of the shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of shares or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any other lawful action. The record date so fixed shall not be more than sixty (60) days nor less than ten (10) days prior to the date of the meeting nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action or event for the purpose of which it is fixed. If no record date is fixed, the provisions of Section 15 of these bylaws shall apply with respect to notice of meetings, votes, and consents and the record date for determining shareholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolutions relating thereto, or the sixtieth (60th) day prior to the date of such other action or event, whichever is later.

 

Only shareholders of record at the close of business on the record date shall be entitled to notice and to vote or to receive the dividend, distribution or allotment of rights or to exercise the rights, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any shares on the books of the corporation after the record date, except as otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation, by agreement or by law.

 

Section 61.     Bylaw Amendments . Except as otherwise provided by law or Section 19 of these bylaws, these bylaws may be amended or repealed by the Board of Directors or by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, including, if applicable, the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of each class or series entitled by law or the Articles of Incorporation to vote as a class or series on the amendment or repeal or adoption of any bylaw or bylaws; provided, however, after issuance of shares, a bylaw specifying or changing a fixed number of directors or the maximum or minimum number or changing from a fixed to a variable board or vice versa may only be adopted by approval of the outstanding shares as provided herein.

 

23


Section 62.     Construction and Definition . Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions contained in the California Corporations Code shall govern the construction of these bylaws.

 

Without limiting the foregoing, “shall” is mandatory and “may” is permissive.

 

ARTICLE X

 

Indemnification

 

Section 63.     Indemnification of Directors, Officers, Employees and Other Agents . The corporation shall have the power to indemnify its agents as set forth in Section 317 of the California Corporations Code. The corporation shall have no obligation to grant such indemnification except as expressly set forth in said Section 317.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

Loans of Officers and Others

 

Section 64.     Certain Corporate Loans and Guaranties . If the corporation has outstanding shares held of record by 100 or more persons on the date of approval by the Board of Directors, the corporation may make loans of money or property to, or guarantee the obligations of, any officer of the corporation or its parent or any subsidiary, whether or not a director of the corporation or its parent or any subsidiary, or adopt an employee benefit plan or plans authorizing such loans or guaranties, upon the approval of the Board of Directors alone, by a vote sufficient without counting the vote of any interested director or directors, if the Board of Directors determines that such a loan or guaranty or plan may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation.

 

24


CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY

 

I hereby certify that:

 

I am the duly elected and acting Secretary of Compac Microelectronics, Inc., a California corporation (the “Company”);

 

Attached hereto as Exhibit A is a complete and accurate copy of the Company’s Restated Articles of-Incorporation effective as of February 25, 1992, and said Restated Articles of Incorporation are presently in effect.

 

Attached hereto as Exhibit B is a complete and accurate copy of the Bylaws of the Company effective as of December 17, 1987, as amended, and said Bylaws are presently in effect; and

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name this 28th day of February, 1992.

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Page Frechette         


Page Frechette, Secretary

Exhibit 10.1

 

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

1993 STOCK OPTION PLAN

 

1.     PURPOSE OF PLAN

 

The Synnex Information Technologies, Inc. 1993 Stock Option Plan is intended to encourage employees, directors, and consultants of Synnex Information Technologies, Inc., a California corporation (the “Company”), its Subsidiaries and Parent (if any) to acquire stock in the Company and to provide such persons with an additional incentive to promote the financial success of the Company.

 

2.     DEFINED TERMS

 

Capitalized terms used in the Plan have the meanings noted on Section 14.

 

3.     ELIGIBILITY

 

(a) In General . Directors, employees and consultants of the Company, its Parent or any Subsidiary are eligible to receive Options; provided, however, that only employees and directors who are also employees of the Company, its Parent or any Subsidiary may be granted ISO’s.

 

(b) More Than 10% Shareholders . No Option shall be granted to any person who at the time of grant owns stock with more than 10% of the total voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, its parent or any Subsidiary, computed pursuant to Sections 422(b)(6) and 424(d) of the Code, unless at the time the Option is granted the exercise price is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option, and the Option is not exercisable after five years from the date of grant.

 

4.     SHARES SUBJECT TO PLAN

 

(a) Maximum Shares . The maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be subject to Options and which are reserved for the Plan is 2,700,000 shares of Common Stock, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4(b). If an Option expires or terminates for any reason without having been fully exercised, the unpurchased shares of Common Stock shall be added to the shares of Common Stock available for Options. The unpurchased shares of Common Stock shall not increase the maximum number of shares of Common Stock which may be subject to Options.

 

(b) Adjustment of Shares and Price . In the event that the Common Stock is changed into or exchanged for a different kind or number of shares of stock or securities of the Company as the result of any stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, exchange of shares, merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or

 

1


other change in capital structure, then, unless the change results in the termination of outstanding Options pursuant to Section 6(c), the number of shares of Common Stock subject to this Plan and to outstanding Options and the exercise price for such shares shall be equitably adjusted by the Committee to prevent the dilution or enlargement of rights. Any new stock or securities into which the Common Stock has been changed or for which it has been exchanged shall be substituted for the Common Stock subject to this Plan and to outstanding Options; provided, however, that fractional shares may be deleted from the adjustment or substitution.

 

5.     GRANTING OF OPTIONS

 

(a) Grants . The Committee shall from time to time, in its sole discretion but subject to this Plan, determine:

 

(i) the persons who will be granted Options;

 

(ii) the number of shares of Common Stock subject to each Option;

 

and

 

(iii) whether the Option will be an ISO or NQSO.

 

New Options may not be granted after the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, direct the Committee to suspend or cease granting Options at an earlier date. An Option shall be considered to be granted on the date on which the Committee authorizes the grant, provided that the Optionee executes a Stock Option Agreement in the form required by the Committee.

 

(b) Exercise Price . Subject to Section 3(b) and Section 4(b), the exercise price per share of Common Stock subject to each ISO is determined solely by the Committee but shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the date the Option is granted. Subject to Section 3(b) and Section 4(b), the exercise price per share of Common Stock subject to each NQSO shall be determined solely by the Committee but shall not be less than 85% of the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the date the Option is granted.

 

(c) Single Employee ISO Limit . The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time an Option is granted) of the shares of Common Stock or other stock of the Company with respect to which ISOs granted to an employee are exercisable for the first time by such employee during any calendar year (under all Options and all other stock option plans of the Company or a Parent or any Subsidiaries of the Company or any predecessor corporation of any such corporations) shall not exceed $100,000, as required by Section 422(d) of the Code, or any successor provision.

 

6.     EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

2


(a)     Exercise Rights . Subject to Section 3(b) and Sections 6(b) and (c), at the time of grant of the Option the Committee shall determine and set forth in the Stock Option Agreement the time or times the Option may be exercised, the period or periods during which the Option may be exercised, and the number of shares subject to the Option, except that

 

(i)    no Option shall be exercisable prior to the date the Plan is approved by the Company’s shareholders pursuant to Section 10;

 

(ii)    no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of 10 years from the date of grant;

 

(iii)    each Option shall become exercisable for an amount of Common Stock equal to at least 20% of the shares subject to the Option each year; such that on or after the first anniversary of the grant of the Option, the Option shall be exercisable for at least 20% of the shares subject to the Option, on or after the second anniversary of the grant of the Option, the Option shall be exercisable for at least 40% of the shares subject to the Option, etc.; and

 

(iv)    the calculation of the vesting period shall be suspended during any leave of absence at the request, or with the approval, of the Company, a Subsidiary, or a Parent.

 

(b)     Termination of Employment or Directorship . Provided the Option has not lapsed, been canceled, or terminated under Sections 4(b), 6(a)(ii), or 6(c) or 10, if the Optionee’s position as an employee, officer or director of the Company, a Subsidiary or Parent is terminated, the Optionee shall have the following time periods after the date of termination in which to exercise the Optionee’s Option for up to the same number of shares that the Optionee was entitled to purchase on the day before the date of termination (without regard to any severance pay, vacation pay or other payments upon termination):

 

(i)    one year when termination is caused by the disability (meaning the Optionee is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months;

 

(ii)    eighteen (18) months when termination is caused by death; or

 

(iii)    90 days after termination for any reason other than the death or disability of the Optionee.

 

To the extent the Option remains unexercised as of the end of the applicable period of time following termination of the Optionee’s employment, position as an officer or directorship set forth above, the Option shall automatically terminate. To the extent

 

3


the Optionee does not exercise the Option within the time periods following termination of employment or position as an officer prescribed under Section 422(a)(2) of the Code, and the former employee remains a director of the Company after termination of employment, the unexercised Options will thereafter be treated as NQSO’s.

 

Termination of an Optionee’s directorship, position of an officer or employment with the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary to accept a board position, position as an officer or employment with another corporation which is either the Company, a Subsidiary or Parent shall not be deemed a termination for purposes of this Section 6(b). A leave of absence at the request, or with the approval, of the Company, a Subsidiary, or a Parent shall not be deemed a termination for purposes of this Section 6(b), so long as the period of such leave does not exceed 90 days, or, if longer, so long as the Optionee’s right to reemployment with the Company (or a Subsidiary or Parent of the Company) is guaranteed by contract.

 

(c)     Change of Ownership . In the event of a Change of Ownership constituting a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation where the surviving corporation will not provide for assumption of any Option or a substitution of a new option for any Option, the Company shall cancel the Option in accordance with Sections 6(c)(iii) or (iv) in the event that an Option is not exercised prior to or as of the consummation of the Change in Ownership.

 

In addition, in the event of any Change of Ownership, the Company may, in its sole discretion and without the consent of any Optionee, do any of the following with respect to any or all of the then outstanding unexercised Options:

 

(i)    If the company is the surviving corporation, provide for the continuation of the Plan and all outstanding Options;

 

(ii)    Arrange for the assumption of any Option, or a substitution of a new option for any Option, by the purchasing or surviving corporation, provided that in the case of an ISO the assumption or substitution does not constitute a “modification” of the ISO as defined in Section 424(h) of the Code;

 

(iii)    Cancel any outstanding Option, whether then exercisable or not, but only upon payment to the Optionee of cash in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the aggregate Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock then subject to the unexercised portion of the Option over the aggregate exercise price under the Option for such shares; or

 

(iv)    Cancel any outstanding Option, whether then exercisable or not, but only upon issuance to the Optionee of shares of stock in the purchasing or surviving corporation in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of aggregate Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock then subject to the unexercised portion of the Option over the aggregate exercise price under the Option for such shares.

 

4


To the extent not inconsistent with any applicable law, the Company shall use its best efforts to give at least 15 days advance notice of any proposed Change of Ownership transaction to each Optionee who has outstanding unexercised Options, which notice shall describe the transaction in general terms, and notify the Optionee of any action which the Company and the surviving corporation, if other than the Company, have decided to take pursuant to this Section 6(c) with respect to that Optionee’s Options.

 

7.     EXERCISE PROCEDURE AND PAYMENT

 

(a)     Exercise Procedure . To exercise an Option, an Optionee must give written notice to the Company in form satisfactory to the Company specifying the number of whole shares, but in increments of not less than 500, that the Optionee elects to purchase. The Company shall specify a closing date, which shall be not more than 30 days after the date of the Optionee’s notice, for the payment of the exercise price and the issuance of the Common Stock being purchased. If any purchase of shares requires the consent of or a filing with or notice to the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other applicable federal or state agency charged with the administration of applicable securities laws, the time period specified for the closing shall be extended for such periods as the necessary consent, filing or notice period is pending. No person may exercise an option more than once in any calendar quarter without the consent of the Committee, except in the case of the exercise of an Option following the Optionee’s termination of employment, position as an officer or directorship with Company or a Subsidiary, as the case may be, or an exercise made in contemplation of a Change of Ownership under Section 6(c). The date of exercise shall be the date on which the written notice is received by the Company. On or before the closing date, the Optionee must in form satisfactory to the Company all documents required under the Plan, the Stock Option Agreement and applicable laws and regulations with regard to the purchase of the shares of Common Stock (including investment and/or residency representations as may be required by the Company in accordance with Section 8(b), together with full payment of the exercise price and payment in cash of such amount as may be required to pay any and all applicable withholding taxes. Payment of the exercise price shall be made either (i) in cash (including check, bank draft or money order), (ii) with consent of the Committee and subject to Section 7(c), by delivering the Optionee’s duly executed promissory note, (iii) with the consent of the Committee and subject to Section 7(b), by delivering shares of Common Stock already owned by the Optionee, or (iv) by a combination of these forms of payment. Subject to compliance with Sections 7(a), 7(c) and 8(b) and with any requirements imposed by the Committee or Company under those Sections, the Company shall issue and deliver to the Optionee on the specified closing date or at the earliest practicable date after the specified closing date one or more certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock purchased. No Optionee shall have any rights of a shareholder with respect to any shares of Common Stock until certificates for the shares have been issued.

 

(b)     Payment with Stock . With the consent of the Committee, the Optionee may deliver Common Stock already owned by the Optionee, valued at Fair Market Value as of

 

5


the closing date in full or partial payment of the exercise price of the shares of Common Stock subject to any Option; provided, however, that no Common Stock already owned by the Optionee which is “statutory option stock” as defined in Section 424(c) (3) of the Code may be delivered in payment of the exercise price if the applicable holding period requirements for such Common Stock under Sections 422(a) (1) or 423(a)(1) of the Code have not been met at the time of exercise.

 

(c)     Loans or Guaranties of Loans . The Committee may it its sole discretion assist any Optionee in the exercise of one or more Options granted to such Optionee by (i) authorizing a loan to the Optionee from the Company or (ii) authorizing a guaranty by Company, a Subsidiary or a Parent of a third party loan to the Optionee. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 7(c), the terms of any loan or guaranty (including the interest rate and terms of repayment) shall be established by the Committee it its sole discretion. Any loan by the Company shall, at the option of the Company, become immediately due and payable in full upon termination of the Optionee’s employment, position as an officer or directorship with Company, or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, for any reason or upon a sale of any shares acquired with such loan to the extent of the cash and fair market value of any property received by the Optionee in such sale. The Committee may determine that it will not require any loan to become immediately due and payable in the circumstance described in the preceding sentence in advance of the event, including, without limitation, at the time of grant of the option.

 

8.     RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERS; SECURITIES LAW COMPLIANCE

 

(a)     Transferability of Options . No Option shall be transferable otherwise than by will or under laws of descent and distribution, nor shall any Option be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, or encumbered. Each Option shall be exercisable, during the lifetime of the Optionee, only by the Optionee.

 

(b)     Compliance with Securities and Other Laws .

 

The Company may require investment or residency representations from an Optionee or impose other restrictions prior and as a condition to issuance of shares to the Optionee or transfer of shares by the Optionee. Shares of Common Stock shall not be issued to any Optionee until the Company has obtained any required approval of any governmental authority or of any stock exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed and the Company and its counsel are satisfied that the proposed issuance complies with all applicable federal and state securities and other laws. Shares of Common Stock purchased under Options may not be transferred, sold pledged, hypothecated or encumbered except in accordance with all applicable federal, and state securities laws, rules, and regulations and the provisions of this Plan and Stock Option Agreement, and the certificates for the shares of Common Stock issued may bear a legend to that effect. Under no circumstances shall the Company be obligated to register or qualify the shares

 

6


of Common Stock purchased under Options with the Securities and Exchange Commission or with applicable state securities agencies.

 

9.     ADMINISTRATION OF PLAN

 

(a)     The Committee . The Plan shall be administered by the Committee, which shall act upon majority vote.

 

(i) Subject to Section 9(a)(ii) below, the Committee shall consist of two or members of the Board of Directors.

 

(ii) If at any time any class of equity securities of the Company is registered pursuant to Section 12(b) or (g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, then, to the extent possible, the Committee shall consist of two or more directors, all of whom shall, while serving on the Committee, be “disinterested administrators, “within the meaning of the Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as at such time in effect or any other provision that may replace the Rule and be in effect at such time.

 

(b)     Committee Authority . To clarify the Committee’s powers and duties, but not to limit them, the Committee has full authority and power to:

 

(i) Interpret the provisions of the Plan and make rules and regulations for the administration of the Plan which are consistent with the Plan;

 

(ii) Decide all questions of eligibility for Plan participation and for the grant of Options;

 

(iii) Adopt forms of Stock Option Agreements and other documents consistent with the Plan and, in the case of ISO’s, with Section 422 of the Code;

 

(iv) Engage agents to perform legal accounting and other professional services as it may deem proper for administering the Plan; and

 

(v) Take other actions reasonably required or appropriate to administer the Plan or to carry out the Committee activities contemplated by the Plan.

 

10.     EFFECTIVE DATE

 

The effective Date of the Plan shall be the date of its adoption by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that no Option shall be exercisable prior to the approval of the Plan by the holders of a majority of the shares of Common Stock of the Company represented at a meeting of the shareholders at which the Plan is considered or by a majority of the shareholders by written consent. If shareholder approval is not obtained

 

7


within one year after the Effective Date, then the Plan and all Options shall automatically terminate on the first anniversary of the Effective Date.

 

11.     AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

 

(a) The Plan .

 

(i) Amendment . The Board of Directors may amend the Plan from time to time in its sole discretion; provided, however, that no amendment shall, without the approval of the shareholders of the Company in the manner provided in Section 10 and in accordance with Section 422 of the Code, (a) change the class of persons eligible to receive Options or otherwise materially modify the requirements as to eligibility for participation in the Plan; (b) increase the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock which may be purchased upon exercise of Options and issued under the Plan; or (c) materially increase the benefits accruing to Optionees restrictions shall be void and of no effect. Furthermore, no amendment shall impair the rights of any Optionee under any Option, without the Optionee’s consent.

 

(ii) Termination . The Plan shall terminate automatically on the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date, and the Company may terminated the Plan at any earlier time. Upon termination of the Plan, no additional Options shall be granted; provided, however, that the terms of the Plan and Stock Option Agreements shall continue in full force and effect with respect to outstanding and unexercised Options and shares of Common Stock issued under the Plan.

 

(b) Options . Subject to the terms and conditions, and limitations of the Plan, the Committee may, in its sole discretion modify, extend or renew outstanding Options or accept the surrender of outstanding Options (to the extent not exercised) and authorize the granting of new Options in substitution (to the extent not exercised). Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, no modification of Option shall, without the consent of the Optionee, impair rights or obligations under any Option previously granted.

 

12.     REPURCHASE RIGHTS OF COMPANY

 

(a) Repurchase Rights on Termination of Employment or Directorship . In the event of the voluntary or involuntary termination of the Optionee’s employment or directorship with the Company, a Subsidiary or a Parent, as the case may be, for any reason, whether with or without cause, the Company shall have the right to repurchase all of the shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of any Option by the Optionee, his assigns, heirs, legatees, or legal representatives, together with any shares of stock issued by the Company as a dividend or other distribution on, in exchange for or upon conversion of such Common Stock (collectively, the “Subject Shares”). Within 90 days after the termination (with respect to shares held or owned on the date of termination) or

 

8


within 90 days after exercise of any Option after the date of termination (with respect to shares acquired after the date of termination), the Company may give written notice to the Optionee, or if appropriate, to his assigns, heirs, legatees or legal representatives, setting forth the Company’s decision to exercise its repurchase right, the repurchase price of the Subject Shares and a date for closing not later than 15 days from the date of the written notice. The repurchase price per share shall be the greater of (i) the Fair Market Value per share of the Subject Shares on the date of repurchase or (ii) the price per share originally paid by the Optionee.

 

(b) Repurchase Rights on Transfer, Etc .

 

(i) Except as provided in the Plan, neither the Optionee nor his assigns, heirs, legatees or legal representatives shall make any Voluntary Transfer of any interest in the Subject Shares except in compliance with the Section 12(b), and all Subject Shares shall be subject to this Section 12(b) in the event of any Involuntary Transfer. The Company shall have the right to repurchase all of the Subject Shares in the case of an Involuntary Transfer and, in the case of a Voluntary Transfer, all shares that the Optionee designates as part of a proposed transfer (in either case referred to as the “Offered Shares”). Prior to a Voluntary Transfer, and no later than 15 days after an Involuntary Transfer, the Optionee, or his assigns, heirs, legatees, or legal representatives, shall give written notice to the Company of such proposed or actual transfer. The written notice shall include a description of the Voluntary Transfer or Involuntary Transfer, the name of the transferee and, in the case of a Voluntary Transfer, the price (if any) and the other terms (including complete terms of payment) of the proposed transfer. Within 30 days of the Company’s receipt of the notice, the Company may give written notice to the Optionee, or his assigns, heirs, legatees or legal representatives, stating whether the Company elects to exercise its repurchase rights, and, if so, the repurchase price of the Offered Shares, and a date for closing not later than 15 days from the date of the written notice.

 

(ii) In the case of a Voluntary Transfer consisting of a proposed sale solely for cash, based on a bona fide firm and present offer from a party unrelated to the Optionee, his assigns, heirs, legatees, or legal representatives, which offer is made primarily for investment purposes and not for the purpose of acquiring information concerning the Company or seeking any competitive advantage, and is not contingent on financing or otherwise, the repurchase price for the Company as to the Offered Shares shall be a cash amount equal to the price at which the sale is proposed to be made. In the case of any other kind of Voluntary Transfer or of any Involuntary Transfer, the repurchase price per share for the Offered Shares shall be the Fair Market Value as of the date of the Optionee’s written notice of the transfer or, if earlier, the date of the event triggering the Voluntary or Involuntary Transfer. Except with respect to a bona fide sale solely for cash, as described in the first sentence of this Section 12(b)(ii), if the Company’s repurchase rights under Section 12(a) are in effect at the time notice of a Voluntary Transfer is given or at the time an Involuntary Transfer occurs, then

 

9


notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 12(b)(ii) the repurchase price shall be determined as set forth in Section 12(a).

 

(iii) In the case of a Voluntary Transfer, if the Company (or its designee(s) under Section 12(c)(ii)) elects to repurchase none of the Offered Shares referred to in the Optionee’s written notice to the Company, the Optionee may, within a period of 120 days from the date of delivery of notice to the Company, dispose of all of the Offered Shares, but only to the person or persons named in the notice at the price and on the terms set forth in the notice. In any case, whether a Voluntary Transfer or an Involuntary Transfer, if the Company (or its designee(s) does not elect to exercise its right to repurchase the Offered Shares, then the shares shall continue to be subject to repurchase under this Section 12(b) in the hands of the transferee.

 

(iv) A “Voluntary Transfer” means any transfer of any interest in the Subject Shares which did not arise by operation of law (or which arises by operation of law in enforcing an agreement entered into by the holder of the Subject Shares); and includes, without limitation, a sale for cash, obligations or any other property, a gift , a hypothecation, the exercise of a right of foreclosure or a power of sale granted in connection with a hypothecation, a transfer pursuant to an order specifically enforcing an agreement entered into by the holder of the Subject Shares, a transfer to any person other than the Optionee pursuant to an agreement of separate maintenance of the termination of the marriage of the Optionee by divorce or dissolution, and, in the case of a non-individual shareholder, any distribution to its shareholders, partners, beneficiaries or other holders of beneficial interests and any change in ownership resulting from a merger or other reorganization. An “Involuntary Transfer” means any transfer of any interest in the Subject Shares which is not a Voluntary Transfer; and includes, without limitation, the transfers resulting from death of an individual shareholder, involuntary dissolution of a non-individual shareholder, an adjudication of bankruptcy or insolvency of shareholder, the appointment of a guardian and/or conservator of the shareholder, the appointment of a guardian and/or conservator of the shareholder and any sale to satisfy a judgment (except a judgment specifically enforcing an agreement entered into by the holder of the Subject Shares).

 

(c) Stock Repurchase Procedures

 

(i) The closing for the repurchase of any Subject or Offered Shares by the Company under this Section 12 shall take place at the Company’s principal offices. At the closing, the holder of the certificate(s) for the shares being transferred shall deliver the certificate(s) evidencing the shares to the Company, together with a duly executed stock power, and the Company shall deliver the purchase price. The purchase price shall be payable in full in cash or by check.

 

(ii) The right of the Company to repurchase the Subject Shares or the Offered Shares shall be assignable in whole or in part by the Company to one or more persons or entities. Every designee shall have the right to exercise the repurchase rights

 

10


in the designee’s own name for the designee’s own account and in the same manner provided for the Company; provided however, that in the case of a Voluntary Transfer only, the designee(s) may exercise the repurchase rights with respect to fewer than all of the Offered Shares, so long as not fewer than all of the Offered Shares will be purchased by the Company and/or its designee(s) acting together.

 

(iii) If any repurchase of shares requires the consent of or a filing with or notice to the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other applicable federal or state agency charged with the administration of applicable securities laws, the time period for the closing shall be extended for such periods as the necessary consent, filing or notice period is pending.

 

(iv) The company and the Optionee may waive (but not unilaterally extend) any of the time periods for the exercise of any repurchase rights.

 

(d) Termination of Repurchase Rights . The repurchase rights described in this Section 12 shall terminate and no longer be of effect with respect to any termination of the Optionee’s employment or directorship or any Voluntary or Involuntary Transfers occurring after:

 

(i) The mutual agreement of the Company and the Optionee or other holder of the Subject Shares or the Offered Shares; or

 

(ii) The effectiveness of a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1993 offering Common Stock of the Company to the general public in a bona fide, firm commitment underwriting.

 

(e) Certificates . So long as the repurchase rights granted to the Company are in effect as to any Subject Shares, the certificates for the Subject Shares shall be held by the Company.

 

13.     MISCELLANEOUS

 

(a) Employment . Neither the establishment of the Plan or any amendments, nor the granting of any Options, shall in any way modify or affect, or evidence any intention or understanding as to, the terms of employment of any Optionee with the Company, or any Subsidiary or Parent, including the duration of such employment. No person shall have a right to be granted Options or, having been granted Options, to be selected again.

 

(b) Multiple Options . Subject to the terms and restrictions set forth in the Plan, an Optionee may hold more than one Option.

 

(c) Written Notice . Any notices required under the Plan shall be in writing and shall be given on the forms, if any, provided or specified by the Committee. Written notice shall be effective upon actual receipt by the person to whom such notice is

 

11


to be given; provided, however, that in the case of notices to Optionees and their assigns, heirs, legatees and legal representatives, notice shall be effective upon delivery if delivered personally or three business days after mailing, registered first class postage prepaid to the last known address of the person to whom notice is given. Written notice shall be given to the Committee and the Company at the following address or such other address as may be specified from time to time:

 

Synnex Information Technologies, Inc.

 

3797 Spinnaker Court

 

Fremont, CA 94538

 

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

 

(d) Applicable Law; Severability . The Plan shall be governed by and construed in all respects in accordance with the laws of the State of California and, with respect to ISOs, shall be interpreted and administered in accordance with Section 422 of the Code. If any provision regarding an ISO is susceptible of more than one interpretation, it shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with Option being treated as an ISO for federal income tax purposes. If any provisions of the Plan shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall continue to be fully effective.

 

(e) Withholding Taxes . At or after the time an option is exercised, in whole or in part, the Company may withhold from other payments due to Optionee, and if the payments are not sufficient, upon request of the Company the Optionee shall make adequate provision for federal and state income tax withholding obligations, if any, of the Company, any exercise of the Option.

 

(f) Financial Information for Optionees . Not less often than annually, the Company shall provide each Optionee with a copy of the annual financial statements of the Company.

 

14.     DEFINITIONS

 

(a) “Board of Directors”: The Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(b) “Change of Ownership”: Any (i) merger, consolidation, share exchange or reorganization of the Company with any other corporation in which the Company is not the surviving corporation, (ii) dissolution or complete liquidation of the Company, (iii) sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or (iv) transaction (or series of related transactions) in which there is a change in the beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the combined voting power or value of the Company’s then outstanding equity

 

12


securities. The term “equity securities” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) (11) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

(c) “Code”: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, together with all regulations.

 

(d) “Committee”: The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, or if there is none, the Board of Directors.

 

(e) “Common Stock”: The Common Stock of the Company or such other class or kind of shares or other securities as may be applicable pursuant to the provisions of Section 4(b) hereof.

 

(f) “Company”: Synnex Information Technologies, Inc. , a California corporation.

 

(g) “Effective Date”: The date on which the Plan shall become effective as set forth in Section 10.

 

(h) “Fair Market Value”: As applied to a specific date, the fair market value of the Common Stock on such date as determined in good faith by the Committee in the following manner:

 

(1)    If the shares of Common Stock are then listed on any national or regional stock exchange, the Fair Market Value shall be the mean between the high and low sales price on the date in question, or if there are no reported sales on such date, on the last preceding date on which sales were reported;

 

(2)    If the shares of Common Stock are not listed, then the Fair Market Value shall be the mean between the bid and ask prices quoted by a market maker or other recognized specialist in the shares of Common Stock at the close of the date in question.

 

(3)    In the absence of either of the foregoing, the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Committee in its absolute discretion after giving consideration of the book value, the earnings history and the prospects of the Company in light of market conditions generally.

 

The Fair Market Value determined in such manner shall be final, binding and conclusive on all parties.

 

(i) “ISO”: A stock option intended to meet the requirements of an “incentive stock option,” as defined in Section 422 of the Code or any statutory provision that may replace such Section.

 

13


(j) “NQSO”: A stock option not intended to be an ISO and designated a non-qualified stock option by the Committee.

 

(k) “Option”: Any stock option, either an ISO or NQSO, granted from time to time under the Plan.

 

(l) “Optionee”: An employee or director of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries who has been granted an Option, and those heirs, legatees or legal representatives of such employee or director who may exercise an Option pursuant to Section 6(b).

 

(m) “Parent”: A “parent corporation” as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code, including any parent corporation which becomes such after the Effective Date of the Plan.

 

(n) “Plan”: This Synnex Information Technologies, Inc., 1993 Stock Option Plan, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

(o) “Stock Option Agreement”: A stock option agreement evidencing an Option in a form adopted by the Committee pursuant to Section 9(b).

 

(p) “Subject Shares”: See Section 12(a).

 

(q) “Subsidiary”: A “subsidiary corporation” as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code, including any subsidiary corporation which becomes such after the Effective Date of the Plan.

 

(r) “Voluntary Transfer” and “Involuntary Transfer”: See Section 12(b)(iv).

 

*     *     *

 

14


NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

UNDER THE SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

1993 STOCK OPTION PLAN

 

THIS NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (the “Agreement’), dated as of [ DATE ] (the date on which the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors authorized the option grant), is entered into between Synnex Information Technologies, Inc., a California corporation (the “Company”), and [ NAME ] (the “Optionee”), an employee or consultant of the Company, its Parent or a Subsidiary of the Company, under and pursuant to the Synnex Information Technologies, Inc. 1993 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”).

 

1.     Grant of Option . In consideration of the services performed or to be performed by the Optionee, the Company grants the Optionee an option (the “Option”) under the Plan to purchase a total of [ No. of Shares ] shares of Common Stock of the Company, upon the following terms and conditions:

 

(a) The Option is granted under and pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which is attached to this Agreement and incorporated into this Agreement by reference, and the Option is subject to all of the provisions of the Plan. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement without definition shall have the same meanings given the terms in the Plan.

 

(b) The Option is intended to be non-qualified stock option (“NQO”), as defined in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (the “Code”) and the regulations issued under that section.

 

(c) The Option is not exercisable after the expiration of 10 years from the date of grant.

 

(d) The Option is not transferable otherwise than by will or under the laws of descent and distribution, and the Option is exercisable during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee.

 

2.     Details of Option

 

(a) Exercise . Subject to Section 1(c) of this Agreement and all other provisions of this Agreement and the Plan applicable to exercise of the Option, the Option shall become exercisable as follows:

 

# of Shares

         [No. of Shares]

Date of Grant

         [DATE]

Exercise Price

         $[PRICE]

Vesting Commencement Date

         Vesting at 20%
           per year starts as of ______,1996

 

(b) Change of Ownership . Upon a Change of Ownership (as defined in Section 14(b) of the Plan), the Company may continue or cancel the Option as described in Section 6(c) of the Plan without the consent of the Optionee.

 

(c) Termination of Employment or Directorship . The Optionee, or in the event of the Optionee’s death, the Optionee’s heirs, legatees or legal representatives, as in the case may be, have rights within specified time periods subsequent to termination of the Optionee’s employment, position as an

 

1


officer or directorship with the Company, its Parent or its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, to exercise the Option, as described in Section 6(b) of the Plan.

 

(d) Exercise Procedure . The Option or any part of the Option may be exercised by giving written notice to the Company, in form satisfactory to the Company, which notice shall specify the number of whole shares, but in increments of no less than 500, to be purchased. The Company shall specify a closing date, which shall not be more than 30 days after the date of the Common Stock being purchased. The exercise procedure is described in Section 7 of the Plan.

 

3.     Repurchasing Rights . The Company may repurchase shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of the Option upon conditions specified in Section 12 of the Plan.

 

4.     Income Taxes .

 

(a) No Representations or Warranties . Neither the Company nor the Committee nor any of their representatives or agents has made any representations or warranties to the Optionee with respect to the income tax or other consequences of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and the Optionee is not relying on the Company, the Committee or any of their representatives or agents for an assessment of tax or other consequences.

 

(b) Early Disposition of NQO Stock . The Optionee understands that if the Optionee exercises this Option and purchases Common Stock, the Optionee will be treated for federal income tax purposes as having received ordinary income at the time of such exercise in an amount generally equal to the difference between the amount paid for the Common Stock and the Market Value of the Common Stock. The Optionee also understands that any ordinary income so realized may be treated as wages subject to withholding and other payroll taxes. The Optionee agrees to notify the Company in writing at least 10 days before the date of any such exercise and to pay, upon the Company’s request, to the Company on or before such exercise any amount of withholding or other payroll taxes required to be withheld or paid by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to such disposition.

 

5.     Written Notice . Any written notice under this Agreement shall be given in the matter and shall be effective on the date provided in Section 13(c) of the Plan.

 

6.     Employment or Other Relationship . Neither the establishment of the Plan or any amendments, nor the granting of any Options, shall in any way modify or affect, or evidence any intention or understanding as to, the terms of employment of any Optionee with Company, or any Subsidiary or Parent, including the duration of such employment. Except as provided to the contrary in any written agreement between the Optionee and the Company, the Optionee may be terminated at any time by the Company, or any Subsidiary or Parent, and such termination may be with or without cause. No person shall have the right to be granted Options or having been granted Options, to be selected again.

 

7.     Miscellaneous . This Agreement shall bind and insure to the benefit of the Company and its successors and assigns, and the Optionee and any heir, legatee, or legal representative of the Optionee, This Agreement shall be interpreted under and governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement in duplicate as of the day and year first above written.

 

Synnex Information Technologies, Inc.

By:

 

 


Its:

 

 


 

Optionee

Signed:

 

 


    [ NAME ]

 

Spousal Consent

 

The undersigned has read and is familiar with the preceding Incentive Stock Option Agreement and consents and agrees to be bound by all the terms of the Agreement and the Plan as if the undersigned had signed the Agreement. Without limiting the effect of the preceding sentence, the undersigned specifically agrees that the Company may rely on any authorization, instruction or election made under the Agreement by the Optionee alone and that all of his or her right, title or interest, if any, in the Common Stock purchased by the Optionee under the Agreement, whether arising by operation of community property law, by property settlement or otherwise, shall be subject to all of such terms.

 

Signed:

 

 


 

Print Name:

 

 


 

Exhibit A :    Copy of the Plan

 

 

3


INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

UNDER THE SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

1993 STOCK OPTION PLAN

 

THIS INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (the “Agreement’), dated as of [ DATE ] (the date on which the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors authorized the option grant), is entered into between Synnex Information Technologies, Inc., a California corporation the “Company”), and [ NAME ] (the “Optionee”), an employee of the Company, its Parent or a Subsidiary of the Company, under and pursuant to the Synnex Information Technologies, Inc. 1993 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”).

 

1.     Grant of Option . In consideration of the services performed or to be performed by the Optionee, the Company grants the Optionee an option (the “Option”) under the Plan to purchase a total of xxxxx shares of Common Stock of the Company, upon the following terms and conditions:

 

(a) The Option is granted under and pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which is attached to this Agreement and incorporated into this Agreement by reference, and the Option is subject to all of the provisions of the Plan. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement without definition shall have the same meanings given the terms in the Plan.

 

(b) Except as provided in Section 6(b) of the Plan, the Option is intended to be an incentive stock option (“ISO”), as defined in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (the “Code”) and the regulations issued under that section.

 

(c) The Option is not exercisable after the expiration of 10 years from the date of grant.

 

(d) The Option is not transferable otherwise than by will or under the laws of descent and distribution, and the Option is exercisable during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee.

 

2.     Details of Option

 

(a) Exercise . Subject to Section 1(c) of this Agreement and all other provisions of this Agreement and the Plan applicable to exercise of the Option, the Option shall become exercisable as follows:

 

# of Shares   xxxxx
Date of Grant   [DATE]
Exercise Price   $[PRICE]
Vesting Commencement Date   Vesting at 20%
    per year starts as of                      , 1996

 

 

1


(b) Change of Ownership . Upon a Change of Ownership (as defined in Section 14(b) of the Plan), the Company may continue or cancel the Option as described in Section 6(c) of the Plan without the consent of the Optionee.

 

(c) Termination of Employment or Directorship . The Optionee, or in the event of the Optionee’s death, the Optionee’s heirs, legatees or legal representatives, as in the case may be, have rights within specified time periods subsequent to termination of the Optionee’s employment, position as an officer or directorship with the Company, its Parent or its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, to exercise the Option, as described in Section 6(b) of the Plan.

 

(d) Exercise Procedure . The Option or any part of the Option may be exercised by giving written notice to the Company, in form satisfactory to the Company, which notice shall specify the number of whole shares, but in increments of no less than 500, to be purchased. The Company shall specify a closing date, which shall not be more than 30 days after the date of the Common Stock being purchased. The exercise procedure is described in Section 7 of the Plan.

 

3.     Repurchasing Rights . The Company may repurchase shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of the Option upon conditions specified in Section 12 of the Plan.

 

4.     Income Taxes .

 

(a) No Representations or Warranties . Neither the Company nor the Committee nor any of their representatives or agents has made any representations or warranties to the Optionee with respect to the income tax or other consequences of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and the Optionee is not relying on the Company, the Committee or any of their representatives or agents for an assessment of tax or other consequences.

 

(b) Early Disposition of ISO Stock . The Optionee understands that if the Optionee disposes of any shares of Common Stock acquired under this Option as an ISO within two years after the date of this Agreement or within one year after the shares are transferred to the Optionee, the Optionee will be treated for federal income tax purposes as having received ordinary income at the time of such disposition in an amount generally equal to the lesser of (1) the excess of the Fair Market Value of such shares of Common Stock on the date of the exercise of the Option or subsequent date of vesting under Section 83 of the Code over the exercise price paid for such shares, or (2) the gain realized upon the disposition of such shares. The Optionee also understands that any ordinary income so realized may be treated as wages subject to withholding and other payroll taxes. The Optionee agrees to notify the Company in writing at least 10 days before the date of any such early disposition and to pay, upon the Company’s request, to the Company on or before such disposition any amount of withholding or other payroll taxes required to be withheld or paid by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to such disposition.

 

5.     Written Notice . Any written notice under this Agreement shall be given in the matter and shall be effective on the date provided in Section 13(c) of the Plan.

 

2


6.     Employment or Other Relationship . Neither the establishment of the Plan or any amendments, nor the granting of any Options, shall in any way modify or affect, or evidence any intention or understanding as to, the terms of employment of any Optionee with Company, or any Subsidiary or Parent, including the duration of such employment. Except as provided to the contrary in any written agreement between the Optionee and the Company, the Optionee may be terminated at any time by the Company, or any Subsidiary or Parent, and such termination may be with or without cause. No person shall have the right to be granted Options or having been granted Options, to be selected again.

 

7.     Miscellaneous . This Agreement shall bind and insure to the benefit of the Company and its successors and assigns, and the Optionee and any heir, legatee, or legal representative of the Optionee, This Agreement shall be interpreted under and governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement in duplicate as of the day and year first above written.

 

Synnex Information Technologies, Inc.

By:

 

 


     

Its:

 

 


 

Optionee

Signed:

 

 


    [ NAME ]

 

Exhibit A :    Copy of the Plan

 

3


Spousal Consent

 

The undersigned has read and is familiar with the preceding Incentive Stock Option Agreement and consents and agrees to be bound by all the terms of the Agreement and the Plan as if the undersigned had signed the Agreement. Without limiting the effect of the preceding sentence, the undersigned specifically agrees that the Company may rely on any authorization, instruction or election made under the Agreement by the Optionee alone and that all of his or her right, title or interest, if any, in the Common Stock purchased by the Optionee under the Agreement, whether arising by operation of community property law, by property settlement or otherwise, shall be subject to all of such terms.

 

Signed:

 

 


     

Print Name:

 

 


 

Exhibit A :    Copy of the Plan

 

4

Exhibit 10.2

 

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

1997 STOCK OPTION/STOCK ISSUANCE PLAN

 

AS AMENDED AND RESTATED JANUARY 22, 2000

 

ARTICLE ONE

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

I.    PURPOSE OF THE PLAN

 

This 1997 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan is intended to promote the interests of Synnex Information Technologies, Inc., a California corporation, by providing eligible persons in the Corporation’s employ or service with the opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest, or otherwise increase their proprietary interest, in the Corporation as an incentive for them to continue in such employ or service.

 

Capitalized terms herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the attached Appendix.

 

All share numbers in this plan restatement reflect the four (4)-for-one (1) split of the Common Stock effected on November 30, 1999.

 

II.    STRUCTURE OF THE PLAN

 

A.    The Plan shall be divided into two (2) separate equity programs:

 

(i)    the Option Grant Program under which eligible persons may, at the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be granted options to purchase shares of Common Stock, and

 

(ii)    the Stock Issuance Program under which eligible persons may, at the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be issued shares of Common Stock directly, either through the immediate purchase of such shares or as a bonus for services rendered the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

 

B.    The provisions of Articles One and Four shall apply to both equity programs under the Plan and shall accordingly govern the interests of all persons under the Plan.


III.    ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

 

A.    The Plan shall be administered by the Board. However, any or all administrative functions otherwise exercisable by the Board may be delegated to the Committee. Members of the Committee shall serve for such period of time as the Board may determine and shall be subject to removal by the Board at any time. The Board may also at any time terminate the functions of the Committee and reassume all powers and authority previously delegated to the Committee.

 

B.    The Plan Administrator shall have full power and authority (subject to the provisions of the Plan) to establish such rules and regulations as it may deem appropriate for proper administration of the Plan and to make such determinations under, and issue such interpretations of, the Plan and any outstanding options or stock issuances thereunder as it may deem necessary or advisable. Decisions of the Plan Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties who have an interest in the Plan or any option or stock issuance thereunder.

 

IV.    ELIGIBILITY

 

A.    The persons eligible to participate in the Plan are as follows:

 

(i)    Employees,

 

(ii)    consultants and other independent advisors who provide services to the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

 

B.    The Plan Administrator shall have full authority to determine, (i) with respect to the grants under the Option Grant Program, which eligible persons are to receive the option grants, the time or times when those grants are to be made, the number of shares to be covered by each such grant, the status of the granted option as either an Incentive Option or a Non-Statutory Option, the time or times when each option is to become exercisable, the vesting schedule (if any) applicable to the option shares and the maximum term for which the option is to remain outstanding, and (ii) with respect to stock issuances under the Stock Issuance Program, which eligible persons are to receive such stock issuances, the time or times when those issuances are to be made, the number of shares to be issued to each Participant, the vesting schedule (if any) applicable to the issued shares and the consideration to be paid by the Participant for such shares.

 

C.    The Plan Administrator shall have the absolute discretion either to grant options in accordance with the Option Grant Program or to effect stock issuances in accordance with the Stock Issuance Program.

 

V.    STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

 

A.    The stock issuable under the Plan shall be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock. The maximum number of shares of Common Stock which may be issued over the term of the Plan shall not exceed 13,000,000 shares. Such share reserve is comprised of (i) the 4,000,000 shares of Common Stock initially authorized for issuance under the

 

2


Plan plus (ii) an additional increase of 9,000,000 shares of Common Stock authorized by the Board in January 2000. Such share increase is subject to the approval of the Corporation’s stockholders, and no stock option grants or share issuances shall be made on the basis of that increase unless and until the requisite shareholder approval is obtained.

 

B.    Shares of Common Stock subject to outstanding options shall be available for subsequent issuance under the Plan to the extent (i) the options expire or terminate for any reason prior to exercise in full or (ii) the options are cancelled in accordance with the cancellation-regrant provisions of Article Two. Unvested shares issued under the Plan and subsequently repurchased by the Corporation, at the option exercise or direct issue price paid per share, pursuant to the Corporation’s repurchase rights under the Plan shall be added back to the number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan and shall accordingly be available for reissuance through one or more subsequent option grants or direct stock issuances under the Plan.

 

C.    Should any change be made to the Common Stock by reason of any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change affecting the outstanding Common Stock as a class without the Corporation’s receipt of consideration, appropriate adjustments shall be made to (i) the maximum number and/or class of securities issuable under the Plan and (ii) the number and/or class of securities and the exercise price per share in effect under each outstanding option in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of benefits thereunder. The adjustments determined by the Plan Administrator shall be final, binding and conclusive. In no event shall any such adjustments be made in connection with the conversion of one or more outstanding shares of the Corporation’s preferred stock into shares of Common Stock.

 

ARTICLE TWO

 

OPTION GRANT PROGRAM

 

I.    OPTION TERMS

 

Each option shall be evidenced by one or more documents in the form approved by the Plan Administrator; provided , however, that each such document shall comply with the terms specified below. Each document evidencing an Incentive Option shall, in addition, be subject to the provisions of the Plan applicable to such options.

 

A.     Exercise Price .

 

1.    The exercise price per share shall be fixed by the Plan Administrator in accordance with the following provisions:

 

(i)    The exercise price per share shall not be less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the option grant date.

 

3


(ii)    If the person to whom the option is granted is a 10% Shareholder, then the exercise price per share shall not be less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the option grant date.

 

2.    The exercise price shall become immediately due upon exercise of the option and shall, subject to the provisions of Section I of Article Four and the documents evidencing the option, be payable in cash or check made payable to the Corporation. Should the Common Stock be registered under Section 12 of the 1934 Act at the time the option is exercised, then the exercise price may also be paid as follows:

 

(i)    in shares of Common Stock held for the requisite period necessary to avoid a charge to the Corporation’s earnings for financial reporting purposes and valued at Fair Market Value on the Exercise Date, or

 

(ii)    to the extent the option is exercised for vested shares, through a special sale and remittance procedure pursuant to which the Optionee shall concurrently provide irrevocable instructions (A) to a Corporation-designated brokerage firm to effect the immediate sale of the purchased shares and remit to the Corporation, out of the sale proceeds available on the settlement date, sufficient funds to cover the aggregate exercise price payable for the purchased shares plus all applicable Federal, state and local income and employment taxes required to be withheld by the Corporation by reason of such exercise and (B) to the Corporation to deliver the certificates for the purchased shares directly to such brokerage firm in order to complete the sale.

 

Except to the extent such sale and remittance procedure is utilized, payment of the exercise price for the purchased shares must be made on the Exercise Date.

 

B.      Exercise and Term of Options . Each option shall be exercisable at such time or times, during such period and for such number of shares as shall be determined by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the documents evidencing the option grant. However, no option shall have a term in excess of ten (10) years measured from the option grant date.

 

C.     Effect of Termination of Service .

 

1.    The following provisions shall govern the exercise of any options held by the Optionee at the time of cessation of Service or death:

 

(i)    Should the Optionee cease to remain in Service for any reason other than death, Disability or Misconduct, then the Optionee shall have a period of three (3) months following the date of such cessation of Service during which to exercise each outstanding option held by such Optionee.

 

4


(ii)    Should Optionee’s Service terminate by reason of Disability, then the Optionee shall have a period of twelve (12) months following the date of such cessation of Service during which to exercise each outstanding option held by such Optionee.

 

(iii)    If the Optionee dies while holding an outstanding option, then the personal representative of his or her estate or the person or persons to whom the option is transferred pursuant to the Optionee’s will or the laws of inheritance shall have a twelve (12)-month period following the date of the Optionee’s death to exercise such option.

 

(iv)    Under no circumstances, however, shall any such option be exercisable after the specified expiration of the option term.

 

(v)    During the applicable post-Service exercise period, the option may not be exercised in the aggregate for more than the number of vested shares for which the option is exercisable on the date of the Optionee’s cessation of Service. Upon the expiration of the applicable exercise period or (if earlier) upon the expiration of the option term, the option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding for any vested shares for which the option has not been exercised. However, the option shall, immediately upon the Optionee’s cessation of Service, terminate and cease to be outstanding with respect to any and all option shares for which the option is not otherwise at the time exercisable or in which the Optionee is not otherwise at that time vested.

 

(vi)    Should Optionee’s Service be terminated for Misconduct, then all outstanding options held by the Optionee shall terminate immediately and cease to remain outstanding.

 

2.    The Plan Administrator shall have the discretion, exercisable either at the time an option is granted or at any time while the option remains outstanding, to:

 

(i)    extend the period of time for which the option is to remain exercisable following Optionee’s cessation of Service or death from the limited period otherwise in effect for that option to such greater period of time as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate, but in no event beyond the expiration of the option term, and/or

 

(ii)    permit the option to be exercised, during the applicable post-Service exercise period, not only with respect to the number of vested shares of Common Stock for which such option is exercisable at the time of the Optionee’s cessation of Service but also with respect to one or more additional installments in which the Optionee would have vested under the option had the Optionee continued in Service.

 

5


D.      Shareholder Rights . The holder of an option shall have no shareholder rights with respect to the shares subject to the option until such person shall have exercised the option, paid the exercise price and become the recordholder of the purchased shares.

 

E.      Unvested Shares . The Plan Administrator shall have the discretion to grant options which are exercisable for unvested shares of Common Stock. Should the Optionee cease Service while holding such unvested shares, the Corporation shall have the right to repurchase, at the exercise price paid per share, any or all of those unvested shares. The terms upon which such repurchase right shall be exercisable (including the period and procedure for exercise and the appropriate vesting schedule for the purchased shares) shall be established by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the document evidencing such repurchase right. The Plan Administrator may not impose a vesting schedule upon the option grant or any shares of Common Stock subject to that option which is more restrictive than twenty percent (20%) per year vesting, with the initial vesting to occur not later than one (1) year after the option grant date. However, such limitation shall not be applicable to any option grants made to individuals who are officers of the Corporation, non-employee Board members or independent consultants.

 

F.      First Refusal Rights . Until such time as the Common Stock is first registered under Section 12 of the 1934 Act, the Corporation shall have the right of first refusal with respect to any proposed disposition by the Optionee (or any successor in interest) of any shares of Common Stock issued under the Plan. Such right of first refusal shall be exercisable in accordance with the terms established by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the document evidencing such right.

 

G.      Limited Transferability of Options . During the lifetime of the Optionee, the option shall be exercisable only by the Optionee and shall not be assignable or transferable other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution following the Optionee’s death.

 

H.      Withholding . The Corporation’s obligation to deliver shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of any options granted under the Plan shall be subject to the satisfaction of all applicable Federal, state and local income and employment tax withholding requirements.

 

II.    INCENTIVE OPTIONS

 

The terms specified below shall be applicable to all Incentive Options. Except as modified by the provisions of this Section II, all the provisions of the Plan shall be applicable to Incentive Options. Options which are specifically designated as Non-Statutory Options shall not be subject to the terms of this Section II.

 

A.      Eligibility . Incentive Options may only be granted to Employees.

 

B.      Exercise Price . The exercise price per share shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the option grant date.

 

6


C.      Dollar Limitation . The aggregate Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock (determined as of the respective date or dates of grant) for which one or more options granted to any Employee under the Plan (or any other option plan of the Corporation or any Parent or Subsidiary) may for the first time become exercisable as Incentive Options during any one (1) calendar year shall not exceed the sum of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000). To the extent the Employee holds two (2) or more such options which become exercisable for the first time in the same calendar year, the foregoing limitation on the exercisability of such options as Incentive Options shall be applied on the basis of the order in which such options are granted.

 

D.      10% Shareholder . If any Employee to whom an Incentive Option is granted is a 10% Shareholder, then the option term shall not exceed five (5) years measured from the option grant date.

 

III.    CORPORATE TRANSACTION

 

A.    Each option outstanding under the Plan at the time of a Corporate Transaction shall automatically accelerate in full so that each such option shall, immediately prior to the effective date of the Corporate Transaction, become fully exercisable for all of the shares of Common Stock at the time subject to that option and may be exercised for any or all of those shares as fully-vested shares of Common Stock. However, an outstanding option shall not become exercisable on such an accelerated basis if and to the extent: (i) such option is assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof) in the Corporate Transaction or (ii) such option is to be replaced with a cash incentive program of the successor corporation which preserves the spread existing at the time of the Corporate Transaction on the shares for which the option is not otherwise at that time exercisable and provides for subsequent payout in accordance with the same vesting/exercise schedule applicable to those option shares or (iii) the acceleration of such option is subject to other limitations imposed by the Plan Administrator at the time of the option grant.

 

B.    Immediately following the consummation of the Corporate Transaction, all outstanding options shall terminate and cease to be outstanding, except to the extent assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof).

 

C.    Each option which is assumed in connection with a Corporate Transaction shall be appropriately adjusted, immediately after such Corporate Transaction, to apply to the number and class of securities which would have been issuable to the Optionee in consummation of such Corporate Transaction, had the option been exercised immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction. Appropriate adjustments shall also be made to (i) the number and class of securities available for issuance under the Plan following the consummation of such Corporate Transaction and (ii) the exercise price payable per share under each outstanding option, provided the aggregate exercise price payable for such securities shall remain the same.

 

D.    The Plan Administrator shall have the discretion, exercisable either at the time the option is granted or at any time while the option remains outstanding, to provide for the automatic acceleration (in whole or in part) of one or more outstanding options upon the occurrence of a Corporate Transaction, whether or not those options are to be assumed in the Corporate Transaction.

 

7


E.    The Plan Administrator shall also have full power and authority, exercisable either at the time the option is granted or at any time while the option remains outstanding, to structure such option so that the option will automatically accelerate and become immediately exercisable for all the shares at the time subject to that option should the Optionee’s Service terminate by reason of an Involuntary Termination within a designated period (not to exceed eighteen (18) months) following the effective date of any Corporate Transaction in which the option is assumed and does not otherwise accelerate. Any option so accelerated shall remain exercisable for the fully-vested option shares until the earlier of (i) the expiration of the option term or (ii) the expiration of the one (1)-year period measured from the effective date of the Involuntary Termination.

 

F.    The portion of any Incentive Option accelerated in connection with a Corporate Transaction shall remain exercisable as an Incentive Option only to the extent the applicable One Hundred Thousand Dollar limitation is not exceeded. To the extent such dollar limitation is exceeded, the accelerated portion of such option shall be exercisable as a Non-Statutory Option under the Federal tax laws.

 

G.    The grant of options under the Plan shall in no way affect the right of the Corporation to adjust, reclassify, reorganize or otherwise change its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

 

IV.    CANCELLATION AND REGRANT OF OPTIONS

 

The Plan Administrator shall have the authority to effect, at any time and from time to time, with the consent of the affected option holders, the cancellation of any or all outstanding options under the Plan and to grant in substitution therefor new options covering the same or different number of shares of Common Stock but with an exercise price per share based on the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the new option grant date.

 

ARTICLE THREE

 

STOCK ISSUANCE PROGRAM

 

I.    STOCK ISSUANCE TERMS

 

Shares of Common Stock may be issued under the Stock Issuance Program through direct and immediate issuances without any intervening option grants. Each such stock issuance shall be evidenced by a Stock Issuance Agreement which complies with the terms specified below.

 

A.     Purchase Price .

 

1.    The purchase price per share shall be fixed by the Plan Administrator but shall not be less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value per share of Common

 

8


Stock on the issue date. However, the purchase price per share of Common Stock issued to a 10% Shareholder shall not be less than one hundred and ten percent (110%) of such Fair Market Value.

 

2.    Subject to the provisions of Section I of Article Four, shares of Common Stock may be issued under the Stock Issuance Program for any of the following items of consideration which the Plan Administrator may deem appropriate in each individual instance:

 

(i)    cash or check made payable to the Corporation, or

 

(ii)    past services rendered to the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

 

B.     Vesting Provisions .

 

1.    Shares of Common Stock issued under the Stock Issuance Program may, in the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be fully and immediately vested upon issuance or may vest in one or more installments over the Participant’s period of Service or upon attainment of specified performance objectives. However, the Plan Administrator may not impose a vesting schedule upon any stock issuance effected under the Stock Issuance Program which is more restrictive than twenty percent (20%) per year vesting, with initial vesting to occur not later than one (1) year after the issuance date. Such limitation shall not apply to any Common Stock issuances made to the officers of the Corporation, non-employee Board members or independent consultants.

 

2.    Any new, substituted or additional securities or other property (including money paid other than as a regular cash dividend) which the Participant may have the right to receive with respect to the Participant’s unvested shares of Common Stock by reason of any stock dividend, stock split, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change affecting the outstanding Common Stock as a class without the Corporation’s receipt of consideration shall be issued subject to (i) the same vesting requirements applicable to the Participant’s unvested shares of Common Stock and (ii) such escrow arrangements as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate.

 

3.    The Participant shall have full shareholder rights with respect to any shares of Common Stock issued to the Participant under the Stock Issuance Program, whether or not the Participant’s interest in those shares is vested. Accordingly, the Participant shall have the right to vote such shares and to receive any regular cash dividends paid on such shares.

 

4.    Should the Participant cease to remain in Service while holding one or more unvested shares of Common Stock issued under the Stock Issuance Program or should the performance objectives not be attained with respect to one or more such unvested shares of Common Stock, then those shares shall be immediately surrendered to the Corporation for cancellation, and the Participant shall have no further shareholder rights with respect to those shares. To the extent the surrendered shares were previously issued to the Participant for consideration paid in cash or cash equivalent (including the Participant’s purchase-money

 

9


indebtedness), the Corporation shall repay to the Participant the cash consideration paid for the surrendered shares and shall cancel the unpaid principal balance of any outstanding purchase-money note of the Participant attributable to such surrendered shares.

 

5.    The Plan Administrator may in its discretion waive the surrender and cancellation of one or more unvested shares of Common Stock (or other assets attributable thereto) which would otherwise occur upon the non-completion of the vesting schedule applicable to such shares. Such waiver shall result in the immediate vesting of the Participant’s interest in the shares of Common Stock as to which the waiver applies. Such waiver may be effected at any time, whether before or after the Participant’s cessation of Service or the attainment or non-attainment of the applicable performance objectives.

 

C.     First Refusal Rights . Until such time as the Common Stock is first registered under Section 12 of the 1934 Act, the Corporation shall have the right of first refusal with respect to any proposed disposition by the Participant (or any successor in interest) of any shares of Common Stock issued under the Stock Issuance Program. Such right of first refusal shall be exercisable in accordance with the terms established by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the document evidencing such right.

 

II.    CORPORATE TRANSACTION

 

A.    Upon the occurrence of a Corporate Transaction, all outstanding repurchase rights under the Stock Issuance Program shall terminate automatically, and the shares of Common Stock subject to those terminated rights shall immediately vest in full, except to the extent: (i) those repurchase rights are assigned to the successor corporation (or parent thereof) in connection with such Corporate Transaction or (ii) such accelerated vesting is precluded by other limitations imposed by the Plan Administrator at the time the repurchase right is issued.

 

B.    The Plan Administrator shall have the discretionary authority, exercisable either at the time the unvested shares are issued or any time while the Corporation’s repurchase rights with respect to those shares remain outstanding, to provide that those rights shall automatically terminate on an accelerated basis, and the shares of Common Stock subject to those terminated rights shall immediately vest, in the event the Participant’s Service should subsequently terminate by reason of an Involuntary Termination within a designated period (not to exceed eighteen (18) months) following the effective date of any Corporate Transaction in which those repurchase rights are assigned to the successor corporation (or parent thereof).

 

III.    SHARE ESCROW/LEGENDS

 

Unvested shares may, in the Plan Administrator’s discretion, be held in escrow by the Corporation until the Participant’s interest in such shares vests or may be issued directly to the Participant with restrictive legends on the certificates evidencing those unvested shares.

 

10


ARTICLE FOUR

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

I.    FINANCING

 

The Plan Administrator may permit any Optionee or Participant to pay the option exercise price or the purchase price for shares issued to such person under the Plan by delivering a full-recourse, interest-bearing promissory note payable in one or more installments and secured by the purchased shares. However, any promissory note delivered by a consultant must be secured by collateral in addition to the purchased shares of Common Stock. In no event shall the maximum credit available to the Optionee or Participant exceed the sum of (i) the aggregate option exercise price or purchase price payable for the purchased shares plus (ii) any Federal, state and local income and employment tax liability incurred by the Optionee or the Participant in connection with the option exercise or share purchase.

 

II.    EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM OF PLAN

 

A.    The Plan shall become effective when adopted by the Board, but no option granted under the Plan may be exercised, and no shares shall be issued under the Plan, until the Plan is approved by the Corporation’s shareholders. If such shareholder approval is not obtained within twelve (12) months after the date of the Board’s adoption of the Plan, then all options previously granted under the Plan shall terminate and cease to be outstanding, and no further options shall be granted and no shares shall be issued under the Plan. Subject to such limitation, the Plan Administrator may grant options and issue shares under the Plan at any time after the effective date of the Plan and before the date fixed herein for termination of the Plan.

 

B.    The Plan shall terminate upon the earliest of (i) the expiration of the ten (10)-year period measured from the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, (ii) the date on which all shares available for issuance under the Plan shall have been issued as vested shares or (iii) the termination of all outstanding options in connection with a Corporate Transaction. All options and unvested stock issuances outstanding at that time under the Plan shall continue to have full force and effect in accordance with the provisions of the documents evidencing such options or issuances.

 

III.    AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN

 

A.    The Board shall have complete and exclusive power and authority to amend or modify the Plan in any or all respects. However, no such amendment or modification shall adversely affect the rights and obligations with respect to options or unvested stock issuances at the time outstanding under the Plan unless the Optionee or the Participant consents to such amendment or modification. In addition, certain amendments may require shareholder approval pursuant to applicable laws and regulations.

 

11


B.    Options may be granted under the Option Grant Program and shares may be issued under the Stock Issuance Program which are in each instance in excess of the number of shares of Common Stock then available for issuance under the Plan, provided any excess shares actually issued under those programs shall be held in escrow until there is obtained shareholder approval of an amendment sufficiently increasing the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan. If such shareholder approval is not obtained within twelve (12) months after the date the first such excess issuances are made, then (i) any unexercised options granted on the basis of such excess shares shall terminate and cease to be outstanding and (ii) the Corporation shall promptly refund to the Optionees and the Participants the exercise or purchase price paid for any excess shares issued under the Plan and held in escrow, together with interest (at the applicable Short Term Federal Rate) for the period the shares were held in escrow, and such shares shall thereupon be automatically cancelled and cease to be outstanding.

 

IV.    USE OF PROCEEDS

 

Any cash proceeds received by the Corporation from the sale of shares of Common Stock under the Plan shall be used for general corporate purposes.

 

V.    WITHHOLDING

 

The Corporation’s obligation to deliver shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of any options or upon the issuance or vesting of any shares issued under the Plan shall be subject to the satisfaction of all applicable Federal, state and local income and employment tax withholding requirements.

 

VI.    REGULATORY APPROVALS

 

The implementation of the Plan, the granting of any options under the Plan and the issuance of any shares of Common Stock (i) upon the exercise of any option or (ii) under the Stock Issuance Program shall be subject to the Corporation’s procurement of all approvals and permits required by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over the Plan, the options granted under it and the shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to it.

 

VII.    NO EMPLOYMENT OR SERVICE RIGHTS

 

Nothing in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee or the Participant any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining such person) or of the Optionee or the Participant, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate such person’s Service at any time for any reason, with or without cause.

 

12


VIII.    FINANCIAL REPORTS

 

The Corporation shall deliver a balance sheet and an income statement at least annually to each individual holding an outstanding option under the Plan, unless such individual is a key Employee whose duties in connection with the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) assure such individual access to equivalent information.

 

13


APPENDIX

 

The following definitions shall be in effect under the Plan:

 

A.      Board shall mean the Corporation’s Board of Directors.

 

B.      Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

C.      Committee shall mean a committee of two (2) or more Board members appointed by the Board to exercise one or more administrative functions under the Plan.

 

D.      Common Stock shall mean the Corporation’s common stock.

 

E.      Corporate Transaction shall mean either of the following shareholder-approved transactions to which the Corporation is a party:

 

(i)    a merger or consolidation in which securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Corporation’s outstanding securities are transferred to a person or persons different from the persons holding those securities immediately prior to such transaction, or

 

(ii)    the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets in complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation.

 

F.      Corporation shall mean Synnex Information Technologies, Inc., a California corporation, and any successor corporation to all or substantially all of the assets or voting stock of Synnex Information Technologies, Inc. which shall by appropriate action adopt the Plan.

 

G.      Disability shall mean the inability of the Optionee or the Participant to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment and shall be determined by the Plan Administrator on the basis of such medical evidence as the Plan Administrator deems warranted under the circumstances.

 

H.      Employee shall mean an individual who is in the employ of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary), subject to the control and direction of the employer entity as to both the work to be performed and the manner and method of performance.

 

I.      Exercise Date shall mean the date on which the Corporation shall have received written notice of the option exercise.

 

J.      Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on any relevant date shall be determined in accordance with the following provisions:

 

(i)    If the Common Stock is at the time traded on the Nasdaq National Market, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price per

 

 

A-1


share of Common Stock on the date in question, as such price is reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers on the Nasdaq National Market and published in The Wall Street Journal . If there is no closing selling price for the Common Stock on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

 

(ii)    If the Common Stock is at the time listed on any Stock Exchange, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price per share of Common Stock on the date in question on the Stock Exchange determined by the Plan Administrator to be the primary market for the Common Stock, as such price is officially quoted in the composite tape of transactions on such exchange and published in The Wall Street Journal . If there is no closing selling price for the Common Stock on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

 

(iii)    If the Common Stock is at the time neither listed on any Stock Exchange nor traded on the Nasdaq National Market, then the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Plan Administrator after taking into account such factors as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate.

 

K.      Incentive Option shall mean an option which satisfies the requirements of Code Section 422.

 

L.      Involuntary Termination shall mean the termination of the Service of any individual which occurs by reason of:

 

(i)    such individual’s involuntary dismissal or discharge by the Corporation for reasons other than Misconduct, or

 

(ii)    such individual’s voluntary resignation following (A) a change in his or her position with the Corporation which materially reduces his or her duties and responsibilities or the level of management to which he or she reports, (B) a reduction in his or her level of compensation (including base salary, fringe benefits and target bonuses under any corporate-performance based bonus or incentive programs) by more than fifteen percent (15%) or (C) a relocation of such individual’s place of employment by more than fifty (50) miles, provided and only if such change, reduction or relocation is effected without the individual’s consent.

 

M.      Misconduct shall mean the commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty by the Optionee or Participant, any unauthorized use or disclosure by such person of confidential information or trade secrets of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary), or any other intentional misconduct by such person adversely affecting the business or affairs of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) in a material manner. The foregoing definition shall not be deemed to be inclusive of all the acts or omissions which the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) may consider as grounds for the dismissal or discharge of any Optionee, Participant or other person in the Service of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

 

A-2


N.      1934 Act shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

O.      Non-Statutory Option shall mean an option not intended to satisfy the requirements of Code Section 422.

 

P.      Option Grant Program shall mean the option grant program in effect under the Plan.

 

Q.      Optionee shall mean any person to whom an option is granted under the Plan.

 

R.      Parent shall mean any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Corporation, provided each corporation in the unbroken chain (other than the Corporation) owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

S.      Participant shall mean any person who is issued shares of Common Stock under the Stock Issuance Program.

 

T.      Plan shall mean the Corporation’s 1997 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, as set forth in this document.

 

U.      Plan Administrator shall mean either the Board or the Committee acting in its capacity as administrator of the Plan.

 

V.      Service shall mean the provision of services to the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) by a person in the capacity of an Employee, a non-employee member of the board of directors or a consultant or independent advisor, except to the extent otherwise specifically provided in the documents evidencing the option grant.

 

W.      Stock Exchange shall mean either the American Stock Exchange or the New York Stock Exchange.

 

X.      Stock Issuance Agreement shall mean the agreement entered into by the Corporation and the Participant at the time of issuance of shares of Common Stock under the Stock Issuance Program.

 

Y.      Stock Issuance Program shall mean the stock issuance program in effect under the Plan.

 

Z.      Subsidiary shall mean any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Corporation, provided each corporation (other than the last corporation) in the unbroken chain owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

A-3


AA.      10% Shareholder shall mean the owner of stock (as determined under Code Section 424(d)) possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

 

 

A-4


SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC

 

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

UNDER THE 1997 STOCK OPTION/STOCK ISSUANCE PLAN

 

RECITALS

 

A.    The Board has adopted the 1997 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan (the “Plan”) for the purpose of retaining the services of selected Employees and consultants and other independent advisors in the service of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

 

B.    Optionee is to render valuable services to the Corporation (or a Parent or Subsidiary), and this Stock Option Agreement (the “Agreement”) is intended to carry out the purposes of the Plan in connection with the Corporation’s grant of an option to Optionee and intended to govern the terms and exercise of stock options granted under the Plan.

 

C.    All capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning assigned to them in the attached Plan.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, it is hereby agreed as follows:

 

1.      Grant of Option . The Corporation hereby grants to Optionee, effective as of the date (the “Grant Date”) as indicated in the Notice of Grant (the “Grant Notice”), an option to purchase up to the number of shares of Common Stock (the “Shares”) at the Exercise Price specified in the Grant Notice.

 

2.      Option Term . This option shall expire on the expiration date set forth in the Grant Notice, which date is ten (10) years after the Grant Date (or five (5) years after the Grant Date if this option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option in the Grant Notice and Section II(D) of Article Two of the Plan applies). It will expire earlier if your service to the Corporation terminates as described in Section I(C) of Article Two of the Plan.

 

3.     Limited Transferability . During Optionee’s lifetime, this option shall be exercisable only by Optionee and shall not be assignable or transferable other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution following Optionee’s death.

 

4.      Dates of Exercise . This option shall become exercisable to the extent that the Shares have been vested, as shown in the Grant Notice. As the option becomes exercisable for one or more installments, those installments shall accumulate, and the option shall remain exercisable for the accumulated installments during the option term.

 

1


5.     Option Acceleration .

 

(a)    In the event of any Corporate Transaction, this option, to the extent outstanding at the time but not otherwise fully exercisable, shall automatically accelerate and become exercisable in full in accordance with Section III of Article Two of the Plan.

 

(b)    This option may also become exercisable on an accelerated basis in accordance with the terms and conditions of any special addendum attached to this Agreement.

 

(c)    This Agreement shall not in any way affect the right of the Corporation to adjust, reclassify, reorganize or otherwise change its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

 

6.     Adjustment in Option Shares . Should any change be made to the Common Stock by reason of any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change affecting the outstanding Common Stock as a class without the Corporation’s receipt of consideration, appropriate adjustments shall be made to (i) the total number and/or class of securities subject to this option and (ii) the Exercise Price in order to reflect such change and thereby preclude a dilution or enlargement of benefits hereunder.

 

A. 7.     Shareholder Rights . The holder of this option shall not have any shareholder rights with respect to the Shares until such person shall have exercised the option, paid the Exercise Price and become the record holder of the Shares. Thereafter, Optionee (or any successor in interest) shall have all the rights of a shareholder (including voting, dividend and liquidation rights) with respect to the Shares, subject, however, to the transfer restrictions in Paragraphs 10 and 11 or until such time as the Corporation exercises the First Refusal Right set forth in Paragraph 12.

 

8.     Manner of Exercising Option .

 

(a)    In order to exercise this option with respect to all or any part of the Shares for which this option is at the time exercisable, Optionee (or any other person or persons exercising the option) must take the following actions:

 

(i)    Execute and deliver to the Corporation an Exercise Notice in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A together with the spousal acknowledgment, if applicable, attached hereto as Exhibit B. The notice must specify the number of Shares the Optionee wish to purchase, how the Shares should be registered; and

 

(ii)    Pay the aggregate Exercise Price for the Shares in one or more of the following forms:

 

        (A)    cash, money order or cashier’s check made payable to the Corporation; or

 

2


        (B)    a promissory note payable to the Corporation, but only to the extent authorized by the Plan Administrator in accordance with Paragraph 21.

 

        Should the Common Stock be registered under Section 12 of the 1934 Act at the time the option is exercised, then the Exercise Price may also be paid as follows:

 

        (C)    in shares of Common Stock held by Optionee (or any other person or persons exercising the option) for the requisite period necessary to avoid a charge to the Corporation’s earnings for financial reporting purposes and valued at Fair Market Value on the Exercise Date; or

 

        (D)    to the extent the option is exercised for vested Shares, through a special sale and remittance procedure pursuant to which Optionee (or any other person or persons exercising the option) shall concurrently provide irrevocable instructions (a) to a securities broker to effect the immediate sale of the Shares and remit to the Corporation, out of the sale proceeds available on the settlement date, sufficient funds to cover the aggregate Exercise Price payable for the Shares plus all applicable Federal, state and local income and employment taxes required to be withheld by the Corporation by reason of such exercise and (b) to the Corporation to deliver the certificates for the Shares directly to such brokerage firm in order to complete the sale.

 

(iii)    Furnish to the Corporation appropriate documentation that the person or persons exercising the option (if other than Optionee) have the right to exercise this option.

 

(iv)    Execute and deliver to the Corporation such written representations as may be requested by the Corporation in order for it to comply with the applicable requirements of Federal and state securities laws.

 

(v)    In the event that the Corporation determines that it is required to withhold any tax as a result of the exercise of this option, the Optionee, as a condition to the exercise of this option, shall make appropriate arrangements with the Corporation (or Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Optionee) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state and local income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the option exercise.

 

(b)    As soon as practical after the Exercise Date, the Corporation shall issue to or on behalf of Optionee (or any other person or persons exercising this option) a certificate for the Shares, with the appropriate legends affixed thereto.

 

(c)    In no event may this option be exercised for any fractional shares.

 

3


9.     Compliance with Laws and Regulations .

 

(a)    The exercise of this option and the issuance of the Shares upon such exercise shall be subject to compliance by the Corporation and Optionee with all applicable requirements of law relating thereto and with all applicable regulations of any stock exchange (or the Nasdaq National Market, if applicable) on which the Common Stock may be listed for trading at the time of such exercise and issuance.

 

(b)    The inability of the Corporation to obtain approval from any regulatory body having authority deemed by the Corporation to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any of the Shares pursuant to this option shall relieve the Corporation of any liability with respect to the non-issuance or sale of the Shares as to which such approval shall not have been obtained. The Corporation, however, shall use its best efforts to obtain all such approvals.

 

(c)    Optionee acknowledges that the option or the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the 1933 Act”) and are being issued to Optionee in reliance upon the exemption from such registration provided by the Securities Exchange Commissioner Rule (the “SEC Rule”) §701 for stock issuances under compensatory benefit plans such as the Plan. Optionee hereby confirms that Optionee has been informed that the Shares issuable upon exercise of the option are restricted securities under the 1933 Act and may not be resold or transferred unless the Shares are first registered under the Federal securities laws or unless an exemption from such registration is available. Accordingly, Optionee hereby acknowledges that Optionee is prepared to hold the Shares for an indefinite period and that Optionee is aware that the SEC Rule §144 issued under the 1933 Act which exempts certain re-sales of restricted securities is not presently available to exempt the resale of the Shares from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act.

 

10.     Restrictions on Disposition of the Shares . Optionee shall make no disposition of the Shares (other than a Permitted Transfer as defined below) unless and until there is compliance with all of the following requirements:

 

(a)    Optionee shall have provided the Corporation with a written summary of the terms and conditions of the proposed disposition.

 

(b)    Optionee shall have complied with all requirements of this Agreement applicable to the disposition of the Shares.

 

(c)    Optionee shall have provided the Corporation with written assurances, in form and substance satisfactory to the Corporation, that (a) the proposed disposition does not require registration of the Shares under the 1933 Act or (b) all appropriate action necessary for compliance with the registration requirements of the 1933 Act or any exemption from registration available under the 1933 Act (including Rule 144) has been taken.

 

4


The Corporation shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares which have been sold or transferred in violation of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as the owner of the Shares, or otherwise to accord voting, dividend or liquidation rights to, any transferee to whom the Shares have been transferred in contravention of this Agreement

 

11.     Transfer Restrictions .

 

(a)     Restriction on Transfer . Optionee shall not transfer, assign, encumber or otherwise dispose of any of the Shares in contravention of the provisions of the First Refusal Right or the Market Stand-Off, each as defined below, except Permitted Transfer. Permitted Transfer shall mean (i) a gratuitous transfer of the Shares, provided and only if Optionee obtains the Corporation’s prior written consent to such transfer, (ii) a transfer of title to the Shares effected pursuant to Optionee’s will or the laws of intestate succession following Optionee’s death or (iii) a transfer to the Corporation in pledge as security for any purchase-money indebtedness incurred by Optionee in connection with the acquisition of the Shares.

 

(b)     Transferee Obligations . Each person (other than the Corporation) to whom the Shares are transferred by means of a Permitted Transfer must, as a condition precedent to the validity of such transfer, acknowledge in writing to the Corporation that such person is bound by the provisions of this Agreement and that the transferred shares are subject to (i) the First Refusal Right and (ii) the Market Stand-Off, to the same extent such shares would be so subject if retained by Optionee.

 

(c)     Market Stand-Off .

 

(i)    In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Corporation of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the 1933 Act, including the Corporation’s initial public offering, Optionee shall not sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose or transfer for value or otherwise agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Shares without the prior written consent of the Corporation or its underwriters. Such restriction (the “Market Stand-Off”) shall be in effect for such period of time from and after the effective date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Corporation or such underwriters. In no event, however, shall such period exceed one hundred eighty (180) days and the Market Stand-Off shall in all events terminate two (2) years after the effective date of the Corporation’s initial public offering.

 

(ii)    Optionee shall be subject to the Market Stand-Off provided and only if the officers and directors of the Corporation are also subject to similar restrictions.

 

(iii)    Any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of any Recapitalization or Reorganization distributed with respect to the Shares shall be immediately subject to the Market Stand-Off to the same extent the Shares are at such time covered by such provisions.

 

5


(iv)    In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off the Corporation may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares until the end of the applicable stand-off period.

 

12.     Right of First Refusal .

 

(a)     Grant . The Corporation is hereby granted the right of first refusal (the “First Refusal Right”), exercisable in connection with any proposed transfer of the Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option. For purposes of this Paragraph 12, the term “transfer” shall include any sale, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or other disposition of the Shares intended to be made by Optionee, but shall not include any Permitted Transfer.

 

(b)     Notice of Intended Disposition . In the event Optionee desires to accept a bona fide third-party offer for the transfer of any or all of the Shares (the Shares subject to such offer to be hereinafter referred to as the “Target Shares”), Optionee shall promptly (i) deliver to the Corporation written notice (the “Disposition Notice”) of the terms of the offer, including the purchase price and the identity of the third-party offeror, and (ii) provide satisfactory proof that the disposition of the Target Shares to such third-party offeror would not be in contravention of the provisions set forth in Paragraphs 10 and 11.

 

(c)     Exercise of the First Refusal Right . The Corporation shall, for a period of twenty-five (25) days following receipt of the Disposition Notice, have the right to repurchase any or all of the Target Shares subject to the Disposition Notice upon the same terms as those specified therein or upon such other terms (not materially different from those specified in the Disposition Notice) to which Optionee consents. Such right shall be exercisable by delivery of written notice (the “First Refusal Right Exercise Notice”) to Optionee prior to the expiration of the twenty-five (25)-day exercise period. If such right is exercised with respect to all the Target Shares, then the Corporation shall effect the repurchase of such shares, including payment of the purchase price, not more than five (5) business days after delivery of the First Refusal Right Exercise Notice; and at such time the certificates representing the Target Shares shall be delivered to the Corporation.

 

Should the purchase price specified in the Disposition Notice be payable in property other than cash or evidences of indebtedness, the Corporation shall have the right to pay the purchase price in the form of cash equal in amount to the value of such property. If Optionee and the Corporation cannot agree on such cash value within ten (10) days after the Corporation’s receipt of the Disposition Notice, the valuation shall be made by an appraiser of recognized standing selected by Optionee and the Corporation or, if they cannot agree on an appraiser within twenty (20) days after the Corporation’s receipt of the Disposition Notice, each shall select an appraiser of recognized standing and the two (2) appraisers shall designate a third appraiser of recognized standing, whose appraisal shall be determinative of such value. The cost of such appraisal shall be shared equally by Optionee and the Corporation. The closing shall then be held on the later of (i) the fifth (5th) business day following delivery of the First Refusal Right Exercise Notice or (ii) the fifth (5th) business day after such valuation shall have been made.

 

(d)     Non-Exercise of the First Refusal Right . In the event the First Refusal

 

6


Right Exercise Notice is not given to Optionee prior to the expiration of the twenty-five (25)-day exercise period, Optionee shall have a period of thirty (30) days thereafter in which to sell or otherwise dispose of the Target Shares to the third-party offeror identified in the Disposition Notice upon terms (including the purchase price) no more favorable to such third-party offeror than those specified in the Disposition Notice; provided , however, that any such sale or disposition must not be effected in contravention of the provisions of Paragraphs 10 and 11. The third-party offeror shall acquire the Target Shares subject to the First Refusal Right, and the acquired shares shall remain subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 10 and 11(c). In the event Optionee does not effect such sale or disposition of the Target Shares within the specified thirty (30)-day period, the First Refusal Right shall continue to be applicable to any subsequent disposition of the Target Shares by Optionee until such right lapses.

 

(e)     Partial Exercise of the First Refusal Right . In the event the Corporation makes a timely exercise of the First Refusal Right with respect to a portion, but not all, of the Target Shares specified in the Disposition Notice, Optionee shall have the option, exercisable by written notice to the Corporation delivered within five (5) business days after Optionee’s receipt of the First Refusal Right Exercise Notice, to effect the sale of the Target Shares pursuant to either of the following alternatives:

 

(i)    sale or other disposition of all the Target Shares to the third-party offeror identified in the Disposition Notice, but in full compliance with the requirements of this Paragraph 12(d) above, as if the Corporation did not exercise the First Refusal Right; or

 

(ii)    sale to the Corporation of the portion of the Target Shares which the Corporation has elected to purchase, such sale to be effected in substantial conformity with the provisions of this Paragraph 12(c) above. The First Refusal Right shall continue to be applicable to any subsequent disposition of the remaining Target Shares until such right lapses.

 

Failure of Optionee to deliver timely notification to the Corporation shall be deemed to be an election by Optionee to sell the Target Shares pursuant to alternative (i) above.

 

(f)     Recapitalization/Reorganization .

 

(i)    Any new, substituted or additional securities or other property which is by reason of any Recapitalization distributed with respect to the Shares shall be immediately subject to the First Refusal Right, but only to the extent the Shares are at the time covered by such right.

 

(ii)    In the event of a Reorganization, the First Refusal Right shall remain in full force and effect and shall apply to the new capital stock or other property received in exchange for the Shares in consummation of the Reorganization, but only to the extent the Shares are at the time covered by such right.

 

(g)     Lapse . The First Refusal Right shall lapse upon the earliest to occur of

 

7


(i)    the first date on which shares of the Common Stock are held of record by more than five hundred (500) persons, (ii) a determination is made by the Board that a public market exists for the outstanding shares of Common Stock or (iii) a firm commitment underwritten public offering, pursuant to an effective registration statement under the 1933 Act, covering the offer and sale of the Common Stock in the aggregate amount of at least ten million dollars ($10,000,000). However, the Market Stand-Off shall continue to remain in full force and effect following the lapse of the First Refusal Right.

 

13.     Restrictive Legends . The stock certificates for the Shares shall be endorsed with one or more of the following restrictive legends:

 

“The shares represented by this certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), or under the securities laws of certain states. The shares may not be sold or offered for sale in the absence of (a) an effective registration statement for the shares under such Act, (b) a “no action” letter of the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to such sale or offer or (c) satisfactory assurances to the issuer that registration under such Act is not required with respect to such sale or offer.”

 

“The shares represented by this certificate are subject to certain restrictions on public resale, transfer and right of first refusal options held by the issuer or its assignee(s) as set forth in an agreement between the issuer and the original holder of these shares. Such public sale and transfer restrictions and the right of first refusal are binding on transferees of these shares.”

 

14.     No Waiver . The failure of the Corporation in any instance to exercise the First Refusal Right shall not constitute a waiver of any other repurchase rights and/or rights of first refusal that may subsequently arise under the provisions of this Agreement or any other agreement between the Corporation and Optionee. No waiver of any breach or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach or condition, whether of like or different nature.

 

15.     Cancellation of Shares . If the Corporation shall make available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Shares to be repurchased in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, then from and after such time, the person from whom such shares are to be repurchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement). Such shares shall be deemed purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, and the Corporation shall be deemed the owner and holder of such shares, whether or not the certificates therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

 

16.     No Employment or Service Contract . Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Optionee) or of Optionee, which rights are hereby

 

8


expressly reserved by each, to terminate Optionee’s Service at any time for any reason, with or without cause.

 

17.     Optionee Undertaking . Optionee hereby agrees to take whatever additional action and execute whatever additional documents the Corporation may deem necessary or advisable in order to carry out or effect one or more of the obligations or restrictions imposed on either Optionee or the Shares pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

 

18.     Agreement is Entire Contract . This Agreement constitutes the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement is made pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and shall in all respects be construed in conformity with the terms of the Plan.

 

19.     Successors and Assigns . Except to the extent otherwise provided in Paragraphs 3 and 6, the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Corporation and its successors and assigns and Optionee, Optionee’s assigns and the legal representatives, heirs and legatees of Optionee’s estate.

 

20.     Notices . Any notice required to be given or delivered to the Corporation under the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing and addressed to the Corporation at its principal corporate offices. Any notice required to be given or delivered to Optionee shall be in writing and addressed to Optionee at the address indicated below Optionee’s signature line on the Exercise Notice or at such other address as such party may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice under this paragraph to all other parties to this Agreement. All notices shall be deemed effective upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the U.S. mail, postage prepaid and properly addressed to the party to be notified.

 

21.       Financing . The Plan Administrator may, in its absolute discretion and without any obligation to do so, permit Optionee to pay the Exercise Price for the Shares by delivering a full-recourse, interest-bearing promissory note secured by those Option Shares. The payment schedule in effect for any such promissory note shall be established by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion.

 

22.     Construction . This Agreement and the option evidenced hereby are made and granted pursuant to the Plan and are in all respects limited by and subject to the terms of the Plan. All decisions of the Plan Administrator with respect to any question or issue arising under the Plan or this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on all persons having an interest in this option.

 

23.     Governing Law . The interpretation, performance and enforcement of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California without resort to that State’s conflict-of-laws rules.

 

24.     Additional Terms Applicable to an Incentive Option . In the event this option is designated an Incentive Option in the Grant Notice, the following terms and conditions shall also apply to the grant:

 

 

9


(a)    This option shall cease to qualify for favorable tax treatment as an Incentive Option if (and to the extent) this option is exercised for one or more Option Shares: (i) more than three (3) months after the date Optionee ceases to be an Employee for any reason other than death or Permanent Disability or (ii) more than twelve (12) months after the date Optionee ceases to be an Employee by reason of Permanent Disability.

 

(b)    No installment under this option shall qualify for favorable tax treatment as an Incentive Option if (and to the extent) the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the Grant Date) of the Common Stock for which such installment first becomes exercisable hereunder would, when added to the aggregate value (determined as of the respective date or dates of grant) of the Common Stock or other securities for which this option or any other Incentive Options granted to Optionee prior to the Grant Date (whether under the Plan or any other option plan of the Corporation or any Parent or Subsidiary) first become exercisable during the same calendar year, exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate. Should such One Hundred Thousand Dollar ($100,000) limitation be exceeded in any calendar year, this option shall nevertheless become exercisable for the excess shares in such calendar year as a Non-Statutory Option.

 

(c)    Should the exercisability of this option be accelerated upon a Corporate Transaction, then this option shall qualify for favorable tax treatment as an Incentive Option only to the extent the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the Grant Date) of the Common Stock for which this option first becomes exercisable in the calendar year in which the Corporate Transaction occurs does not, when added to the aggregate value (determined as of the respective date or dates of grant) of the Common Stock or other securities for which this option or one or more other Incentive Options granted to Optionee prior to the Grant Date (whether under the Plan or any other option plan of the Corporation or any Parent or Subsidiary) first become exercisable during the same calendar year, exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate. Should the applicable One Hundred Thousand Dollar ($100,000) limitation be exceeded in the calendar year of such Corporate Transaction, the option may nevertheless be exercised for the excess shares in such calendar year as a Non-Statutory Option.

 

(d)    Should Optionee hold, in addition to this option, one or more other options to purchase Common Stock which become exercisable for the first time in the same calendar year as this option, then the foregoing limitations on the exercisability of such options as Incentive Options shall be applied on the basis of the order in which such options are granted.

 

 

10


EXHIBIT A

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE OF STOCK OPTION

 

SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc.

3797 Spinnaker Court

Fremont CA, 94538

Attention: Linda F. Lai

 

Re:     Exercise of Stock Option to Purchase Shares of Company Stock

 

Pursuant to the Grant Notice dated             ,          together with the Stock Option Agreement (the “Stock Option Agreement”) attached thereof, between SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc., a California corporation (the “Company”), and the undersigned, I hereby elect to purchase                  shares of the common stock of the Company (the “Shares”), at the price of $                 per share. A cashier’s check in the amount of $                 is enclosed. Please register the Shares in the name(s) of (note the Shares can be registered under the undersigned’s name or jointly with the undersigned’s spouse, or family trust):

 


 

The undersigned understands there may be tax consequences as a result of the purchase or disposition of the Shares. The undersigned represents that he/she has consulted with any tax consultants he/she deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and the undersigned is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

The undersigned acknowledges that he/she has received, read and understood the Stock Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions. The undersigned represents that the Shares are being acquired solely for its own account and not as a nominee for any other party, or for investment, and that the undersigned purchaser will not offer, sell or otherwise dispose of any such Shares except under circumstances that will not result in a violation of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any state securities laws.

 

Dated:  

 


     

 


            Signature
           

 


            (Please Print Name)
            Social Security No.  

 


           

 


           

 


            (Full Address)


EXHIBIT B

 

SPOUSAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT

 

The undersigned spouse of Optionee has read and hereby approves the foregoing Stock Option Agreement. In consideration of the Corporation’s granting Optionee the right to acquire the Shares in accordance with the terms of such Agreement, the undersigned hereby agrees to be irrevocably bound by all the terms of such Agreement, including (without limitation) the first refusal rights of the Corporation (or its assigns) with respect to the Shares.

 

     
 
    OPTIONEE’S SPOUSE
Address:  

 


 


Exhibit 10.3

 

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

SPECIAL EXECUTIVE STOCK OPTION/STOCK ISSUANCE PLAN

 

AS AMENDED AND RESTATED JANUARY 22, 2000

 

ARTICLE ONE

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

I.    PURPOSE OF THE PLAN

 

This Special Executive Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan is intended to promote the interests of Synnex Information Technologies, Inc., a California corporation, by providing eligible persons in the Corporation’s employ or service with the opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest, or otherwise increase their proprietary interest, in the Corporation as an incentive for them to continue in such employ or service.

 

Capitalized terms herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the attached Appendix.

 

All share numbers in this plan restatement reflect the four (4)-for-one (1) split of the Common Stock which occurred on November 30, 1999.

 

II.    STRUCTURE OF THE PLAN

 

A.    The Plan shall be divided into two (2) separate equity programs:

 

(i)    the Option Grant Program under which eligible persons may, at the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be granted options to purchase shares of Common Stock, and

 

(ii)    the Stock Issuance Program under which eligible persons may, at the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be issued shares of Common Stock directly, either through the immediate purchase of such shares or as a bonus for services rendered the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

 

B.    The provisions of Articles One and Four shall apply to both equity programs under the Plan and shall accordingly govern the interests of all persons under the Plan.

 

III.    ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

 

A.    The Plan shall be administered by the Board. However, any or all administrative functions otherwise exercisable by the Board may be delegated to the Committee. Members of the Committee shall serve for such period of time as the Board may determine and


shall be subject to removal by the Board at any time. The Board may also at any time terminate the functions of the Committee and reassume all powers and authority previously delegated to the Committee.

 

B.    The Plan Administrator shall have full power and authority (subject to the provisions of the Plan) to establish such rules and regulations as it may deem appropriate for proper administration of the Plan and to make such determinations under, and issue such interpretations of, the Plan and any outstanding options or stock issuances thereunder as it may deem necessary or advisable. Decisions of the Plan Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties who have an interest in the Plan or any option or stock issuance thereunder.

 

C.    All stock options and direct stock issuances under the Plan shall be made in compliance with the applicable requirements of Section 25102(f) of the California Corporations Code so that the qualification of those securities shall not be required in the State of California.

 

IV.    ELIGIBILITY

 

A.    The persons eligible to participate in the Plan shall be limited solely to Employees who are executives or officers of the Corporation or members of the Board.

 

B.    The Plan Administrator shall have full authority to determine, (i) with respect to the grants under the Option Grant Program, which eligible persons are to receive the option grants, the time or times when those grants are to be made, the number of shares to be covered by each such grant, the status of the granted option as either an Incentive Option or a Non-Statutory Option, the time or times when each option is to become exercisable, the vesting schedule (if any) applicable to the option shares and the maximum term for which the option is to remain outstanding, and (ii) with respect to stock issuances under the Stock Issuance Program, which eligible persons are to receive such stock issuances, the time or times when those issuances are to be made, the number of shares to be issued to each Participant, the vesting schedule (if any) applicable to the issued shares and the consideration to be paid by the Participant for such shares.

 

C.    The Plan Administrator shall have the absolute discretion either to grant options in accordance with the Option Grant Program or to effect stock issuances in accordance with the Stock Issuance Program.

 

V.    STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

 

A.    The stock issuable under the Plan shall be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock. The maximum number of shares of Common Stock which may be issued over the term of the Plan shall not exceed 14,300,000 shares. Such share reserve is comprised of (i) the 8,000,000 shares of Common Stock initially authorized for issuance under the Plan plus (ii) an additional increase of 6,300,000 shares of Common Stock authorized by the Board in January 2000. Such share increase is subject to the approval of the Corporation’s stockholders,

 

2


and no stock option grants or share issuances shall be made on the basis of that increase unless and until the requisite shareholder approval is obtained.

 

B.    Shares of Common Stock subject to outstanding options shall be available for subsequent issuance under the Plan to the extent (i) the options expire or terminate for any reason prior to exercise in full or (ii) the options are cancelled in accordance with the cancellation-regrant provisions of Article Two. Unvested shares issued under the Plan and subsequently repurchased by the Corporation, at the option exercise or direct issue price paid per share, pursuant to the Corporation’s repurchase rights under the Plan shall be added back to the number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan and shall accordingly be available for reissuance through one or more subsequent option grants or direct stock issuances under the Plan.

 

C.    Should any change be made to the Common Stock by reason of any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change affecting the outstanding Common Stock as a class without the Corporation’s receipt of consideration, appropriate adjustments shall be made to (i) the maximum number and/or class of securities issuable under the Plan and (ii) the number and/or class of securities and the exercise price per share in effect under each outstanding option in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of benefits thereunder. The adjustments determined by the Plan Administrator shall be final, binding and conclusive. In no event shall any such adjustments be made in connection with the conversion of one or more outstanding shares of the Corporation’s preferred stock into shares of Common Stock.

 

ARTICLE TWO

 

OPTION GRANT PROGRAM

 

I.    OPTION TERMS

 

Each option shall be evidenced by one or more documents in the form approved by the Plan Administrator; provided, however, that each such document shall comply with the terms specified below. Each document evidencing an Incentive Option shall, in addition, be subject to the provisions of the Plan applicable to such options.

 

A.     Exercise Price .

 

1.    The exercise price per share shall be fixed by the Plan Administrator, but in no event shall such exercise price be less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the option grant date.

 

2.    The exercise price shall become immediately due upon exercise of the option and shall, subject to the provisions of Section I of Article Four and the documents evidencing the option, be payable in cash or check made payable to the Corporation. Should the

 

3


Common Stock be registered under Section 12(g) of the 1934 Act at the time the option is exercised, then the exercise price may also be paid as follows:

 

(i)    in shares of Common Stock held for the requisite period necessary to avoid a charge to the Corporation’s earnings for financial reporting purposes and valued at Fair Market Value on the Exercise Date, or

 

(ii)    to the extent the option is exercised for vested shares, through a special sale and remittance procedure pursuant to which the Optionee shall concurrently provide irrevocable instructions (A) to a Corporation-designated brokerage firm to effect the immediate sale of the purchased shares and remit to the Corporation, out of the sale proceeds available on the settlement date, sufficient funds to cover the aggregate exercise price payable for the purchased shares plus all applicable Federal, state and local income and employment taxes required to be withheld by the Corporation by reason of such exercise and (B) to the Corporation to deliver the certificates for the purchased shares directly to such brokerage firm in order to complete the sale.

 

Except to the extent such sale and remittance procedure is utilized, payment of the exercise price for the purchased shares must be made on the Exercise Date.

 

B.     Exercise and Term of Options . Each option shall be exercisable at such time or times, during such period and for such number of shares as shall be determined by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the documents evidencing the option grant. However, no option shall have a term in excess of ten (10) years measured from the option grant date.

 

C.     Effect of Termination of Service .

 

1.    The following provisions shall govern the exercise of any options held by the Optionee at the time of cessation of Service or death:

 

(i)    Should the Optionee cease to remain in Service for any reason other than death, Disability or Misconduct, then the Optionee shall have a period of three (3) months following the date of such cessation of Service during which to exercise each outstanding option held by such Optionee.

 

(ii)    Should Optionee’s Service terminate by reason of Disability, then the Optionee shall have a period of twelve (12) months following the date of such cessation of Service during which to exercise each outstanding option held by such Optionee.

 

(iii)    If the Optionee dies while holding an outstanding option, then the personal representative of his or her estate or the person or persons to whom the option is transferred pursuant to the Optionee’s will or the laws of inheritance shall have a twelve (12)-month period following the date of the Optionee’s death to exercise such option.

 

4


(iv)    Under no circumstances, however, shall any such option be exercisable after the specified expiration of the option term.

 

(v)    During the applicable post-Service exercise period, the option may not be exercised in the aggregate for more than the number of vested shares for which the option is exercisable on the date of the Optionee’s cessation of Service. Upon the expiration of the applicable exercise period or (if earlier) upon the expiration of the option term, the option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding for any vested shares for which the option has not been exercised. However, the option shall, immediately upon the Optionee’s cessation of Service, terminate and cease to be outstanding with respect to any and all option shares for which the option is not otherwise at the time exercisable or in which the Optionee is not otherwise at that time vested.

 

(vi)    Should Optionee’s Service be terminated for Misconduct, then all outstanding options held by the Optionee shall terminate immediately and cease to remain outstanding.

 

2.    The Plan Administrator shall have the discretion, exercisable either at the time an option is granted or at any time while the option remains outstanding, to:

 

(i)    extend the period of time for which the option is to remain exercisable following Optionee’s cessation of Service or death from the limited period otherwise in effect for that option to such greater period of time as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate, but in no event beyond the expiration of the option term, and/or

 

(ii)    permit the option to be exercised, during the applicable post-Service exercise period, not only with respect to the number of vested shares of Common Stock for which such option is exercisable at the time of the Optionee’s cessation of Service but also with respect to one or more additional installments in which the Optionee would have vested under the option had the Optionee continued in Service.

 

D.     Shareholder Rights . The holder of an option shall have no shareholder rights with respect to the shares subject to the option until such person shall have exercised the option, paid the exercise price and become the recordholder of the purchased shares.

 

E.     Unvested Shares . The Plan Administrator shall have the discretion to grant options which are exercisable for unvested shares of Common Stock. Should the Optionee cease Service while holding such unvested shares, the Corporation shall have the right to repurchase, at the exercise price paid per share, any or all of those unvested shares. The terms upon which such repurchase right shall be exercisable (including the period and procedure for exercise and the appropriate vesting schedule for the purchased shares) shall be established by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the document evidencing such repurchase right.

 

5


F.     First Refusal Rights . Until such time as the Common Stock is first registered under Section 12(g) of the 1934 Act, the Corporation shall have the right of first refusal with respect to any proposed disposition by the Optionee (or any successor in interest) of any shares of Common Stock issued under the Plan. Such right of first refusal shall be exercisable in accordance with the terms established by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the document evidencing such right.

 

G.     Limited Transferability of Options . During the lifetime of the Optionee, the option shall be exercisable only by the Optionee and shall not be assignable or transferable other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution following the Optionee’s death.

 

H.     Withholding . The Corporation’s obligation to deliver shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of any options granted under the Plan shall be subject to the satisfaction of all applicable Federal, state and local income and employment tax withholding requirements.

 

II.    INCENTIVE OPTIONS

 

The terms specified below shall be applicable to all Incentive Options. Except as modified by the provisions of this Section II, all the provisions of the Plan shall be applicable to Incentive Options. Options which are specifically designated as Non-Statutory Options shall not be subject to the terms of this Section II.

 

A.     Exercise Price . The exercise price per share shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the option grant date.

 

B.     Dollar Limitation . The aggregate Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock (determined as of the respective date or dates of grant) for which one or more options granted to any Employee under the Plan (or any other option plan of the Corporation or any Parent or Subsidiary) may for the first time become exercisable as Incentive Options during any one (1) calendar year shall not exceed the sum of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000). To the extent the Employee holds two (2) or more such options which become exercisable for the first time in the same calendar year, the foregoing limitation on the exercisability of such options as Incentive Options shall be applied on the basis of the order in which such options are granted.

 

C.     10% Shareholder . If any Employee to whom an Incentive Option is granted is a 10% Shareholder, then the exercise price paid shall not be less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market value per share of Common Stock on the option grant date, and the option term shall not exceed five (5) years measured from the option grant date.

 

III.    CORPORATE TRANSACTION

 

A.    Each option outstanding under the Plan at the time of a Corporate Transaction shall automatically accelerate in full so that each such option shall, immediately prior to the effective date of the Corporate Transaction, become fully exercisable for all of the

 

6


shares of Common Stock at the time subject to that option and may be exercised for any or all of those shares as fully-vested shares of Common Stock. However, an outstanding option shall not become exercisable on such an accelerated basis if and to the extent: (i) such option is assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof) in the Corporate Transaction or (ii) such option is to be replaced with a cash incentive program of the successor corporation which preserves the spread existing at the time of the Corporate Transaction on the shares for which the option is not otherwise at that time exercisable and provides for subsequent payout in accordance with the same vesting/exercise schedule applicable to those option shares or (iii) the acceleration of such option is subject to other limitations imposed by the Plan Administrator at the time of the option grant.

 

B.    Immediately following the consummation of the Corporate Transaction, all outstanding options shall terminate and cease to be outstanding, except to the extent assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof).

 

C.    Each option which is assumed in connection with a Corporate Transaction shall be appropriately adjusted, immediately after such Corporate Transaction, to apply to the number and class of securities which would have been issuable to the Optionee in consummation of such Corporate Transaction, had the option been exercised immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction. Appropriate adjustments shall also be made to (i) the number and class of securities available for issuance under the Plan following the consummation of such Corporate Transaction and (ii) the exercise price payable per share under each outstanding option, provided the aggregate exercise price payable for such securities shall remain the same.

 

D.    The Plan Administrator shall have the discretion, exercisable either at the time the option is granted or at any time while the option remains outstanding, to provide for the automatic acceleration (in whole or in part) of one or more outstanding options upon the occurrence of a Corporate Transaction, whether or not those options are to be assumed in the Corporate Transaction.

 

E.    The Plan Administrator shall also have full power and authority, exercisable either at the time the option is granted or at any time while the option remains outstanding, to structure such option so that the option will automatically accelerate and become immediately exercisable for all the shares at the time subject to that option should the Optionee’s Service terminate by reason of an Involuntary Termination within a designated period (not to exceed eighteen (18) months) following the effective date of any Corporate Transaction in which the option is assumed and does not otherwise accelerate. Any option so accelerated shall remain exercisable for the fully-vested option shares until the earlier of (i) the expiration of the option term or (ii) the expiration of the one (1)-year period measured from the effective date of the Involuntary Termination.

 

F.    The portion of any Incentive Option accelerated in connection with a Corporate Transaction shall remain exercisable as an Incentive Option only to the extent the applicable One Hundred Thousand Dollar limitation is not exceeded. To the extent such dollar limitation is exceeded, the accelerated portion of such option shall be exercisable as a Non-Statutory Option under the Federal tax laws.

 

7


G.    The grant of options under the Plan shall in no way affect the right of the Corporation to adjust, reclassify, reorganize or otherwise change its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

 

IV.    CANCELLATION AND REGRANT OF OPTIONS

 

The Plan Administrator shall have the authority to effect, at any time and from time to time, with the consent of the affected option holders, the cancellation of any or all outstanding options under the Plan and to grant in substitution therefor new options covering the same or different number of shares of Common Stock but with an exercise price per share based on the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the new option grant date.

 

ARTICLE THREE

 

STOCK ISSUANCE PROGRAM

 

I.    STOCK ISSUANCE TERMS

 

Shares of Common Stock may be issued under the Stock Issuance Program through direct and immediate issuances without any intervening option grants. Each such stock issuance shall be evidenced by a Stock Issuance Agreement which complies with the terms specified below.

 

A.     Purchase Price .

 

1.    The purchase price per share shall be fixed by the Plan Administrator but shall not be less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the issue date.

 

2.    Subject to the provisions of Section I of Article Four, shares of Common Stock may be issued under the Stock Issuance Program for any of the following items of consideration which the Plan Administrator may deem appropriate in each individual instance:

 

(i)    cash or check made payable to the Corporation, or

 

(ii)    past services rendered to the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

 

B.     Vesting Provisions .

 

1.    Shares of Common Stock issued under the Stock Issuance Program may, in the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be fully and immediately vested upon issuance

 

8


or may vest in one or more installments over the Participant’s period of Service or upon attainment of specified performance objectives.

 

2.    Any new, substituted or additional securities or other property (including money paid other than as a regular cash dividend) which the Participant may have the right to receive with respect to the Participant’s unvested shares of Common Stock by reason of any stock dividend, stock split, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change affecting the outstanding Common Stock as a class without the Corporation’s receipt of consideration shall be issued subject to (i) the same vesting requirements applicable to the Participant’s unvested shares of Common Stock and (ii) such escrow arrangements as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate.

 

3.    The Participant shall have full shareholder rights with respect to any shares of Common Stock issued to the Participant under the Stock Issuance Program, whether or not the Participant’s interest in those shares is vested. Accordingly, the Participant shall have the right to vote such shares and to receive any regular cash dividends paid on such shares.

 

4.    Should the Participant cease to remain in Service while holding one or more unvested shares of Common Stock issued under the Stock Issuance Program or should the performance objectives not be attained with respect to one or more such unvested shares of Common Stock, then those shares shall be immediately surrendered to the Corporation for cancellation, and the Participant shall have no further shareholder rights with respect to those shares. To the extent the surrendered shares were previously issued to the Participant for consideration paid in cash or cash equivalent (including the Participant’s purchase-money indebtedness), the Corporation shall repay to the Participant the cash consideration paid for the surrendered shares and shall cancel the unpaid principal balance of any outstanding purchase-money note of the Participant attributable to such surrendered shares.

 

5.    The Plan Administrator may in its discretion waive the surrender and cancellation of one or more unvested shares of Common Stock (or other assets attributable thereto) which would otherwise occur upon the non-completion of the vesting schedule applicable to such shares. Such waiver shall result in the immediate vesting of the Participant’s interest in the shares of Common Stock as to which the waiver applies. Such waiver may be effected at any time, whether before or after the Participant’s cessation of Service or the attainment or non-attainment of the applicable performance objectives.

 

C.    First Refusal Rights. Until such time as the Common Stock is first registered under Section 12(g) of the 1934 Act, the Corporation shall have the right of first refusal with respect to any proposed disposition by the Participant (or any successor in interest) of any shares of Common Stock issued under the Stock Issuance Program. Such right of first refusal shall be exercisable in accordance with the terms established by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the document evidencing such right.

 

9


II.    CORPORATE TRANSACTION

 

A.    Upon the occurrence of a Corporate Transaction, all outstanding repurchase rights under the Stock Issuance Program shall terminate automatically, and the shares of Common Stock subject to those terminated rights shall immediately vest in full, except to the extent: (i) those repurchase rights are assigned to the successor corporation (or parent thereof) in connection with such Corporate Transaction or (ii) such accelerated vesting is precluded by other limitations imposed by the Plan Administrator at the time the repurchase right is issued.

 

B.    The Plan Administrator shall have the discretionary authority, exercisable either at the time the unvested shares are issued or any time while the Corporation’s repurchase rights with respect to those shares remain outstanding, to provide that those rights shall automatically terminate on an accelerated basis, and the shares of Common Stock subject to those terminated rights shall immediately vest, in the event the Participant’s Service should subsequently terminate by reason of an Involuntary Termination within a designated period (not to exceed eighteen (18) months) following the effective date of any Corporate Transaction in which those repurchase rights are assigned to the successor corporation (or parent thereof).

 

III.    SHARE ESCROW/LEGENDS

 

Unvested shares may, in the Plan Administrator’s discretion, be held in escrow by the Corporation until the Participant’s interest in such shares vests or may be issued directly to the Participant with restrictive legends on the certificates evidencing those unvested shares.

 

ARTICLE FOUR

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

I.    FINANCING

 

The Plan Administrator may permit any Optionee or Participant to pay the option exercise price or the purchase price for shares issued to such person under the Plan by delivering a full-recourse, interest-bearing promissory note payable in one or more installments and secured by the purchased shares. However, any promissory note delivered by a consultant must be secured by collateral in addition to the purchased shares of Common Stock. In no event shall the maximum credit available to the Optionee or Participant exceed the sum of (i) the aggregate option exercise price or purchase price payable for the purchased shares plus (ii) any Federal, state and local income and employment tax liability incurred by the Optionee or the Participant in connection with the option exercise or share purchase.

 

10


II.    EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM OF PLAN

 

A.    The Plan shall become effective when adopted by the Board, but no option granted under the Plan may be exercised, and no shares shall be issued under the Plan, until the Plan is approved by the Corporation’s shareholders. If such shareholder approval is not obtained within twelve (12) months after the date of the Board’s adoption of the Plan, then all options previously granted under the Plan shall terminate and cease to be outstanding, and no further options shall be granted and no shares shall be issued under the Plan. Subject to such limitation, the Plan Administrator may grant options and issue shares under the Plan at any time after the effective date of the Plan and before the date fixed herein for termination of the Plan.

 

B.    The Plan shall terminate upon the earliest of (i) the expiration of the ten (10)-year period measured from the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, (ii) the date on which all shares available for issuance under the Plan shall have been issued as vested shares or (iii) the termination of all outstanding options in connection with a Corporate Transaction. All options and unvested stock issuances outstanding at that time under the Plan shall continue to have full force and effect in accordance with the provisions of the documents evidencing such options or issuances.

 

III.    AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN

 

A.    The Board shall have complete and exclusive power and authority to amend or modify the Plan in any or all respects. However, no such amendment or modification shall adversely affect the rights and obligations with respect to options or unvested stock issuances at the time outstanding under the Plan unless the Optionee or the Participant consents to such amendment or modification. In addition, certain amendments may require shareholder approval pursuant to applicable laws and regulations.

 

B.    Options may be granted under the Option Grant Program and shares may be issued under the Stock Issuance Program which are in each instance in excess of the number of shares of Common Stock then available for issuance under the Plan, provided any excess shares actually issued under those programs shall be held in escrow until there is obtained shareholder approval of an amendment sufficiently increasing the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan. If such shareholder approval is not obtained within twelve (12) months after the date the first such excess issuances are made, then (i) any unexercised options granted on the basis of such excess shares shall terminate and cease to be outstanding and (ii) the Corporation shall promptly refund to the Optionees and the Participants the exercise or purchase price paid for any excess shares issued under the Plan and held in escrow, together with interest (at the applicable Short Term Federal Rate) for the period the shares were held in escrow, and such shares shall thereupon be automatically cancelled and cease to be outstanding.

 

IV.    USE OF PROCEEDS

 

Any cash proceeds received by the Corporation from the sale of shares of Common Stock under the Plan shall be used for general corporate purposes.

 

11


V.    WITHHOLDING

 

The Corporation’s obligation to deliver shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of any options or upon the issuance or vesting of any shares issued under the Plan shall be subject to the satisfaction of all applicable Federal, state and local income and employment tax withholding requirements.

 

VI.    REGULATORY APPROVALS

 

The implementation of the Plan, the granting of any options under the Plan and the issuance of any shares of Common Stock (i) upon the exercise of any option or (ii) under the Stock Issuance Program shall be subject to the Corporation’s procurement of all approvals and permits required by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over the Plan, the options granted under it and the shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to it.

 

VII.    NO EMPLOYMENT OR SERVICE RIGHTS

 

Nothing in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee or the Participant any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining such person) or of the Optionee or the Participant, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate such person’s Service at any time for any reason, with or without cause.

 

12


APPENDIX

 

The following definitions shall be in effect under the Plan:

 

A.     Board shall mean the Corporation’s Board of Directors.

 

B.     Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

C.     Committee shall mean a committee of two (2) or more Board members appointed by the Board to exercise one or more administrative functions under the Plan.

 

D.     Common Stock shall mean the Corporation’s common stock.

 

E.     Corporate Transaction shall mean either of the following shareholder-approved transactions to which the Corporation is a party:

 

(i)    a merger or consolidation in which securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Corporation’s outstanding securities are transferred to a person or persons different from the persons holding those securities immediately prior to such transaction, or

 

(ii)    the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets in complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation.

 

F.     Corporation shall mean Synnex Information Technologies, Inc., a California corporation, and any successor corporation to all or substantially all of the assets or voting stock of Synnex Information Technologies, Inc. which shall by appropriate action adopt the Plan.

 

G.     Disability shall mean the inability of the Optionee or the Participant to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment and shall be determined by the Plan Administrator on the basis of such medical evidence as the Plan Administrator deems warranted under the circumstances.

 

H.     Employee shall mean an individual who is in the employ of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary), subject to the control and direction of the employer entity as to both the work to be performed and the manner and method of performance.

 

I.     Exercise Date shall mean the date on which the Corporation shall have received written notice of the option exercise.

 

A-1


J.     Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on any relevant date shall be determined in accordance with the following provisions:

 

(i)    If the Common Stock is at the time traded on the Nasdaq National Market, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price per share of Common Stock on the date in question, as such price is reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers on the Nasdaq National Market. If there is no closing selling price for the Common Stock on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

 

(ii)    If the Common Stock is at the time listed on any Stock Exchange, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price per share of Common Stock on the date in question on the Stock Exchange determined by the Plan Administrator to be the primary market for the Common Stock, as such price is officially quoted in the composite tape of transactions on such exchange. If there is no closing selling price for the Common Stock on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

 

(iii)    If the Common Stock is at the time neither listed on any Stock Exchange nor traded on the Nasdaq National Market, then the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Plan Administrator after taking into account such factors as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate.

 

K.     Incentive Option shall mean an option which satisfies the requirements of Code Section 422.

 

L.     Involuntary Termination shall mean the termination of the Service of any individual which occurs by reason of:

 

(i)    such individual’s involuntary dismissal or discharge by the Corporation for reasons other than Misconduct, or

 

(ii)    such individual’s voluntary resignation following (A) a change in his or her position with the Corporation which materially reduces his or her duties and responsibilities or the level of management to which he or she reports, (B) a reduction in his or her level of compensation (including base salary, fringe benefits and target bonuses under any corporate-performance based bonus or incentive programs) by more than fifteen percent (15%) or (C) a relocation of such individual’s place of employment by more than fifty (50) miles, provided and only if such change, reduction or relocation is effected without the individual’s consent.

 

A-2


M.     Misconduct shall mean the commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty by the Optionee or Participant, any unauthorized use or disclosure by such person of confidential information or trade secrets of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary), or any other intentional misconduct by such person adversely affecting the business or affairs of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) in a material manner. The foregoing definition shall not be deemed to be inclusive of all the acts or omissions which the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) may consider as grounds for the dismissal or discharge of any Optionee, Participant or other person in the Service of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

 

N.     1934 Act shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

O.     Non-Statutory Option shall mean an option not intended to satisfy the requirements of Code Section 422.

 

P.     Option Grant Program shall mean the option grant program in effect under the Plan.

 

Q.     Optionee shall mean any person to whom an option is granted under the Plan.

 

R.     Parent shall mean any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Corporation, provided each corporation in the unbroken chain (other than the Corporation) owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

S.     Participant shall mean any person who is issued shares of Common Stock under the Stock Issuance Program.

 

T.     Plan shall mean the Corporation’s Special Executive Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, as set forth in this document.

 

U.     Plan Administrator shall mean either the Board or the Committee acting in its capacity as administrator of the Plan.

 

V.     Service shall mean the provision of services to the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) by a person in the capacity of an Employee, a non-employee member of the board of directors or a consultant or independent advisor, except to the extent otherwise specifically provided in the documents evidencing the option grant.

 

W.     Stock Exchange shall mean either the American Stock Exchange or the New York Stock Exchange.

 

X.     Stock Issuance Agreement shall mean the agreement entered into by the Corporation and the Participant at the time of issuance of shares of Common Stock under the Stock Issuance Program.

 

A-3


Y.     Stock Issuance Program shall mean the stock issuance program in effect under the Plan.

 

Z.     Subsidiary shall mean any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Corporation, provided each corporation (other than the last corporation) in the unbroken chain owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

AA.     10% Shareholder shall mean the owner of stock (as determined under Code Section 424(d)) possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

 

 

A-4


SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

UNDER THE SPECIAL EXECUTIVE

 

STOCK OPTION/STOCK ISSUANCE PLAN

 

RECITALS

 

A.    The Board has adopted the Special Executive Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan (the “Plan”) for the purpose of retaining the services of selected employees, non-employee members of the Board or the board of directors of any Parent or Subsidiary and consultants and other independent advisors in the service of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary.

 

B.    This Stock Option Agreement (the “Agreement”) is intended to govern the terms and exercise of stock options granted under the Plan. Optionee is to render valuable services to the Corporation (or a Parent or Subsidiary), and this Agreement is intended to carry out the purposes of the Plan and is a part of the grant paperwork in connection with the Corporation’s grant of an option to Optionee.

 

C.    All capitalized terms in this Agreement unless otherwise defined in the Agreement shall have the meaning assigned to them in the attached Plan.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, it is hereby agreed as follows:

 

1.      Grant of Option . The Corporation hereby grants to Optionee, effective as of the date (the “Grant Date) as indicated in the Notice of Grant (the “Grant Notice”), an option to purchase up to the number of shares of Common Stock (the “Shares”) at the Exercise Price specified in the Grant Notice.

 

2.      Option Term . This option shall expire on the expiration date set forth in the Grant Notice, which date is ten (10) years after the Grant Date (or five (5) years after the Grant Date if this option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option in the Grant Notice and Section II(C) of Article Two of the Plan applies). It will expire earlier if your service to the Corporation terminates as described in Section I(C) of Article Two of the Plan.

 

3.      Limited Transferability . During Optionee’s lifetime, this option shall be exercisable only by Optionee and shall not be assignable or transferable other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution following Optionee’s death.

 

4.      Dates of Exercise . This option shall become exercisable to the extent that the Shares have been vested, as shown in the Grant Notice. As the option becomes exercisable for one or more installments, those installments shall accumulate, and the option shall remain exercisable for the accumulated installments during the option term.

 

1


5.      Option Acceleration .

 

(a)    In the event of any Corporate Transaction, this option, to the extent outstanding at the time but not otherwise fully exercisable, shall automatically accelerate and become exercisable in full in accordance with Section III of Article Two of the Plan.

 

(b)    This option may also become exercisable on an accelerated basis in accordance with the terms and conditions of any special addendum attached to this Agreement.

 

(c)    This Agreement shall not in any way affect the right of the Corporation to adjust, reclassify, reorganize or otherwise change its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

 

6.      Adjustment in Option Shares . Should any change be made to the Common Stock by reason of any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change affecting the outstanding Common Stock as a class without the Corporation’s receipt of consideration, appropriate adjustments shall be made to (i) the total number and/or class of securities subject to this option and (ii) the Exercise Price in order to reflect such change and thereby preclude a dilution or enlargement of benefits hereunder.

 

7.      Shareholder Rights . Optionee (or any successor in interest) shall not have any shareholder rights with respect to the Shares until such person shall have exercised the option in accordance with Paragraph 9 and become the record holder of the Shares. Thereafter, Optionee (or any successor in interest) shall have all the rights of a shareholder (including voting, dividend and liquidation rights) with respect to the Shares, subject, however, to the transfer restrictions in Paragraphs 10 and 11 or until such time as the Corporation exercises the First Refusal Right set forth in Paragraph 12.

 

8.      Manner of Exercising Option .

 

(a)    In order to exercise this option with respect to all or any part of the Shares for which this option is at the time exercisable, Optionee (or any other person or persons exercising the option) must take the following actions:

 

(i)    Execute and deliver to the Corporation an Notice in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A together with the spousal acknowledgment, if applicable, attached hereto as Exhibit B. The notice must specify the number of Shares the Optionee wish to purchase, how the Shares should be registered; and

 

(ii)    Pay the aggregate Exercise Price for the Shares in one or more of the following forms:

 

2


(A)    cash, money order or cashier’s check made payable to the Corporation; or

 

(B)    a promissory note payable to the Corporation, but only to the extent authorized by the Plan Administrator in accordance with Paragraph 21 below.

 

Should the Common Stock be registered under Section 12 of the 1934 Act at the time the option is exercised, then the Exercise Price may also be paid as follows:

 

(C)    in shares of Common Stock held by Optionee (or any other person or persons exercising the option) for the requisite period necessary to avoid a charge to the Corporation’s earnings for financial reporting purposes and valued at Fair Market Value on the Exercise Date; or

 

(D)    through a special sale and remittance procedure pursuant to which Optionee (or any other person or persons exercising the option) shall concurrently provide irrevocable instructions (a) to a securities broker to effect the immediate sale of the Shares and remit to the Corporation, out of the sale proceeds available on the settlement date, sufficient funds to cover the aggregate Exercise Price payable for the Shares plus all applicable Federal, state and local income and employment taxes required to be withheld by the Corporation by reason of such exercise and (b) to the Corporation to deliver the certificates for the Shares directly to such brokerage firm in order to complete the sale.

 

(iii)    Furnish to the Corporation appropriate documentation that the person or persons exercising the option (if other than Optionee) have the right to exercise this option.

 

(iv)    Execute and deliver to the Corporation such written representations as may be requested by the Corporation in order for it to comply with the applicable requirements of Federal and state securities laws.

 

(v)    In the event that the Corporation determines that it is required to withhold any tax as a result of the exercise of this option, the Optionee, as a condition to the exercise of this option, shall make appropriate arrangements with the Corporation (or Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Optionee) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state and local income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the option exercise.

 

3


(b)    As soon as practical after the Exercise Date, the Corporation shall issue to or on behalf of Optionee (or any other person or persons exercising this option) a certificate for the Shares, with the appropriate legends affixed thereto.

 

(c)    In no event may this option be exercised for any fractional shares.

 

9.      Compliance with Laws and Regulations .

 

(a)    The exercise of this option and the issuance of the Shares upon such exercise shall be subject to compliance by the Corporation and Optionee with all applicable requirements of law relating thereto and with all applicable regulations of any stock exchange (or the NASDAQ National Market, if applicable) on which the Common Stock may be listed for trading at the time of such exercise and issuance.

 

(b)    The inability of the Corporation to obtain approval from any regulatory body having authority deemed by the Corporation to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Common Stock pursuant to this option shall relieve the Corporation of any liability with respect to the non-issuance or sale of the Common Stock as to which such approval shall not have been obtained. The Corporation, however, shall use its best efforts to obtain all such approvals.

 

(c)    Optionee acknowledges that the sale of the Shares has not been qualified with the Commissioner of Corporations of the State of California, and the issuance of such shares or the payment or receipt of any part of the consideration therefor prior to such qualification is unlawful unless the sale of such shares is exempt from qualification by Section 25100, 25102 or 25105 of the California Corporations Code. The rights of all parties to this agreement are expressly conditioned unless the sale is so exempt.

 

(d)    The Option or Shares have not been registered under the 1933 Act and are being issued to Optionee in reliance upon the exemption from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act provided under Section 4(2) of the 1933 Act or SEC Rule 506 . Optionee hereby confirms that Optionee has been informed that the Shares are restricted securities under the 1933 Act and may not be resold or transferred unless the Shares are first registered under the Federal securities laws or unless an exemption from such registration is available. Accordingly, Optionee hereby acknowledges that Optionee is prepared to hold the Shares for an indefinite period and that Optionee is aware that SEC Rule 144 issued under the 1933 Act which exempts certain re-sales of unrestricted securities is not presently available to exempt the resale of the Shares from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act.

 

(e)    Optionee hereby represents and warrants that:

 

(i)    The Shares are being acquired for investment purposes only for the Optionee’s own account, and not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of all or any part of the Shares. Optionee is prepared to hold the Shares for an indefinite period and has no present intention of selling, granting any participating interest in, or otherwise distributing

 

4


any of the Shares. Optionee does not have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any person to sell, transfer or grant a participating interest in, any of the Shares.

 

(ii)    Optionee has a preexisting personal or business relationship with either the Corporation or certain Board members or officers of the Corporation which is of a nature and duration sufficient to make Optionee aware of the character, business acumen and general business and financial circumstances of the Corporation and/or such Board members or officers. In addition, Optionee has been furnished with, and has had access to, such information concerning the Corporation’s business, management and financial condition as he or she considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to invest in the Shares, and Optionee has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Corporation regarding the terms and conditions of the issuance of the Shares.

 

(iii)    Optionee, or with his/her professional adviser, is able to fend for him or herself in the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, can bear the economic risk of investment in the Shares and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the investment in the Shares. Optionee is fully aware of: (i) the speculative nature of the investment in the Shares; (ii) the financial risk involved; (iii) the lack of liquidity for the Shares and (iv) the transfer restrictions applicable to the Shares.

 

10.     Restrictions on Disposition of the Shares . Optionee shall make no disposition of the Shares (other than a Permitted Transfer as defined below) unless and until there is compliance with all of the following requirements:

 

(a)    Optionee shall have provided the Corporation with a written summary of the terms and conditions of the proposed disposition.

 

(b)    Optionee shall have complied with all requirements of this Agreement applicable to the disposition of the Shares.

 

(c)    Optionee shall have provided the Corporation with written assurances, in form and substance satisfactory to the Corporation, that (a) the proposed disposition does not require registration of the Shares under the 1933 Act or (b) all appropriate action necessary for compliance with the registration requirements of the 1933 Act or any exemption from registration available under the 1933 Act (including Rule 144) has been taken.

 

(d)    Optionee shall have provided the Corporation with written assurances, in form and substance satisfactory to the Corporation, that the proposed disposition will not result in the contravention of any transfer restrictions applicable to the Shares pursuant to the provisions of the Rules of the California Corporations Commissioner identified in Paragraph 10(d).

 

5


The Corporation shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares which have been sold or transferred in violation of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as the owner of the Shares, or otherwise to accord voting, dividend or liquidation rights to, any transferee to whom the Shares have been transferred in contravention of this Agreement

 

11.      Transfer Restrictions .

 

(a)      Restriction on Transfer . Optionee shall not transfer, assign, encumber or otherwise dispose of any of the Shares in contravention of the provisions of the First Refusal Right or the Market Stand-Off, each as defined below, except Permitted Transfer. Permitted Transfer shall mean (i) a gratuitous transfer of the Shares, provided and only if Optionee obtains the Corporation’s prior written consent to such transfer, (ii) a transfer of title to the Shares effected pursuant to Optionee’s will or the laws of intestate succession following Optionee’s death or (iii) a transfer to the Corporation in pledge as security for any purchase-money indebtedness incurred by Optionee in connection with the acquisition of the Shares.

 

(b)     Transferee Obligations . Each person (other than the Corporation) to whom the Shares are transferred by means of a Permitted Transfer must, as a condition precedent to the validity of such transfer, acknowledge in writing to the Corporation that such person is bound by the provisions of this Agreement and that the transferred shares are subject to (i) the First Refusal Right and (ii) the Market Stand-Off, to the same extent such shares would be so subject if retained by Optionee.

 

(c)     Market Stand-Off .

 

(i)    In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Corporation of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the 1933 Act, including the Corporation’s initial public offering, Optionee shall not sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose or transfer for value or otherwise agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Shares without the prior written consent of the Corporation or its underwriters. Such restriction (the “Market Stand-Off”) shall be in effect for such period of time from and after the effective date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Corporation or such underwriters. In no event, however, shall such period exceed one hundred eighty (180) days and the Market Stand-Off shall in all events terminate two (2) years after the effective date of the Corporation’s initial public offering.

 

(ii)    Optionee shall be subject to the Market Stand-Off provided and only if the officers and directors of the Corporation are also subject to similar restrictions.

 

(iii)    Any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of any Recapitalization or Reorganization distributed with respect to

 

6


the Shares shall be immediately subject to the Market Stand-Off to the same extent the Shares are at such time covered by such provisions.

 

(iv)    In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off the Corporation may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares until the end of the applicable stand-off period.

 

12. Right of First Refusal .

 

(a)     Grant . The Corporation is hereby granted the right of first refusal (the “First Refusal Right”), exercisable in connection with any proposed transfer of the Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option. For purposes of this Paragraph 12, the term “transfer” shall include any sale, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or other disposition of the Shares intended to be made by Optionee, but shall not include any Permitted Transfer.

 

(b)     Notice of Intended Disposition . In the event Optionee desires to accept a bona fide third-party offer for the transfer of any or all of the Shares (the Shares subject to such offer to be hereinafter referred to as the “Target Shares”), Optionee shall promptly (i) deliver to the Corporation written notice (the “Disposition Notice”) of the terms of the offer, including the purchase price and the identity of the third-party offeror, and (ii) provide satisfactory proof that the disposition of the Target Shares to such third-party offeror would not be in contravention of the provisions set forth in Paragraphs 10 and 11.

 

(c)     Exercise of the First Refusal Right . The Corporation shall, for a period of twenty-five (25) days following receipt of the Disposition Notice, have the right to repurchase any or all of the Target Shares subject to the Disposition Notice upon the same terms as those specified therein or upon such other terms (not materially different from those specified in the Disposition Notice) to which Optionee consents. Such right shall be exercisable by delivery of written notice (the “First Refusal Right Exercise Notice”) to Optionee prior to the expiration of the twenty-five (25)-day exercise period. If such right is exercised with respect to all the Target Shares, then the Corporation shall effect the repurchase of such shares, including payment of the purchase price, not more than five (5) business days after delivery of the First Refusal Right Exercise Notice; and at such time the certificates representing the Target Shares shall be delivered to the Corporation.

 

Should the purchase price specified in the Disposition Notice be payable in property other than cash or evidences of indebtedness, the Corporation shall have the right to pay the purchase price in the form of cash equal in amount to the value of such property. If Optionee and the Corporation cannot agree on such cash value within ten (10) days after the Corporation’s receipt of the Disposition Notice, the valuation shall be made by an appraiser of recognized standing selected by Optionee and the Corporation or, if they cannot agree on an appraiser within twenty (20) days after the Corporation’s receipt of the Disposition Notice, each shall select an appraiser of recognized standing and the two (2) appraisers shall designate a third appraiser of recognized standing, whose appraisal shall be determinative of such value. The cost of such appraisal shall be shared equally by Optionee and the Corporation. The closing shall then be held on the later of (i) the fifth (5th) business day following delivery of the First Refusal

 

7


Right Exercise Notice or (ii) the fifth (5th) business day after such valuation shall have been made.

 

(d)     Non-Exercise of the First Refusal Right . In the event the First Refusal Right Exercise Notice is not given to Optionee prior to the expiration of the twenty-five (25)-day exercise period, Optionee shall have a period of thirty (30) days thereafter in which to sell or otherwise dispose of the Target Shares to the third-party offeror identified in the Disposition Notice upon terms (including the purchase price) no more favorable to such third-party offeror than those specified in the Disposition Notice; provided , however, that any such sale or disposition must not be effected in contravention of the provisions of Paragraphs 10 and 11. The third-party offeror shall acquire the Target Shares subject to the First Refusal Right, and the acquired shares shall remain subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 10 and 11(c). In the event Optionee does not effect such sale or disposition of the Target Shares within the specified thirty (30)-day period, the First Refusal Right shall continue to be applicable to any subsequent disposition of the Target Shares by Optionee until such right lapses.

 

(e)     Partial Exercise of the First Refusal Right . In the event the Corporation makes a timely exercise of the First Refusal Right with respect to a portion, but not all, of the Target Shares specified in the Disposition Notice, Optionee shall have the option, exercisable by written notice to the Corporation delivered within five (5) business days after Optionee’s receipt of the First Refusal Right Exercise Notice, to effect the sale of the Target Shares pursuant to either of the following alternatives:

 

(i)    sale or other disposition of all the Target Shares to the third-party offeror identified in the Disposition Notice, but in full compliance with the requirements of this Paragraph 12(d) above, as if the Corporation did not exercise the First Refusal Right; or

 

(ii)    sale to the Corporation of the portion of the Target Shares which the Corporation has elected to purchase, such sale to be effected in substantial conformity with the provisions of this Paragraph 12 (c) above. The First Refusal Right shall continue to be applicable to any subsequent disposition of the remaining Target Shares until such right lapses.

 

Failure of Optionee to deliver timely notification to the Corporation shall be deemed to be an election by Optionee to sell the Target Shares pursuant to alternative (i) above.

 

(f)     Recapitalization/Reorganization .

 

(i)    Any new, substituted or additional securities or other property which is by reason of any Recapitalization distributed with respect to the Shares shall be immediately subject to the First Refusal Right, but only to the extent the Shares are at the time covered by such right.

 

8


(ii)    In the event of a Reorganization, the First Refusal Right shall remain in full force and effect and shall apply to the new capital stock or other property received in exchange for the Shares in consummation of the Reorganization, but only to the extent the Shares are at the time covered by such right.

 

(g)     Lapse . The First Refusal Right shall lapse upon the earliest to occur of (i) the first date on which shares of the Common Stock are held of record by more than five hundred (500) persons, (ii) a determination is made by the Board that a public market exists for the outstanding shares of Common Stock or (iii) a firm commitment underwritten public offering, pursuant to an effective registration statement under the 1933 Act, covering the offer and sale of the Common Stock in the aggregate amount of at least ten million dollars ($10,000,000). However, the Market Stand-Off shall continue to remain in full force and effect following the lapse of the First Refusal Right.

 

13.     Restrictive Legends . The stock certificates for the Shares shall be endorsed with one or more of the following restrictive legends:

 

“The shares represented by this certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), or under the securities laws of certain states. The shares may not be sold or offered for sale in the absence of (a) an effective registration statement for the shares under such Act, (b) a “no action” letter of the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to such sale or offer or (c) satisfactory assurances to the issuer that registration under such Act is not required with respect to such sale or offer.”

 

“The shares represented by this certificate are subject to certain restrictions on public resale, transfer and right of first refusal options held by the issuer or its assignee(s) as set forth in an agreement between the issuer and the original holder of these shares. Such public sale and transfer restrictions and the right of first refusal are binding on transferees of these shares.”

 

14.     No Waiver . The failure of the Corporation in any instance to exercise the First Refusal Right shall not constitute a waiver of any other repurchase rights and/or rights of first refusal that may subsequently arise under the provisions of this Agreement or any other agreement between the Corporation and Optionee. No waiver of any breach or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach or condition, whether of like or different nature.

 

15.     Cancellation of Shares . If the Corporation shall make available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Shares to be repurchased in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, then from and after such time, the person from whom such shares are to be repurchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement). Such shares shall be deemed purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, and the Corporation shall be deemed the owner

 

9


and holder of such shares, whether or not the certificates therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

 

16.     No Employment or Service Contract . Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Optionee) or of Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate Optionee’s Service at any time for any reason, with or without cause.

 

17.     Optionee Undertaking . Optionee hereby agrees to take whatever additional action and execute whatever additional documents the Corporation may deem necessary or advisable in order to carry out or effect one or more of the obligations or restrictions imposed on either Optionee or the Shares pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

 

18.     Agreement is Entire Contract . This Agreement constitutes the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement is made pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and shall in all respects be construed in conformity with the terms of the Plan.

 

19.     Successors and Assigns . The provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Corporation and its successors and assigns and upon Optionee, Optionee’s permitted assigns and the legal representatives, heirs and legatees of Optionee’s estate, whether or not any such person shall have become a party to this Agreement and have agreed in writing to join herein and be bound by the terms hereof.

 

20.     Notices . Any notice required to be given or delivered to the Corporation under the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing and addressed to the Corporation at its principal corporate offices. Any notice required to be given or delivered to Optionee shall be in writing and addressed to Optionee at the address indicated below Optionee’s signature line on the Exercise Notice or at such other address as such party may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice under this paragraph to all other parties to this Agreement. All notices shall be deemed effective upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the U.S. mail, registered or certified, postage prepaid and properly addressed to the party to be notified.

 

21.      Financing . The Plan Administrator may, in its absolute discretion and without any obligation to do so, permit Optionee to pay the Exercise Price for the Shares by delivering a full-recourse, interest-bearing promissory note secured by those Option Shares. The payment schedule in effect for any such promissory note shall be established by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion.

 

22.      Construction . This Agreement and the option evidenced hereby are made and granted pursuant to the Plan and are in all respects limited by and subject to the terms of the Plan. All decisions of the Plan Administrator with respect to any question or issue arising under the Plan or this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on all persons having an interest in this option.

 

10


23.      Governing Law . The interpretation, performance and enforcement of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California without resort to that State’s conflict-of-laws rules.

 

24.      Additional Terms Applicable to an Incentive Option . In the event this option is designated an Incentive Option in the Grant Notice, the following terms and conditions shall also apply to the grant:

 

(a)    This option shall cease to qualify for favorable tax treatment as an Incentive Option if (and to the extent) this option is exercised for one or more Option Shares: (i) more than three (3) months after the date Optionee ceases to be an Employee for any reason other than death or Permanent Disability or (ii) more than twelve (12) months after the date Optionee ceases to be an Employee by reason of Permanent Disability.

 

(b)    No installment under this option shall qualify for favorable tax treatment as an Incentive Option if (and to the extent) the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the Grant Date) of the Common Stock for which such installment first becomes exercisable hereunder would, when added to the aggregate value (determined as of the respective date or dates of grant) of the Common Stock or other securities for which this option or any other Incentive Options granted to Optionee prior to the Grant Date (whether under the Plan or any other option plan of the Corporation or any Parent or Subsidiary) first become exercisable during the same calendar year, exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate. Should such One Hundred Thousand Dollar ($100,000) limitation be exceeded in any calendar year, this option shall nevertheless become exercisable for the excess shares in such calendar year as a Non-Statutory Option.

 

(c)    Should the exercisability of this option be accelerated upon a Corporate Transaction, then this option shall qualify for favorable tax treatment as an Incentive Option only to the extent the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the Grant Date) of the Common Stock for which this option first becomes exercisable in the calendar year in which the Corporate Transaction occurs does not, when added to the aggregate value (determined as of the respective date or dates of grant) of the Common Stock or other securities for which this option or one or more other Incentive Options granted to Optionee prior to the Grant Date (whether under the Plan or any other option plan of the Corporation or any Parent or Subsidiary) first become exercisable during the same calendar year, exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate. Should the applicable One Hundred Thousand Dollar ($100,000) limitation be exceeded in the calendar year of such Corporate Transaction, the option may nevertheless be exercised for the excess shares in such calendar year as a Non-Statutory Option.

 

(d)    Should Optionee hold, in addition to this option, one or more other options to purchase Common Stock which become exercisable for the first time in the same calendar year as this option, then the foregoing limitations on the exercisability of such options as Incentive Options shall be applied on the basis of the order in which such options are granted.

 

11


EXHIBIT A

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE OF STOCK OPTION

 

SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc.

3797 Spinnaker Court

Fremont CA, 94538

Attention: Linda F. Lai

 

Re:     Exercise of Stock Option to Purchase Shares of Company Stock

 

Pursuant to the Grant Notice dated             ,              together with the Stock Option Agreement (the “Stock Option Agreement”) attached thereof, between SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc., a California corporation (the “Company”), and the undersigned, I hereby elect to purchase              shares of the common stock of the Company (the “Shares”), at the price of $             per share. A cashier’s check in the amount of $             is enclosed. Please register the Shares in the name(s) of (note the Shares can be registered under the undersigned’s name or jointly with the undersigned’s spouse, or family trust):

 


 

The undersigned understands there may be tax consequences as a result of the purchase or disposition of the Shares. The undersigned represents that he/she has consulted with any tax consultants he/she deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and the undersigned is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

The undersigned acknowledges that he/she has received, read and understood the Stock Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions. The undersigned represents that the Shares are being acquired solely for its own account and not as a nominee for any other party, or for investment, and that the undersigned purchaser will not offer, sell or otherwise dispose of any such Shares except under circumstances that will not result in a violation of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any state securities laws.

 

Dated:  

 


     

 


            Signature
           

 


            (Please Print Name)
            Social Security No.  

 


           

 


           

 


            (Full Address)


EXHIBIT B

 

SPOUSAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT

 

The undersigned spouse of Optionee has read and hereby approves the foregoing Stock Option Agreement. In consideration of the Corporation’s granting Optionee the right to acquire the Shares in accordance with the terms of such Agreement, the undersigned hereby agrees to be irrevocably bound by all the terms of such Agreement, including (without limitation) the first refusal rights of the Corporation (or its assigns) with respect to the Shares.

 

     
 
    OPTIONEE’S SPOUSE
Address:  

 


 


Exhibit 10.4

 

SYNNEX I NFORMATION T ECHNOLOGIES , I NC .

 

2003 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

 

(Adopted by the Board on September 2, 2003)

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

               Page

Section 1.

  

ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE.

   1

Section 2.

  

DEFINITIONS.

   1
    

(a)

  

“Affiliate”

   1
    

(b)

  

“Award”

   1
    

(c)

  

“Board of Directors”

   1
    

(d)

  

“Change in Control”

   1
    

(e)

  

“Code”

   2
    

(f)

  

“Committee”

   2
    

(g)

  

“Company”

   2
    

(h)

  

“Consultant”

   2
    

(i)

  

“Disability”

   3
    

(j)

  

“Employee”

   3
    

(k)

  

“Exchange Act”

   3
    

(l)

  

“Exercise Price”

   3
    

(m)

  

“Fair Market Value”

   3
    

(n)

  

“ISO”

   3
    

(o)

  

“Misconduct”

   3
    

(p)

  

“Nonstatutory Option” or “NSO”

   4
    

(q)

  

“Offeree”

   4
    

(r)

  

“Option”

   4
    

(s)

  

“Optionee”

   4
    

(t)

  

“Outside Director”

   4
    

(u)

  

“Parent”

   4
    

(v)

  

“Participant”

   4
    

(w)

  

“Plan”

   4
    

(x)

  

“Purchase Price”

   4
    

(y)

  

“Restricted Share”

   4
    

(z)

  

“Restricted Share Agreement ”

   4
    

(aa)

  

“SAR”

   4
    

(bb)

  

“SAR Agreement”

   4
    

(cc)

  

“Service”

   4
    

(dd)

  

“Share”

   5
    

(ee)

  

“Stock”

   5
    

(ff)

  

“Stock Option Agreement”

   5
    

(gg)

  

“Subsidiary”

   5

Section 3.

  

ADMINISTRATION.

   5
    

(a)

  

Committee Composition

   5
    

(b)

  

Committee for Non-Officer Grants

   5
    

(c)

  

Committee Procedures

   5
    

(d)

  

Committee Responsibilities

   5

 

- i -


Section 4.

  

ELIGIBILITY.

   7
    

(a)

  

General Rule

   7
    

(b)

  

Automatic Grants to Outside Directors.

   7
    

(c)

  

Ten–Percent Stockholders

   8
    

(d)

  

Attribution Rules

   8
    

(e)

  

Outstanding Stock

   8

Section 5.

  

STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN.

   9
    

(a)

  

Basic Limitation

   9
    

(b)

  

Additional Shares

   9

Section 6.

  

RESTRICTED SHARES

   9
    

(a)

  

Restricted Stock Agreement

   9
    

(b)

  

Payment for Awards

   9
    

(c)

  

Vesting

   9
    

(d)

  

Voting and Dividend Rights

   9
    

(e)

  

Restrictions on Transfer of Shares

   10

Section 7.

  

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS.

   10
    

(a)

  

Stock Option Agreement

   10
    

(b)

  

Number of Shares

   10
    

(c)

  

Exercise Price

   10
    

(d)

  

Withholding Taxes

   10
    

(e)

  

Exercisability and Term

   10
    

(f)

  

Exercise of Options Upon Termination of Service

   11
    

(g)

  

Effect of Change in Control

   11
    

(h)

  

Leaves of Absence

   11
    

(i)

  

No Rights as a Stockholder

   11
    

(j)

  

Modification, Extension and Renewal of Options

   11
    

(k)

  

Restrictions on Transfer of Shares

   12
    

(l)

  

Buyout Provisions

   12

Section 8.

  

PAYMENT FOR SHARES.

   12
    

(a)

  

General Rule

   12
    

(b)

  

Surrender of Stock

   12
    

(c)

  

Services Rendered

   12
    

(d)

  

Cashless Exercise

   12
    

(e)

  

Exercise/Pledge

   12
    

(f)

  

Promissory Note

   12
    

(g)

  

Other Forms of Payment

   13
    

(h)

  

Limitations under Applicable Law

   13

Section 9.

  

STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS.

   13
    

(a)

  

SAR Agreement

   13
    

(b)

  

Number of Shares

   13
    

(c)

  

Exercise Price

   13
    

(d)

  

Exercisability and Term

   13

 

- ii -


    

(e)

  

Effect of Change in Control

   13
    

(f)

  

Exercise of SARs

   13
    

(g)

  

Modification or Assumption of SARs

   14

Section 10.

  

ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

   14
    

(a)

  

Adjustments

   14
    

(b)

  

Dissolution or Liquidation

   14
    

(c)

  

Reorganizations

   14
    

(d)

  

Reservation of Rights

   15

Section 11.

  

LEGAL AND REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS.

   15

Section 12.

  

WITHHOLDING TAXES.

   15
    

(a)

  

General

   15
    

(b)

  

Share Withholding

   15

Section 13.

  

LIMITATION ON PARACHUTE PAYMENTS.

   16
    

(a)

  

Scope of Limitation

   16
    

(b)

  

Basic Rule

   16
    

(c)

  

Reduction of Payments

   16
    

(d)

  

Overpayments and Underpayments

   16
    

(e)

  

Related Corporations

   17

Section 14.

  

NO EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS.

   17

Section 15.

  

DURATION AND AMENDMENTS.

   17
    

(a)

  

Term of the Plan

   17
    

(b)

  

Right to Amend or Terminate the Plan

   17
    

(c)

  

Effect of Amendment or Termination

   17

Section 16.

  

EXECUTION.

   17

 

 

- iii -


SYNNEX I NFORMATION T ECHNOLOGIES , I NC .

 

2003 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

SECTION 1.    ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE.

 

The Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors on September 2, 2003, effective as of the date of the initial offering of Stock to the public pursuant to a registration statement filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The purpose of the Plan is to promote the long-term success of the Company and the creation of stockholder value by (a) encouraging Employees, Outside Directors and Consultants to focus on critical long-range objectives, (b) encouraging the attraction and retention of Employees, Outside Directors and Consultants with exceptional qualifications and (c) linking Employees, Outside Directors and Consultants directly to stockholder interests through increased stock ownership. The Plan seeks to achieve this purpose by providing for Awards in the form of restricted shares, options (which may constitute incentive stock options or nonstatutory stock options) or stock appreciation rights.

 

SECTION 2.    DEFINITIONS.

 

(a) “Affiliate” shall mean any entity other than a Subsidiary, if the Company and/or one of more Subsidiaries own not less than 50% of such entity.

 

(b) “Award” shall mean any award of an Option, a SAR or a Restricted Share under the Plan.

 

(c) “Board of Directors” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time.

 

(d) “Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(i) A change in the composition of the Board of Directors occurs, as a result of which fewer than one-half of the incumbent directors are directors who either:

 

(A) Had been directors of the Company on the “look-back date” (as defined below) (the “original directors”); or

 

(B) Were elected, or nominated for election, to the Board of Directors with the affirmative votes of at least a majority of the aggregate of the original directors who were still in office at the time of the election or nomination and the directors whose election or nomination was previously so approved (the “continuing directors”); or

 

(ii) Any “person” (as defined below) who by the acquisition or aggregation of securities, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities

 

- 1 -


ordinarily (and apart from rights accruing under special circumstances) having the right to vote at elections of directors (the “Base Capital Stock”); except that any change in the relative beneficial ownership of the Company’s securities by any person resulting solely from a reduction in the aggregate number of outstanding shares of Base Capital Stock, and any decrease thereafter in such person’s ownership of securities, shall be disregarded until such person increases in any manner, directly or indirectly, such person’s beneficial ownership of any securities of the Company; or

 

(iii) The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity or any other corporate reorganization, if persons who were not stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or other reorganization own immediately after such merger, consolidation or other reorganization 50% or more of the voting power of the outstanding securities of each of (A) the continuing or surviving entity and (B) any direct or indirect parent corporation of such continuing or surviving entity; or

 

(iv) The sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

 

For purposes of subsection (d)(i) above, the term “look-back” date shall mean the later of (1) September 2, 2003 or (2) the date 24 months prior to the date of the event that may constitute a Change in Control.

 

For purposes of subsection (d)(ii)) above, the term “person” shall have the same meaning as when used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act but shall exclude (1) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan maintained by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary and (2) a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Stock.

 

Any other provision of this Section 2(d) notwithstanding, a transaction shall not constitute a Change in Control if its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction, and a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur if the Company files a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the initial offering of Stock to the public.

 

(e) “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(f) “Committee” shall mean the Compensation Committee as designated by the Board of Directors, which is authorized to administer the Plan, as described in Section 3 hereof.

 

(g) “Company” shall mean SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc.

 

(h) “Consultant” shall mean a consultant or advisor who provides bona fide services to the Company, a Parent, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate as an independent contractor or a member of the board of directors of a Parent or a Subsidiary who is not an Employee. Service as a Consultant shall be considered Service for all purposes of the Plan.

 

- 2 -


(i) “Disability” shall mean that the Optionee is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment.

 

(j) “Employee” shall mean any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

 

(k) “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(l) “Exercise Price” shall mean, in the case of an Option, the amount for which one Common Share may be purchased upon exercise of such Option, as specified in the applicable Stock Option Agreement. “Exercise Price,” in the case of a SAR, shall mean an amount, as specified in the applicable SAR Agreement, which is subtracted from the Fair Market Value of one Common Share in determining the amount payable upon exercise of such SAR.

 

(m) “Fair Market Value” with respect to a Share, shall mean the market price of one Share of Stock, determined by the Committee as follows:

 

(i) If the Stock was traded over-the-counter on the date in question but was not traded on The Nasdaq Stock Market, then the Fair Market Value shall be equal to the last transaction price quoted for such date by the OTC Bulletin Board or, if not so quoted, shall be equal to the mean between the last reported representative bid and asked prices quoted for such date by the principal automated inter-dealer quotation system on which the Stock is quoted or, if the Stock is not quoted on any such system, by the “Pink Sheets” published by the National Quotation Bureau, Inc.;

 

(ii) If the Stock was traded on The Nasdaq Stock Market, then the Fair Market Value shall be equal to the last reported sale price quoted for such date by The Nasdaq Stock Market;

 

(iii) If the Stock was traded on a United States stock exchange on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be equal to the closing price reported for such date by the applicable composite-transactions report; and

 

(iv) If none of the foregoing provisions is applicable, then the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Committee in good faith on such basis as it deems appropriate.

 

In all cases, the determination of Fair Market Value by the Committee shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

 

(n) “ISO” shall mean an employee incentive stock option described in Section 422 of the Code.

 

(o) “Misconduct” shall mean the commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty by the Participant, any unauthorized use or disclosure by the Participant of confidential information or trade secrets of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary), or any other intentional misconduct by the Participant adversely affecting the business or affairs of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) in a material manner. The foregoing definition shall not

 

- 3 -


be deemed to be inclusive of all the acts or omissions which the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) may consider as grounds for the dismissal or discharge of the Participant or any other individual in the Service of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

 

(p) “Nonstatutory Option” or “NSO” shall mean an employee stock option that is not an ISO.

 

(q) “Offeree” shall mean an individual to whom the Committee has offered the right to acquire Shares under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option).

 

(r) “Option” shall mean an ISO or Nonstatutory Option granted under the Plan and entitling the holder to purchase Shares.

 

(s) “Optionee” shall mean an individual or estate who holds an Option or SAR.

 

(t) “Outside Director” shall mean a member of the Board of Directors who is not a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary. Service as an Outside Director shall be considered Service for all purposes of the Plan, except as provided in the second sentence of Section 4(a).

 

(u) “Parent” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. A corporation that attains the status of a Parent on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be a Parent commencing as of such date.

 

(v) “Participant” shall mean an individual or estate who holds an Award.

 

(w) “Plan” shall mean this 2003 Stock Incentive Plan of SYNNEX I NFORMATION T ECHNOLOGIES , I NC ., as amended from time to time.

 

(x) “Purchase Price” shall mean the consideration for which one Share may be acquired under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option), as specified by the Committee.

 

(y) “Restricted Share” shall mean a Share awarded under the Plan.

 

(z) “Restricted Share Agreement” shall mean the agreement between the Company and the recipient of a Restricted Share which contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to such Restricted Shares.

 

(aa) “SAR” shall mean a stock appreciation right granted under the Plan.

 

(bb) “SAR Agreement” shall mean the agreement between the Company and an Optionee which contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to his or her SAR.

 

(cc) “Service” shall mean service as an Employee, Consultant or Outside Director.

 

- 4 -


(dd) “Share” shall mean one share of Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 8 (if applicable).

 

(ee) “Stock” shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.

 

(ff) “Stock Option Agreement” shall mean the agreement between the Company and an Optionee that contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to his Option.

 

(gg) “Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation, if the Company and/or one or more other Subsidiaries own not less than 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of outstanding stock of such corporation. A corporation that attains the status of a Subsidiary on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Subsidiary commencing as of such date.

 

SECTION 3.    ADMINISTRATION.

 

(a) Committee Composition. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall consist of two or more directors of the Company, who shall be appointed by the Board. In addition, the composition of the Committee shall satisfy

 

(i) such requirements as the Securities and Exchange Commission may establish for administrators acting under plans intended to qualify for exemption under Rule 16b-3 (or its successor) under the Exchange Act; and

 

(ii) such requirements as the Internal Revenue Service may establish for outside directors acting under plans intended to qualify for exemption under Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code.

 

(b) Committee for Non-Officer Grants. The Board may also appoint one or more separate committees of the Board, each composed of one or more directors of the Company who need not satisfy the requirements of Section 3(a), who may administer the Plan with respect to Employees who are not considered officers or directors of the Company under Section 16 of the Exchange Act, may grant Awards under the Plan to such Employees and may determine all terms of such grants. Within the limitations of the preceding sentence, any reference in the Plan to the Committee shall include such committee or committees appointed pursuant to the preceding sentence. The Board of Directors may also authorize one or more officers of the Company to designate Employees, other than officers under Section 16 of the Exchange Act, to receive Awards and/or to determine the number of such Awards to be received by such persons; provided, however, that the Board of Directors shall specify the total number of Awards that such officers may so award.

 

(c) Committee Procedures. The Board of Directors shall designate one of the members of the Committee as chairman. The Committee may hold meetings at such times and places as it shall determine. The acts of a majority of the Committee members present at meetings at which a quorum exists, or acts reduced to or approved in writing by all Committee members, shall be valid acts of the Committee.

 

(d) Committee Responsibilities. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have full authority and discretion to take the following actions:

 

- 5 -


(i) To interpret the Plan and to apply its provisions;

 

(ii) To adopt, amend or rescind rules, procedures and forms relating to the Plan;

 

(iii) To authorize any person to execute, on behalf of the Company, any instrument required to carry out the purposes of the Plan;

 

(iv) To determine when Shares are to be awarded or offered for sale and when Options are to be granted under the Plan;

 

(v) To select the Offerees and Optionees;

 

(vi) To determine the number of Shares to be offered to each Offeree or to be made subject to each Option;

 

(vii) To prescribe the terms and conditions of each award or sale of Shares, including (without limitation) the Purchase Price, the vesting of the award (including accelerating the vesting of awards, either at the time of the award or sale or thereafter, without the consent of the Offeree or Optionee) and to specify the provisions of the Restricted Stock Agreement relating to such award or sale;

 

(viii) To prescribe the terms and conditions of each Option, including (without limitation) the Exercise Price, the vesting or duration of the Option (including accelerating the vesting of the Option), to determine whether such Option is to be classified as an ISO or as a Nonstatutory Option, and to specify the provisions of the Stock Option Agreement relating to such Option;

 

(ix) To amend any outstanding Restricted Stock Agreement or Stock Option Agreement, subject to applicable legal restrictions and to the consent of the Offeree or Optionee who entered into such agreement if the Offeree’s or Optionee’s rights or obligations would be adversely affected;

 

(x) To prescribe the consideration for the grant of each Option or other right under the Plan and to determine the sufficiency of such consideration;

 

(xi) To determine the disposition of each Option or other right under the Plan in the event of an Optionee’s or Offeree’s divorce or dissolution of marriage;

 

(xii) To determine whether Options or other rights under the Plan will be granted in replacement of other grants under an incentive or other compensation plan of an acquired business;

 

(xiii) To correct any defect, supply any omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan, any Stock Option Agreement or any Restricted Stock Agreement; and

 

(xiv) To take any other actions deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.

 

- 6 -


Subject to the requirements of applicable law, the Committee may designate persons other than members of the Committee to carry out its responsibilities and may prescribe such conditions and limitations as it may deem appropriate, except that the Committee may not delegate its authority with regard to the selection for participation of or the granting of Options or other rights under the Plan to persons subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act. All decisions, interpretations and other actions of the Committee shall be final and binding on all Offerees, all Optionees, and all persons deriving their rights from an Offeree or Optionee. No member of the Committee shall be liable for any action that he has taken or has failed to take in good faith with respect to the Plan, any Option, or any right to acquire Shares under the Plan.

 

SECTION 4.    ELIGIBILITY.

 

(a) General Rule. Only Employees shall be eligible for the grant of ISOs. Only Employees, Consultants and Outside Directors shall be eligible for the grant of Restricted Shares, Nonstatutory Options or SARs.

 

(b) Automatic Grants to Outside Directors.

 

(i) Each Outside Director who first joins the Board of Directors after the effective date of the Plan, and who was not previously an Employee, shall receive a Nonstatutory Option, subject to approval of the Plan by the Company’s stockholders, to purchase 50,000 Shares (subject to adjustment under Section 10) on the first business day after his or her election to the Board of Directors.

 

(ii) On the first business day following the conclusion of each regular annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders after such Outside Director’s appointment or election to the Board of Directors, commencing with the annual meeting occurring after the adoption of the Plan, each Outside Director who will continue serving as a member of the Board of Directors thereafter shall receive an Option to purchase 10,000 Shares, subject to adjustment under Section 10, provided such Outside Director has served on the Board of Directors for at least six months.

 

(iii) The Exercise Price of all Nonstatutory Options granted to an Outside Director under this Section 4(b) shall be equal to 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, payable in one of the forms described in Section 8(a), (b) or (d).

 

(iv) Twenty percent (20%) of the Shares subject to each Option granted under this Section 4(b) shall vest and become exercisable on the first anniversary of the date of grant. The balance of the Shares subject to each Option ( i.e . the remaining eighty percent (80%)) granted under this Section 4(b) shall vest and become exercisable monthly over a four-year period beginning on the day which is one month after the first anniversary of the date of grant, at a monthly rate of 1.666% of the total number of Shares subject to such Options.

 

(v) Subject to Sections 4(b)(vi) and (vii), all Nonstatutory Options granted to an Outside Director under this Section 4(e) shall terminate on the day before the tenth anniversary of the date of grant of such Options.

 

- 7 -


(vi) If an Outside Director’s Service terminates for any reason, then his or her Options granted under this Section 4(b) shall expire on the earliest of the following occasions:

 

(A) The expiration date determined pursuant to Section 4(b)(v) above;

 

(B) The date 12 months after the termination of the Outside Director’s Service, if the termination occurs because of his or her death or Disability;

 

(C) The date of the Outside Director’s termination of Service, if the termination occurs by reason of his or her Misconduct; or

 

(D) The date three months after the termination of the Outside Director’s Service, if the termination occurs for any reason other than death, Disability or Misconduct.

 

The Outside Director may exercise all or part of his or her Options at any time before the expiration of such Options under the preceding sentence, but only to the extent that such Options had become vested before his or her Service terminated. The balance of such Options shall lapse when the Outside Director’s Service terminates.

 

(vii) In the event that the Outside Director dies after the termination of his or her Service but before the expiration of his or her Options granted under this Section 4(b), then his or her Options shall expire on the earlier of the following dates:

 

(A) The expiration date determined pursuant to Section 4(b)(v) above; or

 

(B) The date 12 months after his or her death.

 

(c) Ten-Percent Stockholders. An Employee who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of outstanding stock of the Company, a Parent or Subsidiary shall not be eligible for the grant of an ISO unless such grant satisfies the requirements of Section 422(c)(5) of the Code.

 

(d) Attribution Rules. For purposes of Section 4(c) above, in determining stock ownership, an Employee shall be deemed to own the stock owned, directly or indirectly, by or for such Employee’s brothers, sisters, spouse, ancestors and lineal descendants. Stock owned, directly or indirectly, by or for a corporation, partnership, estate or trust shall be deemed to be owned proportionately by or for its stockholders, partners or beneficiaries.

 

(e) Outstanding Stock. For purposes of Section 4(c) above, “outstanding stock” shall include all stock actually issued and outstanding immediately after the grant. “Outstanding stock” shall not include shares authorized for issuance under outstanding options held by the Employee or by any other person.

 

- 8 -


SECTION 5.    STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN.

 

(a) Basic Limitation. Shares offered under the Plan shall be authorized but unissued Shares or treasury Shares. The maximum aggregate number of Options, SARs and Restricted Shares awarded under the Plan shall not exceed 29,000,000 Shares, plus the additional Shares described in Section (b). The limitations of this Section 5(a) shall be subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 10. The number of Shares that are subject to Options or other rights outstanding at any time under the Plan shall not exceed the number of Shares which then remain available for issuance under the Plan. The Company, during the term of the Plan, shall at all times reserve and keep available sufficient Shares to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

 

(b) Additional Shares. If Restricted Shares or Shares issued upon the exercise of Options are forfeited, then such Shares shall again become available for Awards under the Plan. If Options or SARs are forfeited or terminate for any other reason before being exercised, then the corresponding Shares shall again become available for Awards under the Plan. If SARs are exercised, then only the number of Shares (if any) actually issued in settlement of such SARs shall reduce the number available in Section 5(a) and the balance shall again become available for Awards under the Plan.

 

SECTION 6.    RESTRICTED SHARES

 

(a) Restricted Stock Agreement. Each grant of Restricted Shares under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Restricted Stock Agreement between the recipient and the Company. Such Restricted Shares shall be subject to all applicable terms of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms that are not inconsistent with the Plan. The provisions of the various Restricted Stock Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

 

(b) Payment for Awards. Subject to the following sentence, Restricted Shares may be sold or awarded under the Plan for such consideration as the Committee may determine, including (without limitation) cash, cash equivalents, full-recourse promissory notes, past services and future services. To the extent that an Award consists of newly issued Restricted Shares, the Award recipient shall furnish consideration with a value not less than the par value of such Restricted Shares in the form of cash, cash equivalents, or past services rendered to the Company (or a Parent or Subsidiary), as the Committee may determine.

 

(c) Vesting. Each Award of Restricted Shares may or may not be subject to vesting. Vesting shall occur, in full or in installments, upon satisfaction of the conditions specified in the Restricted Stock Agreement. A Restricted Stock Agreement may provide for accelerated vesting in the event of the Participant’s death, disability or retirement or other events. The Committee may determine, at the time of granting Restricted Shares of thereafter, that all or part of such Restricted Shares shall become vested in the event that a Change in Control occurs with respect to the Company.

 

(d) Voting and Dividend Rights. The holders of Restricted Shares awarded under the Plan shall have the same voting, dividend and other rights as the Company’s other stockholders. A Restricted Stock Agreement, however, may require that the holders of Restricted Shares invest any cash dividends received in additional Restricted Shares. Such additional Restricted Shares

 

- 9 -


shall be subject to the same conditions and restrictions as the Award with respect to which the dividends were paid.

 

(e) Restrictions on Transfer of Shares. Restricted Shares shall be subject to such rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal or other restrictions as the Committee may determine. Such restrictions shall be set forth in the applicable Restricted Stock Agreement and shall apply in addition to any general restrictions that may apply to all holders of Shares.

 

SECTION 7.    TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS.

 

(a) Stock Option Agreement. Each grant of an Option under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Stock Option Agreement between the Optionee and the Company. Such Option shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms and conditions which are not inconsistent with the Plan and which the Committee deems appropriate for inclusion in a Stock Option Agreement. The Stock Option Agreement shall specify whether the Option is an ISO or an NSO. The provisions of the various Stock Option Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical. Options may be granted in consideration of a reduction in the Optionee’s other compensation.

 

(b) Number of Shares. Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the number of Shares that are subject to the Option and shall provide for the adjustment of such number in accordance with Section 10. Options granted to an Optionee in a single calendar year of the Company shall not cover more than 3,000,000 Shares, except that Options granted to a new Employee or Consultant in the calendar year of the Company in which his or her Service first commences shall not cover more than 5,000,000 Shares (in each case subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 10).

 

(c) Exercise Price. Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the Exercise Price. The Exercise Price of an ISO shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, except as otherwise provided in Section 4(c), and the Exercise Price of an NSO shall not be less 85% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Stock Option Agreement may specify that the exercise price of an NSO may vary in accordance with a predetermined formula. Subject to the foregoing in this Section 7(c), the Exercise Price under any Option shall be determined by the Committee at its sole discretion. The Exercise Price shall be payable in one of the forms described in Section 8.

 

(d) Withholding Taxes. As a condition to the exercise of an Option, the Optionee shall make such arrangements as the Committee may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with such exercise. The Optionee shall also make such arrangements as the Committee may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with the disposition of Shares acquired by exercising an Option.

 

(e) Exercisability and Term. Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the date when all or any installment of the Option is to become exercisable. The Stock Option Agreement shall also specify the term of the Option; provided that the term of an ISO shall in no event exceed 10 years from the date of grant (five years for Employees described in Section

 

- 10 -


4(c)). A Stock Option Agreement may provide for accelerated exercisability in the event of the Optionee’s death, disability, or retirement or other events and may provide for expiration prior to the end of its term in the event of the termination of the Optionee’s Service. Options may be awarded in combination with SARs, and such an Award may provide that the Options will not be exercisable unless the related SARs are forfeited. Subject to the foregoing in this Section 7(e), the Committee at its sole discretion shall determine when all or any installment of an Option is to become exercisable and when an Option is to expire.

 

(f) Exercise of Options Upon Termination of Service. Each Stock Option Agreement shall set forth the extent to which the Optionee shall have the right to exercise the Option following termination of the Optionee’s Service with the Company and its Subsidiaries, and the right to exercise the Option of any executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or any person who has acquired such Option(s) directly from the Optionee by bequest or inheritance. Such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, need not be uniform among all Options issued pursuant to the Plan, and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for termination of Service.

 

(g) Effect of Change in Control. The Committee may determine, at the time of granting an Option or thereafter, that such Option shall become exercisable as to all or part of the Shares subject to such Option in the event that a Change in Control occurs with respect to the Company.

 

(h) Leaves of Absence. An Employee’s Service shall cease when such Employee ceases to be actively employed by, or a Consultant to, the Company (or any subsidiary) as determined in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors. For purposes of Options, Service does not terminate when an Employee goes on a bona fide leave of absence, that was approved by the Company in writing, if the terms of the leave provide for continued service crediting, or when continued service crediting is required by applicable law. However, for purposes of determining whether an Option is entitled to ISO status, an Employee’s Service will be treated as terminating 90 days after such Employee went on leave, unless such Employee’s right to return to active work is guaranteed by law or by a contract. Service terminates in any event when the approved leave ends, unless such Employee immediately returns to active work. The Company determines which leaves count toward Service, and when Service terminates for all purposes under the Plan.

 

(i) No Rights as a Stockholder. An Optionee, or a transferee of an Optionee, shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares covered by his Option until the date of the issuance of a stock certificate for such Shares. No adjustments shall be made, except as provided in Section 10.

 

(j) Modification, Extension and Renewal of Options. Within the limitations of the Plan, the Committee may modify, extend or renew outstanding options or may accept the cancellation of outstanding options (to the extent not previously exercised), whether or not granted hereunder, in return for the grant of new Options for the same or a different number of Shares and at the same or a different exercise price, or in return for the grant of the same or a different number of Shares. The foregoing notwithstanding, no modification of an Option shall, without the consent of the Optionee, adversely affect his or her rights or obligations under such Option.

 

- 11 -


(k) Restrictions on Transfer of Shares. Any Shares issued upon exercise of an Option shall be subject to such special forfeiture conditions, rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal and other transfer restrictions as the Committee may determine. Such restrictions shall be set forth in the applicable Stock Option Agreement and shall apply in addition to any general restrictions that may apply to all holders of Shares.

 

(l) Buyout Provisions. The Committee may at any time (a) offer to buy out for a payment in cash or cash equivalents an Option previously granted or (b) authorize an Optionee to elect to cash out an Option previously granted, in either case at such time and based upon such terms and conditions as the Committee shall establish.

 

SECTION 8.    PAYMENT FOR SHARES.

 

(a) General Rule. The entire Exercise Price or Purchase Price of Shares issued under the Plan shall be payable in lawful money of the United States of America at the time when such Shares are purchased, except as provided in Section 8(b) through Section 8(g) below.

 

(b) Surrender of Stock. To the extent that a Stock Option Agreement so provides, payment may be made all or in part by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares which have already been owned by the Optionee or his representative. Such Shares shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date when the new Shares are purchased under the Plan. The Optionee shall not surrender, or attest to the ownership of, Shares in payment of the Exercise Price if such action would cause the Company to recognize compensation expense (or additional compensation expense) with respect to the Option for financial reporting purposes.

 

(c) Services Rendered. At the discretion of the Committee, Shares may be awarded under the Plan in consideration of services rendered to the Company or a Subsidiary prior to the award. If Shares are awarded without the payment of a Purchase Price in cash, the Committee shall make a determination (at the time of the award) of the value of the services rendered by the Offeree and the sufficiency of the consideration to meet the requirements of Section 6(b).

 

(d) Cashless Exercise. To the extent that a Stock Option Agreement so provides, payment may be made all or in part by delivery (on a form prescribed by the Committee) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sale proceeds to the Company in payment of the aggregate Exercise Price.

 

(e) Exercise/Pledge. To the extent that a Stock Option Agreement so provides, payment may be made all or in part by delivery (on a form prescribed by the Committee) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker or lender to pledge Shares, as security for a loan, and to deliver all or part of the loan proceeds to the Company in payment of the aggregate Exercise Price.

 

(f) Promissory Note. To the extent that a Stock Option Agreement or Restricted Stock Agreement so provides, payment may be made all or in part by delivering (on a form prescribed by the Company) a full-recourse promissory note. However, the par value of the Common Shares being purchased under the Plan, if newly issued, shall be paid in cash or cash equivalents.

 

- 12 -


(g) Other Forms of Payment. To the extent that a Stock Option Agreement or Restricted Stock Agreement so provides, payment may be made in any other form that is consistent with applicable laws, regulations and rules.

 

(h) Limitations under Applicable Law. Notwithstanding anything herein or in a Stock Option Agreement or Restricted Stock Agreement to the contrary, payment may not be made in any form that is unlawful, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

 

SECTION 9.    STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS.

 

(a) SAR Agreement. Each grant of a SAR under the Plan shall be evidenced by a SAR Agreement between the Optionee and the Company. Such SAR shall be subject to all applicable terms of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms that are not inconsistent with the Plan. The provisions of the various SAR Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical. SARs may be granted in consideration of a reduction in the Optionee’s other compensation.

 

(b) Number of Shares. Each SAR Agreement shall specify the number of Shares to which the SAR pertains and shall provide for the adjustment of such number in accordance with Section 10. SARs granted to any Optionee in a single calendar year shall in no event pertain to more than 3,000,000 Shares, except that SARs granted to a new Employee or Consultant in the calendar year of the Company in which his or her Service first commences shall not pertain to more than 5,000,000 Shares. The limitations set forth in the preceding sentence shall be subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 10.

 

(c) Exercise Price. Each SAR Agreement shall specify the Exercise Price. A SAR Agreement may specify an Exercise Price that varies in accordance with a predetermined formula while the SAR is outstanding.

 

(d) Exercisability and Term. Each SAR Agreement shall specify the date when all or any installment of the SAR is to become exercisable. The SAR Agreement shall also specify the term of the SAR. A SAR Agreement may provide for accelerated exercisability in the event of the Optionee’s death, disability or retirement or other events and may provide for expiration prior to the end of its term in the event of the termination of the Optionee’s service. SARs may be awarded in combination with Options, and such an Award may provide that the SARs will not be exercisable unless the related Options are forfeited. A SAR may be included in an ISO only at the time of grant but may be included in an NSO at the time of grant or thereafter. A SAR granted under the Plan may provide that it will be exercisable only in the event of a Change in Control.

 

(e) Effect of Change in Control. The Committee may determine, at the time of granting a SAR or thereafter, that such SAR shall become fully exercisable as to all Common Shares subject to such SAR in the event that a Change in Control occurs with respect to the Company.

 

(f) Exercise of SARs. Upon exercise of a SAR, the Optionee (or any person having the right to exercise the SAR after his or her death) shall receive from the Company (a) Shares, (b) cash or (c) a combination of Shares and cash, as the Committee shall determine. The amount

 

- 13 -


of cash and/or the Fair Market Value of Shares received upon exercise of SARs shall, in the aggregate, be equal to the amount by which the Fair Market Value (on the date of surrender) of the Shares subject to the SARs exceeds the Exercise Price.

 

(g) Modification or Assumption of SARs. Within the limitations of the Plan, the Committee may modify, extend or assume outstanding SARs or may accept the cancellation of outstanding SARs (whether granted by the Company or by another issuer) in return for the grant of new SARs for the same or a different number of shares and at the same or a different exercise price. The foregoing notwithstanding, no modification of a SAR shall, without the consent of the holder, may alter or impair his or her rights or obligations under such SAR.

 

SECTION 10.    ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

 

(a) Adjustments. In the event of a subdivision of the outstanding Stock, a declaration of a dividend payable in Shares, a declaration of a dividend payable in a form other than Shares in an amount that has a material effect on the price of Shares, a combination or consolidation of the outstanding Stock (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of Shares, a recapitalization, a spin-off or a similar occurrence, the Committee shall make such adjustments as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate in one or more of:

 

(i) The number of Options, SARs and Restricted Shares available for future Awards under Section 5;

 

(ii) The limitations set forth in Section 5(a), Section 7(b) and Section 9(b);

 

(iii) The number of NSOs to be granted to Outside Directors under Section 4(b);

 

(iv) The number of Shares covered by each outstanding Option and SAR; or

 

(v) The Exercise Price under each outstanding Option and SAR.

 

Except as provided in this Section 10, a Participant shall have no rights by reason of any issue by the Company of stock of any class or securities convertible into stock of any class, any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class, the payment of any stock dividend or any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class.

 

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation. To the extent not previously exercised or settled, Options and SARs shall terminate immediately prior to the dissolution or liquidation of the Company.

 

(c) Reorganizations. In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or other reorganization, outstanding Awards shall be subject to the agreement of merger or reorganization. Such agreement shall provide for:

 

(i) The continuation of the outstanding Awards by the Company, if the Company is a surviving corporation;

 

- 14 -


(ii) The assumption of the outstanding Awards by the surviving corporation or its parent or subsidiary;

 

(iii) The substitution by the surviving corporation or its parent or subsidiary of its own awards for the outstanding Awards;

 

(iv) Full exercisability or vesting and accelerated expiration of the outstanding Awards; or

 

(v) Settlement of the full value of the outstanding Awards in cash or cash equivalents followed by cancellation of such Awards.

 

(d) Reservation of Rights. Except as provided in this Section 10, an Optionee or Offeree shall have no rights by reason of any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class, the payment of any dividend or any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class. Any issue by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or Exercise Price of Shares subject to an Option. The grant of an Option pursuant to the Plan shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure, to merge or consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate, sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

 

SECTION 11.    LEGAL AND REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS.

 

Shares shall not be issued under the Plan unless the issuance and delivery of such Shares complies with (or is exempt from) all applicable requirements of law, including (without limitation) the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, state securities laws and regulations and the regulations of any stock exchange on which the Company’s securities may then be listed, and the Company has obtained the approval or favorable ruling from any governmental agency which the Company determines is necessary or advisable.

 

SECTION 12.    WITHHOLDING TAXES.

 

(a) General. To the extent required by applicable federal, state, local or foreign law, a Participant or his or her successor shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company for the satisfaction of any withholding tax obligations that arise in connection with the Plan. The Company shall not be required to issue any Shares or make any cash payment under the Plan until such obligations are satisfied.

 

(b) Share Withholding. The Committee may permit a Participant to satisfy all or part of his or her withholding or income tax obligations by having the Company withhold all or a portion of any Shares that otherwise would be issued to him or her or by surrendering all or a portion of any Shares that he or she previously acquired. Such Shares shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date when taxes otherwise would be withheld in cash. In no event may a Participant have Shares withheld that would otherwise be issued to him or her in excess of the number necessary to satisfy the legally required minimum tax withholding.

 

- 15 -


SECTION 13.    LIMITATION ON PARACHUTE PAYMENTS.

 

(a) Scope of Limitation. This Section 13 shall apply to an Award only if:

 

(i) The independent auditors most recently selected by the Board (the “Auditors”) determine that the after-tax value of such Award to the Optionee or Offeree, taking into account the effect of all federal, state and local income taxes, employment taxes and excise taxes applicable to the Optionee or Offeree (including the excise tax under section 4999 of the Code), will be greater after the application of this Section 13 than it was before application of this Section 13; or

 

(ii) The Committee, at the time of making an Award under the Plan or at any time thereafter, specifies in writing that such Award shall be subject to this Section 13 (regardless of the after-tax value of such Award to the Participant).

 

(b) Basic Rule. In the event that the Auditors determine that any payment or transfer by the Company under the Plan to or for the benefit of a Participant (a “Payment”) would be nondeductible by the Company for federal income tax purposes because of the provisions concerning “excess parachute payments” in Section 280G of the Code, then the aggregate present value of all Payments shall be reduced (but not below zero) to the Reduced Amount. For purposes of this Section 13, the “Reduced Amount” shall be the amount, expressed as a present value, which maximizes the aggregate present value of the Payments without causing any Payment to be nondeductible by the Company because of Section 280G of the Code.

 

(c) Reduction of Payments. If the Auditors determine that any Payment would be nondeductible by the Company because of Section 280G of the Code, then the Company shall promptly give the Participant notice to that effect and a copy of the detailed calculation thereof and of the Reduced Amount, and the Participant may then elect, in his or her sole discretion, which and how much of the Payments shall be eliminated or reduced (as long as after such election the aggregate present value of the Payments equals the Reduced Amount) and shall advise the Company in writing of his or her election within 10 days of receipt of notice. If no such election is made by the Participant within such 10-day period, then the Company may elect which and how much of the Payments shall be eliminated or reduced (as long as after such election the aggregate present value of the Payments equals the Reduced Amount) and shall notify the Participant promptly of such election. For purposes of this Section 13, present value shall be determined in accordance with Section 280G(d)(4) of the Code. All determinations made by the Auditors under this Section 13 shall be binding upon the Company and the Participant and shall be made within 60 days of the date when a Payment becomes payable or transferable. As promptly as practicable following such determination and the elections hereunder, the Company shall pay or transfer to or for the benefit of the Participant such amounts as are then due to him or her under the Plan and shall promptly pay or transfer to or for the benefit of the Participant in the future such amounts as become due to him or her under the Plan.

 

(d) Overpayments and Underpayments. As a result of uncertainty in the application of Section 280G of the Code at the time of an initial determination by the Auditors hereunder, it is possible that Payments will have been made by the Company that should not have been made (an “Overpayment”) or that additional Payments that will not have been made by the Company

 

- 16 -


could have been made (an “Underpayment”), consistent in each case with the calculation of the Reduced Amount hereunder. In the event that the Auditors, based upon the assertion of a deficiency by the Internal Revenue Service against the Company or the Participant that the Auditors believe has a high probability of success, determine that an Overpayment has been made, such Overpayment shall be treated for all purposes as a loan to the Participant which he or she shall repay to the Company, together with interest at the applicable federal rate provided in Section 7872(f)(2) of the Code; provided, however, that no amount shall be payable by the Participant to the Company if and to the extent that such payment would not reduce the amount subject to taxation under Section 4999 of the Code. In the event that the Auditors determine that an Underpayment has occurred, such Underpayment shall promptly be paid or transferred by the Company to or for the benefit of the Participant, together with interest at the applicable federal rate provided in Section 7872(f)(2) of the Code.

 

(e) Related Corporations. For purposes of this Section 13, the term “Company” shall include affiliated corporations to the extent determined by the Auditors in accordance with Section 280G(d)(5) of the Code.

 

SECTION 14.    NO EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS.

 

No provision of the Plan, nor any right or Option granted under the Plan, shall be construed to give any person any right to become, to be treated as, or to remain an Employee. The Company and its Subsidiaries reserve the right to terminate any person’s Service at any time and for any reason, with or without notice.

 

SECTION 15.    DURATION AND AMENDMENTS.

 

(a) Term of the Plan. The Plan, as set forth herein, shall terminate automatically on September 1, 2013, and may be terminated on any earlier date pursuant to Subsection (b) below.

 

(b) Right to Amend or Terminate the Plan. The Board of Directors may amend the Plan at any time and from time to time. Rights and obligations under any Option granted before amendment of the Plan shall not be materially impaired by such amendment, except with consent of the person to whom the Option was granted. An amendment of the Plan shall be subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders only to the extent required by applicable laws, regulations or rules.

 

(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination. No Shares shall be issued or sold under the Plan after the termination thereof, except upon exercise of an Option granted prior to such termination. The termination of the Plan, or any amendment thereof, shall not affect any Share previously issued or any Option previously granted under the Plan.

 

SECTION 16.    EXECUTION.

 

To record the adoption of the Plan by the Board of Directors effective as of September 2, 2003, the Company has caused its authorized officer to execute the same.

 

- 17 -


SYNNEX I NFORMATION T ECHNOLOGIES , I NC .
By  

 


    Robert Huang
    President and Chief Executive Officer

 

- 18 -

Exhibit 10.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SYNNEX I NFORMATION T ECHNOLOGIES , I NC .

 

2003 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

 

 

 

 

(Adopted by the Board on September 2, 2003)


Table of Contents

 

     Page

SECTION 1    Purpose Of The Plan

   1
SECTION 2    Definitions    1

(a) “Accumulation Period”

   1

(b) “Board”

   1

(c) “Code”

   1

(d) “Committee”

   1

(e) “Company”

   1

(f) “Compensation”

   1

(g) “Corporate Reorganization”

   1

(h) “Eligible Employee”

   2

(i) “Exchange Act”

   2

(j) “Fair Market Value”

   2

(k) “IPO”

   2

(l) “Offering Period”

   2

(m) “Participant”

   2

(n) “Participating Company”

   3

(o) “Plan”

   3

(p) “Plan Account”

   3

(q) “Purchase Price”

   3

(r) “Stock”

   3

(s) “Subsidiary”

   3
SECTION 3    Administration Of The Plan    3

(a) Committee Composition

   3

(b) Committee Responsibilities

   3

SECTION 4    Enrollment And Participation

   3

(a) Offering Periods

   3

(b) Accumulation Periods

   3

(c) Enrollment

   3

(d) Duration of Participation

   4

(e) Applicable Offering Period

   4
SECTION 5    Employee Contributions    4

(a) Frequency of Payroll Deductions

   4

(b) Amount of Payroll Deductions

   5

(c) Changing Withholding Rate

   5

(d) Discontinuing Payroll Deductions

   5

(e) Limit on Number of Elections

   5
SECTION 6    Withdrawal From The Plan    5

(a) Withdrawal

   5

(b) Re-enrollment After Withdrawal

   5

 

 

i


SECTION 7    Change In Employment Status    5

(a) Termination of Employment

   5

(b) Leave of Absence

   6

(c) Death

   6

SECTION 8    Plan Accounts And Purchase Of Shares

   6

(a) Plan Accounts

   6

(b) Purchase Price

   6

(c) Number of Shares Purchased

   6

(d) Available Shares Insufficient

   7

(e) Issuance of Stock

   7

(f) Unused Cash Balances

   7

(g) Stockholder Approval

   7
SECTION 9    Limitations On Stock Ownership    7

(a) Five Percent Limit

   7

(b) Dollar Limit

   8
SECTION 10    Rights Not Transferable    8
SECTION 11    No Rights As An Employee    9
SECTION 12    No Rights As A Stockholder    9
SECTION 13    Securities Law Requirements    9
SECTION 14    Stock Offered Under The Plan    9

(a) Authorized Shares

   9

(b) Antidilution Adjustments

   9

(c) Reorganizations

   9
SECTION 15    Amendment Or Discontinuance    10
SECTION 16    Execution    10

 

ii


SYNNEX I NFORMATION T ECHNOLOGIES , I NC .

 

2003 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

 

SECTION 1      Purpose Of The Plan .

 

The Plan was adopted by the Board on September 2, 2003, effective as of the date of the IPO. The purpose of the Plan is to provide Eligible Employees with an opportunity to increase their proprietary interest in the success of the Company by purchasing Stock from the Company on favorable terms and to pay for such purchases through payroll deductions. The Plan is intended to qualify under section 423 of the Code.

 

SECTION 2      Definitions .

 

(a)    “ Accumulation Period ” means a three-month period during which contributions may be made toward the purchase of Stock under the Plan, as determined pursuant to Section 4(b).

 

(b)    “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time.

 

(c)    “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(d)    “ Committee ” means a the Compensation Committee of the Board, as described in Section 3.

 

(e)    “ Company ” means SYNNEX I NFORMATION T ECHNOLOGIES , I NC ., a Delaware Corporation.

 

(f)    “ Compensation ” means (i) the compensation paid in cash to a Participant by a Participating Company, including salaries, wages, incentive compensation, bonuses, overtime pay and shift premiums, plus (ii) any pre-tax contributions made by the Participant under section 401(k) or 125 of the Code. “Compensation” shall exclude all non-cash items, commissions, moving or relocation allowances, cost-of-living equalization payments, car allowances, tuition reimbursements, imputed income attributable to cars or life insurance, severance pay, fringe benefits, contributions or benefits received under employee benefit plans, income attributable to the exercise of stock options, and similar items. The Committee shall determine whether a particular item is included in Compensation.

 

(g)    “ Corporate Reorganization ” means:

 

(i)    The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity or any other corporate reorganization in which the Company’s

 

1


stockholders immediately prior thereto own less than 50% of the voting securities of the Company (or its successor or parent) immediately thereafter; or

 

(ii)    The sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or the complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

 

(h)    “ Eligible Employee ” means any employee of a Participating Company, other than an officer or director who qualifies as a “highly compensated employee” under Section 414(q) of the Code, whose customary employment is for more than five months per calendar year and for more than 20 hours per week.

 

The foregoing notwithstanding, an individual shall not be considered an Eligible Employee if his or her participation in the Plan is prohibited by the law of any country which has jurisdiction over him or her or if he or she is subject to a collective bargaining agreement that does not provide for participation in the Plan.

 

(i)    “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(j)    “ Fair Market Value ” means the market price of Stock, determined by the Committee as follows:

 

(i)    If Stock was traded on a stock exchange on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be equal to the closing price reported by the applicable composite transactions report for such date;

 

(ii)    If Stock was traded on The Nasdaq National Market on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be equal to the last-transaction price quoted for such date by The Nasdaq National Market; or

 

(iii)    If none of the foregoing provisions is applicable, then the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Committee in good faith on such basis as it deems appropriate.

 

Whenever possible, the determination of Fair Market Value by the Committee shall be based on the prices reported in the Wall Street Journal or as reported directly to the Company by a stock exchange or Nasdaq. Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

 

(k)    “ IPO ” means the initial offering of Stock to the public pursuant to a registration statement filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

(l)    “ Offering Period ” means a 24-month period with respect to which the right to purchase Stock may be granted under the Plan, as determined pursuant to Section 4(a).

 

(m)    “ Participant ” means an Eligible Employee who elects to participate in the Plan, as provided in Section 4(c).

 

2


(n)    “ Participating Company ” means (i) the Company and (ii) each present or future Subsidiary designated by the Committee as a Participating Company.

 

(o)    “ Plan ” means this SYNNEX I NFORMATION T ECHNOLOGIES , I NC . 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

(p)    “ Plan Account ” means the account established for each Participant pursuant to Section 8(a).

 

(q)    “ Purchase Price ” means the price at which Participants may purchase Stock under the Plan, as determined pursuant to Section 8(b).

 

(r)    “ Stock ” means the Common Stock of the Company.

 

(s)    “ Subsidiary ” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

SECTION 3      Administration Of The Plan .

 

(a)     Committee Composition . The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall consist exclusively of one or more directors of the Company, who shall be appointed by the Board.

 

(b)     Committee Responsibilities . The Committee shall interpret the Plan and make all other policy decisions relating to the operation of the Plan. The Committee may adopt such rules, guidelines and forms as it deems appropriate to implement the Plan. The Committee’s determinations under the Plan shall be final and binding on all persons.

 

SECTION 4      Enrollment And Participation .

 

(a)     Offering Periods . While the Plan is in effect, two Offering Periods shall commence in each calendar year. The Offering Periods shall consist of the 24-month periods, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, commencing on October 1 and April 1 of each year, except that the first Offering Period shall commence on the date of the IPO and end on September 30, 2005. The next Offering Period shall commence on April 1, 2004 and will end on March 31, 2006.

 

(b)     Accumulation Periods . While the Plan is in effect, two Accumulation Periods shall commence in each calendar year. The Accumulation Periods shall consist of the six-month periods commencing on October 1 and April 1, except that the first Accumulation Period shall commence on the date of the IPO and end on March 31, 2004. Employees may participate in only one Offering Period at a time.

 

(c)     Enrollment . Any individual who, on the day preceding the first day of an Offering Period (other than the initial Offering Period), qualifies as an Eligible Employee may elect to

 

3


become a Participant in the Plan for such Offering Period by executing the enrollment form prescribed for this purpose by the Committee. The enrollment form shall be filed with the Company at the prescribed location not later than 15 days prior to the commencement of such Offering Period. All Eligible Employees shall be automatically enrolled in the initial Offering Period under the Plan.

 

(d)     Duration of Participation . Once enrolled in the Plan, a Participant shall continue to participate in the Plan until he or she ceases to be an Eligible Employee, withdraws from the Plan under Section 6(a) or reaches the end of the Offering Period in which his or her employee contributions were discontinued under Section 5(d) or Section 9(b). A Participant who discontinued employee contributions under Section 5(d) or withdrew from the Plan under Section 6(a) may again become a Participant, if he or she then is an Eligible Employee, by following the procedure described in Subsection (c) above. A Participant whose employee contributions were discontinued automatically under Section 9(b) shall automatically resume participation at the beginning of the earliest Offering Period ending in the next calendar year, if he or she then is an Eligible Employee.

 

(e)     Applicable Offering Period . For purposes of calculating the purchase price under Section 8(b), the applicable Offering Period shall be determined as follows:

 

(i)    Once a Participant is enrolled in the Plan for an Offering Period, such Offering Period shall continue to apply to him or her until the earliest of: (A) the end of such Offering Period; (B) the end of his or her participation under Subsection (d) above; or (C) re-enrollment in a subsequent Offering Period under Paragraph (ii) below.

 

(ii)    In the event that the Fair Market Value of Stock on the last trading day on or before the commencement of the Offering Period in which the Participant is enrolled is higher than on the last trading day on or before the commencement of any subsequent Offering Period, the Participant shall automatically be re-enrolled for such subsequent Offering Period.

 

(iii)    When a Participant reaches the end of an Offering Period but his or her participation is to continue, then such Participant shall automatically be re-enrolled for the Offering Period that commences immediately after the end of the prior Offering Period.

 

SECTION 5      Employee Contributions .

 

(a)     Frequency of Payroll Deductions . A Participant may purchase shares of Stock under the Plan solely by means of payroll deductions; provided, however, that in the initial Accumulation Period, Participants may also purchase shares of Stock by making a lump sum cash payment at the end of the Accumulation Period. Payroll deductions, as designated by the Participant pursuant to Subsection (b) below, shall occur on each payday during participation in the Plan.

 

4


(b)     Amount of Payroll Deductions . An Eligible Employee shall designate on the enrollment form the portion of his or her Compensation that he or she elects to have withheld for the purchase of Stock. Such portion shall be a whole percentage of the Eligible Employee’s Compensation, but not less than 1% nor more than 15%. During the initial Accumulation Period, no payroll deduction will be made unless a Participant timely files the proper form with the Company after a registration statement covering the Stock is filed and effective under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(c)     Changing Withholding Rate . If a Participant wishes to change the rate of payroll withholding, he or she may do so by filing a new enrollment form with the Company at the prescribed location at any time. The new withholding rate shall be effective as soon as reasonably practicable after such form has been received by the Company. The new withholding rate shall be a whole percentage of the Eligible Employee’s Compensation, but not less than 1% nor more than 15%.

 

(d)     Discontinuing Payroll Deductions . If a Participant wishes to discontinue employee contributions entirely, he or she may do so by filing a new enrollment form with the Company at the prescribed location at any time. Payroll withholding shall cease as soon as reasonably practicable after such form has been received by the Company. In addition, employee contributions may be discontinued automatically pursuant to Section 9(b). A Participant who has discontinued employee contributions may resume such contributions by filing a new enrollment form with the Company at the prescribed location. Payroll withholding shall resume as soon as reasonably practicable after such form has been received by the Company.

 

(e)     Limit on Number of Elections . The Committee may limit the number of elections that a Participant may make under Subsection (c) or (d) above during any Accumulation Period.

 

SECTION 6      Withdrawal From The Plan .

 

(a)     Withdrawal . A Participant may elect to withdraw from the Plan by filing the prescribed form with the Company at the prescribed location at any time before the last day of an Accumulation Period. In addition, in the initial Accumulation Period, Participants may be deemed to withdraw from the Plan by declining or failing to remit timely payment to the Company for the shares of Stock. As soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, payroll deductions shall cease and the entire amount credited to the Participant’s Plan Account shall be refunded to him or her in cash, without interest. No partial withdrawals shall be permitted.

 

(b)     Re-enrollment After Withdrawal . A former Participant who has withdrawn from the Plan shall not be a Participant until he or she re-enrolls in the Plan under Section 4(c). Re-enrollment may be effective only at the commencement of an Offering Period.

 

SECTION 7      Change In Employment Status .

 

(a)     Termination of Employment . Termination of employment as an Eligible Employee for any reason, including death, shall be treated as an automatic withdrawal from the Plan under

 

5


Section 6(a). A transfer from one Participating Company to another shall not be treated as a termination of employment.

 

(b)     Leave of Absence . For purposes of the Plan, employment shall not be deemed to terminate when the Participant goes on a military leave, a sick leave or another bona fide leave of absence, if the leave was approved by the Company in writing. Employment, however, shall be deemed to terminate 90 days after the Participant goes on a leave, unless a contract or statute guarantees his or her right to return to work. Employment shall be deemed to terminate in any event when the approved leave ends, unless the Participant immediately returns to work.

 

(c)     Death . In the event of the Participant’s death, the amount credited to his or her Plan Account shall be paid to a beneficiary designated by him or her for this purpose on the prescribed form or, if none, to the Participant’s estate. Such form shall be valid only if it was filed with the Company at the prescribed location before the Participant’s death.

 

SECTION 8      Plan Accounts And Purchase Of Shares .

 

(a)     Plan Accounts . The Company shall maintain a Plan Account on its books in the name of each Participant. Whenever an amount is deducted from the Participant’s Compensation under the Plan, such amount shall be credited to the Participant’s Plan Account. Amounts credited to Plan Accounts shall not be trust funds and may be commingled with the Company’s general assets and applied to general corporate purposes. No interest shall be credited to Plan Accounts.

 

(b)     Purchase Price . The Purchase Price for each share of Stock purchased at the close of an Accumulation Period shall be the lower of:

 

(i)    85% of the Fair Market Value of such share on the last trading day in such Accumulation Period; or

 

(ii)    85% of the Fair Market Value of such share on the first trading day of the applicable Offering Period (as determined under Section 4(e)) or, in the case of the first Offering Period under the Plan, 85% of the price at which one share of Stock is offered to the public in the IPO.

 

(c)     Number of Shares Purchased . As of the last day of each Accumulation Period, each Participant shall be deemed to have elected to purchase the number of shares of Stock calculated in accordance with this Subsection (c), unless the Participant has previously elected to withdraw from the Plan in accordance with Section 6(a). The amount then in the Participant’s Plan Account shall be divided by the Purchase Price, and the number of shares that results shall be purchased from the Company with the funds in the Participant’s Plan Account. The foregoing notwithstanding, no Participant shall purchase more than 2,500 shares of Stock with respect to any Accumulation Period nor more than the amounts of Stock set forth in Section 9(b) and Section 14(a). Any fractional share, as calculated under this Subsection (c), shall be rounded down to the next lower whole share. For each Accumulation Period, the Committee shall have

 

6


the authority to establish additional limits on the number of shares purchasable by each Participant or by all Participants in the aggregate.

 

(d)     Available Shares Insufficient . In the event that the aggregate number of shares that all Participants elect to purchase during an Accumulation Period exceeds the maximum number of shares remaining available for issuance under Section 14(a), then the number of shares to which each Participant is entitled shall be determined by multiplying the number of shares available for issuance by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares that such Participant has elected to purchase and the denominator of which is the number of shares that all Participants have elected to purchase.

 

(e)     Issuance of Stock . Certificates representing the shares of Stock purchased by a Participant under the Plan shall be issued to him or her as soon as reasonably practicable after the close of the applicable Accumulation Period, except that the Committee may determine that such shares shall be held for each Participant’s benefit by a broker designated by the Committee (unless the Participant has elected that certificates be issued to him or her). Shares may be registered in the name of the Participant or jointly in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse as joint tenants with right of survivorship or as community property.

 

(f)     Unused Cash Balances . An amount remaining in the Participant’s Plan Account that represents the Purchase Price for any fractional share shall be carried over in the Participant’s Plan Account to the next Accumulation Period. Any amount remaining in the Participant’s Plan Account that represents the Purchase Price for whole shares that could not be purchased by reason of Subsection (c) above, Section 9(b) or Section 14(a) shall be refunded to the Participant in cash, without interest.

 

(g)     Stockholder Approval . Any other provision of the Plan notwithstanding, no shares of Stock shall be purchased under the Plan unless and until the Company’s stockholders have approved the adoption of the Plan.

 

SECTION 9      Limitations On Stock Ownership .

 

(a)     Five Percent Limit . Any other provision of the Plan notwithstanding, no Participant shall be granted a right to purchase Stock under the Plan if such Participant, immediately after his or her election to purchase such Stock, would own stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or any parent or Subsidiary of the Company. For purposes of this Subsection (a), the following rules shall apply:

 

(i)    Ownership of stock shall be determined after applying the attribution rules of section 424(d) of the Code;

 

(ii)    Each Participant shall be deemed to own any stock that he or she has a right or option to purchase under this or any other plan; and

 

(iii)    Each Participant shall be deemed to have the right to purchase up to the maximum number of shares of Stock that may be purchased by a Participant under this

 

7


Plan under the individual limit specified in Section 8(c) with respect to each Accumulation Period.

 

(b)     Dollar Limit . Any other provision of the Plan notwithstanding, no Participant shall purchase Stock with a Fair Market Value in excess of the following limit:

 

(i)    In the case of Stock purchased during an Offering Period that commenced in the current calendar year, the limit shall be equal to (A) $25,000 minus (B) the Fair Market Value of the Stock that the Participant previously purchased in the current calendar year (under this Plan and all other employee stock purchase plans of the Company or any parent or Subsidiary of the Company).

 

(ii)    In the case of Stock purchased during an Offering Period that commenced in the immediately preceding calendar year, the limit shall be equal to (A) $50,000 minus (B) the Fair Market Value of the Stock that the Participant previously purchased (under this Plan and all other employee stock purchase plans of the Company or any parent or Subsidiary of the Company) in the current calendar year and in the immediately preceding calendar year.

 

(iii)    In the case of Stock purchased during an Offering Period that commenced in the second preceding calendar year, the limit shall be equal to (A) $75,000 minus (B) the Fair Market Value of the Stock that the Participant previously purchased (under this Plan and all other employee stock purchase plans of the Company or any parent or Subsidiary of the Company) in the current calendar year and in the two preceding calendar years.

 

For purposes of this Subsection (b), the Fair Market Value of Stock shall be determined in each case as of the beginning of the Offering Period in which such Stock is purchased. Employee stock purchase plans not described in section 423 of the Code shall be disregarded. If a Participant is precluded by this Subsection (b) from purchasing additional Stock under the Plan, then his or her employee contributions shall automatically be discontinued and shall resume at the beginning of the earliest Accumulation Period ending in the next calendar year (if he or she then is an Eligible Employee).

 

SECTION 10      Rights Not Transferable .

 

The rights of any Participant under the Plan, or any Participant’s interest in any Stock or moneys to which he or she may be entitled under the Plan, shall not be transferable by voluntary or involuntary assignment or by operation of law, or in any other manner other than by beneficiary designation or the laws of descent and distribution. If a Participant in any manner attempts to transfer, assign or otherwise encumber his or her rights or interest under the Plan, other than by beneficiary designation or the laws of descent and distribution, then such act shall be treated as an election by the Participant to withdraw from the Plan under Section 6(a).

 

8


SECTION 11      No Rights As An Employee .

 

Nothing in the Plan or in any right granted under the Plan shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue in the employ of a Participating Company for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Participating Companies or of the Participant, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her employment at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

 

SECTION 12      No Rights As A Stockholder .

 

A Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares of Stock that he or she may have a right to purchase under the Plan until such shares have been purchased on the last day of the applicable Offering Period.

 

SECTION 13      Securities Law Requirements .

 

Shares of Stock shall not be issued under the Plan unless the issuance and delivery of such shares comply with (or are exempt from) all applicable requirements of law, including (without limitation) the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, state securities laws and regulations, and the regulations of any stock exchange or other securities market on which the Company’s securities may then be traded.

 

SECTION 14      Stock Offered Under The Plan .

 

(a)     Authorized Shares . The maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock available for purchase under the Plan is One Million (1,000,000) shares. The aggregate number of shares available for purchase under the Plan shall at all times be subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 14.

 

(b)     Antidilution Adjustments . The aggregate number of shares of Stock offered under the Plan, the individual Participant share limitation described in Section 8(c) and the price of shares that any Participant has elected to purchase shall be adjusted proportionately by the Committee for any increase or decrease in the number of outstanding shares of Stock resulting from a subdivision or consolidation of shares or the payment of a stock dividend, any other increase or decrease in such shares effected without receipt or payment of consideration by the Company, the distribution of the shares of a Subsidiary to the Company’s stockholders or a similar event.

 

(c)     Reorganizations . Any other provision of the Plan notwithstanding, immediately prior to the effective time of a Corporate Reorganization, the Offering Period then in progress shall terminate and shares shall be purchased pursuant to Section 8, unless the Plan is assumed by the surviving corporation or its parent corporation pursuant to the plan of merger or consolidation. The Plan shall in no event be construed to restrict in any way the Company’s right to undertake a dissolution, liquidation, merger, consolidation or other reorganization.

 

9


SECTION 15      Amendment Or Discontinuance .

 

The Board shall have the right to amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time and without notice. Unless earlier terminated by the Board, the Plan shall terminate on September 1, 2013. Except as provided in Section 14, any increase in the aggregate number of shares of Stock to be issued under the Plan shall be subject to approval by a vote of the stockholders of the Company. In addition, any other amendment of the Plan shall be subject to approval by a vote of the stockholders of the Company to the extent required by an applicable law or regulation.

 

SECTION 16      Execution .

 

To record the adoption of the Plan by the Board on September 2, 2003, the Company has caused its authorized officer to execute the same.

 

SYNNEX I NFORMATION T ECHNOLOGIES , I NC .

By:

 

 


   

Robert Huang

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

10

Exhibit 10.6

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

This Indemnification Agreement (the “Agreement”), dated as of             , 2003, between SYNNEX Corp, a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), and              (“Indemnitee”),

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS, Indemnitee is either a member of the board of directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) or an officer of the Corporation, or both, and in such capacity or capacities, or otherwise as an Agent (as hereinafter defined) of the Corporation, is performing a valuable service for the Corporation; and

 

WHEREAS, Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Corporation on the condition that he or she be indemnified as herein provided; and

 

WHEREAS, it is intended that Indemnitee shall be paid promptly by the Corporation all amounts necessary to effectuate in full the indemnity provided herein:

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants in this Agreement, and of Indemnitee continuing to serve the Corporation as an Agent and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.     Services by Indemnitee . Indemnitee agrees to serve (a) as a director or an officer of the Corporation, or both, so long as Indemnitee is duly appointed or elected and qualified in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and bylaws of the Corporation, and until such time as Indemnitee resigns or fails to stand for election or is removed from Indemnitee’s position, or (b) otherwise as an Agent (as hereinafter defined) of the Corporation. Indemnitee may from time to time also perform other services at the request or for the convenience of, or otherwise benefiting the Corporation. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign or be removed from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or other obligation imposed by operation of law), in which event the Corporation shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in any such position.

 

2.     Indemnification . Subject to the limitations set forth herein and in Section 6 hereof, the Corporation hereby agrees to indemnify Indemnitee as follows:

 

The Corporation shall, with respect to any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) associated with Indemnitee’s being an Agent of the Corporation, indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation in effect on the date hereof or as such law or Certificate of Incorporation may from time to time be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than the law or Certificate of Incorporation permitted the Corporation to provide before such amendment). The right to indemnification conferred herein and in the Certificate of

 

1


Incorporation shall be presumed to have been relied upon by Indemnitee in serving or continuing to serve the Corporation as an Agent and shall be enforceable as a contract right. Without in any way diminishing the scope of the indemnification provided by this Section 2, the Corporation will indemnify Indemnitee to the full extent permitted by law if and wherever Indemnitee is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding, including any such Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Corporation, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an Agent or by reason of anything done or not done by Indemnitee in such capacity, against Expenses (as hereinafter defined) and Liabilities (as hereinafter defined) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of such Proceeding. In addition to, and not as a limitation of, the foregoing, the rights of indemnification of Indemnitee provided under this Agreement shall include those rights set forth in Sections 3 and 8 below. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall be required to indemnify Indemnitee in connection with a Proceeding commenced by Indemnitee (other than a Proceeding commenced by Indemnitee to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement) only if the commencement of such Proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors.

 

3.     Advancement of Expenses; Letter of Credit .

 

(a)     Advancement of Expenses . All reasonable Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee (including costs of enforcement of this Agreement) shall be advanced from time to time by the Corporation to Indemnitee within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Corporation of a written request for an advance of Expenses, whether prior to or after final disposition of a Proceeding (except to the extent that there has been a Final Adverse Determination (as hereinafter defined) that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such Expenses), including without limitation any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Corporation. The written request for an advancement of any and all expenses under this paragraph shall contain reasonable detail of the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee. In the event that such written request shall be accompanied by an affidavit of counsel to Indemnitee to the effect that such counsel has reviewed such expenses and that such expenses are reasonable in such counsel’s view, then such expenses shall be deemed reasonable in the absence of clear and convincing evidence to the contrary. By execution of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have made whatever undertaking may be required by law at the time of any advancement of Expenses with respect to repayment to the Corporation of such Expenses. In the event that the Corporation shall breach its obligation to advance Expenses under this Section 3, the parties hereto agree that Indemnitee’s remedies available at law would not be adequate and that Indemnitee would be entitled to specific performance.

 

(b)     Letter of Credit . In order to secure the obligations of the Corporation to indemnify and advance Expenses to Indemnitee pursuant to this Agreement, the Corporation shall obtain at the time of any Change in Control (as hereinafter defined) an irrevocable standby letter of credit naming Indemnitee as the sole beneficiary (the “Letter of Credit”). The Letter of Credit shall be in an appropriate amount not less than one million dollars ($1,000,000), shall be issued by a commercial bank headquartered in the United States having assets in excess of $10 billion and capital according to its most recent published reports equal to or greater than the then applicable minimum capital standards promulgated by such bank’s primary federal regulator and shall contain terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to

 

2


Indemnitee. The Letter of Credit shall provide that Indemnitee may from time to time draw certain amounts thereunder, upon written certification by Indemnitee to the issuer of the Letter of Credit that (i) Indemnitee has made written request upon the Corporation for an amount not less than the amount Indemnitee is drawing under the Letter of Credit and that the Corporation has failed or refused to provide Indemnitee with such amount in full within thirty (30) days after receipt of the request, and (ii) Indemnitee believes that he or she is entitled under the terms of this Agreement to the amount that Indemnitee is drawing upon under the Letter of Credit. The issuance of the Letter of Credit shall not in any way diminish the Corporation’s obligation to indemnify Indemnitee against Expenses and Liabilities to the full extent required by this Agreement.

 

(c)     Term of Letter of Credit . Once the Corporation has obtained the Letter of Credit, the Corporation shall maintain and renew the Letter of Credit or a substitute letter of credit meeting the criteria of Section 3(b) during the term of this Agreement so that the Letter of Credit shall have an initial term of five (5) years, be renewed for successive five-year terms, and always have at least one (1) year of its term remaining.

 

4.     Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings . Upon making a request for indemnification, Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification under this Agreement and the Corporation shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in reaching any contrary determination. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, arbitration award or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall not affect this presumption or, except as determined by a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to Indemnitee, establish a presumption with regard to any factual matter relevant to determining Indemnitee’s rights to indemnification hereunder. If the person or persons so empowered to make a determination pursuant to Section 5 hereof shall have failed to make the requested determination within ninety (90) days after any judgment, order, settlement, dismissal, arbitration award, conviction, acceptance of a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, or other disposition or partial disposition of any Proceeding or any other event that could enable the Corporation to determine Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, the requisite determination that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made.

 

5.     Procedure for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification .

 

(a)    Whenever Indemnitee believes that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit a written request for indemnification to the Corporation. Any request for indemnification shall include sufficient documentation or information reasonably available to Indemnitee for the determination of entitlement to indemnification. In any event, Indemnitee shall submit Indemnitee’s claim for indemnification within a reasonable time, not to exceed five (5) years after any judgment, order, settlement, dismissal, arbitration award, conviction, acceptance of a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, or final termination, whichever is the later date for which Indemnitee requests indemnification. The Secretary or other appropriate officer shall, promptly upon receipt of Indemnitee’s request for indemnification, advise the Board of Directors in writing that Indemnitee has made such request. Determination of Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification shall be made not later than ninety (90) days after the Corporation’s receipt of

 

3


Indemnitee’s written request for such indemnification, provided that any request for indemnification for Liabilities, other than amounts paid in settlement, shall have been made after a determination thereof in a Proceeding.

 

(b)    The Corporation shall be entitled to select the forum in which Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification will be heard; provided, however, that if there is a Change in Control of the Corporation, Independent Legal Counsel (as hereinafter defined) shall determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. The forum shall be any one of the following:

 

(i)    the stockholders of the Corporation;

 

(ii)    a majority vote of Disinterested Directors (as hereinafter defined), even though less than a quorum;

 

(iii)    Independent Legal Counsel, whose determination shall be made in a written opinion; or

 

(iv)    a panel of three arbitrators, one selected by the Corporation, another by Indemnitee and the third by the first two arbitrators; or if for any reason three arbitrators are not selected within thirty (30) days after the appointment of the first arbitrator, then selection of additional arbitrators shall be made by the American Arbitration Association. If any arbitrator resigns or is unable to serve in such capacity for any reason, the American Arbitration Association shall select such arbitrator’s replacement. The arbitration shall be conducted pursuant to the commercial arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association now in effect.

 

6.     Specific Limitations on Indemnification . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Corporation shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any payment to Indemnitee with respect to any Proceeding:

 

(a)    To the extent that payment is actually made to Indemnitee under any insurance policy, or is made to Indemnitee by the Corporation or an affiliate otherwise than pursuant to this Agreement. Notwithstanding the availability of such insurance, Indemnitee also may claim indemnification from the Corporation pursuant to this Agreement by assigning to the Corporation any claims under such insurance to the extent Indemnitee is paid by the Corporation;

 

(b)    Provided there has been no Change in Control, for Liabilities in connection with Proceedings settled without the Corporation’s consent, which consent, however, shall not be unreasonably withheld;

 

(c)    For an accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of securities of the Corporation within the meaning of section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or similar provisions of any state statutory or common law; or

 

4


(d)    To the extent it would be otherwise prohibited by law, if so established by a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to Indemnitee.

 

7.     Fees and Expenses of Independent Legal Counsel . The Corporation agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Legal Counsel or a panel of three arbitrators should such Independent Legal Counsel or such arbitrators be retained to make a determination of Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification pursuant to Section 5(b) of this Agreement, and to fully indemnify such Independent Legal Counsel or arbitrators against any and all expenses and losses incurred by any of them arising out of or relating to this Agreement or their engagement pursuant hereto.

 

8.     Remedies of Indemnitee .

 

(a)    In the event that (i) a determination pursuant to Section 5 hereof is made that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, (ii) advances of Expenses are not made pursuant to this Agreement, (iii) payment has not been timely made following a determination of entitlement to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement, or (iv) Indemnitee otherwise seeks enforcement of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to a final adjudication in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware of the remedy sought. Alternatively, unless (i) the determination was made by a panel of arbitrators pursuant to Section 5(b)(iv) hereof, or (ii) court approval is required by law for the indemnification sought by Indemnitee, Indemnitee at Indemnitee’s option may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the commercial arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association now in effect, which award is to be made within ninety (90) days following the filing of the demand for arbitration. The Corporation shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or arbitration award. In any such proceeding or arbitration Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification and advancement of Expenses under this Agreement and the Corporation shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption.

 

(b)    In the event that a determination that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, in whole or in part, has been made pursuant to Section 5 hereof, the decision in the judicial proceeding or arbitration provided in paragraph (a) of this Section 8 shall be made de novo and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of a determination that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification.

 

(c)    If a determination that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification has been made pursuant to Section 5 hereof, or is deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 4 hereof or otherwise pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the Corporation shall be bound by such determination in the absence of a misrepresentation or omission of a material fact by Indemnitee in connection with such determination.

 

(d)    The Corporation shall be precluded from asserting that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable. The Corporation shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Corporation is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement and is precluded from making any assertion to the contrary.

 

5


(e)    Expenses reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with Indemnitee’s request for indemnification under, seeking enforcement of or to recover damages for breach of this Agreement shall be borne by the Corporation when and as incurred by Indemnitee irrespective of any Final Adverse Determination (as hereinafter defined) that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification.

 

9.     Contribution . To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Corporation, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Corporation and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Corporation (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

 

10.     Maintenance of Insurance . Upon the Corporation’s purchase of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies covering its directors and officers, then, subject only to the provisions within this Section 10, the Corporation agrees that so long as Indemnitee shall have consented to serve or shall continue to serve as a director or officer of the Corporation or both, or as an Agent of the Corporation, and thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any possible Proceeding (such periods being hereinafter sometimes referred to as the “Indemnification Period”), the Corporation will use all reasonable efforts to maintain in effect for the benefit of Indemnitee one or more valid, binding and enforceable policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance providing, in all respects, coverage both in scope and amount which is no less favorable than that provided by such preexisting policies. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall not be required to maintain said policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance if such insurance is not reasonably available or if it is in good faith determined by the then directors of the Corporation either that:

 

(i)    The premium cost of maintaining such insurance is substantially disproportionate to the amount of coverage provided thereunder; or

 

(ii)    The protection provided by such insurance is so limited by exclusions, deductions or otherwise that there is insufficient benefit to warrant the cost of maintaining such insurance.

 

Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, to the extent that and for so long as the Corporation shall choose to continue to maintain any policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance during the Indemnification Period, the Corporation shall maintain similar and equivalent insurance for the benefit of Indemnitee during the Indemnification Period (unless such insurance shall be less favorable to Indemnitee than the Corporation’s existing policies).

 

6


11.     Modification, Waiver, Termination and Cancellation . No supplement, modification, termination, cancellation or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar), nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

 

12.     Subrogation . In the event of payment under this Agreement, the Corporation shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and shall do everything that may be necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Corporation effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

13.     Notice by Indemnitee and Defense of Claim . Indemnitee shall promptly notify the Corporation in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any matter, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, but the omission so to notify the Corporation will not relieve it from any liability that it may have to Indemnitee if such omission does not prejudice the Corporation’s rights. If such omission does prejudice the Corporation’s rights, the Corporation will be relieved from liability only to the extent of such prejudice; nor will such omission relieve the Corporation from any liability that it may have to Indemnitee otherwise than under this Agreement. With respect to any Proceeding as to which Indemnitee notifies the Corporation of the commencement thereof:

 

(a)    The Corporation will be entitled to participate therein at its own expense; and

 

(b)    The Corporation jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified will be entitled to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee; provided, however, that the Corporation shall not be entitled to assume the defense of any Proceeding if there has been a Change in Control or if Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Corporation and Indemnitee with respect to such Proceeding. After notice from the Corporation to Indemnitee of its election to assume the defense thereof, the Corporation will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any Expenses subsequently incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the defense thereof, other than reasonable costs of investigation or as otherwise provided below. Indemnitee shall have the right to employ Indemnitee’s own counsel in such Proceeding, but the fees and expenses of such counsel incurred after notice from the Corporation of its assumption of the defense thereof shall be at the expense of Indemnitee unless:

 

(i)    the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been authorized by the Corporation;

 

(ii)    Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that counsel engaged by the Corporation may not adequately represent Indemnitee; or

 

(iii)    the Corporation shall not in fact have employed counsel to assume the defense in such Proceeding or shall not in fact have assumed such defense and be

 

7


acting in connection therewith with reasonable diligence; in each of which cases the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of the Corporation.

 

(c)    The Corporation shall not settle any Proceeding in any manner that would impose any penalty or limitation on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s written consent; provided, however, that Indemnitee will not unreasonably withhold his or her consent to any proposed settlement.

 

14.     Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, or (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed:

 

(a)    If to Indemnitee, to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)    If to the Corporation, to:

 

SYNNEX Corp.

3797 Spinnaker Court

Fremont, CA 94538

Attn: Secretary

 

or to such other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Corporation or to the Corporation by Indemnitee, as the case may be.

 

15.     Nonexclusivity . The rights of Indemnitee hereunder shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may be entitled under applicable law, the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or bylaws, or any agreements, vote of stockholders, resolution of the Board of Directors or otherwise, and to the extent that during the Indemnification Period the rights of the then existing directors and officers are more favorable to such directors or officers than the rights currently provided to Indemnitee thereunder or under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to the full benefits of such more favorable rights.

 

16.     Certain Definitions .

 

(a)    “ Agent ” shall mean any person who is or was, or who has consented to serve as, a director, officer, employee, agent, fiduciary, joint venturer, partner, manager or other official of the Corporation or a subsidiary or an affiliate of the Corporation, or any other entity (including without limitation, an employee benefit plan) either at the request of, for the convenience of, or otherwise to benefit the Corporation or a subsidiary of the Corporation.

 

(b)    “ Change in Control ” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following:

 

8


(i)    Both (A) any “person” (as defined below) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Corporation representing at least 20% of the total voting power represented by the Corporation’s then outstanding voting securities; and (b) the beneficial ownership by such person of securities representing such percentage has not been approved by a majority of the “continuing directors” (as defined below);

 

(ii)    Any “person” is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Corporation representing at least 50% of the total voting power represented by the Corporation’s then outstanding voting securities;

 

(iii)    A change in the composition of the Board occurs, as a result of which fewer than two-thirds of the incumbent directors are directors who either (A) had been directors of the Corporation on the “look-back date” (as defined below) (the “Original Directors”) or (B) were elected, or nominated for election, to the Board with the affirmative votes of at least a majority in the aggregate of the Original Directors who were still in office at the time of the election or nomination and directors whose election or nomination was previously so approved (the “continuing directors”);

 

(iv)    The stockholders of the Corporation approve a merger or consolidation of the Corporation with any other corporation, if such merger or consolidation would result in the voting securities of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior thereto representing (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) 50% or less of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Corporation or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or

 

(v)    The stockholders of the Corporation approve (A) a plan of complete liquidation of the Corporation or (B) an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Corporation of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets.

 

For purposes of Subsection (i) above, the term “person” shall have the same meaning as when used in sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, but shall exclude (x) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Corporation or of a parent or subsidiary of the Corporation or (y) a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Corporation in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the common stock of the Corporation.

 

For purposes of Subsection (iii) above, the term “look-back date” shall mean the later of (x) August     , 2003 or (y) the date 24 months prior to the date of the event that may constitute a “Change in Control.”

 

Any other provision of this Section 17(b) notwithstanding, the term “Change in Control” shall not include a transaction, if undertaken at the election of the Corporation, the result of which is to sell all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation to another corporation (the “surviving corporation”); provided that the surviving corporation is owned

 

9


directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Corporation immediately following such transaction in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Corporation’s common stock immediately preceding such transaction; and provided, further, that the surviving corporation expressly assumes this Agreement.

 

(c)    “ Disinterested Director ” shall mean a director of the Corporation who is not or was not a party to or otherwise involved in the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is being sought by Indemnitee.

 

(d)    “ Expenses ” shall include all direct and indirect costs (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcripts, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, all other disbursements or out-of-pocket expenses and reasonable compensation for time spent by Indemnitee for which Indemnitee is otherwise not compensated by the Corporation or any third party) actually and reasonably incurred in connection with either the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of a Proceeding or establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification under this Agreement, applicable law or otherwise; provided, however, that “Expenses” shall not include any Liabilities.

 

(e)    “ Final Adverse Determination ” shall mean that a determination that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 5 hereof and either (1) a final adjudication in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or decision of an arbitrator pursuant to Section 8(a) hereof shall have denied Indemnitee’s right to indemnification hereunder, or (2) Indemnitee shall have failed to file a complaint in a Delaware court or seek an arbitrator’s award pursuant to Section 8(a) for a period of one hundred twenty (120) days after the determination made pursuant to Section 5 hereof.

 

(f)    “ Independent Legal Counsel ” shall mean a law firm or a member of a firm selected by the Corporation and approved by Indemnitee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) or, if there has been a Change in Control, selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Corporation (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), that neither is presently nor in the past five (5) years has been retained to represent: (i) the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, or Indemnitee or any corporation of which Indemnitee was or is a director, officer, employee or agent, or any subsidiary or affiliate of such a corporation, in any material matter, or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Legal Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Corporation or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s right to indemnification under this Agreement.

 

(g)    “ Liabilities ” shall mean liabilities of any type whatsoever including, but not limited to, any judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and penalties, penalties and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such judgments, fines, penalties or amounts paid in settlement) of any Proceeding.

 

10


(h)    “ Proceeding ” shall mean any threatened, pending or completed action, claim, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, administrative hearing or any other proceeding whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, that is associated with Indemnitee’s being an Agent of the Corporation.

 

17.     Binding Effect; Duration and Scope of Agreement . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Corporation), spouses, heirs and personal and legal representatives. This Agreement shall continue in effect during the Indemnification Period, regardless of whether Indemnitee continues to serve as an Agent.

 

18.     Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Agreement (or any portion thereof) shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever:

 

(a)    the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and

 

(b)    to the fullest extent legally possible, the provisions of this Agreement shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent of any provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

 

19.     Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, as applied to contracts between Delaware residents entered into and to be performed entirely within the State of Delaware, without regard to conflict of laws rules.

 

20.     Consent to Jurisdiction . The Corporation and Indemnitee each irrevocably consent to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Delaware for all purposes in connection with any action or proceeding that arises out of or relates to this Agreement and agree that any action instituted under this Agreement shall be brought only in the state courts of the State of Delaware.

 

21.     Entire Agreement . This Agreement represents the entire agreement between the parties hereto, and there are no other agreements, contracts or understandings between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, except as specifically referred to herein or as provided in Section 15 hereof.

 

11


22.     Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

 

Executed as of the     th day of August, 2003.

 

SYNNEX Corp., a Delaware corporation
     

By                                                                                                    

     

INDEMNITEE

     

   

 

12

Exhibit 10.7

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

dated as of July 1, 2002

 

among

 

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

and

 

THE INVESTORS NAMED HEREIN


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page

SECTION 1.

   DEFINITIONS.    1

SECTION 2.

   DEMAND REGISTRATION.    4

SECTION 3.

   REGISTRATIONS ON FORM S-3.    5

SECTION 4.

   PIGGYBACK REGISTRATION.    7

SECTION 5.

   LOCK-UP AGREEMENT.    7

SECTION 6.

   PREPARATION AND FILING.    8

SECTION 7.

   EXPENSES.    11

SECTION 8.

   INDEMNIFICATION.    11

SECTION 9.

   UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT.    13

SECTION 10.

   SUSPENSION.    14

SECTION 11.

   INFORMATION BY HOLDER.    14

SECTION 12.

   NO CONFLICT OF RIGHTS.    14

SECTION 13.

   TERMINATION.    15

SECTION 14.

   SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.    15

SECTION 15.

   ASSIGNMENT.    15

SECTION 16.

   ENTIRE AGREEMENT.    15

SECTION 17.

   NOTICES.    15

SECTION 18.

   MODIFICATIONS; AMENDMENTS; WAIVERS.    16

SECTION 19.

   HEADINGS.    16

SECTION 20.

   SEVERABILITY.    16

SECTION 21.

   GOVERNING LAW; ETC.    16

SECTION 22.

   COUNTERPARTS; VALIDITY.    17


REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT DATED AS OF JULY 1, 2002, BY AND AMONG SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION (THE “ COMPANY ”), AND THE INVESTORS (AS DEFINED BELOW).

 

The Investors own shares of the Common Stock, no par value per share (the “ Common Stock ”), of the Company (or such other class of common stock of the Company into which the Common Stock may be converted or reclassified, and all references herein to the Common Stock shall mean such other class of common stock, if applicable). The Company and the Investors deem it to be in their respective best interests to set forth the rights of the Investors in connection with public offerings and sales of the capital stock of the Company.

 

ACCORDINGLY , in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants and obligations hereinafter set forth, the Company and the Investors hereby agree as follows:

 

Section 1.     Definitions .

 

As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

Affiliate means, with respect to any Person, a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. For the purpose of the above definition, the term “control” (including, with correlative meaning, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management, policies or investment decisions of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

Commission shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other Governmental Authority at the time administering the Securities Act and the Exchange Act.

 

Common Stock shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the Preamble.

 

Company shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the caption to this Agreement.

 

Exchange Act shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor Federal statute then in force, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder, all as the same may from time to time be in effect.

 

Governmental Authority shall mean any domestic or foreign government or political subdivision thereof, whether on a federal, state or local level and whether executive, legislative or judicial in nature, including any agency, authority, board, bureau, commission, court, department or other instrumentality thereof.

 

Information shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 6(a)(x).

 

1


Initial Public Offering shall mean an underwritten Initial Public Offering for the account of the Company of Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act.

 

Inspectors shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 6(a)(x).

 

Investors shall mean, collectively, (i) the Persons listed on Schedule I attached to this Agreement, and (ii) any successor to, or assignee or transferee of Restricted Securities held by an Investor who or which agrees in writing to be treated as an Investor hereunder and to be bound by and comply with all of the applicable terms and provisions hereof.

 

Investors’ Counsel shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 6(a)(ii).

 

Majority of Investors shall mean those Investors who hold in the aggregate in excess of 50% of the Restricted Securities held by all of the Investors.

 

Material Transaction shall mean any material transaction in which the Company or any of its subsidiaries proposes to engage or is engaged, including a purchase or sale of assets or securities, financing, merger, consolidation, tender offer or any other transaction that would require disclosure pursuant to the Exchange Act, and with respect to which the Board of Directors of the Company reasonably has determined in good faith that compliance with this Agreement may reasonably be expected to either materially interfere with the Company’s or such subsidiary’s ability to consummate such transaction in a timely fashion or require the Company to disclose material, non-public information prior to such time as it would otherwise be required to be disclosed.

 

Other Shares shall mean at any time those shares of Common Stock which do not constitute Primary Shares or Registrable Shares.

 

Person shall be construed as broadly as possible and shall include an individual person, a partnership (including a limited liability partnership), a corporation, an association, a joint stock company, a limited liability company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization and a Governmental Authority.

 

Primary Shares shall mean, at any time, the authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock or Common Stock held by the Company in its treasury.

 

Prospectus shall mean the prospectus included in a Registration Statement, including any prospectus subject to completion, and any such prospectus as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Registrable Shares and, in each case, by all other amendments and supplements to such prospectus, including post-effective amendments, and in each case including all material incorporated by reference therein.

 

Public Offering shall mean the closing of a public offering of Common Stock pursuant to a Registration Statement declared effective under the Securities Act, except that a Public Offering shall not include an offering of securities to be issued as consideration in

 

2


connection with a business acquisition or an offering of securities issuable pursuant to an employee benefit plan.

 

Records shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 6(a)(x).

 

Registrable Shares shall mean, at any time, and with respect to any Investor, the shares of Common Stock held by such Investor which constitute Restricted Securities. As to any particular Registrable Shares, once issued, such Registrable Shares shall cease to be Registrable Shares (A) when such Registrable Shares have been registered under the Securities Act, the Registration Statement in connection therewith has been declared effective and they have been disposed of pursuant to and in the manner described in such effective Registration Statement, (B) when such Registrable Shares are sold or distributed pursuant to Rule 144, or (C) when such Registrable Shares have ceased to be outstanding.

 

Registration Date shall mean the date upon which the Registration Statement pursuant to which the Company shall have initially registered shares of Common Stock under the Securities Act for sale to the public shall have been declared effective.

 

Registration Statement shall mean any registration statement of the Company which covers any of the Registrable Shares, and all amendments and supplements to any such Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.

 

Representative of a Person shall be construed broadly and shall include such Person’s partners, officers, directors, employees, agents, counsel, accountants and other representatives.

 

Restricted Securities shall mean, at any time and with respect to any Investor, the Common Stock and any other securities received with respect to any such Common Stock, which are held by such Investor and which theretofore have not been sold to the public pursuant to a Registration Statement or pursuant to Rule 144.

 

Rule 144 shall mean Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act or any successor rule thereto.

 

Securities Act shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor Federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder, all as the same may from time to time be in effect.

 

Suspension Period shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 10.

 

Transfer shall mean any disposition of any Restricted Securities or of any interest therein which would constitute a sale thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act, other than any such disposition pursuant to a Registration Statement and in compliance with all applicable state securities and “blue sky” laws.

 

3


Section 2.     Demand Registration .

 

(a)    At any time after the that date which is six (6) months after the date upon which the Registration Statement for use in the Initial Public Offering shall have been declared effective, if the Company shall be requested by the holders of at least 30% percent of the Restricted Securities held by all Investors to effect the registration under the Securities Act of Registrable Shares, it shall within 10 days of such request give written notice to the other Investors of its requirement to so register such Registrable Shares and, upon the written request, delivered to the Company within 30 days after delivery of any such notice by the Company, of the other Investors to include in such registration Registrable Shares (which request shall specify the number of Registrable Shares proposed to be included in such registration), the Company shall, subject to Section 2(b) below, promptly thereafter use its reasonable best efforts to effect such registration under the Securities Act of the Registrable Shares which the Company has been so requested to register for sale in accordance with the method of distribution specified in the initiating request. If such method of distribution is an underwritten Public Offering, the Company may designate the managing underwriter for such offering, subject to the approval of those Investors holding a majority of the Registrable Shares requested to be included in such offering (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld).

 

(b)    Anything contained in Section 2(a) to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not be obligated to effect pursuant to Section 2(a) any registration under the Securities Act except in accordance with the following provisions:

 

(i)    the Company shall not be obligated to use its reasonable best efforts to file and cause to become effective (A) more than two Registration Statements initiated pursuant to Section 2(a) ; provided however , that if the Investors were unable to sell at least fifty percent (50%) of the Registrable Shares requested to be included in the last registration pursuant to Section 2(a) as a result of an underwriter’s cutback, then additional registrations shall be added to this Section 2(b)(ii) until the foregoing condition is satisfied, provided further however , that the Company shall not be obligated to effect more than one (1) Registration Statement pursuant to this Section 2(a) within any 12-month period or (B) any Registration Statement during any period in which any other registration statement (other than on Form S-4 or Form S-8 promulgated under the Securities Act or any successor forms thereto) pursuant to which Primary Shares are to be or were sold has been filed and not withdrawn or has been declared effective within the prior 180 days;

 

(ii)    the Company may delay the filing or effectiveness of any Registration Statement for a period of up to 90 days after the date of a request for registration pursuant to Section 2(a) if at the time of such request (a) the Company is engaged, or proposes to engage, in a Material Transaction, or (b) the Company’s Board of Directors has determined that such registration would have a material adverse effect upon the Company or its then current business plans; and

 

4


(iii)    with respect to any registration pursuant to Section 2(a) , the Company may include in such registration any Primary Shares or Other Shares; provided , however , that if the managing underwriter advises the Company that the inclusion of all Registrable Shares, Primary Shares and Other Shares proposed to be included in such registration would interfere with the successful marketing (including pricing) of all such securities, then the number of Registrable Shares, Primary Shares and Other Shares proposed to be included in such registration shall be included in the following order:

 

(A)     first , the Registrable Shares held by the Investors requesting that their Registrable Shares be included in such registration pursuant to Section 2(a) , pro rata based upon the number of Restricted Securities owned by each such Investor at the time of such registration; provided , however , that if the managing underwriter advises the Company that the pro rata inclusion of Registrable Shares held by all Investors would interfere with the successful marketing (including pricing) of such securities, then the managing underwriter may reduce that percentage of Registrable Shares held by Investors that may be included pro rata in the proposed registration;

 

(B)     second , the Primary Shares; and

 

(C)     third , the Other Shares.

 

(c)    A requested registration under this Section 2 may be rescinded prior to such registration being declared effective by the Commission by written notice to the Company from those Investors who initiated the request; provided , however , that such rescinded registration shall not count as a registration initiated pursuant to this Section 2 for purposes of subclause (A) of clause (i) of subsection (b) above if the Company shall have been reimbursed (pro rata by the Investors requesting registration or in such other proportion as they may agree) for all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Company in connection with such rescinded registration; provided further , however , that such Investors shall not be required to reimburse the Company if such rescission shall have been caused by, or made in response to, the material adverse effect of an event on the business, prospects, properties, condition (financial or otherwise) or operations of the Company.

 

Section 3.     Registrations on Form S-3 .

 

(a)    Subject to paragraph (c) below, at such time as the Company shall have qualified for the use of Form S-3 promulgated under the Securities Act or any successor form thereto, the holders of the Restricted Securities shall have the right to request in writing registrations on Form S-3, or such successor form, and to effect a registration under the Securities Act of Registrable Shares in accordance with this Section.

 

(b)    If the Company shall be requested by the Investors to effect a registration under the Securities Act of Registrable Shares in accordance with this Section, then the

 

5


Company shall promptly give written notice of such proposed registration to all holders of Restricted Securities and shall offer to include in such proposed registration any Registrable Shares requested to be included in such proposed registration by such holders who respond in writing to the Company’s notice within 30 days after delivery of such notice (which response shall specify the number of Registrable Shares proposed to be included in such registration). The Company shall promptly use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect such registration on Form S-3 of the Registrable Shares which the Company has been so requested to register

 

(c)    The Company shall not be obligated to effect any registration under the Securities Act requested by the Investors under this Section except in accordance with the following provisions:

 

(i)    the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration initiated pursuant to Section 3(a) if (A) the Company shall reasonably conclude that the anticipated gross offering price of all Registrable Shares to be included therein would be less than $500,000, (B) such registration is requested within six (6) months after a registered offering of the Company in which any of the Investors were given the opportunity to participate or (C) the Company shall have effected two Registration Statements on Form S-3 pursuant to this Section 3 within any 12-month period;

 

(ii)    the Company may delay the filing or effectiveness of any Registration Statement pursuant to this Section for a period not to exceed 90 days after the date of a request for registration if the Company’s Board of Directors has determined that such registration would have a material adverse effect upon the Company or its then current business plans; provided , however , that the Company may cause such delay only once during any 360-day period.

 

(d)    A requested registration under this Section 3 may be rescinded prior to such registration being declared effective by the Commission by written notice to the Company by the Investors requesting such registration and such rescinded registration shall not count as a registration initiated pursuant to Section 3 if (i) the Investors initiating such request shall have reimbursed the Company for all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Company in connection with such rescinded registration or (ii) such rescinded registration results from a material adverse change to the business, prospects, operation or financial condition of the Company (in which case such Investors shall not be required to so reimburse the Company).

 

(e)    A requested registration on Form S-3 or any such successor form in compliance with this Section 3 shall not count as a registration statement initiated pursuant to Section 2 but shall otherwise be treated as a registration initiated pursuant to, and shall, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Section 3 , be subject to Section 2 .

 

6


Section 4.     Piggyback Registration .

 

If the Company at any time proposes for any reason to register Registrable Shares, Primary Shares or Other Shares under the Securities Act (other than on Form S-4 or Form S-8 promulgated under the Securities Act or any successor forms thereto), it shall promptly give written notice to each Investor of its intention so to register such Registrable Shares, Primary Shares or Other Shares and, upon the written request, given within 20 days after delivery of any such notice by the Company, of any such Investor to include in such registration, Registrable Shares (which request shall specify the number of Registrable Shares proposed to be included in such registration), the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause all such Registrable Shares to be included in such registration on the same terms and conditions as the securities otherwise being sold in such registration; provided , however , that if the managing underwriter advises the Company that the inclusion of all Registrable Shares or Other Shares proposed to be included in such registration would interfere with the successful marketing (including pricing) of Primary Shares proposed to be registered by the Company, then the number of Primary Shares, Registrable Shares and Other Shares proposed to be included in such registration shall be included in the following order:

 

(i)     first , the Primary Shares;

 

(ii)     second , the Registrable Shares held by the Investors requesting that their Registrable Shares be included in such registration, pro rata based upon the number of Restricted Securities owned by each such Investor at the time of such registration; provided , however , that if the managing underwriter advises the Company that the pro rata inclusion of Registrable Shares held by all Investors would interfere with the successful marketing (including pricing) of such securities, then the managing underwriter may reduce that percentage of Registrable Shares held by Investors that may be included pro rata in the proposed registration; and

 

(iii)     third , the Other Shares.

 

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 4 to the contrary, the Company shall not be obligated to include any Registrable Shares held by the Investors in any registration statement filed by the Company in connection with the Company’s Initial Public Offering.

 

Section 5.     Lock-Up Agreement .

 

(a)    If the Company at any time shall register shares of Common Stock under the Securities Act in an underwritten offering pursuant to an Initial Public Offering, the Investors shall not sell, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any Restricted Securities (other than those Registrable Shares included in such registration pursuant to Sections 2 , 3 or 4 ) without the prior written consent of the managing underwriters for a period as shall be determined by the managing underwriters, which period cannot begin more than 7 days prior to the

 

7


effectiveness of such registration statement pursuant to which such Initial Public Offering shall be made and cannot last more than 180 days after the effective date of such registration statement.

 

Section 6.    Preparation and Filing.

 

(a)    If and whenever the Company is under an obligation pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement to use its reasonable best efforts to effect the registration of any Registrable Shares, the Company shall, as expeditiously as practicable:

 

(i)    use its reasonable best efforts to cause a Registration Statement that registers such Registrable Shares to become and remain effective for a period of 90 days or until all of such Registrable Shares have been disposed of (if earlier);

 

(ii)    furnish, at least five business days before filing a Registration Statement that registers such Registrable Shares, a Prospectus relating thereto and any amendments or supplements relating to such Registration Statement or Prospectus, to one counsel selected by a Majority of Investors (the “ Investors’ Counsel ”) copies of all such documents proposed to be filed (it being understood that such five-business-day period need not apply to successive drafts of the same document proposed to be filed so long as such successive drafts are supplied to such counsel in advance of the proposed filing by a period of time that is customary and reasonable under the circumstances);

 

(iii)    prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement and the Prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective for the lesser of a period of 90 days or until all of such Registrable Shares have been disposed of (if earlier) and to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the sale or other disposition of such Registrable Shares;

 

(iv)    notify the Investors’ Counsel promptly in writing (A) of any comments by the Commission with respect to such Registration Statement or Prospectus, or any request by the Commission for the amending or supplementing thereof or for additional information with respect thereto, (B) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose and (C) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of such Registrable Shares for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purposes;

 

(v)    use its reasonable best efforts to register or qualify such Registrable Shares under such other securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any seller of Registrable Shares reasonably requests and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such seller of Registrable Shares to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the

 

8


Registrable Shares owned by such seller; provided , however , that the Company will not be required to qualify generally to do business, subject itself to general taxation or consent to general service of process in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required so to do but for this clause (v);

 

(vi)    furnish to each seller of such Registrable Shares such number of copies of a summary Prospectus or other Prospectus, including a preliminary Prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as such seller of Registrable Shares may reasonably request in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of such Registrable Shares;

 

(vii)    use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registrable Shares to be registered with or approved by such other Governmental Authorities as may be necessary by virtue of the business and operations of the Company to enable the seller or sellers thereof to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Shares;

 

(viii)    notify on a timely basis each seller of such Registrable Shares at any time when a Prospectus relating to such Registrable Shares is required to be delivered under the Securities Act within the appropriate period mentioned in clause (i) of this Section 6 of the happening of any event as a result of which the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing and, at the request of such seller, prepare and furnish to such seller a reasonable number of copies of a supplement to or an amendment of such Prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the offerees of such shares, such Prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing;

 

(ix)    make available for inspection by any seller of such Registrable Shares, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Registration Statement and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such seller or underwriter (collectively, the “ Inspectors ”), all pertinent financial, business and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company (collectively, the “ Records ”), as shall be reasonably necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility, and cause the Company’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information (together with the Records, the “ Information ”) reasonably requested by any such Inspector in connection with such Registration Statement (and any of the Information which the Company determines in good faith to be confidential, and of which determination the Inspectors are so notified, shall not be disclosed by the Inspectors unless (A) the disclosure of such Information is necessary to avoid or correct a misstatement or omission in the Registration Statement, (B) the release of such Information is ordered pursuant to a subpoena or other order from a court of competent jurisdiction, (C) such Information has been made generally available to the public,

 

9


and (D) the seller of Registrable Shares agrees that it will, upon learning that disclosure of such Information is sought in a court of competent jurisdiction, give notice to the Company and allow the Company, at the Company’s expense, to undertake appropriate action to prevent disclosure of the Information deemed confidential);

 

(x)    use its reasonable best efforts to obtain from its independent certified public accountants a “cold comfort” letter in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by cold comfort letters;

 

(xi)    use its reasonable best efforts to obtain, from its counsel, an opinion or opinions in customary form (which shall also be addressed to the Investors selling Registrable Shares in such registration);

 

(xii)    provide a transfer agent and registrar (which may be the same entity and which may be the Company) for such Registrable Shares;

 

(xiii)    issue to any underwriter to which any seller of Registrable Shares may sell shares in such offering certificates evidencing such Registrable Shares;

 

(xiv)    list such Registrable Shares on any national securities exchange on which any shares of the Common Stock are listed or, if the Common Stock is not listed on a national securities exchange, use its reasonable best efforts to qualify such Registrable Shares for inclusion on the automated quotation system of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the “ NASD ”), National Market System (“ NMS ”), or such other national securities exchange as the holders of a majority of such Registrable Shares shall request included in such registration;

 

(xv)    otherwise use its reasonable best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make available to its securityholders, as soon as reasonably practicable, earnings statements which need not be audited covering a period of 12 months beginning within three months after the effective date of the Registration Statement, which earnings statements shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act; and

 

(xvi)    use its reasonable best efforts to take all other steps necessary to effect the registration of such Registrable Shares contemplated hereby.

 

(b)    each holder of Registrable Shares that sells Registrable Shares pursuant to a registration under this Agreement agrees that during such time as such seller may be engaged in a distribution of the Registrable Shares, such seller shall comply with Regulation M promulgated under the Exchange Act and pursuant thereto it shall, among other things: (i) not engage in any stabilization activity in connection with the Securities of the Company in contravention of such rules; (ii) distribute the Registrable Shares under the registration statement solely in the manner described in the registration statement; and (iii) cease distribution of such Registrable Shares pursuant to such registration statement upon receipt of written notice from the Company that the

 

10


prospectus covering the Registrable Shares contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

 

Section 7.    Expenses.

 

All reasonable expenses incurred by the Company in complying with Section 6 , including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees (including all expenses incident to filing with the NASD), fees and expenses of complying with securities and blue sky laws, printing expenses, fees and expenses of the Company’s counsel and accountants and fees and expenses of the Investors’ Counsel, shall be paid by the Company; provided , however , that all underwriting discounts and selling commissions applicable to the Registrable Shares shall not be borne by the Company but shall be borne by the seller or sellers thereof, in proportion to the number of Registrable Shares sold by such seller or sellers.

 

Section 8.    Indemnification.

 

(a) In connection with any registration of any Registrable Shares under the Securities Act pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall enter into such reasonable customary indemnification agreements that indemnify and hold harmless the seller of such Registrable Shares, each underwriter, broker or any other Person acting on behalf of such seller, each other Person, if any, who controls any of the foregoing Persons within the meaning of the Securities Act and each Representative of any of the foregoing Persons, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which any of the foregoing Persons may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement under which such Registrable Shares were registered, any preliminary Prospectus or final Prospectus contained therein, any amendment or supplement thereto or any document incident to registration or qualification of any Registrable Shares, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or, with respect to any Prospectus, necessary to make the statements therein in light of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading, or any violation by the Company of the Securities Act or state securities or blue sky laws applicable to the Company and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with such registration or qualification under such state securities or blue sky laws, and the Company shall promptly reimburse such seller, such underwriter, such broker, such controlling Person or such Representatives for any reasonable legal or other expenses incurred by any of them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided , however , that the Company shall not be liable to any such Person to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in said Registration Statement, preliminary Prospectus, amendment, supplement or document incident to registration or qualification of any Registrable Shares in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company through an instrument duly executed

 

11


by such Person, or a Person duly acting on their behalf, specifically for use in the preparation thereof; provided further , however , that the foregoing indemnity agreement is subject to the condition that, insofar as it relates to any untrue statement, allegedly untrue statement, omission or alleged omission made in any preliminary Prospectus but eliminated or remedied in the final Prospectus (filed pursuant to Rule 424 of the Securities Act), such indemnity agreement shall not inure to the benefit of any indemnified party from whom the Person asserting any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense purchased the Registrable Shares which are the subject thereof, if a copy of such final Prospectus had been timely made available to such Indemnified Person and such final Prospectus was not delivered to such Person with or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of such Registrable Shares to such Person.

 

(b)    In connection with any registration of Registrable Shares under the Securities Act pursuant to this Agreement, each seller of Registrable Shares shall enter into such reasonable customary indemnification agreements that indemnify and hold harmless (in the same manner and to the same extent as set forth in the paragraph (a) of this Section 8 ) the Company, each underwriter or broker involved in such offering, each other seller of Registrable Shares under such Registration Statement, each Person who controls any of the foregoing Persons within the meaning of the Securities Act and any Representative of the foregoing Persons with respect to any statement or omission from such Registration Statement, any preliminary Prospectus or final Prospectus contained therein, any amendment or supplement thereto or any document incident to registration or qualification of any Registrable Shares, if such statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company or such underwriter through an instrument duly executed by such seller or a Person duly acting on their behalf specifically for use in connection with the preparation of such Registration Statement, preliminary Prospectus, final Prospectus, amendment or supplement; provided , however , that the maximum amount of liability in respect of such indemnification shall be limited, in the case of each seller of Registrable Shares, to an amount equal to the net proceeds actually received by such seller from the sale of Registrable Shares effected pursuant to such registration.

 

(c)    Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party of notice of the commencement of any action involving a claim referred to in the preceding paragraphs of this Section 8 , such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is made against an indemnifying party, give written notice to the latter of the commencement of such action ( provided , however , that an indemnified party’s failure to give such notice in a timely manner shall only relieve the indemnification obligations of an indemnifying party to the extent such indemnifying party is prejudiced by such failure). In case any such action is brought against an indemnified party, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate in and to assume the defense thereof, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified to the extent that it may wish, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party, and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be responsible for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof; provided , however , that if any indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be one or more

 

12


legal or equitable defenses available to such indemnified party which are in addition to or conflict with those available to the indemnifying party, or that such claim or litigation involves or could have an effect upon matters beyond the scope of the indemnity agreement provided in this Section 8 , the indemnifying party shall not have the right to assume the defense of such action on behalf of such indemnified party and such indemnifying party shall reimburse such indemnified party and any Person controlling such indemnified party for that portion of the fees and expenses of any one lead counsel ( plus appropriate special and local counsel) retained by the indemnified party which are reasonably related to the matters covered by the indemnity agreement provided in this Section 8 .

 

(d)    If the indemnification provided for in this Section 8 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any loss, claim, damage or liability referred to herein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party hereunder, shall contribute to the amounts paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such loss, claim, damage or liability as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided , however , that the maximum amount of liability in respect of such contribution shall be limited, in the case of each seller of Registrable Shares, to an amount equal to the net proceeds actually received by such seller from the sale of Registrable Shares effected pursuant to such registration. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

 

(e)    The indemnification and contribution provided for under this Agreement will remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the indemnified party and will survive the Transfer of securities.

 

Section 9.     Underwriting Agreement .

 

(a)    Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 5 , 6 and 8 , to the extent that the Investors selling Registrable Shares in a proposed registration shall enter into an underwriting or similar agreement, which agreement contains provisions covering one or more issues addressed in such Sections of this Agreement, the provisions contained in such Sections of this Agreement addressing such issue or issues shall be of no force or effect with respect to such registration, but this provision shall not apply to the Company if the Company is not a party to the underwriting or similar agreement.

 

(b)    If any registration pursuant to Sections 2 or 3 is requested to be an underwritten offering, the Company shall negotiate in good faith to enter into a reasonable and customary underwriting agreement with the underwriters thereof. The

 

13


Company shall be entitled to receive indemnities from lead institutions, underwriters, selling brokers, dealer managers and similar securities industry professionals participating in the distribution, to the same extent as provided above with respect to information so furnished in writing by such Persons specifically for inclusion in any Prospectus or Registration Statement and to the extent customary given their role in such distribution.

 

(c)    No Investor may participate in any registration hereunder that is underwritten unless such Investor agrees to (i) sell such Investor’s Registrable Shares proposed to be included therein on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements acceptable to the Company and the Majority of Investors and (ii) as expeditiously as possible, notify the Company of the occurrence of any event concerning such Investor as a result of which the Prospectus relating to such registration contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

Section 10.     Suspension .

 

Anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company may (not more than once with respect to each registration), by notice in writing to each holder of Registrable Shares to which a Prospectus relates, require such holder to suspend, for up to 60 days (the “ Suspension Period ”), the use of any Prospectus included in a Registration Statement filed under Sections 2 , 3 or 4 if a Material Transaction exists that would require an amendment to such Registration Statement or supplement to such Prospectus (including any such amendment or supplement made through incorporation by reference to a report filed under Section 13 of the Exchange Act). The period during which such Prospectus must remain effective shall be extended by a period equal to the Suspension Period.

 

Section 11.     Information by Holder .

 

Each holder of Registrable Shares to be included in any registration shall furnish to the Company and the managing underwriter such written information regarding such holder and the distribution proposed by such holder as the Company or the managing underwriter may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance referred to in this Agreement.

 

Section 12.     No Conflict of Rights .

 

The Company represents and warrants to the Investors that the registration rights granted to the Investors hereby do not conflict with any other registration rights granted by the Company. The Company shall not, after the date hereof, grant any registration rights which conflict with or impair, or have any priority over, the registration rights granted hereby. In any underwritten public offering, the managing underwriter shall be a nationally recognized investment banking firm selected by the Company, and reasonably acceptable to a Majority of Investors if the Investors would have the right (prior to giving effect to any cutbacks) to include Registrable Shares in such public offering.

 

14


Section 13.     Termination .

 

This Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force or effect seven (7) years following the consummation of the Company’s Initial Public Offering; provided however, that Sections 7 and 8 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

Section 14.     Successors and Assigns .

 

This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the Company and the Investors and, subject to Section 16, their respective successors and assigns.

 

Section 15.     Assignment .

 

Each Investor may assign its rights hereunder to any purchaser from such Investor of Restricted Securities; provided , however , that such purchaser shall, as a condition to the effectiveness of such assignment, be required to execute a counterpart to this Agreement agreeing to be treated as an Investor hereunder, as applicable, whereupon such purchaser shall have the benefits of, and shall be subject to the restrictions contained in, this Agreement as an Investor, as applicable.

 

Section 16.     Entire Agreement .

 

This Agreement contains the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings with respect hereto, all of which are hereby terminated in their entirety and of no further force or effect.

 

Section 17.     Notices .

 

All notices, requests, consents and other communications hereunder to any party shall be deemed to be sufficient if contained in a written instrument and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered in Person, by telex, telegram or telecopy, by overnight courier, or by first class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, addressed to such party at the address set forth below or such other address as may hereafter be designated in writing by the addressee to the sender:

 

(i)    if to the Company, to:

 

SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc.

3797 Spinnaker Court

Fremont, CA 94538

Telephone: 510-668-3668

Telecopy: 510-668-3707

Attention: Simon Leung, Esq.

 

with a copy to:

 

Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP

2000 University Avenue

 

15


E. Palo Alto, CA 94303

Telephone: (650) 331-4100

Telecopy: (650) 331-8000

Attention: Curtis L. Mo, Esq.

 

All such notices, requests, consents and other communications shall be deemed to have been delivered (a) in the case of personal delivery, telex, telegram or telecopy, on the date of such delivery, (b) in the, case of overnight courier, on the next business day, and (c) in the case of mailing, on the fifth business day following such mailing.

 

Section 18.     Modifications; Amendments; Waivers .

 

The terms and provisions of this Agreement may not be modified or amended, nor may any provision applicable to the Investors be waived, except pursuant to a writing signed by the Company and Investors holding 66 2/3% of the Restricted Securities by all Investors and; provided , however , that Schedule I to this Agreement shall be deemed to be automatically amended from time to time to reflect the addition to this Agreement of any Person identified in clause (ii) of the definition of Investors.

 

Section 19.     Headings .

 

The headings of the various sections of this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to be a part of this Agreement.

 

Section 20.     Severability .

 

It is the desire and intent of the parties that the provisions of this Agreement be enforced to the fullest extent permissible under the law and public policies applied in each jurisdiction in which enforcement is sought. Accordingly, if any provision of this Agreement would be held in any jurisdiction to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable for any reason, such provision, as to such jurisdiction, shall be ineffective, without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if such provision could be more narrowly drawn so as not to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable in such jurisdiction, it shall, as to such jurisdiction, be so narrowly drawn, without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

Section 21.     Governing Law; Etc .

 

All questions concerning the construction, interpretation and validity of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the domestic laws of the State of California, without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule (whether in the State of California or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of California. In furtherance of the foregoing, the internal law of the State of California will control the interpretation and construction of this Agreement, even if under such jurisdiction’s choice of law or conflict of law analysis, the substantive law of some other jurisdiction would ordinarily apply.

 

16


Section 22.    Counterparts; Validity.

 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement, and telecopied signatures shall be effective. The failure of any Person holding Registrable Shares to execute this Agreement shall not render this Agreement invalid as between the Company and any other Person holding Registrable Shares.

 

* * * *

 

17


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Registration Rights Agreement on the date first written above.

 

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

By:

 

/s/    Robert Huang        


   

Name: Robert Huang

Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

INVESTORS:

 

SILVER STAR DEVELOPMENTS LTD.

By:

 

/s/    Tsai, Feng- Tzu


   

Name: Tsai, Feng-Tzu

Title: Director

 

 

 

 

CONSTANT HOLDINGS LTD.

By:

 

/s/    Harry Wong         


   

Name: Harry Wong

Title: Director

 

 

 

 

PEER DEVELOPMENTS LTD.

By:

 

/s/    Tu Shu-Wu         


   

Name: Tu Shu-Wu

Title: Director

 

 

 

 

HARBINGER (BVI) VENTURE CAPITAL CORP.

By:

 

/s/    Chou, Teh-Chien         


   

Name: Chou, Teh-Chien

Title: Director

 

 

 

 

BUDWORTH INVESTMENTS LTD.

By:

 

/s/    Chou, Teh- Chien         


   

Name: Chou, Teh-Chien

Title: Director

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

 


SCHEDULE I

 

Investors

 

Silver Star Developments Ltd.

Constant Holdings Ltd.

Peer Developments Ltd.

Harbinger (BVI) Venture Capital Corp.

Budworth Investments Ltd.

 

Exhibit 10.8

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED RECEIVABLES PURCHASE

AND SERVICING AGREEMENT

 

Dated as of August 30, 2002,

 

by and among

 

SIT FUNDING CORPORATION,

 

as Seller,

 

REDWOOD RECEIVABLES CORPORATION,

 

as Conduit Purchaser,

 

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,

 

as Servicer and an Originator,

 

THE SUBSIDIARIES OF SYNNEX FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO,

 

as Originators

 

and

 

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION,

 

as Committed Purchaser and Administrative Agent


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

   2

SECTION 1.01.

   Definitions    2

SECTION 1.02.

   Rules of Construction    2

SECTION 1.03.

   Amendment and Restatement    2

ARTICLE II AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF PURCHASES

   2

SECTION 2.01.

   Purchases    2

SECTION 2.02.

   Optional Changes in Maximum Purchase Limit    2

SECTION 2.03.

   Notices Relating to Purchases and Reductions in Capital Investment    3

SECTION 2.04.

   Conveyance of Receivables    4

SECTION 2.05.

   Facility Termination Date    5

SECTION 2.06.

   Daily Yield    5

SECTION 2.07.

   Fees    5

SECTION 2.08.

   Time and Method of Payments    6

SECTION 2.09.

   Capital Requirements; Additional Costs    6

SECTION 2.10.

   Breakage Costs    7

SECTION 2.11.

   Purchase Excess    8

ARTICLE III CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

   8

SECTION 3.01.

   Conditions to Effectiveness of Agreement    8

SECTION 3.02.

   Conditions Precedent to All Purchases    9

ARTICLE IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

   10

SECTION 4.01.

   Representations and Warranties of the Seller    10

SECTION 4.02.

   Representations and Warranties of the Servicer    16

ARTICLE V GENERAL COVENANTS OF THE SELLER

   16

SECTION 5.01.

   Affirmative Covenants of the Seller    16

SECTION 5.02.

   Reporting Requirements of the Seller    18

SECTION 5.03.

   Negative Covenants of the Seller    18

ARTICLE VI COLLECTIONS AND DISBURSEMENTS

   20

SECTION 6.01.

   Establishment of Deposit Accounts    20

SECTION 6.02.

   Funding of Collection Account    22

SECTION 6.03.

   Daily Disbursements From the Collection Account and Related Sub-Accounts; Revolving Period    23

 

i


SECTION 6.04.

   Disbursements From the Retention Account; Settlement Date Procedures; Revolving Period    25

SECTION 6.05.

   Liquidation Settlement Procedures    26

SECTION 6.06.

   Investment of Funds in Accounts    28

SECTION 6.07.

   Termination Procedures    28

ARTICLE VII SERVICER PROVISIONS

   29

SECTION 7.01.

   Appointment of the Servicer    29

SECTION 7.02.

   Duties and Responsibilities of the Servicer    29

SECTION 7.03.

   Collections on Receivables    29

SECTION 7.04.

   Authorization of the Servicer    30

SECTION 7.05.

   Servicing Fees    30

SECTION 7.06.

   Covenants of the Servicer    31

SECTION 7.07.

   Reporting Requirements of the Servicer    31

ARTICLE VIII GRANT OF SECURITY INTERESTS

   31

SECTION 8.01.

   Seller’s Grant of Security Interest    31

SECTION 8.02.

   Seller’s Certification    32

SECTION 8.03.

   Consent to Assignment    33

SECTION 8.04.

   Delivery of Collateral    33

SECTION 8.05.

   Seller Remains Liable    33

SECTION 8.06.

   Covenants of the Seller and the Servicer Regarding the Seller Collateral    34

ARTICLE IX TERMINATION EVENTS

   36

SECTION 9.01.

   Termination Events    36

SECTION 9.02.

   Events of Servicer Termination    39

ARTICLE X REMEDIES

   40

SECTION 10.01.

   Actions Upon Termination Event    40

SECTION 10.02.

   Exercise of Remedies    41

SECTION 10.03.

   Power of Attorney    41

SECTION 10.04.

   Continuing Security Interest    42

ARTICLE XI SUCCESSOR SERVICER PROVISIONS

   42

SECTION 11.01.

   Servicer Not to Resign    42

SECTION 11.02.

   Appointment of the Successor Servicer    42

SECTION 11.03.

   Duties of the Servicer    43

SECTION 11.04.

   Effect of Termination or Resignation    43

ARTICLE XII INDEMNIFICATION

   43

SECTION 12.01.

   Indemnities by the Seller    43

 

ii


SECTION 12.02.

   Indemnities by the Servicer.    45

SECTION 12.03.

   Limitation of Damages; Purchaser Indemnified Persons    45

ARTICLE XIII ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

   46

SECTION 13.01.

   Authorization and Action    46

SECTION 13.02.

   Reliance    47

SECTION 13.03.

   GE Capital and Affiliates    47

ARTICLE XIV MISCELLANEOUS

   47

SECTION 14.01.

   Notices    47

SECTION 14.02.

   Binding Effect; Assignability    47

SECTION 14.03.

   Termination; Survival of Seller Secured Obligations Upon Facility Termination Date    48

SECTION 14.04.

   Costs, Expenses and Taxes    48

SECTION 14.05.

   Confidentiality    50

SECTION 14.06.

   No Proceedings    50

SECTION 14.07.

   Complete Agreement; Modification of Agreement; Intercreditor Agreement    50

SECTION 14.08.

   No Waiver; Remedies    51

SECTION 14.09.

   GOVERNING LAW; CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL    51

SECTION 14.10.

   Counterparts    53

SECTION 14.11.

   Severability    53

SECTION 14.12.

   Section Titles    53

SECTION 14.13.

   Limited Recourse    53

SECTION 14.14.

   Further Assurances    54

 

Exhibit 2.02(a)

      Form of Commitment Reduction Notice

Exhibit 2.02(b)

      Form of Commitment Termination Notice

Exhibit 2.03(a)

      Form of Investment Base Certificate

Exhibit 2.03(b)

      Form of Purchase Request

Exhibit 2.03(c)

      Form of Repayment Notice

Exhibit 2.04(a)

      Form of Purchase Assignment

Exhibit 3.01(a)(i)

      Form of Solvency Certificate

Exhibit 3.01(a)(ii)(A)

      Form of Bringdown Certificate (Closing)

Exhibit 3.01(a)(ii)(B)

      Form of Bringdown Certificate (Post-Closing)

Exhibit 3.01(a)(iii)(A)

      Form of Servicer’s Certificate (Closing)

Exhibit 3.01(a)(iii)(B)

      Form of Servicer’s Certificate (Post-Closing)

Exhibit 3.01(a)(iv)

      Form of Monthly Report

Exhibit 10.03

      Form of Power of Attorney

 

Schedule 4.01(b)

   Executive Offices; Collateral Locations; Corporate or Other Names; FEIN/Seller

 

iii


Schedule 4.01(d)

   Litigation/Seller

Schedule 4.01(h)

   Ventures, Subsidiaries and Affiliates; Outstanding Stock and Indebtedness/Seller

Schedule 4.01(i)

   Tax Matters/Seller

Schedule 4.01(r)

   Deposit and Disbursement Accounts/Seller

Schedule 5.01(b)

   Trade Names/Seller

Schedule 5.03(b)

   Existing Liens/Seller

 

Annex 1

   —      Reserved

Annex 2

   —      Excluded Obligors

Exhibit A to Annex 2

   —      Form of Amending Letter

Annex 3

   —      Reserved

Annex 4

   —      Yield Discount Amount

Annex 5

   —      Financial Covenants

Annex 5.02(a)

   —      Reporting Requirements of the Seller

Annex 5.02(b)

   —      Investment Reports

Annex 7.07

   —      Reporting Requirements of the Servicer

Annex X

   —      Definitions

Annex Y

   —      Schedule of Documents

 

iv


THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified and in effect from time to time, the “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of August 30, 2002, by and among SIT FUNDING CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “ Seller ”), REDWOOD RECEIVABLES CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “ Conduit Purchaser ”), SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a California corporation (“ Synnex ”), as servicer hereunder (in such capacity, the “ Servicer ”) and as an Originator, THE SUBSIDIARIES OF SYNNEX FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO PURSUANT TO THE EXECUTION OF A COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE HERETO, as Originators, and GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation, as Committed Purchaser (the “ Committed Purchaser ”) and as Administrative Agent for the Conduit Purchaser hereunder (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”).

 

RECITALS

 

A. The Seller, Synnex, Redwood Receivables Corporation and General Electric Capital Corporation are parties to that certain Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement dated as of December 19, 1997, as amended from time to time prior to the date hereof (the “ Original RPSA ”).

 

B. The parties hereto have agreed to amend and restate the Original RPSA in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

 

C. The Seller is a special purpose corporation solely owned by Synnex,

 

D. The Seller has been formed for the purpose of purchasing, or otherwise acquiring by capital contribution, all trade receivables of the Originators pursuant to the Transfer Agreements.

 

E. The Seller intends to sell, and, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Conduit Purchaser and the Committed Purchaser intend to purchase such trade receivables, from time to time, as described herein.

 

F. The Administrative Agent has been requested and is willing to act as administrative agent on behalf of each of the Conduit Purchaser and the Committed Purchaser in connection with the making and financing of such purchases.

 

G. In order to effectuate the purposes of this Agreement, the Seller, the Conduit Purchaser and the Committed Purchaser desire to appoint Synnex to service, administer and collect the receivables acquired by the Purchasers pursuant to this Agreement and Synnex is willing to act in such capacity as the Servicer hereunder on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants hereinafter contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:


ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

SECTION 1.01. Definitions . Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed to them in Annex X .

 

SECTION 1.02. Rules of Construction . For purposes of this Agreement, the rules of construction set forth in Annex X shall govern. All Appendices hereto, or expressly identified to this Agreement, are incorporated herein by reference and, taken together with this Agreement, shall constitute but a single agreement.

 

SECTION 1.03. Amendment and Restatement .

 

(a) This Agreement amends and restates in its entirety the Original RPSA and, upon the effectiveness of this Agreement, the terms and provisions of the Original RPSA shall, subject to Section 1.03(c) , be superseded hereby.

 

(b) Notwithstanding the amendment and restatement of the Original RPSA by this Agreement, all of the Daily Yield, Capital Investment and other obligations owing to the “Purchaser,” the Operating Agent and the Collateral Agent by the Seller under the Original RPSA which remain outstanding as of the date hereof, shall constitute Daily Yield, Capital Investment and obligations owing hereunder. This Agreement is given in substitution for the Original RPSA, and not as payment of the obligations of the Seller thereunder, and is in no way intended to constitute a novation of the Original RPSA.

 

(c) Upon the effectiveness of this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires, each reference to the Original RPSA in any other document, instrument or agreement executed and/or delivered in connection therewith shall mean and be a reference to this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE II

AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF PURCHASES

 

SECTION 2.01. Purchases . From and after the Closing Date and until the Facility Termination Date and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Conduit Purchaser and the Committed Purchaser severally agree to purchase Transferred Receivables (each such purchase hereunder, a “ Purchase ”) from the Seller from time to time and the Seller agrees to sell such Transferred Receivables to the Purchasers. The obligation of the Conduit Purchaser to make Purchases hereunder shall be from the Closing Date until the occurrence of either a Committed Purchaser Funding Event or the Facility Termination Date. The obligation of the Committed Purchaser to make Purchases hereunder shall be from and after the occurrence of a Committed Purchaser Funding Event until the Facility Termination Date. Under no circumstances shall the Purchasers make any Purchase if, after giving effect thereto, a Purchase Excess would exist. The aggregate purchase price for each such Purchase shall equal the Cash Purchase Price plus the Deferred Purchase Price.

 

SECTION 2.02. Optional Changes in Maximum Purchase Limit .

 

2


(a) So long as no Incipient Termination Event or Termination Event shall have occurred and be continuing, the Seller may, not more than twice during each calendar year, reduce the Maximum Purchase Limit permanently; provided , that (i) the Seller shall give ten Business Day’s prior written notice of any such reduction to the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent substantially in the form of Exhibit 2.02(a) (each such notice, a “ Commitment Reduction Notice ”), (ii) any partial reduction of the Maximum Purchase Limit shall be in a minimum amount of $5,000,000 or an integral multiple thereof, and (iii) no such reduction shall reduce the Maximum Purchase Limit below the Capital Investment at such time.

 

(b) The Seller may at any time on at least 90 days’ prior written notice by the Seller to the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent irrevocably terminate the Maximum Purchase Limit; provided , that (i) such notice of termination shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit 2.02(b) (the “ Commitment Termination Notice ”), and (ii) the Seller shall reduce the Capital Investment to zero and make all payments required by Section 2.03(c) at the time and in the manner specified therein. Upon such termination, the Seller’s right to request that the Purchasers make Purchases hereunder shall simultaneously terminate and the Facility Termination Date shall automatically occur.

 

(c) Each written notice required to be delivered pursuant to Sections 2.02(a) and (b) shall be irrevocable and shall be effective (i) on the day of receipt if received by the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent not later than 4:00 p.m. (New York time) on any Business Day and (ii) on the immediately succeeding Business Day if received by the Purchasers or the Administrative Agent after such time on such Business Day or if any such notice is received on a day other than a Business Day (regardless of the time of day such notice is received). Each such notice of termination or reduction shall specify, respectively, the amount of, or the amount of the proposed reduction in, the Maximum Purchase Limit.

 

SECTION 2.03. Notices Relating to Purchases and Reductions in Capital Investment .

 

(a) Not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on the third Business Day of each calendar week, the Seller shall deliver to the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent an Officer’s Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit 2.03(a) (each an “ Investment Base Certificate ”) which shall be prepared by the Seller or the Servicer with information as of the close of business on the last day of the immediately preceding calendar week; provided , that if (i) an Incipient Termination Event or a Termination Event shall have occurred and be continuing or (ii) the Administrative Agent, in good faith, believes that an Incipient Termination Event or a Termination Event is imminent or deems any Purchaser’s rights or interests in the Transferred Receivables or the Seller Collateral insecure, the Seller shall deliver an Investment Base Certificate to the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent at such more frequent intervals as the Administrative Agent may request from time to time. Capital Investment Available shall be determined by the Administrative Agent based on information related to the Seller Collateral available to it, including (A) any information obtained in connection with any audit or reflected in the most recent Investment Base Certificate or any other Investment Report delivered to the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent or (B) any other information that may be available to the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent.

 

(b) Each Purchase resulting in an increase in Capital Investment shall be made upon the provision of notice by the Seller to the Administrative Agent in the manner provided herein.

 

3


Any such notice must be given in writing so that it is received no later than 4:00 p.m. (New York time) on the Business Day immediately preceding the proposed Purchase Date set forth therein. Each such notice (a “ Purchase Request ”) shall (i) be substantially in the form of Exhibit 2.03(b) , (ii) be irrevocable and (iii) specify the amount of the requested increase in the Capital Investment and the proposed Purchase Date (which shall be a Business Day), and shall include such other information as may be required by the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent.

 

(c) The Seller may at any time reduce the Capital Investment; provided , that (i) the Seller shall give one Business Day’s prior written notice of any such reduction to the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent substantially in the form of Exhibit 2.03(c) (each such notice, a “ Repayment Notice ”), (ii) each such notice shall be irrevocable, (iii) each such notice shall specify the amount of the requested reduction in the Capital Investment and the proposed date of such reduction (which shall be a Business Day) and (iv) any such reduction must be accompanied by payment of (A) all Daily Yield accrued on the Capital Investment being reduced through but excluding the date of such reduction and (B) the costs, if any, required by Section 2.10 . Any such notice of reduction must be received by the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent no later than 4:00 p.m. (New York time) on the Business Day immediately preceding the date of the proposed reduction in Capital Investment.

 

SECTION 2.04. Conveyance of Receivables .

 

(a) Purchase Assignment . On or prior to the Closing Date, the Seller shall complete, execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Purchasers an assignment substantially in the form of Exhibit 2.04(a) (the “ Purchase Assignment ”) in order to evidence the Purchases.

 

(b) Funding of Collection Account; Payment of Purchase Price .

 

(i) Funding of Collection Account by Purchasers . Following receipt of any Purchase Request, and subject to satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 3.02 , the Applicable Purchaser shall make available to or on behalf of the Seller on the Purchase Date specified therein the lesser of (A) the requested increase in Capital Investment specified in such Purchase Request and (B) Capital Investment Available by depositing such amount in same day funds to the Collection Account.

 

(ii) Payment of Purchase Price . The Applicable Purchaser shall, or shall cause the Administrative Agent to, make available to or on behalf of the Seller on each Business Day during the Revolving Period, in same day funds, all amounts on deposit in the Collection Account that are to be disbursed to or on behalf of the Seller as payment for the Transferred Receivables pursuant to Section 6.03 .

 

(c) Vesting of Ownership .

 

(i) Effective on and as of each Purchase Date (A) prior to the occurrence of the Committed Purchaser Funding Event, the Conduit Purchaser shall own all Transferred Receivables sold by the Seller hereunder on such Purchase Date, and (B) on and after the occurrence of the Committed Purchaser Funding Event, the Committed Purchaser shall own all Transferred Receivables sold by the Seller hereunder on such Purchase Date.

 

4


The Seller shall not take any action inconsistent with such ownership and shall not claim any ownership interest in such Transferred Receivables.

 

(ii) The Seller shall indicate in its Records that ownership of such Transferred Receivables is vested in the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Purchasers. In addition, the Seller shall respond to any inquiries with respect to the ownership of any such Transferred Receivable by stating that it is no longer the owner of such Transferred Receivable and that ownership thereof is vested in the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Purchasers. The Seller and the Servicer shall hold all Contracts and other documents and incidents relating to such Transferred Receivables in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Purchasers, as the owner thereof, and for the sole purpose of facilitating the servicing of such Transferred Receivables. The Seller and the Servicer hereby acknowledge that their retention and possession of such Contracts and documents shall at all times be at the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent and in a custodial capacity for the Administrative Agent’s benefit (on behalf of the Purchasers) only.

 

(d) Repurchases of Transferred Receivables . If any Originator is required to repurchase Transferred Receivables from the Seller pursuant to Section 4.04 of the applicable Transfer Agreement, the Applicable Purchaser shall sell and reconvey such Transferred Receivables to the Seller (i) for cash in an amount equal to (1) so long as no Purchase Excess then exists or would exist following such payment, the sum of (x) the Outstanding Balance of such Transferred Receivables multiplied by the Purchase Discount Rate at the time such Transferred Receivables were created, plus (y) Daily Yield on an amount of Capital Investment equal to the amount set forth in the preceding clause (x) from the beginning of the current Settlement Period through the date of such payment, or (2) if a Purchase Excess then exists or would exist following such payment, the Outstanding Balance of such Transferred Receivables, or (ii) in exchange for new Eligible Receivables with an aggregate Outstanding Balance equal to the Outstanding Balance of such Transferred Receivables.

 

SECTION 2.05. Facility Termination Date . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, no Purchaser shall have any obligation to purchase any additional Transferred Receivables from and after the Facility Termination Date.

 

SECTION 2.06. Daily Yield .

 

(a) The Seller shall pay Daily Yield to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Purchasers, for each day on which any Capital Investment is outstanding, in the manner and at the times specified in Sections 6.03 , 6.04 and 6.05 .

 

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Seller shall pay interest at the applicable Daily Yield Rate on unpaid Daily Yield and on any other amount payable by the Seller hereunder (to the extent permitted by law) that shall not be paid in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) for the period commencing on the due date thereof to (but excluding) the date the same is indefeasibly paid in full.

 

SECTION 2.07. Fees .

 

5


(a) On or prior to the Closing Date, the Seller shall pay to the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent the fees set forth in the Fee Letter.

 

(b) On each Settlement Date, the Seller shall pay to the Servicer or to the Successor Servicer, as applicable, the Servicing Fee or the Successor Servicing Fees and Expenses, respectively, in each case to the extent of available funds therefor as provided in Section 6.04 .

 

SECTION 2.08. Time and Method of Payments . Subject to the provisions of Sections 6.02 , 6.03 , 6.04 and 6.05 , all payments in reduction of Capital Investment and all payments of yield, fees and other amounts payable by the Seller hereunder shall be made in Dollars, in immediately available funds, to the Administrative Agent (for its account or the account of the applicable Purchasers, Affected Parties or Purchaser Indemnified Persons) not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on the due date therefor. Any such payment made on such date but after such time shall be deemed to have been made on, and Daily Yield shall continue to accrue and be payable thereon until, the next succeeding Business Day. If any such payment becomes due on a day other than a Business Day, the maturity thereof will be extended to the next succeeding Business Day and Daily Yield thereon shall be payable during such extension. Any and all payments by the Seller hereunder shall be made in accordance with this Section 2.08 without setoff or counterclaim and free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges or withholdings, excluding taxes imposed on or measured by the net income of any Affected Party by the jurisdictions under the laws of which such Affected Party is organized or in which the offices of such Affected Party through which funding is provided pursuant to the Related Documents or the Program Documents are located or by any political subdivisions thereof (such non-excluded taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges or withholdings being “ Indemnified Taxes ”). If the Seller shall be required by law to deduct any Indemnified Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable hereunder, (a) the sum payable shall be increased as much as shall be necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.08 ) the Affected Party entitled to receive any such payment receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (b) the Seller shall make such deductions, and (c) the Seller shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant taxing or other authority in accordance with applicable law. Within 30 days after the date of any payment of Indemnified Taxes, the Seller shall furnish to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt evidencing payment thereof. The Seller shall indemnify any Affected Party from and against, and, within ten days of demand therefor, pay any Affected Party for, the full amount of Indemnified Taxes (together with any taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on amounts payable under this Section 2.08 ) paid by such Affected Party and any liability (including penalties, interest and expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such taxes were correctly or legally asserted.

 

SECTION 2.09. Capital Requirements; Additional Costs .

 

(a) If the Administrative Agent on behalf of any Affected Party shall have determined that the adoption after the date hereof of any law, treaty, governmental (or quasi-governmental) rule, regulation, guideline or order regarding capital adequacy, reserve requirements or similar requirements or compliance by such Affected Party with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy, reserve requirements or similar requirements (whether or not having the force of law) from any central bank or other Governmental Authority increases or would have the

 

6


effect of increasing the amount of capital, reserves or other funds required to be maintained by such Affected Party against commitments made by it under this Agreement, any other Related Document or any Program Document and thereby reducing the rate of return on such Affected Party’s capital as a consequence of its commitments hereunder or thereunder, then the Seller shall from time to time upon demand by the Administrative Agent pay to the Administrative Agent on behalf of such Affected Party additional amounts sufficient to compensate such Affected Party for the Seller’s Share of such reduction together with interest thereon from the date of any such demand until payment in full at the Daily Yield Rate. A certificate as to the amount of that reduction and showing the basis of the computation thereof submitted by the Administrative Agent to the Seller shall be final, binding and conclusive on the parties hereto (absent manifest error) for all purposes.

 

(b) If, due to any Regulatory Change, there shall be any increase in the cost to any Affected Party of agreeing to make or making, funding or maintaining any commitment hereunder, under any other Related Document or under any Program Document, including with respect to any Purchases, Capital Investment, LOC Draws or Liquidity Loans, or any reduction in any amount receivable by such Affected Party hereunder or thereunder, including with respect to any Purchases, Capital Investment, LOC Draws or Liquidity Loans (any such increase in cost or reduction in amounts receivable are hereinafter referred to as “ Additional Costs ”), then the Seller shall, from time to time upon demand by the Administrative Agent, pay to the Administrative Agent on behalf of such Affected Party additional amounts sufficient to compensate such Affected Party for the Seller’s Share of such Additional Costs together with interest thereon from the date demanded until payment in full thereof at the Daily Yield Rate. Such Affected Party agrees that, as promptly as practicable after it becomes aware of any circumstance referred to above that would result in any such Additional Costs, it shall, to the extent not inconsistent with its internal policies of general application, use reasonable commercial efforts to minimize costs and expenses incurred by it and payable to it by the Seller pursuant to this Section 2.09(b) .

 

(c) Determinations by any Affected Party for purposes of this Section 2.09 of the effect of any Regulatory Change on its costs of making, funding or maintaining any commitments hereunder, under any other Related Document or under any Program Document or on amounts receivable by it hereunder or thereunder or of the additional amounts required to compensate such Affected Party in respect of any Additional Costs shall be set forth in a written notice to the Seller in reasonable detail and shall be final, binding and conclusive on the Seller (absent manifest error) for all purposes.

 

SECTION 2.10. Breakage Costs . The Seller shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the requesting Purchaser, upon request of such Purchaser, such amount or amounts as shall compensate such Purchaser for any loss, cost or expense incurred by such Purchaser (as determined by such Purchaser) as a result of any reduction by the Seller in Capital Investment (and accompanying loss of Daily Yield thereon) other than on the maturity date of the Commercial Paper (or other financing source) funding such Capital Investment, which compensation shall include an amount equal to any loss or expense incurred by such Purchaser during the period from the date of such reduction to (but excluding) the maturity date of such Commercial Paper (or other financing source) if the rate of interest obtainable by such Purchaser upon the redeployment of funds in an amount equal to such reduction is less than the interest rate applicable to such Commercial Paper (or other financing source) (any such loss, cost or expense

 

7


referred to collectively herein as “ Breakage Costs ”). The determination by such Purchaser of the amount of any such loss or expense shall be set forth in a written notice to the Seller in reasonable detail and shall be final, binding and conclusive on the Seller (absent manifest error) for all purposes.

 

SECTION 2.11. Purchase Excess . On each Business Day during the Revolving Period and after completion of the disbursements specified in Section 6.03 , the Administrative Agent shall notify the Seller and the Servicer of any Purchase Excess on such day, and the Seller shall deposit the amount of such Purchase Excess in the Collection Account by 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on the immediately succeeding Business Day.

 

ARTICLE III

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

SECTION 3.01. Conditions to Effectiveness of Agreement . Neither the Conduit Purchaser nor the Committed Purchaser shall be obligated to purchase Transferred Receivables hereunder on the occasion of the initial Purchase, nor shall any Purchaser or the Administrative Agent be obligated to take, fulfill or perform any other action hereunder, until the following conditions have been satisfied, in the sole discretion of, or waived in writing by, each Purchaser and the Administrative Agent:

 

(a) Purchase Agreement; Other Related Documents . This Agreement or counterparts hereof shall have been duly executed by, and delivered to, the parties hereto and the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent shall have received such other documents, instruments, agreements and legal opinions as each Purchaser and the Administrative Agent shall request in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including all those listed in the Schedule of Documents, each in form and substance satisfactory to each Purchaser and the Administrative Agent.

 

(b) Governmental Approvals . The Purchasers and the Administrative Agent shall have received (i) satisfactory evidence that the Seller and the Servicer have obtained all required consents and approvals of all Persons, including all requisite Governmental Authorities, to the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Related Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or (ii) an Officer’s Certificate from each of the Seller and the Servicer in form and substance satisfactory to each Purchaser and the Administrative Agent affirming that no such consents or approvals are required.

 

(c) Compliance with Laws . The Seller and the Servicer shall be in compliance in all material respects with all applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations, including those specifically referenced in Section 5.01(a) .

 

(d) Payment of Fees and Taxes . The Seller shall have paid all fees required to be paid by it on the Closing Date, including all fees required hereunder and under the Fee Letter, and shall have reimbursed each Purchaser for all fees, costs and expenses of closing the transactions contemplated hereunder and under the other Related Documents, including each Purchaser’s reasonable legal, rating agency and audit expenses, and other negotiation and document preparation costs. The Seller shall have paid all taxes, including without limitation

 

8


any stamp duty which may be imposed as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Related Documents.

 

(e) Credit Facility Conditions . Each of those conditions precedent to the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Credit Facility shall have been satisfied or waived in writing as provided therein.

 

(f) Representations and Warranties . Each representation and warranty by the Seller contained herein and in each other Related Document shall be true and correct as of the Closing Date, except to the extent that such representation or warranty expressly relates solely to an earlier date.

 

(g) No Termination Event . No Incipient Termination Event or Termination Event hereunder or any “Event of Default” under (and as defined in) the Credit Agreement (as in effect on the Closing Date) shall have occurred and be continuing or would result after giving effect to any of the transactions contemplated on the Closing Date.

 

(h) Confirmation of Commercial Paper Ratings . The Administrative Agent shall have received written confirmation from each Rating Agency that the then current rating of the Commercial Paper shall not be withdrawn or downgraded after giving effect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby.

 

(i) Material Adverse Effect . As of the Closing Date, there has been (i) since November 30, 2001, no material adverse change (x) in the business, financial or other condition or prospects of Synnex and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (y) in the Transferred Receivables, taken as a whole, or (z) in the financial condition or prospects of the Seller, (ii) no litigation commenced which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse impact on Synnex and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or which would challenge the transactions contemplated herein and in the Related Documents, and (iii) since November 30, 2001, no material increase in the liabilities (liquidated or contingent) of Synnex and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or material decrease in the assets of Synnex and the Subsidiary Originators, taken as a whole.

 

SECTION 3.02. Conditions Precedent to All Purchases . No Purchaser shall be obligated to purchase Transferred Receivables hereunder on any Purchase Date if, as of the date thereof:

 

(a) any representation or warranty of the Seller or the Servicer contained herein or in any of the other Related Documents shall be untrue or incorrect as of such date, either before or after giving effect to the Purchase of Transferred Receivables on such date and to the application of the proceeds therefrom, except to the extent that such representation or warranty expressly relates to an earlier date and except for changes therein expressly permitted by this Agreement;

 

(b) any event shall have occurred, or would result from the Purchase of Transferred Receivables on such Purchase Date or from the application of the proceeds therefrom, that constitutes an Incipient Termination Event, a Termination Event, an Incipient Servicer Termination Event or an Event of Servicer Termination;

 

9


(c) the Seller shall not be in compliance with any of its covenants or other agreements set forth herein or in any Related Document;

 

(d) the Facility Termination Date shall have occurred;

 

(e) either before or after giving effect to such Purchase and to the application of the proceeds therefrom, a Purchase Excess would exist;

 

(f) any Originator, the Seller or the Servicer shall fail to have taken such other action, including delivery of information, approvals, consents, opinions, documents and instruments to the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent, as any Purchaser or the Administrative Agent may reasonably request or a Rating Agency may request; or

 

(g) the Administrative Agent shall have determined that any event or condition has occurred that has had, or could reasonably be expected to have or result in, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

The delivery by the Seller of a Purchase Request and the acceptance by the Seller of the purchase price for any Transferred Receivables on any Purchase Date shall be deemed to constitute, as of any such Purchase Date, a representation and warranty by the Seller that the conditions in this Section 3.02 have been satisfied.

 

ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

SECTION 4.01. Representations and Warranties of the Seller . To induce the Purchasers to purchase the Transferred Receivables and the Administrative Agent to take any action hereunder, the Seller makes the following representations and warranties to the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent, each and all of which shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

 

(a) Corporate Existence; Compliance with Law . The Seller (i) is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation; (ii) is duly qualified to conduct business and is in good standing in each other jurisdiction where its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification; (iii) has the requisite corporate power and authority and the legal right to own, pledge, mortgage or otherwise encumber and operate its properties, to lease the property it operates under lease, and to conduct its business as now, heretofore and proposed to be conducted; (iv) has all licenses, permits, consents or approvals from or by, and has made all filings with, and has given all notices to, all Governmental Authorities having jurisdiction, to the extent required for such ownership, operation and conduct, except where such failure to obtain all licenses, permits, consents or approvals or to make all filings, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (v) is in compliance with its charter and bylaws; and (vi) subject to specific representations set forth herein regarding ERISA, tax and other laws, is in compliance with all applicable provisions of law, except where the failure to comply, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

10


(b) Executive Offices; Collateral Locations; Corporate or Other Names; FEIN . As of the Closing Date, the current location of the Seller’s chief executive office, principal place of business, other offices, the warehouses and premises within which any Seller Collateral is stored or located, and the locations of its records concerning the Seller Collateral (including originals of the Seller Assigned Agreements) are set forth in Schedule 4.01(b) and none of such locations has changed within the past 12 months (or such shorter time as the Seller has been in existence). During the prior five years (or such shorter time as the Seller has been in existence), except as set forth in Schedule 4.01(b) , the Seller has not been known as or used any corporate, fictitious or trade name. In addition, Schedule 4.01(b) lists the organizational identification number issued by the Seller’s state of organization or states that no such number has been issued and lists the federal employer identification number of the Seller.

 

(c) Corporate Power, Authorization, Enforceable Obligations . The execution, delivery and performance by the Seller of this Agreement and the other Related Documents to which it is a party, the creation and perfection of all Liens and ownership interests provided for therein and, solely with respect to clause (vii) below, the exercise by each of the Seller, the Purchasers or the Administrative Agent of any of its rights and remedies under any Related Document to which it is a party: (i) are within such Person’s corporate power; (ii) have been duly authorized by all necessary or proper corporate and shareholder action; (iii) do not contravene any provision of such Person’s charter or bylaws; (iv) do not violate any law or regulation, or any order or decree of any court or Governmental Authority; (v) do not conflict with or result in the breach or termination of, constitute a default under or accelerate or permit the acceleration of any performance required by, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, lease, agreement or other instrument to which such Person or any Originator is a party or by which such Person or any Originator or any of the property of such Person or any Originator is bound; (vi) do not result in the creation or imposition of any Adverse Claim upon any of the property of such Person or any Originator; and (vii) do not require the consent or approval of any Governmental Authority or any other Person, except those referred to in Section 3.01(b) , all of which will have been duly obtained, made or complied with prior to the Closing Date. On or prior to the Closing Date, each of the Related Documents to which the Seller is a party shall have been duly executed and delivered by the Seller and each such Related Document shall then constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Seller enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.

 

(d) No Litigation . No Litigation is now pending or, to the knowledge of the Seller, threatened against the Seller that (i) challenges the Seller’s right or power to enter into or perform any of its obligations under the Related Documents to which it is a party, or the validity or enforceability of any Related Document or any action taken thereunder, (ii) seeks to prevent the transfer, sale, pledge or contribution of any Receivable or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated under this Agreement or the other Related Documents, or (iii) has a reasonable risk of being determined adversely to the Seller and that, if so determined, could have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.01(d) , as of the Closing Date there is no Litigation pending or threatened that seeks damages in excess of $2,500 or injunctive relief against, or alleges criminal misconduct by, the Seller.

 

(e) Solvency . Both before and after giving effect to (i) the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Related Documents and (ii) the payment and accrual of all transaction costs in connection with the foregoing, the Seller is and will be Solvent.

 

11


(f) Material Adverse Effect . Since the date of the Seller’s organization, (i) the Seller has not incurred any obligations, contingent or non-contingent liabilities, liabilities for charges, long-term leases or unusual forward or long-term commitments that, alone or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) no contract, lease or other agreement or instrument has been entered into by the Seller or has become binding upon the Seller’s assets and no law or regulation applicable to the Seller has been adopted that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (iii) the Seller is not in default and no third party is in default under any material contract, lease or other agreement or instrument to which the Seller is a party that alone or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Since the date of the Seller’s organization, no event has occurred that alone or together with other events could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(g) Ownership of Property; Liens . No Transferred Receivable is subject to any Adverse Claim, none of the other properties and assets of the Seller are subject to any Adverse Claims other than Permitted Encumbrances, and there are no facts, circumstances or conditions known to the Seller that may result in (i) with respect to the Transferred Receivables, any Adverse Claims (including Adverse Claims arising under Environmental Laws) and (ii) with respect to its other properties and assets, any Adverse Claims (including Adverse Claims arising under Environmental Laws) other than Permitted Encumbrances. The Seller has received all assignments, bills of sale and other documents, and has duly effected all recordings, filings and other actions necessary to establish, protect and perfect the Seller’s right, title and interest in and to the Transferred Receivables and its other properties and assets. The Seller has rights in and the power to transfer its right, title and interest in the Transferred Receivables. The Liens granted to the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Purchasers) pursuant to Section 8.01 will at all times be fully perfected first priority Liens in and to the Seller Collateral.

 

(h) Ventures, Subsidiaries and Affiliates; Outstanding Stock and Indebtedness . Except as set forth in Schedule 4.01(h) , the Seller has no Subsidiaries, is not engaged in any joint venture or partnership with any other Person, and is not an Affiliate of any other Person. All of the issued and outstanding Stock of the Seller is owned by Synnex in the amount set forth on Schedule 4.01(h) . There are no outstanding rights to purchase, options, warrants or similar rights or agreements pursuant to which the Seller may be required to issue, sell, repurchase or redeem any of its Stock or other equity securities or any Stock or other equity securities of its Subsidiaries. All outstanding Debt of the Seller as of the Closing Date is described in Section 5.03(i) .

 

(i) Taxes . All tax returns, reports and statements, including information returns, required by any Governmental Authority to be filed by the Seller have been filed with the appropriate Governmental Authority and all Charges have been paid prior to the date on which any fine, penalty, interest or late charge may be added thereto for nonpayment thereof (or any such fine, penalty, interest, late charge or loss has been paid), excluding Charges or other amounts being contested in accordance with Section 5.01(e) . Proper and accurate amounts have been withheld by the Seller from its respective employees for all periods in full and complete compliance with all applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws and such withholdings have been timely paid to the respective Governmental Authorities. Schedule 4.01(i) sets forth as of the Closing Date (i) those taxable years for which the Seller’s tax returns are currently being audited by the IRS or any other applicable Governmental Authority and (ii) any assessments or

 

12


threatened assessments in connection with any such audit or otherwise currently outstanding. Except as described on Schedule 4.01(i) , the Seller has not executed or filed with the IRS or any other Governmental Authority any agreement or other document extending, or having the effect of extending, the period for assessment or collection of any Charges. The Seller is not liable for any Charges: (A) under any agreement (including any tax sharing agreements) or (B) to the best of the Seller’s knowledge, as a transferee. As of the Closing Date, the Seller has not agreed or been requested to make any adjustment under IRC Section 481(a), by reason of a change in accounting method or otherwise, that would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(j) Full Disclosure . No information contained in this Agreement, any Investment Base Certificate or any of the other Related Documents, or any written statement furnished by or on behalf of the Seller to any Purchaser or the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any of the other Related Documents contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made.

 

(k) ERISA . The Seller is in compliance with ERISA and has not incurred and does not expect to incur any liabilities (except for premium payments arising in the ordinary course of business) payable to the PBGC under ERISA.

 

(l) Brokers . No broker or finder acting on behalf of the Seller was employed or utilized in connection with this Agreement or the other Related Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby and the Seller has no obligation to any Person in respect of any finder’s or brokerage fees in connection herewith or therewith.

 

(m) Margin Regulations . The Seller is not engaged in the business of extending credit for the purpose of “purchasing” or “carrying” any “margin security,” as such terms are defined in Regulation U of the Federal Reserve Board as now and from time to time hereafter in effect (such securities being referred to herein as “ Margin Stock ”). The Seller owns no Margin Stock, and no portion of the proceeds of the purchase price for Transferred Receivables sold hereunder will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock, for the purpose of reducing or retiring any Debt that was originally incurred to purchase or carry any Margin Stock or for any other purpose that might cause any portion of such proceeds to be considered a “purpose credit” within the meaning of Regulations T, U or X of the Federal Reserve Board. The Seller will not take or permit to be taken any action that might cause any Related Document to violate any regulation of the Federal Reserve Board.

 

(n) Nonapplicability of Bulk Sales Laws . No transaction contemplated by this Agreement or any of the Related Documents requires compliance with any bulk sales act or similar law.

 

(o) Securities Act and Investment Company Act Exemptions . Each purchase of Transferred Receivables under this Agreement will constitute (i) a “current transaction” within the meaning of Section 3(a)(3) of the Securities Act and (ii) except with respect to Financing Receivables, a purchase or other acquisition of notes, drafts, acceptances, open accounts receivable or other obligations representing part or all of the sales price of merchandise, insurance or services within the meaning of Section 3(c)(5) of the Investment Company Act.

 

13


(p) Government Regulation . The Seller is not an “investment company” or an “affiliated person” of, or “promoter” or “principal underwriter” for, an “investment company,” as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act. The Purchase of the Transferred Receivables by the Purchasers hereunder, the application of the proceeds thereof and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Related Documents will not violate any provision of any such statute or any rule, regulation or order issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

(q) Nonconsolidation . The Seller is operated in such a manner that the separate corporate existence of the Seller and each member of the Originator Group would not be disregarded in the event of the bankruptcy or insolvency of any member of the Originator Group and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing:

 

(i) the Seller is a limited purpose corporation whose activities are restricted in its certificate or articles of incorporation to those activities expressly permitted hereunder and under the other Related Documents and the Seller has not engaged, and does not presently engage, in any activity other than those activities expressly permitted hereunder and under the other Related Documents, nor has the Seller entered into any agreement other than this Agreement, the other Related Documents to which it is a party and, with the prior written consent of the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent, any other agreement necessary to carry out more effectively the provisions and purposes hereof or thereof;

 

(ii) no member of the Originator Group or any individual at the time he or she is acting as an officer of any such member is or has been involved in the day-to-day management of the Seller;

 

(iii) other than the purchase and acceptance through capital contribution of Transferred Receivables, the making of Subordinated Loans by Synnex pursuant to the Subordinated Notes and the repayment of such Subordinated Loans by the Seller, the payment of rent to Synnex, the payment of dividends and the return of capital to Synnex, the payment of Servicing Fees to the Servicer under this Agreement and the transactions contemplated under the Ancillary Services and Lease Agreement, the Seller engages and has engaged in no intercorporate transactions with any member of the Originator Group;

 

(iv) the Seller maintains corporate records and books of account separate from that of each member of the Originator Group, holds regular corporate meetings and otherwise observes corporate formalities and has a business office separate from that of each member of the Originator Group;

 

(v) the financial statements and books and records of the Seller and the Originators reflect the separate corporate existence of the Seller;

 

(vi) (A) the Seller maintains its assets separately from the assets of each member of the Originator Group (including through the maintenance of separate bank accounts and except for any Records to the extent necessary to assist the Servicer in connection with the servicing of the Transferred Receivables), (B) the Seller’s funds (including all money, checks and other cash proceeds) and assets, and records relating

 

14


thereto, have not been and are not commingled with those of any member of the Originator Group and (C) the separate creditors of the Seller will be entitled to be satisfied out of the Seller’s assets prior to any value in the Seller becoming available to the Seller’s Stockholders;

 

(vii) except as otherwise expressly permitted hereunder, under the other Related Documents and under the Seller’s organizational documents, no member of the Originator Group (A) pays the Seller’s expenses, (B) guarantees the Seller’s obligations, or (C) advances funds to the Seller for the payment of expenses or otherwise;

 

(viii) all business correspondence and other communications of the Seller are conducted in the Seller’s own name, on its own stationery and through a separately-listed telephone number;

 

(ix) the Seller does not act as agent for any member of the Originator Group, but instead presents itself to the public as a corporation separate from each such member and independently engaged in the business of purchasing and financing Receivables;

 

(x) the Seller maintains at least two independent directors each of whom (A) is not a Stockholder, director, officer, employee or associate, or any relative of the foregoing, of any member of the Originator Group (other than the Seller), all as provided in its certificate or articles of incorporation, and (B) is otherwise acceptable to the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent; and

 

(xi) the bylaws or the certificate or articles of incorporation of the Seller require (A) the affirmative vote of each independent director before a voluntary petition under Section 301 of the Bankruptcy Code may be filed by the Seller, (B) the Seller to maintain (1) correct and complete books and records of account and (2) minutes of the meetings and other proceedings of its Stockholders and board of directors.

 

(r) Deposit and Disbursement Accounts . Schedule 4.01(r) lists all banks and other financial institutions at which the Seller maintains deposit or other bank accounts as of the Closing Date, including any Lockbox Accounts, and such schedule correctly identifies the name, address and telephone number of each depository, the name in which the account is held, a description of the purpose of the account, and the complete account number therefor.

 

(s) Transferred Receivables .

 

(i) Transfers . Each Transferred Receivable was purchased by or contributed to the Seller on the relevant Transfer Date pursuant to the applicable Transfer Agreement.

 

(ii) Eligibility . Each Transferred Receivable designated as an Eligible Receivable in each Investment Base Certificate constitutes an Eligible Receivable as of the date of such Investment Base Certificate.

 

(iii) No Material Adverse Effect . At the time of delivery of each Investment Base Certificate hereunder, the Seller has no knowledge of any fact (including any defaults by the Obligor thereunder on any other Receivable) that would cause it or should

 

15


have caused it to expect that any payments on any Transferred Receivable designated as an Eligible Receivable in such Investment Base Certificate will not be paid in full when due or to expect any other Material Adverse Effect to occur at any time.

 

(iv) Nonavoidability of Transfers . The Seller shall (A) have received each Contributed Receivable as a contribution to the capital of the Seller by Synnex and (B) (1) have purchased each Sold Receivable from the applicable Originator for cash consideration or with the proceeds of a Subordinated Loan and (2) have accepted assignment of any Eligible Receivables transferred pursuant to clause (b) of Section 4.04 of the applicable Transfer Agreement, in each case in an amount that constitutes fair consideration and reasonably equivalent value therefor. Each Sale of a Sold Receivable effected pursuant to the terms of a Transfer Agreement shall not have been made for or on account of an antecedent debt owed by the applicable Originator to the Seller and no such Sale is or may be avoidable or subject to avoidance under any bankruptcy laws, rules or regulations.

 

(t) Representations and Warranties in Other Related Documents . Each of the representations and warranties of the Seller contained in the Related Documents (other than this Agreement) is true and correct in all respects and the Seller hereby makes each such representation and warranty to, and for the benefit of, the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent as if the same were set forth in full herein.

 

SECTION 4.02. Representations and Warranties of the Servicer . To induce the Purchasers to purchase the Transferred Receivables and the Administrative Agent to take any action required to be performed by it hereunder, the Servicer represents and warrants to the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent, which representation and warranty shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, that each of the representations and warranties of the Servicer (whether made by the Servicer in its capacity as an Originator or as the Servicer) contained in any Related Document is true and correct and, if made by the Servicer in its capacity as an Originator, applies with equal force to the Servicer in its capacity as the Servicer, and the Servicer hereby makes each such representation and warranty to, and for the benefit of, the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent as if the same were set forth in full herein.

 

ARTICLE V

GENERAL COVENANTS OF THE SELLER

 

SECTION 5.01. Affirmative Covenants of the Seller . The Seller covenants and agrees that from and after the Closing Date and until the Termination Date:

 

(a) Compliance with Agreements and Applicable Laws . The Seller shall perform each of its obligations under this Agreement and the other Related Documents and comply with all federal, state and local laws and regulations applicable to it and the Transferred Receivables, including those relating to truth in lending, retail installment sales, fair credit billing, fair credit reporting, equal credit opportunity, fair debt collection practices, privacy, licensing, taxation, ERISA and labor matters and Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits, except to the extent that the failure to so comply, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Seller shall continue to pay all fees required to be paid by it under the Fee Letter, all governmental fees and all taxes, including without

 

16


limitation any stamp duty which may be imposed as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Related Documents. The Seller shall comply in all respects with the Credit and Collection Policies with respect to each Transferred Receivable and with the Contract therefor.

 

(b) Maintenance of Existence and Conduct of Business . The Seller shall: (i) do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence and its rights and franchises; (ii) continue to conduct its business substantially as now conducted or as otherwise permitted hereunder and in accordance with (1) the terms of its certificate of incorporation and bylaws, (2) Sections 4.01(q) and (r) and (3) the assumptions set forth in each legal opinion of Baker & McKenzie or other counsel to the Seller from time to time delivered pursuant to Section 3.02(d) of a Transfer Agreement with respect to issues of substantive consolidation and true sale and absolute transfer; (iii) at all times maintain, preserve and protect all of its assets and properties used or useful in the conduct of its business, including all licenses, permits, charters and registrations, and keep the same in good repair, working order and condition in all material respects (taking into consideration ordinary wear and tear) and from time to time make, or cause to be made, all necessary or appropriate repairs, replacements and improvements thereto consistent with industry practices; and (iv) transact business only in such corporate and trade names as are set forth in Schedule 5.01(b) . The Seller shall keep adequate books and records with respect to its business activities in which proper entries, reflecting all financial transactions, are made in accordance with GAAP and on a basis consistent with the financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.02(a).

 

(c) Deposit of Collections . The Seller shall deposit or cause to be deposited promptly into a Lockbox Account, and in any event no later than the first Business Day after receipt thereof, all Collections it may receive with respect to any Transferred Receivable.

 

(d) Use of Proceeds . The Seller shall utilize the proceeds of the Purchases made hereunder solely for (i) the purchase of Receivables from an Originator pursuant to the applicable Transfer Agreement, (ii) the payment of dividends and return of capital to Synnex, (iii) the repayment of Subordinated Loans, (iv) the payment of rent to Synnex, and (v) the payment of administrative fees or Servicing Fees or expenses to the Servicer or routine administrative or operating expenses, in each case only as expressly permitted by and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Related Documents.

 

(e) Payment, Performance and Discharge of Obligations .

 

(i) Subject to Section 5.01(e)(ii) , the Seller shall pay, perform and discharge or cause to be paid, performed and discharged promptly all charges payable by it, including (A) charges imposed upon it, its income and profits, or any of its property (real, personal or mixed) and all charges with respect to taxes, social security and unemployment withholding with respect to its employees, and (B) lawful claims for labor, materials, supplies and services or otherwise before any such amounts shall become past due.

 

(ii) The Seller may in good faith contest, by appropriate proceedings, the validity or amount of any charges or claims described in Section 5.01(e)(i) ; provided , that (A) adequate reserves with respect to such contest are maintained on the books of the

 

17


Seller, in accordance with GAAP, (B) such contest is maintained and prosecuted continuously and with diligence, (C) none of the Seller Collateral becomes subject to forfeiture or loss as a result of such contest, (D) no Lien shall be imposed to secure payment of such charges or claims other than inchoate tax liens and (E) none of the Purchasers or the Administrative Agent has advised the Seller in writing that such Affected Party reasonably believes that failure to pay or to discharge such claims or charges could have or result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(f) ERISA . The Seller shall give the Administrative Agent prompt written notice of any event that could result in the imposition of a Lien under Section 412 of the IRC or Section 302 or 4068 of ERISA.

 

SECTION 5.02. Reporting Requirements of the Seller .

 

(a) The Seller hereby agrees that, from and after the Closing Date and until the Termination Date, it shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent and, in the case of paragraph (g) therein only, to the Rating Agencies, the financial statements, notices and other information at the times, to the Persons and in the manner set forth in Annex 5.02(a) .

 

(b) The Seller hereby agrees that, from and after the Closing Date and until the Termination Date, it shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent the Investment Reports (including Investment Base Certificates) at the times, to the Persons and in the manner set forth in Annex 5.02(b) .

 

SECTION 5.03. Negative Covenants of the Seller . The Seller covenants and agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent, from and after the Closing Date until the Termination Date:

 

(a) Sale of Stock and Assets . The Seller shall not sell, transfer, convey, assign or otherwise dispose of, or assign any right to receive income in respect of, any of its properties or other assets, including its capital Stock (whether in a public or a private offering or otherwise), any Transferred Receivable or Contract therefor or any of its rights with respect to any Lockbox or any Lockbox Account, the Collection Account, the Retention Account or any other deposit account in which any Collections of any Transferred Receivable are deposited except as otherwise expressly permitted by this Agreement or any of the other Related Documents.

 

(b) Liens . The Seller shall not create, incur, assume or permit to exist (i) any Adverse Claim on or with respect to its Transferred Receivables or (ii) any Adverse Claim on or with respect to its other properties or assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) except for the Liens set forth in Schedule 5.03(b) and other Permitted Encumbrances. In addition, the Seller shall not become a party to any agreement, note, indenture or instrument or take any other action that would prohibit the creation of a Lien on any of its properties or other assets in favor of the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Purchasers) as additional collateral for the Seller Secured Obligations, except as otherwise expressly permitted by this Agreement or any of the other Related Documents.

 

18


(c) Modifications of Receivables or Contracts . The Seller shall not extend, amend, forgive, discharge, compromise, waive, cancel or otherwise modify the terms of any Transferred Receivable or amend, modify or waive any term or condition of any Contract related thereto; provided , that the Seller may authorize the Servicer to take such actions as are expressly permitted by the terms of any Related Document or the Credit and Collection Policies.

 

(d) Changes in Instructions to Obligors . Except as provided in Section 6.01(a)(iii) , the Seller shall not make any change in its instructions to Obligors regarding the deposit of Collections with respect to the Transferred Receivables.

 

(e) Capital Structure and Business . The Seller shall not (i) make any changes in any of its business objectives, purposes or operations that could have or result in a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) make any change in its capital structure as described on Schedule 4.01(h) , including the issuance of any shares of Stock, warrants or other securities convertible into Stock or any revision of the terms of its outstanding Stock, (iii) reincorporate or reorganize itself under the laws of any jurisdiction other than the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated or organized as of the date hereof without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent or (iv) amend its certificate or articles of incorporation or bylaws. The Seller shall not engage in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by it.

 

(f) Mergers, Subsidiaries, Etc . The Seller shall not directly or indirectly, by operation of law or otherwise, (i) form or acquire any Subsidiary, or (ii) merge with, consolidate with, acquire all or substantially all of the assets or capital Stock of, or otherwise combine with or acquire, any Person.

 

(g) Sale Characterization; Transfer Agreements . The Seller shall not make statements or disclosures, prepare any financial statements or in any other respect account for or treat the transactions contemplated by the Transfer Agreements (including for accounting, tax and reporting purposes) in any manner other than (i) with respect to each Sale of each Sold Receivable effected pursuant to a Transfer Agreement, as a true sale and absolute assignment of the title to and sole record and beneficial ownership interest of such Sold Receivable by the applicable Originator to the Seller and (ii) with respect to each contribution of Contributed Receivables thereunder, as an increase in the stated capital of the Seller.

 

(h) Restricted Payments . Except for the Subordinated Loans, the Seller shall not enter into any borrowing or lending transaction with any other Person. The Seller shall not at any time (i) advance credit to any Person or (ii) declare any dividends, repurchase any Stock, return any capital, make any other payment or distribution of cash or other property or assets in respect of the Seller’s Stock or make a repayment with respect to the Subordinated Loans if, after giving effect to any such advance or distribution, a Purchase Excess would exist or a Termination Event would otherwise result therefrom.

 

(i) Indebtedness . The Seller shall not create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Debt of the Seller, except (i) Debt of the Seller to any Affected Party, Purchaser Indemnified Person, the Servicer or any other Person expressly permitted by this Agreement or any other Related Document, (ii) deferred taxes, (iii) unfunded pension fund and other employee benefit plan obligations and liabilities to the extent they are permitted to remain unfunded under

 

19


applicable law, and (iv) indorser liability in connection with the indorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business.

 

(j) Prohibited Transactions . The Seller shall not enter into, or be a party to, any transaction with any Person except as expressly permitted hereunder or under any other Related Document.

 

(k) Investments . Except as otherwise expressly permitted hereunder or under the other Related Documents, the Seller shall not make any investment in, or make or accrue loans or advances of money to, any Person, including any Stockholder, director, officer or employee of the Seller or any Subsidiary of any Originator, through the direct or indirect lending of money, holding of securities or otherwise, except with respect to Transferred Receivables and Permitted Investments.

 

(l) Commingling . The Seller shall not deposit or permit the deposit of any funds that do not constitute Collections of Transferred Receivables into any Lockbox Account.

 

(m) ERISA . The Seller shall not, and shall not cause or permit any of its ERISA Affiliates to, cause or permit to occur an event that could result in the imposition of a Lien under Section 412 of the IRC or Section 302 or 4068 of ERISA.

 

ARTICLE VI

COLLECTIONS AND DISBURSEMENTS

 

SECTION 6.01. Establishment of Deposit Accounts .

 

(a) The Lockbox Accounts .

 

(i) The Seller has established with each Lockbox Bank one or more Lockbox Accounts. The Seller agrees that the Administrative Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control of each Lockbox Account and all monies, instruments and other property from time to time on deposit therein. The Seller shall not make or cause to be made, or have any ability to make or cause to be made, any withdrawals from any Lockbox Account except as provided in Section 6.01(b)(ii) .

 

(ii) The Seller and the Servicer have instructed all existing Obligors of Transferred Receivables, and shall instruct all future Obligors of Transferred Receivables, to make payments in respect thereof only (A) by check or money order mailed to one or more lockboxes or post office boxes under the control of the Administrative Agent (each a “ Lockbox ” and collectively the “ Lockboxes ”) or (B) by wire transfer or moneygram directly to a Lockbox Account. Schedule 4.01(r) lists all Lockboxes and all Lockbox Banks at which the Seller maintains Lockbox Accounts as of the Closing Date, and such schedule correctly identifies (1) with respect to each such Lockbox Bank, the name, address and telephone number thereof, (2) with respect to each Lockbox Account, the name in which such account is held and the complete account number therefor, and (3) with respect to each Lockbox, the lockbox number and address thereof. The Seller and the Servicer shall endorse, to the extent necessary, all checks or other instruments received in any Lockbox so that the same can be deposited in the

 

20


Lockbox Account, in the form so received (with all necessary endorsements), on the first Business Day after the date of receipt thereof. In addition, each of the Seller and the Servicer shall deposit or cause to be deposited into a Lockbox Account all cash, checks, money orders or other proceeds of Transferred Receivables or Seller Collateral received by it other than in a Lockbox or a Lockbox Account, in the form so received (with all necessary endorsements), not later than the close of business on the first Business Day following the date of receipt thereof, and until so deposited all such items or other proceeds shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent. Neither the Seller nor the Servicer shall make any deposits into a Lockbox or any Lockbox Account except in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or any other Related Document.

 

(iii) If, for any reason, a Lockbox Agreement terminates or any Lockbox Bank fails to comply with its obligations under the Lockbox Agreement to which it is a party, then the Seller shall promptly notify all Obligors of Transferred Receivables who had previously been instructed to make wire payments to a Lockbox Account maintained at any such Lockbox Bank to make all future payments to a new Lockbox Account in accordance with this Section 6.01(a)(iii) . The Seller shall not close any such Lockbox Account unless it shall have (A) received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, (B) established a new account with the same Lockbox Bank or with a new depositary institution satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (C) entered into an agreement covering such new account with such Lockbox Bank or with such new depositary institution substantially in the form of such Lockbox Agreement or that is satisfactory in all respects to the Administrative Agent (whereupon, for all purposes of this Agreement and the other Related Documents, such new account shall become a Lockbox Account, such new agreement shall become a Lockbox Agreement and any new depositary institution shall become a Lockbox Bank), and (D) taken all such action as the Administrative Agent shall require to grant and perfect a first priority Lien in such new Lockbox Account to the Administrative Agent under Section 8.01 of this Agreement. Except as permitted by this Section 6.01(a) , neither the Seller nor the Servicer shall open any new Lockbox or Lockbox Account without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent.

 

(b) Collection Account .

 

(i) The Purchasers have established and shall maintain the Collection Account with the Depositary. The Seller and the Purchasers agree that the Administrative Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control of the Collection Account and all monies, instruments and other property from time to time on deposit therein.

 

(ii) Pursuant to Section 6.02 , the Seller shall instruct each Lockbox Bank to transfer, and the Seller hereby grants the Administrative Agent the authority to instruct each such Lockbox Bank to transfer, on each Business Day in same day funds, all available funds in each Lockbox Account to the Collection Account. The Purchasers and the Administrative Agent may deposit into the Collection Account from time to time all monies, instruments and other property received by any of them as proceeds of the Transferred Receivables. On each Business Day prior to the Facility Termination Date the Administrative Agent shall instruct and cause the Depositary (which instruction may

 

21


be in writing or by telephone confirmed promptly thereafter in writing) to release funds on deposit in the Collection Account in the order of priority set forth in Section 6.03 . On each Business Day from and after the Facility Termination Date the Administrative Agent shall apply all amounts when received in the Collection Account in the order of priority set forth in Section 6.05 .

 

(iii) If, for any reason, the Depositary wishes to resign as depositary of the Collection Account or fails to carry out the instructions of the Administrative Agent, then the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Purchasers. Neither the Purchasers nor the Administrative Agent shall close the Collection Account unless the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent have (A) established a new deposit account with the Depositary or a new depositary institution, (B) entered into an agreement covering such new account with such new depositary institution satisfactory in all respects to the Administrative Agent (whereupon such new account shall become the Collection Account for all purposes of this Agreement and the other Related Documents), and (C) taken all such action as the Administrative Agent shall require to grant and perfect a first priority Lien in such new Collection Account to the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Purchasers and to the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Conduit Purchaser under the Collateral Agent Agreement.

 

(c) Retention Account . The Administrative Agent has established and shall maintain the Retention Account with the Depositary. The Seller and the Purchasers agree that the Administrative Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control of the Retention Account and all monies, instruments and other property from time to time on deposit therein.

 

(d) Collateral Account . The Administrative Agent has established and shall maintain the Collateral Account with the Depositary. The Seller and the Purchasers agree that the Administrative Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control of the Collateral Account and all monies, instruments and other property from time to time on deposit therein.

 

SECTION 6.02. Funding of Collection Account .

 

(a) As soon as practicable, and in any event no later than 10:00 a.m. (New York time) on each Business Day:

 

(i) the Administrative Agent shall transfer or cause to be transferred all Collections deposited in any Lockbox Account prior to such Business Day to the Collection Account;

 

(ii) the Applicable Purchaser or the Administrative Agent shall deposit in the Collection Account the amount, if any, required pursuant to Section 2.04(b)(i) ;

 

(iii) the Applicable Purchaser or the Administrative Agent shall deposit in the Collection Account any Seller LOC Draws made on such Business Day;

 

(iv) if, on the immediately preceding Business Day, the Administrative Agent shall have notified the Seller of any Purchase Excess, then the Seller shall deposit cash in the amount of such Purchase Excess in the Collection Account;

 

22


(v) if on such Business Day the Seller is required to make other payments under this Agreement not previously retained out of Collections (including Additional Amounts and Indemnified Amounts not previously paid), then the Seller shall deposit an amount equal to such payments in the Collection Account;

 

(vi) if, on the immediately preceding Business Day, an Originator made a capital contribution or repurchased a Transferred Receivable pursuant to Section 4.04 of the applicable Transfer Agreement, or made a payment as a result of any Dilution Factors pursuant to Section 4.02(o) of such Transfer Agreement, then the Seller shall deposit cash in the amount so received from such Originator for such contribution, repurchase or payment in the Collection Account;

 

(vii) the Servicer shall deposit in the Collection Account the Outstanding Balance of any Transferred Receivable it elects to pay pursuant to Section 7.04 and Section 8.06(d) ; and

 

(viii) the Seller shall deposit in the Collection Account the Outstanding Balance of any Transferred Receivable the Seller elects to pay pursuant to Section 8.06(d) .

 

(b) If, on or before the second Business Day immediately preceding any Settlement Date, the Administrative Agent shall have notified the Seller of any Retention Account Deficiency pursuant to Section 6.04(b) , then the Seller shall deposit cash in the amount of such deficiency in the Collection Account no later than 10:00 a.m. (New York time) on such Settlement Date.

 

(c) From and after the Facility Termination Date, the Administrative Agent shall transfer all amounts on deposit in the Retention Account as of that date to the Collection Account.

 

SECTION 6.03. Daily Disbursements From the Collection Account and Related Sub-Accounts; Revolving Period . On each Business Day during the Revolving Period, and following the transfers made pursuant to Section 6.02 , the Administrative Agent shall disburse all amounts then on deposit in the Collection Account and its related subaccounts in the following priority:

 

(a) with respect to amounts on deposit in the Collection Account:

 

(i) to the Retention Account for the account of the Purchasers, the amount of any Retention Account Deficiency deposited pursuant to Section 6.02(b) ;

 

(ii) to the Deferred Purchase Price Sub-Account, the amount of all Deferred Purchase Price Collections;

 

(iii) to the Capital Investment Sub-Account, the balance of any amounts remaining after making the foregoing disbursements;

 

(b) with respect to amounts on deposit in the Deferred Purchase Price Sub-Account after making the transfers required by Section 6.03(a) :

 

23


(i) to the Retention Account for the account of the Purchasers, an amount equal to the sum of

 

(A) Daily Yield;

 

(B) the Yield Shortfall as of the immediately preceding Business Day;

 

(C) the Servicing Fee;

 

(D) the Servicing Fee Shortfall as of the immediately preceding Business Day;

 

(E) the Unused Facility Fee; and

 

(F) the Unused Facility Fee Shortfall as of the immediately preceding Business Day;

 

(ii) to the Capital Investment Sub-Account, an amount equal to the Dilution Funded Amount;

 

(iii) if the Deferred Purchase Price Adjustment is less than zero, then to the Capital Investment Sub-Account an amount equal to the absolute value of the Deferred Purchase Price Adjustment;

 

(iv) to the SFC Account, in partial payment of the Deferred Purchase Price, the balance of any amounts remaining after making the foregoing disbursements; and

 

(c) with respect to amounts on deposit in the Capital Investment Sub-Account after making the transfers required by Section 6.03(a) :

 

(i) to the Retention Account for the account of the Purchasers, an amount equal to the sum of any Yield Shortfall, any Servicing Fee Shortfall and any Unused Facility Fee Shortfall following the transfer made pursuant to Section 6.03(b)(i) ;

 

(ii) to the Collateral Account for the account of the Purchasers (or, in the case of Indemnified Amounts or Additional Amounts for the account of the applicable Purchaser Indemnified Person or Affected Party, respectively), an amount equal to the deposits made in the Collection Account pursuant to Section 6.02(a)(v) and not otherwise disbursed pursuant to Section 6.03(a)(i) ;

 

(iii) to the Collateral Account for the account of the Purchasers, an amount equal to any Purchase Excess;

 

(iv) if the Deferred Purchase Price Adjustment is greater than zero, then to the Seller an amount equal to the Deferred Purchase Price Adjustment as partial payment of the Deferred Purchase Price; and

 

24


(v) the balance of any amounts remaining after making the foregoing disbursements, at the Seller’s option, (A) to the SFC Account as payment of the Cash Purchase Price for Purchases made on such day or (B) if, pursuant to a Repayment Notice, the Seller has requested to reduce the Capital Investment of the Purchasers, then to the Collateral Account for the account of the Purchasers, the lesser of (1) the amount of such requested reduction of Capital Investment and (2) such balance.

 

SECTION 6.04. Disbursements From the Retention Account; Settlement Date Procedures; Revolving Period .

 

(a) On each Settlement Date during the Revolving Period, the amounts on deposit in the Retention Account shall be disbursed or retained by the Administrative Agent in the following priority:

 

(i) to the Collateral Account for the account of the Purchasers (or, if applicable, any Purchaser Indemnified Person), an amount equal to:

 

(A) the accrued and unpaid Daily Yield as of the end of the immediately preceding Settlement Period;

 

(B) the accrued and unpaid Unused Facility Fee as of the end of the immediately preceding Settlement Period;

 

(C) all Additional Amounts incurred and payable to any Affected Party as of the end of the immediately preceding Settlement Period;

 

(D) all other amounts accrued and payable under this Agreement (including Indemnified Amounts incurred and payable to any Purchaser Indemnified Person) as of the end of the immediately preceding Settlement Period to the extent not already transferred pursuant to Section 6.03(c)(ii) ; and

 

(E) if a Purchase Excess exists on such date, an amount equal to such excess;

 

(ii) to the Servicer on behalf of the Seller, an amount equal to its accrued and unpaid Servicing Fee as of the end of the immediately preceding Settlement Period;

 

(iii) retained in the Retention Account, an amount equal to the Accrued Monthly Yield, Accrued Unused Facility Fee and Accrued Servicing Fee as of such date; and

 

(iv) the balance remaining after retaining or disbursing the foregoing amounts to the SFC Account.

 

(b) No later than the second Business Day immediately preceding each Settlement Date, the Administrative Agent shall determine and notify the Seller of any Retention Account

 

25


Deficiency for the preceding Settlement Period, and the Seller shall deposit cash in the amount of such Retention Account Deficiency to the Collection Account pursuant to Section 6.02(b) .

 

SECTION 6.05. Liquidation Settlement Procedures . On each Business Day from and after the Facility Termination Date until the Termination Date, the Administrative Agent shall:

 

(a) as soon as practicable, transfer all amounts then on deposit in the Retention Account to the Collection Account;

 

(b) transfer all amounts in the Collection Account (including amounts transferred from the Retention Account pursuant to Section 6.02(c) ) in the following priority:

 

(i) to the Deferred Purchase Price Sub-Account, an amount equal to all Deferred Purchase Price Collections; and

 

(ii) to the Capital Investment Sub-Account, the balance of any amounts remaining after making the foregoing disbursement;

 

(c) transfer all amounts in the Deferred Purchase Price Sub-Account (after making the transfers required by Section 6.05(b) ), in the following priority:

 

(i) if an Event of Servicer Termination has occurred and a Successor Servicer has assumed the responsibilities and obligations of the Servicer in accordance with Section 11.02 , then to the Successor Servicer an amount equal to its accrued and unpaid Successor Servicing Fees and Expenses;

 

(ii) if on such Business Day Capital Investment is being maintained through the issuance of Commercial Paper (to the extent such Capital Investment exceeds Liquidity Loans then outstanding), to the Collateral Account for the account of the Purchasers, an amount equal to accrued and unpaid Daily Yield through and including the date of maturity of the Commercial Paper maintaining such Capital Investment;

 

(iii) [reserved]

 

(iv) if Liquidity Loans are then outstanding, to the Liquidity Agent on behalf of the Liquidity Lenders, an amount equal to accrued and unpaid interest on the Liquidity Loans;

 

(v) to the Capital Investment Sub-Account:

 

(A) an amount equal to the Dilution Funded Amount; and

 

(B) if Liquidity Loans are then outstanding or if Capital Investment is being maintained through the issuance of Commercial Paper, the balance of any amounts remaining after making the disbursements set forth in Sections 6.05(c)(i)-(v)(A) ;

 

26


(vi) to the Letter of Credit Agent, if there are any outstanding Seller LOC Draws, an amount equal to accrued and unpaid interest on such outstanding Seller LOC Draws;

 

(vii) to the Collateral Account, an amount equal to (A) accrued and unpaid Daily Yield minus (B) the aggregate amounts paid pursuant to Sections 6.05(c)(ii) , (iii) , (iv) and (vi) ;

 

(viii) to the Administrative Agent, an amount equal to accrued and unpaid Unused Facility Fees;

 

(ix) if an Event of Servicer Termination shall not have occurred, to the Servicer in an amount equal to its accrued and unpaid Servicing Fee; and

 

(x) upon payment in full of all amounts set forth in Sections 6.05(d)(i) through (d)(vi) below, the balance of any amounts remaining to the SFC Account as partial payment of the Deferred Purchase Price; and

 

(d) transfer all amounts in the Capital Investment Sub-Account, in the following priority:

 

(i) to the Collateral Account for the account of the Purchasers, an amount equal to:

 

(A) if on such Business Day Capital Investment is being maintained through the issuance of Commercial Paper (to the extent such Capital Investment exceeds Liquidity Loans then outstanding), accrued and unpaid Daily Yield through and including such date to the extent not paid under Sections 6.05(c)(ii) and 6.05(c)(vii); and

 

(B) if on such Business Day Capital Investment is being maintained through the issuance of Commercial Paper (to the extent such Capital Investment exceeds Liquidity Loans then outstanding), the principal of all Capital Investment in excess of such Liquidity Loans;

 

(ii) [reserved]

 

(iii) if Liquidity Loans are then outstanding, to the Liquidity Agent on behalf of the Liquidity Lenders, an amount equal to:

 

(A) accrued and unpaid interest on the Liquidity Loans to the extent not paid under Section 6.05(c)(iv) ;

 

(B) the principal of outstanding Liquidity Loans; and

 

(C) any other unpaid amounts (other than Additional Amounts and Indemnified Amounts), including any fees, owing to the Liquidity Agent or

 

27


Liquidity Lenders in connection with the Liquidity Loans;

 

(iv) to the Collateral Account for the account of the Purchasers, an amount equal to:

 

(A) all accrued and unpaid Unused Facility Fees;

 

(B) all Additional Amounts incurred and payable to any Affected Party; and

 

(C) all Indemnified Amounts incurred and payable to any Purchaser Indemnified Person;

 

(v) to the Letter of Credit Agent, if there are any outstanding Seller LOC Draws, an amount equal to:

 

(A) accrued and unpaid interest on such outstanding Seller LOC Draws to the extent not paid pursuant to Section 6.05(c)(vi) ;

 

(B) the principal of such outstanding Seller LOC Draws; and

 

(C) any other amounts, including fees, owing to the Letter of Credit Agent in connection with such outstanding Seller LOC Draws;

 

(vi) to the Collateral Account, an amount equal to (A) accrued and unpaid Daily Yield, minus (B) the aggregate amounts paid pursuant to Sections 6.05(c)(ii) , 6.05(c)(iii) , 6.05(c)(iv) , 6.05(c)(vi) , 6.05(c)(vii) , 6.05(d)(i)(A) , 6.05(d)(ii)(A) , 6.05(d)(iii)(A) and 6.05(d)(v)(A) ;

 

(vii) If an Event of Servicer Termination shall not have occurred, to the Servicer in an amount equal to its accrued and unpaid Servicing Fee; and

 

(viii) to the SFC Account, the balance of any funds remaining after payment in full of all amounts set forth in Sections 6.05(d)(i)-(d)(vii) .

 

SECTION 6.06. Investment of Funds in Accounts . To the extent uninvested amounts are on deposit in the Collateral Account or the Retention Account on any given day during the Revolving Period, the Administrative Agent shall invest all such amounts in Permitted Investments selected by the Administrative Agent that mature no later than (a) the immediately succeeding Business Day, in the case of the Collateral Account, and (b) the immediately succeeding Settlement Date, in the case of the Retention Account. From and after the Facility Termination Date, any investment of such amounts shall be solely at the discretion of the Administrative Agent, subject to the restrictions described above.

 

SECTION 6.07. Termination Procedures .

 

28


(a) On the earlier of (i) the first Business Day after the Facility Termination Date on which the Capital Investment has been reduced to zero or (ii) the Final Purchase Date, if the obligations to be paid pursuant to Section 6.05 have not been paid in full, the Seller shall immediately deposit in the Collection Account an amount sufficient to make such payments in full.

 

(b) On the Termination Date, all amounts on deposit in the Collection Account and the Retention Account shall be disbursed to the Seller and all ownership interests or Liens of the Purchasers in and to all Transferred Receivables and all Liens of the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent in and to the Seller Collateral shall be released by the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent.

 

ARTICLE VII

SERVICER PROVISIONS

 

SECTION 7.01. Appointment of the Servicer . Each of the Conduit Purchaser and the Committed Purchaser hereby appoints the Servicer as its agent, and the Seller hereby acknowledges such appointment, to service the Transferred Receivables and enforce its rights and interests in and under each Transferred Receivable and Contract therefor and to serve in such capacity until the termination of its responsibilities pursuant to Sections 9.02 or 11.01 . In connection therewith, the Servicer hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to perform the duties and obligations set forth herein. The Servicer may, with the prior written consent of each Purchaser and the Administrative Agent, subcontract with a Sub-Servicer for the collection, servicing or administration of the Transferred Receivables; provided , that (a) the Servicer shall remain liable for the performance of the duties and obligations of the Sub-Servicer pursuant to the terms hereof and (b) any Sub-Servicing Agreement that may be entered into and any other transactions or services relating to the Transferred Receivables involving a Sub-Servicer shall be deemed to be between the Sub-Servicer and the Servicer alone, and the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent shall not be deemed parties thereto and shall have no obligations, duties or liabilities with respect to the Sub-Servicer.

 

SECTION 7.02. Duties and Responsibilities of the Servicer . Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Servicer shall conduct the servicing, administration and collection of the Transferred Receivables and shall take, or cause to be taken, all actions that (i) may be necessary or advisable to service, administer and collect each Transferred Receivable from time to time, (ii) the Servicer would take if the Transferred Receivables were owned by the Servicer, and (iii) are consistent with industry practice for the servicing of such Transferred Receivables.

 

SECTION 7.03. Collections on Receivables .

 

(a) In the event that the Servicer is unable to determine the specific Transferred Receivables on which Collections have been received from the Obligor thereunder, the parties agree for purposes of this Agreement only that such Collections shall be deemed to have been received on such Receivables in the order in which they were originated with respect to such Obligor. In the event that the Servicer is unable to determine the specific Transferred Receivables on which discounts, offsets or other non-cash reductions have been granted or made with respect to the Obligor thereunder, the parties agree for purposes of this Agreement only that such reductions shall be deemed to have been granted or made on such Receivables (i) prior to

 

29


the occurrence of a Termination Event, as determined by the Servicer and (ii) from and after the occurrence of a Termination Event, in the reverse order in which they were originated with respect to such Obligor.

 

(b) If the Servicer determines that amounts unrelated to the Transferred Receivables (the “ Unrelated Amounts ”) have been deposited in the Collection Account, then the Servicer shall provide written evidence thereof to the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent no later than the first Business Day following the day on which the Servicer had actual knowledge thereof, which evidence shall be provided in writing and shall be otherwise satisfactory to each such Affected Party. Upon receipt of any such notice, the Administrative Agent shall segregate the Unrelated Amounts and the same shall not be deemed to constitute Collections on Transferred Receivables and shall not be subject to the provisions of Article VI .

 

SECTION 7.04. Authorization of the Servicer . Each of the Conduit Purchaser and the Committed Purchaser hereby authorizes the Servicer, and the Seller hereby acknowledges such authorization, to take any and all reasonable steps in its name and on its behalf necessary or desirable and not inconsistent with the ownership of the Transferred Receivables purchased by the Purchasers hereunder and the pledge of the Conduit Purchaser’s Transferred Receivables by the Conduit Purchaser to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Collateral Agent Agreement, in the determination of the Servicer, to (a) collect all amounts due under any Transferred Receivable, including endorsing its name on checks and other instruments representing Collections on such Transferred Receivable, and execute and deliver any and all instruments of satisfaction or cancellation or of partial or full release or discharge and all other comparable instruments with respect to any such Transferred Receivable and (b) after any Transferred Receivable becomes a Delinquent Receivable and to the extent permitted under and in compliance with applicable law and regulations, commence proceedings with respect to the enforcement of payment of any such Transferred Receivable and the Contract therefor and adjust, settle or compromise any payments due thereunder, in each case to the same extent as the applicable Originator could have done if it had continued to own such Transferred Receivable. Each Originator, the Seller, the Administrative Agent and each Purchaser shall furnish the Servicer with any powers of attorney and other documents necessary or appropriate to enable the Servicer to carry out its servicing and administrative duties hereunder, and shall cooperate with the Servicer to the fullest extent to collect the Transferred Receivables and to assist the Servicer in the discharge of its duties hereunder and under the other Related Documents. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent shall have the absolute and unlimited right to direct the Servicer (whether the Servicer is an Originator or otherwise) to commence or settle any legal action to enforce collection of any Transferred Receivable or to foreclose upon, repossess or take any other action that the Administrative Agent deems necessary or advisable with respect thereto; provided , that in lieu of commencing any such action or taking other enforcement action, the Servicer may, at its option, elect to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Applicable Purchaser the Outstanding Balance of such Transferred Receivable. In no event shall the Servicer be entitled to make any Affected Party a party to any Litigation without such Affected Party’s express prior written consent, or to make the Seller a party to any Litigation without the Administrative Agent’s consent.

 

SECTION 7.05. Servicing Fees . As compensation for its servicing activities and as reimbursement for its reasonable expenses in connection therewith, the Servicer shall be entitled to receive the Servicing Fees in accordance with Sections 6.04 and 6.05 . The Servicer shall be

 

30


required to pay for all expenses incurred by it in connection with its activities hereunder (including any payments to accountants, counsel or any other Person) and shall not be entitled to any payment therefor other than the Servicing Fees.

 

SECTION 7.06. Covenants of the Servicer . The Servicer covenants and agrees that from and after the Closing Date and until the Termination Date:

 

(a) Ownership of Transferred Receivables . The Servicer shall identify the Transferred Receivables clearly and unambiguously in its Servicing Records to reflect that such Transferred Receivables have been sold or contributed to the Seller and, following the Purchase thereof under this Agreement, are owned by the Purchasers.

 

(b) Compliance with Credit and Collection Policies . The Servicer shall comply in all respects with the Credit and Collection Policies with respect to each Transferred Receivable and the Contract therefor.

 

(c) Covenants in Other Related Documents . The Servicer shall perform, keep and observe all covenants applicable to it in its capacity as an Originator under the applicable Transfer Agreement and the other Related Documents (including those covenants set forth in Sections 4.02 and 4.03 of such Transfer Agreement) and the Servicer hereby agrees to be bound by such covenants in its capacity as the Servicer hereunder for the benefit of the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent as if the same were set forth in full herein.

 

SECTION 7.07. Reporting Requirements of the Servicer . The Servicer hereby agrees that, from and after the Closing Date and until the Termination Date, it shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent the financial statements, notices, Projections and other information at the times, to the Persons and in the manner set forth in Annex 7.07 (except if the Servicer is an Originator, in which case the Servicer shall not be required to furnish the information required in paragraphs (a) and (b) therein).

 

ARTICLE VIII

GRANT OF SECURITY INTERESTS

 

SECTION 8.01. Seller’s Grant of Security Interest . The parties hereto intend that each Purchase of Transferred Receivables to be made hereunder shall constitute a purchase and sale of such Transferred Receivables and not a loan. If, however, a court of competent jurisdiction determines that any transaction provided for herein constitutes a loan and not a purchase and sale, then the parties hereto intend that this Agreement shall constitute a security agreement under applicable law. In such regard and, in any event, to secure the prompt and complete payment, performance and observance of all Seller Secured Obligations, and to induce the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent to enter into this Agreement and perform the obligations required to be performed by them hereunder in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof, the Seller hereby grants, assigns, conveys, pledges, hypothecates and transfers to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of itself and the Purchasers a Lien upon and security interest in all of its right, title and interest in, to and under the following property, whether now owned by or owing to, or hereafter acquired by or arising in favor of, the Seller (including under any trade names, styles or derivations of the Seller), and regardless of where located (all of which being hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Seller Collateral ”):

 

31


(a) all Transferred Receivables, Contracts therefor and Collections thereon;

 

(b) this Agreement, the Transfer Agreements, the Subordinated Note, all Lockbox Agreements and all other Related Documents now or hereafter in effect relating to the purchase, servicing or processing of Transferred Receivables (collectively, the “ Seller Assigned Agreements ”), including (i) all rights of the Seller to receive moneys due and to become due thereunder or pursuant thereto, (ii) all rights of the Seller to receive proceeds of any insurance, indemnity, warranty or guaranty with respect thereto, (iii) all claims of the Seller for damages or breach with respect thereto or for default thereunder and (iv) the right of the Seller to amend, waive or terminate the same and to perform and to compel performance and otherwise exercise all remedies thereunder;

 

(c) all of the following (collectively, the “ Seller Deposit Account Collateral ”):

 

(i) the Lockbox Accounts, the Lockboxes and all funds on deposit therein and all certificates and instruments, if any, from time to time representing or evidencing the Lockbox Accounts, the Lockboxes or such funds,

 

(ii) the Collection Account, the Retention Account and all funds on deposit therein and all certificates and instruments, if any, from time to time representing or evidencing the Collection Account, the Retention Account or such funds,

 

(iii) all Investments from time to time of amounts in the Collection Account and the Retention Account, and all certificates, instruments and investment property, if any, from time to time representing or evidencing such Investments,

 

(iv) all notes, certificates of deposit and other instruments from time to time delivered to or otherwise possessed by the Purchasers or any assignee or agent on behalf of the Purchasers in substitution for or in addition to any of the then existing Seller Deposit Account Collateral, and

 

(v) all interest, dividends, cash, instruments, investment property and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed with respect to or in exchange for any and all of the then existing Seller Deposit Account Collateral;

 

(d) all other property that may from time to time hereafter be granted and pledged by the Seller or by any Person on its behalf under this Agreement, including any deposit with the Purchasers or the Administrative Agent of additional funds by the Seller; and

 

(e) to the extent not otherwise included, all proceeds and products of the foregoing and all accessions to, substitutions and replacements for, and profits of, each of the foregoing Seller Collateral (including proceeds that constitute property of the types described in Sections 8.01(a) through (d) ).

 

SECTION 8.02. Seller’s Certification . The Seller hereby certifies that (a) the benefits of the representations, warranties and covenants of the Originators made to the Seller under the Transfer Agreements have been assigned by the Seller to the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Purchasers hereunder; (b) the rights of the Seller under a Transfer Agreement to require a

 

32


capital contribution or payment of a Rejected Amount from an Originator may be enforced by the Administrative Agent; and (c) each Transfer Agreement provides that the representations, warranties and covenants described in Sections 4.01 and 4.02 and 4.03 thereof, the indemnification and payment provisions of Article V thereof and the provisions of Sections 4.03(j), 8.03 and 8.14 thereof shall survive the sale of the Transferred Receivables and the termination of such Transfer Agreement and this Agreement. The Seller hereby acknowledges that the Conduit Purchaser has assigned to the Collateral Agent under the Collateral Agent Agreement the benefits of the representations, warranties and covenants certified in this Section 8.02 to have been assigned to the Conduit Purchaser.

 

SECTION 8.03. Consent to Assignment . Each of the Seller and the Servicer acknowledges and consents to the grant by the Conduit Purchaser to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Collateral Agent Agreement of a Lien upon all of the Conduit Purchaser’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Seller Collateral and acknowledges the rights of the Collateral Agent thereunder and the covenants made by the Conduit Purchaser in favor of the Collateral Agent set forth therein, and further acknowledges and consents that, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Incipient Termination Event or a Termination Event prior to a Committed Purchaser Funding Event, the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to enforce the provisions of the Seller Assigned Agreements and shall be entitled to all the rights and remedies of the Conduit Purchaser thereunder. In addition, each of the Seller and the Servicer hereby authorizes the Collateral Agent to rely on the representations and warranties made by it in the Seller Assigned Agreements to which it is a party and in any other certificates or documents furnished by it to any party in connection therewith. Nothing in this Section 8.03 shall be deemed to impose any obligation on the Seller or the Servicer to comply with any term or provision of the Collateral Agent Agreement other than to recognize the rights of the Collateral Agent set forth herein.

 

SECTION 8.04. Delivery of Collateral . All certificates or instruments representing or evidencing the Seller Collateral shall be delivered to and held by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent and shall be in suitable form for transfer by delivery or shall be accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment in blank, all in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall have the right, at any time in its discretion following the occurrence and during the continuation of a Termination Event and without notice to the Seller, to transfer to or to register in the name of the Administrative Agent or its nominee any or all of the Seller Collateral. In addition, the Administrative Agent shall have the right at any time to exchange certificates or instruments representing or evidencing Seller Collateral for certificates or instruments of smaller or larger denominations.

 

SECTION 8.05. Seller Remains Liable . It is expressly agreed by the Seller that, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Seller shall remain liable under any and all of the Transferred Receivables, the Contracts therefor, the Seller Assigned Agreements and any other agreements constituting the Seller Collateral to which it is a party to observe and perform all the conditions and obligations to be observed and performed by it thereunder. The Purchasers and the Administrative Agent and the other Conduit Purchaser Secured Parties shall not have any obligation or liability under any such Receivables, Contracts or agreements by reason of or arising out of this Agreement or the Collateral Agent Agreement or the granting herein or therein of a Lien thereon or the receipt by the Administrative Agent, the Purchasers, the Collateral Agent

 

33


or any Conduit Purchaser Secured Party of any payment relating thereto pursuant hereto or thereto. The exercise by any Purchaser or the Administrative Agent of any of its respective rights under this Agreement shall not release the Originators, the Seller or the Servicer from any of their respective duties or obligations under any such Receivables, Contracts or agreements. None of the Purchasers, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any of the Conduit Purchaser Secured Parties shall be required or obligated in any manner to perform or fulfill any of the obligations of the Originators, the Seller or the Servicer under or pursuant to any such Receivable, Contract or agreement, or to make any payment, or to make any inquiry as to the nature or the sufficiency of any payment received by it or the sufficiency of any performance by any party under any such Receivable, Contract or agreement, or to present or file any claims, or to take any action to collect or enforce any performance or the payment of any amounts that may have been assigned to it or to which it may be entitled at any time or times.

 

SECTION 8.06. Covenants of the Seller and the Servicer Regarding the Seller Collateral .

 

(a) Offices and Records . The Seller shall maintain its principal place of business and chief executive office and the office at which it stores its Records at the respective locations specified in Schedule 4.01(b) or, upon 30 days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, at such other location in a jurisdiction where all action requested by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 14.15 shall have been taken with respect to the Seller Collateral. Each of the Seller and the Servicer shall, at its own cost and expense, maintain adequate and complete records of the Transferred Receivables and the Seller Collateral, including records of any and all payments received, credits granted and merchandise returned with respect thereto and all other dealings therewith. Each of the Seller and the Servicer shall mark conspicuously with a legend, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, its books and records, computer tapes, computer disks and credit files pertaining to the Seller Collateral, and its file cabinets or other storage facilities where it maintains information pertaining thereto, to evidence this Agreement and the assignment and Liens granted pursuant to this Article VIII . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of a Termination Event, the Seller and Servicer shall deliver and turn over such books and records to the Administrative Agent or its representatives at any time on demand of the Administrative Agent. Prior to the occurrence of a Termination Event and upon notice from the Administrative Agent, the Seller and the Servicer shall permit any representative of the Administrative Agent to inspect such books and records and shall provide photocopies thereof to the Administrative Agent as more specifically set forth in Section 8.06(b) .

 

(b) Access . Each of the Seller and the Servicer shall, during normal business hours, from time to time upon one Business Day’s prior notice as frequently as the Administrative Agent determines to be appropriate: (i) provide the Purchasers, the Administrative Agent and any of their respective officers, employees and agents access to its properties (including properties utilized in connection with the collection, processing or servicing of the Transferred Receivables), facilities, advisors and employees (including officers) and to the Seller Collateral, (ii) permit the Purchasers, the Administrative Agent and any of their respective officers, employees and agents to inspect, audit and make extracts from its books and records, including all Records, (iii) permit the Purchasers, the Administrative Agent and their respective officers, employees and agents to inspect, review and evaluate the Transferred Receivables and the Seller Collateral and (iv) permit the Purchasers, the Administrative Agent and their respective officers, employees and agents to discuss matters relating to the Transferred Receivables or its

 

34


performance under this Agreement or the other Related Documents or its affairs, finances and accounts with any of its officers, directors, employees, representatives or agents (in each case, with those persons having knowledge of such matters) and with its independent certified public accountants. In respect thereof, the Seller and the Servicer jointly and severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent an annual audit fee as set forth in the Fee Letter. If (A) an Incipient Termination Event or a Termination Event shall have occurred and be continuing or (B) the Administrative Agent, in good faith, believes that an Incipient Termination Event or a Termination Event is imminent or deems any Purchaser’s rights or interests in the Transferred Receivables, the Seller Assigned Agreements or any other Seller Collateral insecure, then each of the Seller and the Servicer shall, at its own expense, provide such access at all times and without advance notice and provide the Purchasers or the Administrative Agent with access to its suppliers and customers. Each of the Seller and the Servicer shall make available to the Administrative Agent and its respective counsel, as quickly as is possible under the circumstances, originals or copies of all books and records, including Records, that the Administrative Agent may request. Each of the Seller and the Servicer shall deliver any document or instrument necessary for the Administrative Agent, as the Administrative Agent may from time to time request, to obtain records from any service bureau or other Person that maintains records for the Seller or the Servicer, and shall maintain duplicate records or supporting documentation on media, including computer tapes and discs owned by the Seller or the Servicer.

 

(c) Communication with Accountants . Each of the Seller and the Servicer authorizes the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent to communicate directly with its independent certified public accountants and authorizes and shall instruct those accountants and advisors to disclose and make available to the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent any and all financial statements and other supporting financial documents, schedules and information relating to the Seller or the Servicer (including copies of any issued management letters) with respect to its business, financial condition and other affairs.

 

(d) Collection of Transferred Receivables . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 8.06(d) , the Servicer shall continue to collect or cause to be collected, at its sole cost and expense, all amounts due or to become due to the Seller under the Transferred Receivables, the Seller Assigned Agreements and any other Seller Collateral. In connection therewith, the Seller and the Servicer shall each take such action as it, and from and after the occurrence and during the continuance of a Termination Event, the Administrative Agent, may deem necessary or desirable to enforce collection of the Transferred Receivables, the Seller Assigned Agreements and the other Seller Collateral; provided , that the Seller or the Servicer may, rather than commencing any such action or taking any other enforcement action, at its option, elect to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Applicable Purchaser the Outstanding Balance of any such Transferred Receivable; provided further , that if (i) an Incipient Termination Event or a Termination Event shall have occurred and be continuing or (ii) the Administrative Agent, in good faith, believes that an Incipient Termination Event or a Termination Event is imminent or deems any Purchaser’s rights or interests in the Transferred Receivables, the Seller Assigned Agreements or any other Seller Collateral insecure, then the Administrative Agent may, without prior notice to the Seller or the Servicer, notify or cause the Servicer to notify any Obligor under any Transferred Receivable or obligors under the Seller Assigned Agreements of the assignment of such Transferred Receivables or Seller Assigned Agreements, as the case may be, to the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Purchasers hereunder and direct that payments of all

 

35


amounts due or to become due to the Seller thereunder be made directly to the Administrative Agent or any servicer, collection agent or lockbox or other account designated by the Administrative Agent and, upon such notification and at the sole cost and expense of the Seller and the Servicer, the Administrative Agent may enforce collection of any such Transferred Receivable or the Seller Assigned Agreements and adjust, settle or compromise the amount or payment thereof.

 

(e) Performance of Seller Assigned Agreements . Each of the Seller and the Servicer shall (i) perform and observe all the terms and provisions of the Seller Assigned Agreements to be performed or observed by it, maintain the Seller Assigned Agreements in full force and effect, enforce the Seller Assigned Agreements in accordance with their terms and take all action as may from time to time be requested by the Administrative Agent in order to accomplish the foregoing, and (ii) upon the request of and as directed by the Administrative Agent, make such demands and requests to any other party to the Seller Assigned Agreements as are permitted to be made by the Seller or the Servicer thereunder.

 

(f) Actions with Respect to Certain Receivables . Each of the Seller and the Servicer shall notify each Obligor with respect to a Transferred Receivable which does not constitute an account (within the meaning of any applicable UCC) of the sale of such Transferred Receivable by the applicable Originator to the Seller and by the Seller to the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Purchasers, and, without limiting the generality of Section 14.15 , shall take such other action as any Purchaser or the Administrative Agent may request in order to create and maintain the ownership interest granted in each such Transferred Receivable by the applicable Originator to the Seller and by the Seller to the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Purchasers. With respect to each Transferred Receivable which does not constitute an account and which is to be an Eligible Receivable, the Seller shall deliver to the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent, prior to the creation of such Transferred Receivable, an opinion of counsel, in form and substance and delivered by counsel acceptable to the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent, to the effect that all actions necessary under the law applicable to such Transferred Receivable to create and maintain an ownership interest therein in favor of the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Purchasers have been taken.

 

ARTICLE IX

TERMINATION EVENTS

 

SECTION 9.01. Termination Events . If any of the following events (each, a “ Termination Event ”) shall occur (regardless of the reason therefor):

 

(a) the Seller shall (i) fail to make any payment of any Seller Secured Obligation when due and payable and the same shall remain unremedied for one Business Day or more, or (ii) fail to deliver the Investment Base Certificate as required pursuant to Section 2.03 and such failure shall remain unremedied for two (2) Business Days or more, or (iii) fail or neglect to perform, keep or observe any other provision of this Agreement or the other Related Documents (other than any provision embodied in or covered by any other clause of this Section 9.01 ) and the same shall remain unremedied for five Business Days or more after written notice thereof shall have been given by the Administrative Agent to the Seller;

 

36


(b) a default or breach shall occur under any other agreement, document or instrument to which any Originator, the Seller or the Servicer is a party or by which any such Person or its property is bound that is not cured within any applicable grace period therefor, and such default or breach (i) involves the failure to make any payment when due in respect of any Debt (other than the Seller Secured Obligations) of any such Person which, except with respect to the Seller, is in excess of $10,000,000 in the aggregate, or (ii) causes, or permits any holder of such Debt or a trustee or agent to cause, Debt or a portion thereof which, except with respect to the Seller, is in excess of $10,000,000 in the aggregate, to become due prior to its stated maturity or prior to its regularly scheduled dates of payment, regardless of whether such default is waived, or such right is exercised, by such holder, trustee or agent;

 

(c) a case or proceeding shall have been commenced against any Originator, the Seller or the Servicer seeking a decree or order in respect of any such Person (i) under the Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable federal, state or foreign bankruptcy or other similar law, (ii) appointing a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee or sequestrator (or similar official) for any such Person or for any substantial part of such Person’s assets, or (iii) ordering the winding-up or liquidation of the affairs of any such Person;

 

(d) any Originator, the Seller or the Servicer shall (i) file a petition seeking relief under the Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable federal, state or foreign bankruptcy or other similar law, (ii) consent or fail to object in a timely and appropriate manner to the institution of proceedings thereunder or to the filing of any such petition or to the appointment of or taking possession by a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee or sequestrator (or similar official) for any such Person or for any substantial part of such Person’s assets, (iii) make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or (iv) take any corporate action in furtherance of any of the foregoing;

 

(e) any Originator, the Seller or the Servicer admits in writing its inability to, or is generally unable to, pay its Debts as such Debts become due;

 

(f) a final judgment or judgments for the payment of money in excess of $5,000,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding shall be rendered against any Originator, any domestic Subsidiary of any Originator or the Servicer and the same shall not, within 30 days after the entry thereof, have been discharged or execution thereof stayed or bonded pending appeal, or shall not have been discharged prior to the expiration of any such stay;

 

(g) one or more judgments or orders for the payment of money in excess of $2,500 in the aggregate at any time outstanding shall be rendered against the Seller;

 

(h) any information contained in any Investment Base Certificate or any representation or warranty of any Originator or the Seller herein or in any other Related Document or in any written statement, report, financial statement or certificate made or delivered by any Originator or the Seller to any Affected Party hereto or thereto is untrue or incorrect in any material respect as of the date when made or deemed made (it being understood that any misstatement or omission in an Investment Base Certificate which causes such Investment Base Certificate to indicate that a Purchase Excess does not exist at a time when a Purchase Excess does exist is material);

 

37


(i) any Governmental Authority (including the IRS or the PBGC) shall file notice of a Lien with regard to any assets of any Originator (other than a Lien (i) limited by its terms to assets other than Receivables and (ii) not materially adversely affecting the financial condition of such Originator or Synnex’s ability to perform as Servicer hereunder);

 

(j) any Governmental Authority (including the IRS or the PBGC) shall file notice of a Lien with regard to any of the assets of the Seller;

 

(k) the Administrative Agent shall have determined that any event or condition that has had or could reasonably be expected to have or result in a Material Adverse Effect has occurred;

 

(l) (i) a default or breach shall occur under any provision of Sections 4.02(o), 4.04, 5.01 or 7.14 of any Transfer Agreement and the same shall remain unremedied for one Business Day or more after the occurrence thereof, (ii) a default or breach shall occur under any other provision of any Transfer Agreement and the same shall remain unremedied for five Business Days or more after written notice thereof shall have been given by the Administrative Agent to the Seller or (iii) any Transfer Agreement shall for any reason cease to evidence the transfer to the Seller of the legal and equitable title to, and ownership of, the Transferred Receivables;

 

(m) except as otherwise expressly provided herein, any Lockbox Agreement or any Transfer Agreement shall have been modified, amended or terminated without the prior written consent of the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent;

 

(n) an Event of Servicer Termination shall have occurred;

 

(o) with respect to the Transferred Receivables, (A) prior to their Purchase hereunder, (1) the Seller shall cease to hold valid and properly perfected title to and sole record and beneficial ownership in such Transferred Receivables or (2) the Seller shall cease to hold a first priority, perfected Lien in such Transferred Receivables or (B) after their Purchase hereunder, (1) the Administrative Agent (on behalf of the Purchasers) shall cease to hold either (a) valid and properly perfected title to and sole record and beneficial ownership in such Transferred Receivables or (b) a first priority, perfected Lien in such Transferred Receivables or any of the Seller Collateral;

 

(p) a default or breach of any of the covenants set forth in Annex 5 shall have occurred;

 

(q) the Purchase Discount Rate shall be less than 50% for two consecutive Settlement Periods;

 

(r) the Seller shall amend its bylaws or its certificate or articles of incorporation without the express prior written consent of the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent;

 

(s) SFC shall have received an Election Notice pursuant to Section 2.01(d) of either Transfer Agreement; or

 

38


(t) (i) the Delinquency Ratio as of the last day of any Settlement Period shall be greater than 4.0%, (ii) the Default Ratio as of the last day of any Settlement Period shall be greater than 12.0%, (iii) the Dilution Ratio as of the last day of any Settlement Period shall be greater than 7.0% or (iv) the Receivable Collection Turnover as of the last day of any Settlement Period shall be greater than 50 days;

 

then, and in any such event, the Administrative Agent shall, at the request of, or may, with the consent of, the Purchasers or the Administrative Agent, by notice to the Seller, declare the Facility Termination Date to have occurred without demand, protest or further notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Seller; provided , that the Facility Termination Date shall automatically occur (i) upon the occurrence of any of the Termination Events described in Sections 9.01(c) , (d) , (e) , (o) , or (s) or (ii) four days after the occurrence of the Termination Event described in Section 9.01(a)(i) if the same shall not have been remedied by such time, in each case without demand, protest or any notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Seller.

 

SECTION 9.02. Events of Servicer Termination . If any of the following events (each, an “ Event of Servicer Termination ”) shall occur (regardless of the reason therefor):

 

(a) the Servicer shall fail or neglect to perform, keep or observe any provision of this Agreement or the other Related Documents (whether in its capacity as an Originator or the Servicer) and the same shall remain unremedied for five Business Days or more after written notice thereof shall have been given by any Purchaser or the Administrative Agent to the Servicer;

 

(b) any representation or warranty of the Servicer herein or in any other Related Document or in any written statement, report, financial statement or certificate made or delivered by the Servicer to any Purchaser or the Administrative Agent hereto or thereto is untrue or incorrect in any material respect as of the date when made or deemed made;

 

(c) a default or breach of any of the covenants set forth in Annex 5 shall have occurred;

 

(d) the Administrative Agent shall have determined that any event or condition that materially adversely affects the ability of the Servicer to collect the Transferred Receivables or to otherwise perform hereunder has occurred;

 

(e) a Termination Event shall have occurred or this Agreement shall have been terminated;

 

(f) a deterioration has taken place in the quality of servicing of Transferred Receivables or other Receivables serviced by the Servicer that the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, determines to be material, and such material deterioration has not been eliminated within 30 days after written notice thereof shall have been given by the Administrative Agent to the Servicer;

 

(g) the Servicer shall assign or purport to assign any of its obligations hereunder or under a Transfer Agreement without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent;

 

39


(h) a Change of Control shall have occurred; or

 

(i) the Seller’s board of directors shall have determined that it is in the best interests of the Seller to terminate the duties of the Servicer hereunder and shall have given the Servicer, the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent at least 30 days’ written notice thereof;

 

then, and in any such event, the Administrative Agent shall, at the request of, or may, with the consent of, the Purchasers, by delivery of a Servicer Termination Notice to the Seller and the Servicer, terminate the servicing responsibilities of the Servicer hereunder, without demand, protest or further notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Servicer. Upon the delivery of any such notice, all authority and power of the Servicer under this Agreement and the Transfer Agreements shall pass to and be vested in the Successor Servicer acting pursuant to Section 11.02 ; provided , that notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Servicer agrees to continue to follow the procedures set forth in Section 7.02 with respect to Collections on the Transferred Receivables until a Successor Servicer has assumed the responsibilities and obligations of the Servicer in accordance with Section 11.02 .

 

ARTICLE X

REMEDIES

 

SECTION 10.01. Actions Upon Termination Event . If any Termination Event shall have occurred and be continuing and the Administrative Agent shall have declared the Facility Termination Date to have occurred or the Facility Termination Date shall be deemed to have occurred pursuant to Section 9.01 , then the Administrative Agent may exercise in respect of the Seller Collateral, in addition to any and all other rights and remedies granted to it hereunder, under any other Related Document or under any other instrument or agreement securing, evidencing or relating to the Seller Secured Obligations or otherwise available to it, all of the rights and remedies of a secured party upon default under the UCC (such rights and remedies to be cumulative and nonexclusive), and, in addition, may take the following actions:

 

(a) The Administrative Agent may, without notice to the Seller except as required by law and at any time or from time to time, charge, offset or otherwise apply amounts payable to the Seller from the Collection Account, any Lockbox Account, the Retention Account or any part of such accounts in accordance with the priorities set forth in Sections 6.05 and 6.07 against all or any part of the Seller Secured Obligations.

 

(b) The Administrative Agent may, without notice except as specified below, solicit and accept bids for and sell the Seller Collateral or any part thereof in one or more parcels at public or private sale, at any exchange, broker’s board or any of the Purchasers’ or Administrative Agent’s offices or elsewhere, for cash, on credit or for future delivery, and upon such other terms as the Administrative Agent may deem commercially reasonable. The Administrative Agent shall have the right to conduct such sales on the Seller’s premises or elsewhere and shall have the right to use any of the Seller’s premises without charge for such sales at such time or times as the Administrative Agent deems necessary or advisable. The Seller agrees that, to the extent notice of sale shall be required by law, at least ten Business Days’ notice to the Seller of the time and place of any public sale or the time after which any private sale is to be made shall constitute reasonable notification. The Administrative Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of Seller Collateral regardless of notice of sale having been given.

 

40


The Administrative Agent may adjourn any public or private sale from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed for such sale, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned. Every such sale shall operate to divest all right, title, interest, claim and demand whatsoever of the Seller in and to the Seller Collateral so sold, and shall be a perpetual bar, both at law and in equity, against the Originators, the Seller, any Person claiming the Seller Collateral sold through the Originators or the Seller, and their respective successors or assigns. The Administrative Agent shall deposit the net proceeds of any such sale in the Collection Account and such proceeds shall be disbursed in accordance with Section 6.05 .

 

(c) Upon the completion of any sale under Section 10.01(b) , the Seller or the Servicer shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the purchaser or purchasers at such sale on the date thereof, or within a reasonable time thereafter if it shall be impracticable to make immediate delivery, all of the Seller Collateral sold on such date, but in any event full title and right of possession to such property shall vest in such purchaser or purchasers upon the completion of such sale. Nevertheless, if so requested by the Administrative Agent or by any such purchaser, the Seller shall confirm any such sale or transfer by executing and delivering to such purchaser all proper instruments of conveyance and transfer and releases as may be designated in any such request.

 

(d) At any sale under Section 10.01(b) , the Purchasers, the Administrative Agent or any other Conduit Purchaser Secured Party may bid for and purchase the property offered for sale and, upon compliance with the terms of sale, may hold, retain and dispose of such property without further accountability therefor.

 

(e) The Administrative Agent may exercise, at the sole cost and expense of the Seller, any and all rights and remedies of the Seller under or in connection with the Seller Assigned Agreements or the other Seller Collateral, including any and all rights of the Seller to demand or otherwise require payment of any amount under, or performance of any provisions of, the Seller Assigned Agreements.

 

SECTION 10.02. Exercise of Remedies . No failure or delay on the part of the Administrative Agent in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Agreement and no course of dealing between the Originators, the Seller, the Servicer or the Administrative Agent shall operate as a waiver of such right, power or privilege, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege under this Agreement preclude any other or further exercise of such right, power or privilege or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies under this Agreement are cumulative, may be exercised singly or concurrently, and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that the Administrative Agent would otherwise have at law or in equity. No notice to or demand on any party hereto shall entitle such party to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances, or constitute a waiver of the right of the party providing such notice or making such demand to any other or further action in any circumstances without notice or demand.

 

SECTION 10.03. Power of Attorney . On the Closing Date, each of the Seller and the Servicer shall execute and deliver a power of attorney substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 10.03 (each, a “ Power of Attorney ”). The power of attorney granted pursuant to each Power of Attorney is a power coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable until all of the

 

41


Seller Secured Obligations are indefeasibly paid or otherwise satisfied in full. The powers conferred on the Administrative Agent under each Power of Attorney are solely to protect the Administrative Agent’s Liens upon and interests in the Seller Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon the Administrative Agent to exercise any such powers. The Administrative Agent shall not be accountable for any amount other than amounts that it actually receives as a result of the exercise of such powers and none of the Administrative Agent’s officers, directors, employees, agents or representatives shall be responsible to the Seller or the Servicer for any act or failure to act, except in respect of damages attributable solely to their own gross negligence or willful misconduct as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

SECTION 10.04. Continuing Security Interest . This Agreement shall create a continuing Lien in the Seller Collateral until the conditions to the release of the Liens of the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent thereon set forth in Section 6.07(b) have been satisfied.

 

ARTICLE XI

SUCCESSOR SERVICER PROVISIONS

 

SECTION 11.01. Servicer Not to Resign . The Servicer shall not resign from the obligations and duties hereby imposed on it except upon a determination that (a) the performance of its duties hereunder has become impermissible under applicable law or regulation and (b) there is no reasonable action that the Servicer could take to make the performance of its duties hereunder become permissible under applicable law. Any such determination shall (i) with respect to clause (a) above, be evidenced by an opinion of counsel to such effect and (ii) with respect to clause (b) above, be evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate to such effect, in each case delivered to the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent. No such resignation shall become effective until a Successor Servicer shall have assumed the responsibilities and obligations of the Servicer in accordance with Section 11.02 .

 

SECTION 11.02. Appointment of the Successor Servicer . In connection with the termination of the Servicer’s responsibilities or the resignation by the Servicer under this Agreement pursuant to Sections 9.02 or 11.01 , the Administrative Agent shall (a) succeed to and assume all of the Servicer’s responsibilities, rights, duties and obligations as Servicer (but not in any other capacity, it being specifically understood that the Administrative Agent shall not assume any of the obligations of the Servicer set forth in Section 12.02 ) under this Agreement (and except that the Administrative Agent makes no representations and warranties pursuant to Section 4.02 ) and (b) may at any time appoint a successor servicer to the Servicer that shall be acceptable to the Administrative Agent and shall succeed to all rights and assume all of the responsibilities, duties and liabilities of the Servicer under this Agreement (the Administrative Agent, in such capacity, or such successor servicer being referred to as the “ Successor Servicer ”); provided , that the Successor Servicer shall have no responsibility for any actions of the Servicer prior to the date of its appointment or assumption of duties as Successor Servicer. In selecting a Successor Servicer, the Administrative Agent may obtain bids from any potential Successor Servicer and may agree to any bid it deems appropriate. The Successor Servicer shall accept its appointment by executing, acknowledging and delivering to the Administrative Agent an instrument in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

 

SECTION 11.03. Duties of the Servicer . The Servicer covenants and agrees that, following the appointment of, or assumption of duties by, a Successor Servicer:

 

42


(a) The Servicer shall terminate its activities as Servicer hereunder in a manner that facilitates the transfer of servicing duties to the Successor Servicer and is otherwise acceptable to each Purchaser and the Administrative Agent and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, shall timely deliver (i) any funds to the Administrative Agent that were required to be remitted to the Administrative Agent for deposit in the Collection Account and (ii) all Servicing Records and other information with respect to the Transferred Receivables to the Successor Servicer at a place selected by the Successor Servicer. The Servicer shall account for all funds and shall execute and deliver such instruments and do such other things as may be required to vest and confirm in the Successor Servicer all rights, powers, duties, responsibilities, obligations and liabilities of the Servicer.

 

(b) The Servicer shall terminate each existing Sub-Servicing Agreement and the Successor Servicer shall not be deemed to have assumed any of the Servicer’s interests therein or to have replaced the Servicer as a party thereto.

 

SECTION 11.04. Effect of Termination or Resignation . Any termination of or resignation by the Servicer hereunder shall not affect any claims that the Seller, the Purchasers or the Administrative Agent may have against the Servicer for events or actions taken or not taken by the Servicer arising prior to any such termination or resignation.

 

ARTICLE XII

INDEMNIFICATION

 

SECTION 12.01. Indemnities by the Seller .

 

(a) Without limiting any other rights that the Purchasers, the Administrative Agent, the Liquidity Agent, any Liquidity Lender, the Letter of Credit Agent or any Letter of Credit Provider or any of their respective officers, directors, employees, attorneys, agents or representatives (each, a “ Purchaser Indemnified Person ”) may have hereunder or under applicable law, the Seller hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Purchaser Indemnified Person from and against any and all Indemnified Amounts that may be claimed or asserted against or incurred by any such Purchaser Indemnified Person in connection with or arising out of the transactions contemplated under this Agreement or under any other Related Document or any actions or failures to act in connection therewith, including any and all legal costs and expenses arising out of or incurred in connection with disputes between or among any parties to any of the Related Documents; provided , that the Seller shall not be liable for any indemnification to a Purchaser Indemnified Person to the extent that any such Indemnified Amount (x) results from (i) with respect to any Purchaser Indemnified Person other than the Conduit Purchaser, such Purchaser Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or (ii) with respect to any Purchaser Indemnified Person, such Purchaser Indemnified Person’s willful misconduct, in each case as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, or (y) constitutes recourse for uncollectible or uncollected transferred receivables. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Seller shall pay on demand to each Purchaser Indemnified Person any and all Indemnified Amounts relating to or resulting from:

 

(A) reliance on any representation or warranty made or deemed made by the Seller (or any of its officers) under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Related Document or on any other information delivered by the Seller

 

43


pursuant hereto or thereto that shall have been incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made or delivered;

 

(B) the failure by the Seller to comply with any term, provision or covenant contained in this Agreement, any other Related Document or any agreement executed in connection herewith or therewith, any applicable law, rule or regulation with respect to any Transferred Receivable or the Contract therefor, or the nonconformity of any Transferred Receivable or the Contract therefor with any such applicable law, rule or regulation; or

 

(C) (1) the failure to vest and maintain vested in the Seller or the Purchasers valid and properly perfected title to and sole record and beneficial ownership of the Receivables that constitute Transferred Receivables, together with all Collections in respect thereof, free and clear of any Adverse Claim, (2) the failure to maintain or transfer to the Administrative Agent a first, priority, perfected Lien in the Seller Collateral and (3) the failure to maintain or transfer to the Administrative Agent a first priority, perfected Lien therein;

 

(D) any dispute, claim, offset or defense of any Obligor (other than its discharge in bankruptcy) to the payment of any Transferred Receivable that is the subject of a Purchase hereunder (including a defense based on such Receivable or the Contract therefor not being a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Obligor enforceable against it in accordance with its terms), or any other claim resulting from the sale of the merchandise or services giving rise to such Receivable or the furnishing of or failure to furnish such merchandise or services or relating to collection activities with respect to such Receivable (if such collection activities were performed by any Originator or any of its Affiliates acting as the Servicer), except to the extent that such dispute, claim, offset or defense results solely from any action or inaction on the part of any Purchaser Indemnified Person;

 

(E) any products liability claim or other claim arising out of or in connection with merchandise, insurance or services that is the subject of any Contract with respect to any Transferred Receivable;

 

(F) the commingling of Collections with respect to Transferred Receivables by the Seller at any time with its other funds or the funds of any other Person; or

 

(G) any failure by the Seller to cause the filing of, or any delay in filing, financing statements or other similar instruments or documents under the UCC of any applicable jurisdiction or any other applicable laws with respect to any Transferred Receivable that is the subject of a Purchase hereunder, whether at the time of any such Purchase or at any subsequent time.

 

(b) Any Indemnified Amounts subject to the indemnification provisions of this Section 12.01 not paid in accordance with Article VI shall be paid by the Seller to the Purchaser Indemnified Person entitled thereto within five Business Days following demand therefor.

 

44


SECTION 12.02. Indemnities by the Servicer .

 

(a) Without limiting any other rights that a Purchaser Indemnified Person may have hereunder or under applicable law, the Servicer hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Purchaser Indemnified Person from and against any and all Indemnified Amounts that may be claimed or asserted against or incurred by any such Purchaser Indemnified Person in connection with or arising out of any breach by the Servicer of its obligations hereunder or under any other Related Document; provided , that the Servicer shall not be liable for any indemnification to a Purchaser Indemnified Person to the extent that any such Indemnified Amount (x) results from (i) with respect to any Purchaser Indemnified Person other than the Conduit Purchaser, such Purchaser Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or (ii) with respect to any Purchaser Indemnified Person, such Purchaser Indemnified Person’s willful misconduct, in each case as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, or (y) constitutes recourse for uncollectible or uncollected Transferred Receivables. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Servicer shall pay on demand to each Purchaser Indemnified Person any and all Indemnified Amounts relating to or resulting from:

 

(A) reliance on any representation or warranty made or deemed made by the Servicer (or any of its officers) under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Related Document or on any other information delivered by the Servicer pursuant hereto or thereto that shall have been incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made or delivered;

 

(B) the failure by the Servicer to comply with any term, provision or covenant contained in this Agreement, any other Related Document or any agreement executed in connection herewith or therewith, any applicable law, rule or regulation with respect to any Transferred Receivable or the Contract therefor, or the nonconformity of any Transferred Receivable or the Contract therefor with any such applicable law, rule or regulation;

 

(C) the imposition of any Adverse Claim with respect to any Transferred Receivable or the Seller Collateral as a result of any action taken by the Servicer hereunder; or

 

(D) the commingling of Collections with respect to Transferred Receivables by the Servicer at any time with its other funds or the funds of any other Person.

 

(b) Any Indemnified Amounts subject to the indemnification provisions of this Section 12.02 not paid in accordance with Article VI shall be paid by the Servicer to the Purchaser Indemnified Person entitled thereto within five Business Days following demand therefor.

 

SECTION 12.03. Limitation of Damages; Purchaser Indemnified Persons . NO PURCHASER INDEMNIFIED PERSON SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE OR LIABLE TO ANY OTHER PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER RELATED DOCUMENT, ANY SUCCESSOR, ASSIGNEE OR THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY OF SUCH PARTY OR ANY OTHER PERSON ASSERTING CLAIMS DERIVATIVELY THROUGH SUCH PARTY, FOR

 

45


INDIRECT, PUNITIVE, EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES THAT MAY BE ALLEGED AS A RESULT OF ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER.

 

ARTICLE XIII

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

 

SECTION 13.01. Authorization and Action . The Administrative Agent may take such action and carry out such functions under this Agreement as are authorized to be performed by it pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, any other Related Document or otherwise contemplated hereby or thereby or are reasonably incidental thereto; provided , that the duties of the Administrative Agent hereunder shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Agreement, and, other than the duties set forth in Section 13.02 , any permissive right of the Administrative Agent hereunder shall not be construed as a duty.

 

SECTION 13.02. Reliance . None of the Administrative Agent, any of its respective Affiliates or any of its respective directors, officers, agents or employees shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of them under or in connection with this Agreement, the other Related Documents or the Program Documents, except for damages caused by its or their own gross negligence or willful misconduct as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and notwithstanding any term or provision hereof to the contrary, the Seller, the Servicer and each Purchaser hereby acknowledge and agree that the Administrative Agent (a) acts as agent hereunder for the Purchasers and has no duties or obligations to, shall incur no liabilities or obligations to, and does not act as an agent in any capacity for, the Seller (other than, with respect to the Administrative Agent, under the Power of Attorney with respect to remedial actions) or the Originators, (b) may consult with legal counsel, independent public accountants and other experts selected by it and shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the advice of such counsel, accountants or experts, (c) makes no representation or warranty hereunder to any Affected Party and shall not be responsible to any such Person for any statements, representations or warranties made in or in connection with this Agreement or the other Related Documents, (d) shall not have any duty to ascertain or to inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Agreement or the other Related Documents on the part of the Seller, the Servicer or the Purchasers or to inspect the property (including the books and records) of the Seller, the Servicer or the Purchasers, (e) shall not be responsible to the Seller, the Servicer or the Purchasers for the due execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement or the other Related Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto or thereto, (f) shall incur no liability under or in respect of this Agreement or the other Related Documents by acting upon any notice, consent, certificate or other instrument or writing believed by it to be genuine and signed, sent or communicated by the proper party or parties and (g) shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any notice or other communication hereunder and may rely on the accuracy of such facts or matters. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrative Agent acknowledges that it has a duty to transfer funds between and among the Lockbox Accounts and the Collection Account, and make investments of funds on deposit in the Retention Account and the Collateral Account, in accordance with Article VI and the instructions of the Servicer.

 

46


SECTION 13.03. GE Capital and Affiliates . GE Capital and its Affiliates may generally engage in any kind of business with any Obligor, the Originators, the Seller, the Servicer, the Conduit Purchaser or the Committed Purchaser, any of their respective Affiliates and any Person who may do business with or own securities of such Persons or any of their respective Affiliates, all as if GE Capital were not the Administrative Agent and without the duty to account therefor to any Obligor, the Originators, the Seller, the Servicer, any Purchaser or any other Person.

 

ARTICLE XIV

MISCELLANEOUS

 

SECTION 14.01. Notices . Except as otherwise provided herein, whenever it is provided herein that any notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration or other communication shall or may be given to or served upon any of the parties by any other parties, or whenever any of the parties desires to give or serve upon any other parties any communication with respect to this Agreement, each such notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration or other communication shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given or delivered (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three Business Days after deposit in the United States Mail, registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid, (b) upon transmission, when sent by telecopy or other similar facsimile transmission (with such telecopy or facsimile promptly confirmed by delivery of a copy by personal delivery or United States Mail as otherwise provided in this Section 14.01 ), (c) one Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid or (d) when delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address or facsimile number set forth under its name on the signature page hereof or to such other address (or facsimile number) as may be substituted by notice given as herein provided. The giving of any notice required hereunder may be waived in writing by the party entitled to receive such notice. Failure or delay in delivering copies of any notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration or other communication to any Person (other than the Conduit Purchaser, the Committed Purchaser and the Administrative Agent) designated in any written notice provided hereunder to receive copies shall in no way adversely affect the effectiveness of such notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration or other communication. Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever it is provided herein that a notice is to be given to any other party hereto by a specific time, such notice shall only be effective if actually received by such party prior to such time, and if such notice is received after such time or on a day other than a Business Day, such notice shall only be effective on the immediately succeeding Business Day.

 

SECTION 14.02. Binding Effect; Assignability .

 

(a) This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Seller, the Servicer, the Conduit Purchaser, the Committed Purchaser and the Administrative Agent and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Neither the Seller nor the Servicer may assign, transfer, hypothecate or otherwise convey any of their respective rights or obligations hereunder or interests herein without the express prior written consent of the Conduit Purchaser, the Committed Purchaser and the Administrative Agent and unless the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied with respect to any such assignment. Any such purported assignment, transfer, hypothecation or other conveyance by the Seller or the Servicer without the prior

 

47


express written consent of the Conduit Purchaser, the Committed Purchaser and the Administrative Agent shall be void.

 

(b) The Committed Purchaser or the Administrative Agent may, at any time, assign any of its rights and obligations hereunder or interests herein to any Person which has a short-term debt rating of at least A-1 by S&P and P-1 by Moody’s, and any such assignee may further assign at any time its rights and obligations hereunder or interests herein (including any rights it may have in and to the Transferred Receivables and the Seller Collateral and any rights it may have to exercise remedies hereunder) to any Person which has a short-term debt rating of at least A-1 by S&P and P-1 by Moody’s, in each case without the consent of any Originator, the Seller or the Servicer. The Seller acknowledges and agrees that, upon any such assignment, the assignee thereof may enforce directly, without joinder of any Purchaser, all of the obligations of the Seller hereunder.

 

(c) The Seller hereby acknowledges that in accordance with the provisions of the LAPA, on the day of the Committed Purchaser Funding Event, (A) the Liquidity Lenders may purchase from the Conduit Purchaser all or any part of the Transferred Receivables sold by the Seller hereunder on each Purchase Date prior to the Committed Purchaser Funding Event, and (B) the Conduit Purchaser may assign all or any part of its rights and interest in the Seller Collateral to the Liquidity Lenders.

 

SECTION 14.03. Termination; Survival of Seller Secured Obligations Upon Facility Termination Date .

 

(a) This Agreement shall create and constitute the continuing obligations of the parties hereto in accordance with its terms, and shall remain in full force and effect until the Termination Date.

 

(b) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or in any other Related Document, no termination or cancellation (regardless of cause or procedure) of any commitment made by any Affected Party under this Agreement shall in any way affect or impair the obligations, duties and liabilities of the Seller or the rights of any Affected Party relating to any unpaid portion of the Seller Secured Obligations, due or not due, liquidated, contingent or unliquidated or any transaction or event occurring prior to such termination, or any transaction or event, the performance of which is required after the Facility Termination Date. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or in any other Related Document, all undertakings, agreements, covenants, warranties and representations of or binding upon the Seller or the Servicer, and all rights of any Affected Party hereunder, all as contained in the Related Documents, shall not terminate or expire, but rather shall survive any such termination or cancellation and shall continue in full force and effect until the Termination Date; provided , that the rights and remedies provided for herein with respect to any breach of any representation or warranty made by the Seller or the Servicer pursuant to Article IV , the indemnification and payment provisions of Article XII and Sections 14.04 , 14.05 and 14.06 shall be continuing and shall survive the Termination Date.

 

SECTION 14.04. Costs, Expenses and Taxes .

 

48


(a) The Seller shall reimburse each Purchaser and the Administrative Agent for all fees, costs and expenses, including the fees, costs and expenses of counsel or other advisors (including environmental and management consultants and appraisers) for advice, assistance, or other representation in connection with:

 

(i) the forwarding to the Seller or any other Person on behalf of the Seller by any Purchaser of any payments for Purchases made by it hereunder;

 

(ii) any amendment, modification or waiver of, consent with respect to, or termination of this Agreement or any of the other Related Documents (except to the extent that such amendment, modification, waiver, consent or termination was requested by or on behalf of any Purchaser or the Administrative Agent) or advice in connection with the administration thereof or their respective rights hereunder or thereunder;

 

(iii) any Litigation, contest or dispute (whether instituted by the Seller, any Purchaser, the Administrative Agent or any other Person as a party, witness, or otherwise) in any way relating to the Seller Collateral, any of the Related Documents or any other agreement to be executed or delivered in connection herewith or therewith, including any Litigation, contest, dispute, suit, case, proceeding or action, and any appeal or review thereof, in connection with a case commenced by or against the Seller or any other Person that may be obligated to the Purchasers or the Administrative Agent by virtue of the Related Documents, including any such Litigation, contest, dispute, suit, proceeding or action arising in connection with any work-out or restructuring of the transactions contemplated hereby during the pendency of one or more Termination Events;

 

(iv) any attempt to enforce any remedies of any Purchaser or the Administrative Agent against the Seller or any other Person that may be obligated to them by virtue of any of the Related Documents, including any such attempt to enforce any such remedies in the course of any work-out or restructuring of the transactions contemplated hereby during the pendency of one or more Termination Events;

 

(v) any work-out or restructuring of the transactions contemplated hereby during the pendency of one or more Termination Events; and

 

(vi) efforts to (A) monitor the Purchases or any of the Seller Secured Obligations, (B) evaluate, observe or assess any Originator, the Seller or the Servicer or their respective affairs, and (C) verify, protect, evaluate, assess, appraise, collect, sell, liquidate or otherwise dispose of any of the Seller Collateral;

 

including all reasonable attorneys’ and other professional and service providers’ fees arising from such services, including those in connection with any appellate proceedings, and all expenses, costs, charges and other fees incurred by such counsel and others in connection with or relating to any of the events or actions described in this Section 14.04 , all of which shall be payable, on demand, by the Seller to the Conduit Purchaser, the Committed Purchaser or the Administrative Agent, as applicable. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, such expenses, costs, charges and fees may include: fees, costs and expenses of attorneys, accountants, environmental advisors, appraisers, investment bankers, management and other

 

49


consultants and paralegals; court costs and expenses; photocopying and duplication expenses; court reporter fees, costs and expenses; long distance telephone charges; air express charges; telegram or telecopy charges; secretarial overtime charges; and expenses for travel, lodging and food paid or incurred in connection with the performance of such legal or other advisory services.

 

(b) In addition, the Seller shall pay on demand any and all stamp, sales, excise and other taxes (excluding income taxes) and fees payable or determined to be payable in connection with the execution, delivery, filing or recording of this Agreement or any other Related Document, and the Seller agrees to indemnify and save each Purchaser Indemnified Person harmless from and against any and all liabilities with respect to or resulting from any delay or failure to pay such taxes and fees.

 

SECTION 14.05. Confidentiality .

 

(a) Except to the extent otherwise required by applicable law, as required to be filed publicly with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or unless the Administrative Agent shall otherwise consent in writing, the Seller and the Servicer agree to maintain the confidentiality of this Agreement (and all drafts hereof and documents ancillary hereto) in its communications with third parties other than any Affected Party or any Purchaser Indemnified Person and otherwise and not to disclose, deliver or otherwise make available to any third party (other than its directors, officers, employees, accountants or counsel) the original or any copy of all or any part of this Agreement (or any draft hereof and documents ancillary hereto) except to an Affected Party or a Purchaser Indemnified Person.

 

(b) The Seller and the Servicer each agree that it shall not (and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to) issue any news release or make any public announcement pertaining to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Related Documents without the prior written consent of each Purchaser and the Administrative Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) unless such news release or public announcement is required by law, in which case the Seller or the Servicer, as applicable, shall consult with each Purchaser and the Administrative Agent prior to the issuance of such news release or public announcement. The Seller may, however, disclose the general terms of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Related Documents to trade creditors, suppliers and other similarly-situated Persons so long as such disclosure is not in the form of a news release or public announcement.

 

SECTION 14.06. No Proceedings . Each of the Seller and the Servicer hereby agrees that, from and after the Closing Date and until the date one year plus one day following the date on which the Commercial Paper with the latest maturity has been indefeasibly paid in full in cash, it will not, directly or indirectly, institute or cause to be instituted against the Conduit Purchaser any proceeding of the type referred to in Sections 9.01(c) and 9.01(d) . This Section 14.06 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 14.07. Complete Agreement; Modification of Agreement; Intercreditor Agreement . This Agreement and the other Related Documents constitute the complete agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof and

 

50


thereof, and may not be modified, altered or amended except as set forth in Section 14.08 . The rights of the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Related Documents with respect to the “Lenders” and the “Agent” party to the Credit Facility are subject to the Intercreditor Agreement to the extent provided therein.

 

Amendments and Waivers . No amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any of the other Related Documents, or any consent to any departure by the Seller or the Servicer therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by each of the parties hereto or thereto, as applicable, and by the Administrative Agent, provided , that (i) the Administrative Agent shall notify each of the Rating Agencies concurrently with the execution of any amendment to any provision of this Agreement or any of the other Related Documents, and (ii) it shall be a condition precedent to the effectiveness of any material amendment to any provision of this Agreement or any of the other Related Documents that the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied in respect thereof.

 

SECTION 14.08. No Waiver; Remedies . The failure by any Purchaser or the Administrative Agent, at any time or times, to require strict performance by the Seller or the Servicer of any provision of this Agreement or the Purchase Assignment shall not waive, affect or diminish any right of any Purchaser or the Administrative Agent thereafter to demand strict compliance and performance herewith or therewith. Any suspension or waiver of any breach or default hereunder shall not suspend, waive or affect any other breach or default whether the same is prior or subsequent thereto and whether the same or of a different type. None of the undertakings, agreements, warranties, covenants and representations of the Seller or the Servicer contained in this Agreement or any Purchase Assignment, and no breach or default by the Seller or the Servicer hereunder or thereunder, shall be deemed to have been suspended or waived by any Purchaser or the Administrative Agent unless such waiver or suspension is by an instrument in writing signed by an officer of or other duly authorized signatory of the Conduit Purchaser, the Committed Purchaser and the Administrative Agent and directed to the Seller or the Servicer, as applicable, specifying such suspension or waiver. The rights and remedies of the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent under this Agreement shall be cumulative and nonexclusive of any other rights and remedies that the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent may have under any other agreement, including the other Related Documents, by operation of law or otherwise. Recourse to the Seller Collateral shall not be required.

 

SECTION 14.09. GOVERNING LAW; CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL .

 

(a) THIS AGREEMENT AND EACH OTHER RELATED DOCUMENT (EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THAT ANY RELATED DOCUMENT EXPRESSLY PROVIDES TO THE CONTRARY) AND THE OBLIGATIONS ARISING HEREUNDER AND THEREUNDER SHALL IN ALL RESPECTS, INCLUDING ALL MATTERS OF CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY AND PERFORMANCE, BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING SECTION 5-1401 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAWS BUT OTHERWISE WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES) EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THAT THE PERFECTION, EFFECT OF PERFECTION OR PRIORITY OF THE INTERESTS OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE

 

51


AGENT IN THE RECEIVABLES OR REMEDIES HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER, IN RESPECT THEREOF, ARE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF A JURISDICTION OTHER THAN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AND ANY APPLICABLE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.

 

(b) EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY CONSENTS AND AGREES THAT THE STATE OR FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN NEW YORK CITY SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION TO HEAR AND DETERMINE ANY CLAIMS OR DISPUTES BETWEEN THEM PERTAINING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR TO ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER RELATED DOCUMENT; PROVIDED , THAT EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT ANY APPEALS FROM THOSE COURTS MAY HAVE TO BE HEARD BY A COURT LOCATED OUTSIDE OF THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN NEW YORK CITY; PROVIDED FURTHER , THAT NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE DEEMED OR OPERATE TO PRECLUDE ANY PURCHASER OR THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT FROM BRINGING SUIT OR TAKING OTHER LEGAL ACTION IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION TO REALIZE ON THE SELLER COLLATERAL OR ANY OTHER SECURITY FOR THE SELLER SECURED OBLIGATIONS, OR TO ENFORCE A JUDGMENT OR OTHER COURT ORDER IN FAVOR OF THE CONDUIT PURCHASER, THE COMMITTED PURCHASER OR THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT. EACH PARTY HERETO SUBMITS AND CONSENTS IN ADVANCE TO SUCH JURISDICTION IN ANY ACTION OR SUIT COMMENCED IN ANY SUCH COURT, AND EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION THAT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE BASED UPON LACK OF PERSONAL JURISDICTION, IMPROPER VENUE OR FORUM NON CONVENIENS AND HEREBY CONSENTS TO THE GRANTING OF SUCH LEGAL OR EQUITABLE RELIEF AS IS DEEMED APPROPRIATE BY SUCH COURT. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF THE SUMMONS, COMPLAINT AND OTHER PROCESS ISSUED IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR SUIT AND AGREES THAT SERVICE OF SUCH SUMMONS, COMPLAINT AND OTHER PROCESS MAY BE MADE BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL ADDRESSED TO SUCH PARTY AT THE ADDRESS SET FORTH BENEATH ITS NAME ON THE SIGNATURE PAGES HEREOF AND THAT SERVICE SO MADE SHALL BE DEEMED COMPLETED UPON SUCH PARTY’S ACTUAL RECEIPT THEREOF. EACH PARTY HERETO AGREES THAT “RECEIPT” OF ANY SUCH SUMMONS, COMPLAINT OR OTHER SERVICE OF PROCESS MAY BE EVIDENCED, WITHOUT LIMITATION, BY ANY OF THE FOLLOWING: 1) CONFIRMATION OF DELIVERY IN ANY FORM ISSUED BY THE UNITED STATES POSTAL SERVICE, 2) A DELIVERY CONFIRMATION IN THE FORM PROVIDED BY ANY NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED COURIER SERVICE OR 3) A RECEIPT SIGNED BY ANY EMPLOYEE, OFFICER, DIRECTOR OR INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR OF THE PERSON RECEIVING SUCH NOTICE PHYSICALLY PRESENT AT THE ADDRESS SET FORTH BENEATH ITS NAME ON THE SIGNATURE PAGES HERETO. NOTHING IN THIS SECTION SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE LEGAL PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW.

 

52


(c) BECAUSE DISPUTES ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH COMPLEX FINANCIAL TRANSACTIONS ARE MOST QUICKLY AND ECONOMICALLY RESOLVED BY AN EXPERIENCED AND EXPERT PERSON AND THE PARTIES WISH APPLICABLE STATE AND FEDERAL LAWS TO APPLY (RATHER THAN ARBITRATION RULES), THE PARTIES DESIRE THAT THEIR DISPUTES BE RESOLVED BY A JUDGE APPLYING SUCH APPLICABLE LAWS. THEREFORE, TO ACHIEVE THE BEST COMBINATION OF THE BENEFITS OF THE JUDICIAL SYSTEM AND OF ARBITRATION, THE PARTIES HERETO WAIVE ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO RESOLVE ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATED TO, OR INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED AMONG THEM IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER RELATED DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY.

 

SECTION 14.10. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of separate counterparts, each of which shall collectively and separately constitute one agreement.

 

SECTION 14.11. Severability . Wherever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 14.12. Section Titles . The section titles and table of contents contained in this Agreement are and shall be without substantive meaning or content of any kind whatsoever and are not a part of the agreement between the parties hereto.

 

SECTION 14.13. Limited Recourse . The obligations of the Conduit Purchaser and the Committed Purchaser under this Agreement and all Related Documents are solely the corporate obligations of each such Purchaser. No recourse shall be had for the payment of any amount owing in respect of Purchases or for the payment of any fee hereunder or any other obligation or claim arising out of or based upon this Agreement or any other Related Document against any Stockholder, employee, officer, director, agent or incorporator of such Purchaser. Any accrued obligations owing by the Conduit Purchaser or the Committed Purchaser under this Agreement shall be payable by such Purchaser solely to the extent that funds are available therefor from time to time in accordance with the provisions of Article VI of this Agreement, and, with respect to the Conduit Purchaser, in accordance with Article VI of the Collateral Agent Agreement (and such accrued obligations shall not be extinguished until paid in full). The Conduit Purchaser shall not, and shall not be obligated to, pay any amount pursuant to the Related Documents unless (i) the Conduit Purchaser has received funds which may be used to make such payment pursuant to the Program Documents, and (ii) after giving effect to such payment, either (A) the Conduit Purchaser could issue Commercial Paper to refinance all outstanding Commercial Paper (assuming such outstanding Commercial Paper matured at such time) without violating the Program Documents, or (B) all Commercial Paper is paid in full. Any amount which the Conduit Purchaser does not pay pursuant to the operation of the preceding sentence shall not constitute a claim (as defined in Section 101 of the Bankruptcy Code) against or an obligation of the Conduit Purchaser for any insufficiency unless and until the Conduit Purchaser satisfies the

 

53


provisions of such preceding sentence. This Section 14.14 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 14.14. Further Assurances .

 

(a) Each of the Seller and the Servicer shall, at its sole cost and expense, upon request of the Conduit Purchaser, the Committed Purchaser or the Administrative Agent, promptly and duly execute and deliver any and all further instruments and documents and take such further action that may be necessary or desirable or that the Conduit Purchaser, the Committed Purchaser or the Administrative Agent may request to (i) perfect, protect, preserve, continue and maintain fully the Purchases made and the right, title and interests (including Liens) granted to such Purchaser under this Agreement, (ii) enable the Conduit Purchaser, the Committed Purchaser or the Administrative Agent to exercise and enforce its rights under this Agreement or any of the other Related Documents or (iii) otherwise carry out more effectively the provisions and purposes of this Agreement or any other Related Document. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Seller shall, upon request of the Conduit Purchaser and the Committed Purchaser or the Administrative Agent, (A) execute and file such financing or continuation statements, or amendments thereto or assignments thereof, and such other instruments or notices that may be necessary or desirable or that the Purchasers or the Administrative Agent may request to perfect, protect and preserve the Purchases made and the Liens granted pursuant to this Agreement, free and clear of all Adverse Claims, (B) mark, or cause the Servicer to mark, each Contract evidencing each Transferred Receivable with a legend acceptable to the Administrative Agent evidencing that the Administrative Agent (on behalf of the Purchasers) has purchased all right and title thereto and interest therein, (C) mark, or cause the Servicer to mark, its master data processing records evidencing such Transferred Receivables with such legend and (D) notify or cause the Servicer to notify Obligors of the sale the Transferred Receivables effected hereunder.

 

(b) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Seller hereby authorizes the Conduit Purchaser, the Committed Purchaser and the Administrative Agent, and each of the Conduit Purchaser and the Committed Purchaser hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent, to file one or more financing or continuation statements, or amendments thereto or assignments thereof, relating to all or any part of the Transferred Receivables, including Collections with respect thereto, or the Seller Collateral without the signature of the Seller or, as applicable, the Conduit Purchaser or the Committed Purchaser, as applicable, to the extent permitted by applicable law. A carbon, photographic or other reproduction of this Agreement or of any notice or financing statement covering the Transferred Receivables, the Seller Collateral or any part thereof shall be sufficient as a notice or financing statement where permitted by law.

 

 

54


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.

 

SIT FUNDING CORPORATION

By

 

/s/    D ENNIS P OLK        


   

Dennis Polk

Senior Vice President of Corporate Finance and

Chief Financial Officer

Address:

3797 Spinnaker Court

Suite P

Fremont, California 94538

Attention: President

Telephone: (510) 668-3282

Facsimile: (510) 440-3777

REDWOOD RECEIVABLES CORPORATION,
as the Conduit Purchaser

By

 

/s/    B RIAN P. S CHWINN        


   

Brian P. Schwinn

Assistant Secretary

Address:

c/o General Electric Capital Corporation

3001 Summer Street, 2nd Floor

Stamford, Connecticut 06927

Attention: Manager, Conduit Administration

Telephone: (203) 602-9330

Facsimile: (203) 961-2953


SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC., as Servicer

By

 

/s/    S IMON Y. L EUNG        


   

Simon Y. Leung

General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

Address:

3797 Spinnaker Court

Fremont, California 94538

Attention: President

Telephone: (510) 656-3333

Facsimile: (510) 440-3777

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION,
as Committed Purchaser

By

 

/s/    E ARL F. S MITH III        


   

Earl F. Smith III

Duly Authorized Signatory

Address:

201 High Ridge Road

Stamford, Connecticut 06927

Attention: Vice President—Portfolio/Synnex

Telephone: (203) 316-7221

Facsimile: (203) 316-7821

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION,
as Administrative Agent

By

 

/s/    E ARL F. S MITH III        


   

Earl F. Smith III

Duly Authorized Signatory

Address:

201 High Ridge Road

Stamford, Connecticut 06927

Attention: Vice President—Portfolio/Synnex

Telephone: (203) 316-7221

Facsimile: (203) 316-7821


ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED:
GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION,
as Collateral Agent

By

 

/s/    E ARL F. S MITH III        


   

Earl F. Smith III

Duly Authorized Signatory

Address:

201 High Ridge Road

Stamford, Connecticut 06927

Attention: Vice President—Portfolio/Synnex

Telephone: (203) 316-7221

Facsimile: (203) 316-7821

 


Schedule 4.01(b) to the Amended and Restated

Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement

by and among

SIT Funding Corporation

Redwood Receivable Corporation

SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc.

Subsidiaries of SYNNEX From Time To Time Party Hereto

and

General Electric Capital Corporation

 

Executive Offices, Collateral Locations, Corporate or Other Names, FEIN/Seller

 

Executive Office and Principal Place of Business

 

SIT Funding Corporation

3797 Spinnaker

Court Fremont, California 94538

 

Collateral Locations

 

3797 Spinnaker Court

Fremont, California 94538

 

Corporate, Fictitious and Trade Name

 

SIT Funding Corporation

 

Federal Employer Identification Number

 

94-3288412

 

Delaware Corporate Number

 

2824656


Schedule 4.01(d) to the Amended and Restated

Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement

by and among

SIT Funding Corporation

Redwood Receivable Corporation

SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc.

Subsidiaries of SYNNEX From Time To Time Party Hereto

and

General Electric Capital Corporation

 

Litigation/Seller

 

None


Schedule 4.01(h) to the Amended and Restated

Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement

by and among

SIT Funding Corporation

Redwood Receivable Corporation

SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc.

Subsidiaries of SYNNEX From Time To Time Party Hereto

and

General Electric Capital Corporation

 

Ventures, Subsidiaries and Affiliates; Outstanding Stock and Indebtedness/Seller

 

Ventures

 

None

 

Subsidiaries and Affiliates

 

(List below are entities under common control of SYNNEX)

 

Name and Address of Subsidiary


   State of Incorporation

   Stock Outstanding

   % of Ownership

 

ComputerLand Corporation

3797 Spinnaker Court

Fremont, CA 94538

U.S.A.

   California    100    100 %

SYNNEX Information Technologies (UK) Ltd.

SYNNEX House

Nedge Hill, Telford Ltd.

Shropshire TF3 3AH

U.K.

   United Kingdom    3,000,000    100 %

 

1


Name and Address of Subsidiary


   State of Incorporation

   Stock Outstanding

   % of Ownership

 

SYNNEX Information Technologies (China), Ltd.

Unit 06-12 Level 7, China World Tower 2

No. 1, Jian Guo Men Wei Avenue

Beijing 100004

P.R. China

   China    No shares    100 %

SIT Funding Corporation

3797 Spinnaker Court

Fremont, CA 94538

U.S.A.

   Delaware    1,000    100 %

MiTAC Industrial Corporation

41968 Christy Street

Fremont, CA 94538

U.S.A.

   California    2,003,272    100 %

SYNNEX Canada Limited

200 Ronson Drive

Etobicoke, Ontario

Canada

   Ontario, Canada    1,000    100 %

SYNNEX K.K.

3-2-5 Ueno

Traito-ku

Tokyo, 110-0005

Japan

   Japan    5,270,000    81.97 %

 

2


Name and Address of Subsidiary


   State of Incorporation

   Stock Outstanding

   % of Ownership

 

SYNNEX de Mexico, S.A. de C. V.

Rio Lenna No. 198, Cuarto Piso

Col. Cuauhtemoc, C.P. 06500

Mexico, Distrito Federal

   Mexico    74,818    80 %

SYNNEX Servicios, S.A de C.V.

Rio Lerma No. 198, Cuarto Piso

Col. Cuauhtemoc, C.P. 06500

Mexico, Distrito Federal

   Mexico    50,000    99.99 %

License Online, Inc.

3797 Spinnaker Court

Fremont, CA 94538

   California    1,000    100 %

SENNEX Enterprises Limited

34/F., The Lee Gardens

33 Hysan Avenue

Causeway Bay, Hong Kong

   Hong Kong    2    100 %

SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc.

3797 Spinnaker Court

Fremont, CA 94538

   Delaware    1,000    100 %

SLC Acquisition Corporation

3797 Spinnaker Court

Fremont, CA 94538

   Delaware    1,000    100 %

 

3


Subsidiaries of SYNNEX K.K.

                

eDisty K .K.

3-2-5 Ueno

Traito-ku

Tokyo, 110-0005

Japan

   Japan    1,000    80 %

Subsidiaries of SYNNEX Information Technologies (China) Limited

                

SYNNEX Software Technologies (HK) Ltd.

34/F., The Lee Gardens

33 Hysan Avenue

Causeway Bay, Hong Kong

   Hong Kong    2    100 %

 

Outstanding Stock of Seller

 

Name of Holder


   No. of Shares

   Percentage

 

SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc.

   1,000    100 %

 

Indebtedness as of August 15, 2002

 

Debt incurred pursuant to the Transfer Agreement, the Purchase Agreement and any other documents or agreements related to the accounts receivables financing facility by and among GE Capital, Redwood, SYNNEX and SFC, and debt incurred in the ordinary course of business.

 

4


Schedule 4.01(i) to the Amended and Restated

Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement

by and among

SIT Funding Corporation

Redwood Receivable Corporation

SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc.

Subsidiaries of SYNNEX From Time To Time Party Hereto

and

General Electric Capital Corporation

 

Tax Matters/Seller

 

None


Schedule 4.01(r) to the Amended and Restated

Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement

by and among

SIT Funding Corporation

Redwood Receivable Corporation

SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc.

Subsidiaries of SYNNEX From Time To Time Party Hereto

and

General Electric Capital Corporation

 

Deposit and Disbursement Accounts/Seller

 

SIT Funding Corporation

 

Bank/Financial Institution


 

Account Type/No.


 

Purpose


Bank of America

1850 Gateway Blvd., #5693,

3rd Floor

Concord, CA 94520

Tel: 925-675-7389

 

Checking

Lockbox Numbers:

San Francisco

Chicago

Atlanta

  Deposit account for all SYNNEX and ComputerLand customer payments. Balance routes through Redwood and deposits to concentration account.

 


Schedule 5.01(b) to the Amended and Restated

Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement

by and among

SIT Funding Corporation

Redwood Receivable Corporation

SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc.

Subsidiaries of SYNNEX From Time To Time Party Hereto

and

General Electric Capital Corporation

 

Corporate and Trade Names/Seller

 

SIT Funding Corporation


Schedule 5.03(b) to the Amended and Restated

Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement

by and among

SIT Funding Corporation

Redwood Receivable Corporation

SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc.

Subsidiaries of SYNNEX From Time To Time Party Hereto

and

General Electric Capital Corporation

 

Existing Liens/Seller

 

Financing Statement on Form UCC-1 Regarding Seller

 

Date of Filing


 

File No./State


 

Secured Party


 

Expiration Date


12/23/97  

9736360781

California

 

GE Capital Corp., as Collateral Agent

201 High Ridge Road

Stamford, CT 06927

  12/23/02
01/02/98  

982-000020

Tennessee

 

GE Capital as Collateral Agent

201 High Ridge Road

Stamford, CT 06927

  01/02/03


Exhibit 2.02(a) to Purchase Agreement

 

FORM OF COMMITMENT REDUCTION NOTICE

 

[Insert Date]

 

Redwood Receivables Corporation

c/o General Electric Capital Corporation

3001 Summer Street, 2nd Floor

Stamford, Connecticut 06927

Attention: Manager, Conduit Administration

 

General Electric Capital Corporation,

    as Administrative Agent

c/o General Electric Capital Corporation

201 High Ridge Road

Stamford, Connecticut 06927

Attention: Vice President—Portfolio/Synnex

 

  Re:   Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement
       dated as of August 30, 2002

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

This notice is given pursuant to Section 2.02(a) of that certain Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement dated as of August 30, 2002 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), by and among SIT Funding Corporation (the “ Seller ”), Redwood Receivables Corporation (the “ Conduit Purchaser ”), Synnex Information Technologies, Inc. (the “ Servicer ”), General Electric Capital Corporation (“ GECC ”), in its capacity as committed purchaser (in such capacity, the “ Committed Purchaser ” and, together with the Conduit Purchaser, the “ Purchasers ”) and GECC, as administrative agent for the Purchasers (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Purchase Agreement.

 

Pursuant to Section 2.02(a) of the Purchase Agreement, the Seller hereby irrevocably notifies the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent of its election to permanently reduce the Maximum Purchase Limit to [$            ], effective as of [                         ], [            ] (which is a Business Day at least ten days after the date this notice is given). This reduction is the [first/second]


reduction for the current calendar year permitted by Section 2.02(a) of the Purchase Agreement. After such reduction, the Maximum Purchase Limit will not be less than the Capital Investment.

 

Very truly yours,
SIT FUNDING CORPORATION

By:

 

 


   

Name

Title


Exhibit 2.02(b) to Purchase Agreement

 

FORM OF COMMITMENT TERMINATION NOTICE

 

[Insert Date]

 

Redwood Receivables Corporation

c/o General Electric Capital Corporation

3001 Summer Street, 2nd Floor

Stamford, Connecticut 06927

Attention: Manager, Conduit Administration

 

General Electric Capital Corporation,

    as Administrative Agent

c/o General Electric Capital Corporation

201 High Ridge Road

Stamford, Connecticut 06927

Attention: Vice President—Portfolio/Synnex

 

  Re:   Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement
       dated as of August 30, 2002

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

This notice is given pursuant to Section 2.02(b) of that certain Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement dated as of August 30, 2002 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), by and among SIT Funding Corporation (the “ Seller ”), Redwood Receivables Corporation (the “ Conduit Purchaser ”), Synnex Information Technologies, Inc. (the “ Servicer ”), General Electric Capital Corporation (“ GECC ”), in its capacity as committed purchaser (in such capacity, the “ Committed Purchaser ” and, together with the Conduit Purchaser, the “ Purchasers ”) and GECC, as administrative agent for the Purchasers (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Purchase Agreement.

 

Pursuant to Section 2.02(b) of the Purchase Agreement, the Seller hereby irrevocably notifies the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent of its election to terminate the Maximum Purchase Limit effective as of [                         ], [            ] (which is a Business Day at least 90 days after the date this notice is given). In connection therewith, the Seller shall reduce Capital Investment to zero on or prior to such date and make all other payments required by Section


2.03(c) and pay any other fees that are due and payable pursuant to the Fee Letter at the time and in the manner specified therein.

 

Very truly yours,
SIT FUNDING CORPORATION

By:

 

 


   

Name

Title


Exhibit 2.03(a) to Purchase Agreement

 

Form of Investment Base Certificate

 

[See attached]


Exhibit 2.03(a)

 

SIT FUNDING CORPORATION

 

INVESTMENT BASE CERTIFICATE

 

1.   

As of:

2.   

Transferred Receivables—Beginning of Period

3.   

Deposit of Customer Collections from                          to                         

4.   

Deposit of Rejected Amounts from                          to                         

5.   

Newly Transferred Receivables from                          to                         

6.   

Non-Cash Dilutions

7.   

Transferred Receivables—End of Period (2 + 5)-(3 + 4 + 6)

8.   

[Intentionally Blank]

9.   

Ineligible Receivables

9a.   

Foreign Receivables

9b.   

Balances over 60 days

9c.   

Billed But Unshipped

9d.   

Extended Terms (over 30 days)

9e.   

Bankrupt Obligors

9f.   

[Others]

9g.   

Total Ineligible Receivables (sum 9a to 9f)

10.   

Excluded Receivables

10a.   

Affiliate Receivables

10b.   

Governmental Authorities

10c.   

50% Rule

10d.   

Other Excluded Obligors

10e.   

Total Excluded Receivables (sum 10a to 10d)

11.   

Eligible Receivable (7-(9g+10e))

12.   

Reserves:

12a.   

Concentration Discount Amount

12b.   

[Other]

12c.   

Total Reserves

13.   

[Intentionally Blank]

14.   

Investment Base (11-12c)


15.   

Purchase Discount Rate x line 14

16.   

Yield Discount Amount (from Annex 4 )

17.   

Availability [Lesser of (a) line 15-line 16 and (b) line 20]

18.   

Capital Investment

19.   

Capital Investment Available (Purchase Excess) (17-18)

20.   

Maximum Purchase Limit

 

The undersigned, an officer of SIT Funding Corporation, as Seller, hereby certifies that the information set forth above is true and correct and all of the conditions precedent in Section 3.02 of the Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement have been satisfied as of the date hereof.

 

SIT FUNDING CORPORATION

By:

 

 


   

Name

Title


Exhibit 2.03(b) to Purchase Agreement

 

FORM OF PURCHASE REQUEST

 

[Insert Date]

 

Redwood Receivables Corporation

c/o General Electric Capital Corporation

3001 Summer Street, 2nd Floor

Stamford, Connecticut 06927

Attention: Manager, Conduit Administration

 

General Electric Capital Corporation,

    as Administrative Agent

c/o General Electric Capital Corporation

201 High Ridge Road

Stamford, Connecticut 06927

Attention: Vice President—Portfolio/Synnex

 

  Re:   Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement
       dated as of August 30, 2002

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

This notice is given pursuant to Section 2.03(b) of that certain Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement dated as of August 30, 2002 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), by and among SIT Funding Corporation (the “ Seller ”), Redwood Receivables Corporation (the “ Conduit Purchaser ”), Synnex Information Technologies, Inc. (the “ Servicer ”), General Electric Capital Corporation (“ GECC ”), in its capacity as committed purchaser (in such capacity, the “ Committed Purchaser ” and, together with the Conduit Purchaser, the “ Purchasers ”) and GECC, as administrative agent for the Purchasers (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Purchase Agreement.

 

Pursuant to Section 2.01 of the Purchase Agreement, the Seller hereby requests that a Purchase be made from the Seller on [                         ], [            ] (which is a Business Day), in the amount of [$            ], to be disbursed to the Seller in accordance with Section 2.04(b)


of the Purchase Agreement. The Seller hereby confirms that the conditions set forth in Section 3.02 of the Purchase Agreement have been satisfied.

 

Very truly yours,
SIT FUNDING CORPORATION

By:

 

 


   

Name

Title


Exhibit 2.03(c) to Purchase Agreement

 

FORM OF REPAYMENT NOTICE

 

[Insert Date]

 

Redwood Receivables Corporation

c/o General Electric Capital Corporation

3001 Summer Street, 2nd Floor

Stamford, Connecticut 06927

Attention: Manager, Conduit Administration

 

General Electric Capital Corporation,

    as Administrative Agent

c/o General Electric Capital Corporation

201 High Ridge Road

Stamford, Connecticut 06927

Attention: Vice President—Portfolio/Synnex

 

  Re:   Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement
       dated as of August 30, 2002

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

This notice is given pursuant to Section 2.03(c) of that certain Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement dated as of August 30, 2002 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), by and among SIT Funding Corporation (the “ Seller ”), Redwood Receivables Corporation (the “ Conduit Purchaser ”), Synnex Information Technologies, Inc. (the “ Servicer ”), General Electric Capital Corporation (“ GECC ”), in its capacity as committed purchaser (in such capacity, the “ Committed Purchaser ” and, together with the Conduit Purchaser, the “ Purchasers ”) and GECC, as administrative agent for the Purchasers (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Purchase Agreement.

 

Pursuant to Section 2.03(c) of the Purchase Agreement, the Seller hereby notifies the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent of its request to reduce the Capital Investment by [$            ] effective as of [                         ], [            ] (which is a Business Day), from [Collections/borrowings under the Credit Facility/other sources]. In connection therewith, the Seller will pay to the Administrative Agent (1) all Redwood Yield accrued on the Capital Investment being


reduced through but excluding the date of such reduction and (2) any and all Breakage Costs payable under Section 2.10 of the Purchase Agreement by virtue thereof.

 

Very truly yours,
SIT FUNDING CORPORATION

By:

 

 


   

Name

Title


Exhibit 2.04(a)

 

FORM OF PURCHASE ASSIGNMENT

 

THIS PURCHASE ASSIGNMENT (the “ Purchase Assignment ”) is entered into as of August 30, 2002, by and between SIT Funding Corporation (“ Seller ”) and GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION, as Administrative Agent under the Purchase Agreement described below.

 

1. We refer to that certain Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement (the “ Purchase Agreement ”) of even date herewith among the Seller, the Administrative Agent and the other parties thereto. All of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Purchase Agreement are hereby made a part of this Purchase Assignment and are deemed incorporated herein in full. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Purchase Agreement.

 

2. For good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Seller hereby sells to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Purchasers, without recourse, except as provided in Section 12.01 of the Purchase Agreement, all of the Seller’s right, title and interest in, under and to all Transferred Receivables (including all Collections, Records and proceeds with respect thereto) sold from time to time by the Seller to the Administrative Agent under the Purchase Agreement.

 

3. The Seller hereby covenants and agrees to sign, sell or execute and deliver, or cause to be signed, sold or executed and delivered, and to do or make, or cause to be done or made, upon request of the Administrative Agent and at the Seller’s expense, any and all agreements, instruments, papers, deeds, acts or things, supplemental, confirmatory or otherwise, as may be reasonably required by the Administrative Agent for the purpose of or in connection with acquiring or more effectively vesting in the Administrative Agent or evidencing the vesting in the Administrative Agent of the property, rights, title and interests of the Seller sold hereunder or intended to be sold hereunder.

 

4. Wherever possible, each provision of this Purchase Assignment shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Purchase Assignment shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Purchase Assignment.

 

5. BECAUSE DISPUTES ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH COMPLEX FINANCIAL TRANSACTIONS ARE MOST QUICKLY AND ECONOMICALLY RESOLVED BY AN EXPERIENCED AND EXPERT PERSON AND THE PARTIES WISH APPLICABLE STATE AND FEDERAL LAWS TO APPLY (RATHER THAN ARBITRATION RULES), THE PARTIES DESIRE THAT THEIR DISPUTES BE RESOLVED BY A JUDGE APPLYING SUCH APPLICABLE LAWS. THEREFORE, TO ACHIEVE THE BEST COMBINATION OF THE BENEFITS OF THE JUDICIAL SYSTEM AND OF ARBITRATION, THE PARTIES HERETO WAIVE ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO RESOLVE ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATED TO, OR INCIDENTAL TO THE


RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED AMONG THEM IN CONNECTION WITH THIS PURCHASE ASSIGNMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

6. THIS PURCHASE ASSIGNMENT AND EACH OTHER RELATED DOCUMENT (EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THAT ANY RELATED DOCUMENT EXPRESSLY PROVIDES TO THE CONTRARY) AND THE OBLIGATIONS ARISING HEREUNDER AND THEREUNDER SHALL IN ALL RESPECTS, INCLUDING ALL MATTERS OF CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY AND PERFORMANCE, BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING SECTION 5-1401 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAWS BUT OTHERWISE WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES) EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THAT THE PERFECTION, EFFECT OF PERFECTION OR PRIORITY OF THE INTERESTS OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT IN THE RECEIVABLES OR REMEDIES HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER, IN RESPECT THEREOF, ARE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF A JURISDICTION OTHER THAN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AND ANY APPLICABLE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Purchase Assignment to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the day and year first above written.

 

SIT FUNDING CORPORATION       GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION,
as Administrative Agent
By:  

 


      By:  

 


   

Name

Title

         

Name

Title


Exhibit 3.01(a)(i) to Purchase Agreement

 

FORM OF OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE AS TO SOLVENCY

 

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

Officer’s Certificate

 

I, [Name of Officer], the duly elected [Insert Title] of Synnex Information Technologies, Inc., hereby certify in connection with that certain Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement dated as of August 30, 2002 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), by and among SIT Funding Corporation (the “ Seller ”), Redwood Receivables Corporation (the “ Conduit Purchaser ”), Synnex Information Technologies, Inc. (the “ Servicer ”), General Electric Capital Corporation (“ GECC ”), in its capacity as committed purchaser (in such capacity, the “ Committed Purchaser ” and, together with the Conduit Purchaser, the “ Purchasers ”) and GECC, as administrative agent for the Purchasers (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), and for the benefit of the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent, as follows:

 

1. Capitalized terms herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Purchase Agreement.

 

2. Both before and after giving effect to (a) the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement and the other Related Documents and (b) the payment and accrual of all transaction costs in connection with the foregoing, the Seller is and will be Solvent. The Seller has no Debt to any Person other than pursuant to the transactions expressly permitted by the Purchase Agreement and the other Related Documents.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have signed and delivered this Officer’s Certificate this      day of                         , 200  .

 

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

By:

 

 


   

Name

Title


Exhibit 3.01(a)(ii)(A) to Purchase Agreement

 

FORM OF OFFICER’S CLOSING CERTIFICATE OF SELLER

 

SIT FUNDING CORPORATION

 

Officer’s Certificate

 

I, [Name of Officer], the duly elected [Insert Title] of SIT Funding Corporation (the “ Seller ”), hereby certify in connection with that certain Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement dated as of August 30, 2002 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), by and among the Seller, Redwood Receivables Corporation (the “ Conduit Purchaser ”), Synnex Information Technologies, Inc. (the “ Servicer ”), General Electric Capital Corporation (“ GECC ”), in its capacity as committed purchaser (in such capacity, the “ Committed Purchaser ” and, together with the Conduit Purchaser, the “ Purchasers ”) and GECC, as administrative agent for the Purchasers (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), and for the benefit of the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent, as follows:

 

1. Capitalized terms herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Purchase Agreement.

 

2. Since the date of its formation (a) the Seller has not incurred any obligations, contingent or non-contingent liabilities, liabilities for charges, long-term leases or unusual forward or long-term commitments that, alone or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (b) no contract, lease or other agreement or instrument has been entered into by the Seller or has become binding upon the Seller’s assets and no law or regulation applicable to the Seller has been adopted that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (c) the Seller is not in default and no third party is in default under any material contract, lease or other agreement or instrument to which the Seller is a party that alone or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Between the date of the Seller’s formation and the Closing Date no event has occurred that alone or together with other events could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

3. Both before and after giving effect to (i) the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement and the other Related Documents and (ii) the payment and accrual of all transaction costs in connection with the foregoing, the Seller is and will be Solvent.

 

4. Each of the representations and warranties of the Seller contained in any of the Related Documents are correct on and as of the Closing Date as though made on and as of such date (except to the extent any such representation and warranty relates solely to an earlier date), and no event has occurred and is continuing, or would result from the transactions effected pursuant thereto as of the Closing Date, that constitutes or would constitute an Incipient Termination Event or a Termination Event.

 

5. The Seller is in material compliance with all federal, state, and local laws and regulations, including those relating to labor and environmental matters and ERISA.

 

6. Except as otherwise indicated on a schedule to a Related Document or another schedule delivered pursuant to the Schedule of Documents, or as otherwise consented to by the


Purchasers and the Administrative Agent, the Seller has delivered to the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent true and correct copies of all documents required to be delivered to such Persons pursuant to the Schedule of Documents, all such documents are complete and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date, and each and every other contingency to the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Related Documents has been performed.

 

7. No Adverse Claims have arisen or been granted with respect to the Seller Collateral other than Permitted Encumbrances.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have signed and delivered this Officer’s Certificate this      day of                         , 200  .

 

SIT FUNDING CORPORATION

By:

 

 


   

Name

Title


Exhibit 3.01(a)(ii)(B) to Purchase Agreement

 

FORM OF OFFICER’S POST-CLOSING CERTIFICATE OF SELLER

 

SIT FUNDING CORPORATION

 

Officer’s Certificate

 

I, [Name of Officer], the duly elected [Insert Title] of SIT Funding Corporation (the “ Seller ”), hereby certify in connection with that certain Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement dated as of August 30, 2002 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), by and among the Seller, Redwood Receivables Corporation (the “ Conduit Purchaser ”), Synnex Information Technologies, Inc. (the “ Servicer ”), General Electric Capital Corporation (“ GECC ”), in its capacity as committed purchaser (in such capacity, the “ Committed Purchaser ” and, together with the Conduit Purchaser, the “ Purchasers ”) and GECC, as administrative agent for the Purchasers (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), and for the benefit of the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent, as follows:

 

1. Capitalized terms herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Purchase Agreement.

 

2. Each of the representations and warranties of the Seller contained in any of the Related Documents are correct on and as of the date hereof as though made on and as of such date (except to the extent any such representation and warranty relates solely to an earlier date), and no event has occurred and is continuing, or would result from the transactions effected pursuant thereto as of the date hereof, that constitutes or would constitute an Incipient Termination Event or a Termination Event.

 

3. The Seller is in material compliance with all federal, state, and local laws and regulations, including those relating to labor and environmental matters and ERISA.

 

4. No Adverse Claims have arisen or been granted with respect to the Seller Collateral other than Permitted Encumbrances.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have signed and delivered this Officer’s Certificate this      day of                         , 200  .

 

SIT FUNDING CORPORATION

By:

 

 


   

Name

Title


Exhibit 3.01(a)(iii)(A) to Purchase Agreement

 

FORM OF OFFICER’S CLOSING CERTIFICATE OF SERVICER

 

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

Officer’s Certificate

 

I, [Name of Officer], the duly elected [Insert Title] of Synnex Information Technologies, Inc. (the “ Servicer ”), hereby certify in connection with that certain Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement dated as of August 30, 2002 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), by and among SIT Funding Corporation (the “ Seller ”), Redwood Receivables Corporation (the “ Conduit Purchaser ”), the Servicer, General Electric Capital Corporation (“ GECC ”), in its capacity as committed purchaser (in such capacity, the “ Committed Purchaser ” and, together with the Conduit Purchaser, the “ Purchasers ”) and GECC, as administrative agent for the Purchasers (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), and for the benefit of the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent, as follows:

 

1. Capitalized terms herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Purchase Agreement.

 

2. Since November 30, 2001 (a) the Servicer has not incurred any obligations, contingent or non-contingent liabilities, liabilities for charges, long-term leases or unusual forward or long-term commitments that, alone or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (b) no contract, lease or other agreement or instrument has been entered into by the Servicer or has become binding upon the Servicer’s assets and no law or regulation applicable to the Servicer has been adopted that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (c) the Servicer is not in default and no third party is in default under any material contract, lease or other agreement or instrument to which the Servicer is a party that alone or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Since November 30, 2001 no event has occurred that alone or together with other events could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

3. Both before and after giving effect to (i) the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement and the other Related Documents and (ii) the payment and accrual of all transaction costs in connection with the foregoing, the Servicer is and will be Solvent.

 

4. Each of the representations and warranties of the Servicer contained in any of the Related Documents are correct on and as of the Closing Date as though made on and as of such date (except to the extent any such representation and warranty relates solely to an earlier date), and no event has occurred and is continuing, or would result from the transactions effected pursuant thereto as of the Closing Date, that constitutes or would constitute an Incipient Servicer Termination Event or an Event of Servicer Termination.

 

5. The Servicer is in material compliance with all federal, state, and local laws and regulations, including those relating to labor and environmental matters and ERISA.

 

6. Except as otherwise indicated on a schedule to a Related Document or another schedule delivered pursuant to the Schedule of Documents, or as otherwise consented to by the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent, the Servicer has delivered to the Purchasers and the


Administrative Agent true and correct copies of all documents required to be delivered to such Persons pursuant to the Schedule of Documents, all such documents are complete and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date, and each and every other contingency to the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Related Documents has been performed.

 

7. No Adverse Claims have arisen or been granted with respect to the property of the Servicer other than Permitted Encumbrances.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have signed and delivered this Officer’s Certificate this      day of                         , 200  .

 

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

By:

 

 


   

Name

Title


Exhibit 3.01(a)(iii)(B) to Purchase Agreement

 

FORM OF OFFICER’S POST-CLOSING CERTIFICATE OF SERVICER

 

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

Officer’s Certificate

 

I, [Name of Officer], the duly elected [Insert Title] of Synnex Information Technologies, Inc. (the “ Servicer ”), hereby certify in connection with that certain Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement dated as of August 30, 2002 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), by and among SIT Funding Corporation (the “ Seller ”), Redwood Receivables Corporation (the “ Conduit Purchaser ”), the Servicer, General Electric Capital Corporation (“ GECC ”), in its capacity as committed purchaser (in such capacity, the “ Committed Purchaser ” and, together with the Conduit Purchaser, the “ Purchasers ”) and GECC, as administrative agent for the Purchasers (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), and for the benefit of the Purchaser and the Administrative Agent, as follows:

 

1. Capitalized terms herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Purchase Agreement.

 

2. Each of the representations and warranties of the Servicer contained in any of the Related Documents are correct on and as of the date hereof as though made on and as of such date (except to the extent any such representation and warranty relates solely to an earlier date), and no event has occurred and is continuing, or would result from the transactions effected pursuant thereto as of the date hereof, that constitutes or would constitute an Incipient Servicer Termination Event or an Event of Servicer Termination.

 

3. The Servicer is in material compliance with all federal, state, and local laws and regulations, including those relating to labor and environmental matters and ERISA.

 

4. No Adverse Claims have arisen or been granted with respect to the property of the Servicer other than Permitted Encumbrances.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have signed and delivered this Officer’s Certificate this      day of                         , 200  .

 

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

By:

 

 


   

Name

Title


Exhibit 3.01(a)(iv) to Purchase Agreement

 

Form of Monthly Report

 

SIT Funding Corporation

 

[See attached]


Exhibit 3.01(a)(iv)

 

to

 

Purchase Agreement

 

FORM OF MONTHLY REPORTING

 

Exhibit 3.01(a)(iv)-I

     

Consolidated Sales and Receivables Analysis

Exhibit 3.01(a)(iv)-II

     

Consolidated Aging

Exhibit 3.01(a)(iv)-III

     

Accounts Receivable Reconciliation

Exhibit 3.01(a)(iv)-IV

     

Overcollateralization Summary

Exhibit 3.01(a)(iv)-V

     

Trigger Calculations

Exhibit 3.01(a)(iv)-VI

     

Financial Statements of the Seller


Exhibit 10.03

 

Form of

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

This Power of Attorney is executed and delivered by [Seller or Servicer] (“ XYZ ”), as the [Seller/Servicer] under the Purchase Agreement (each as defined below), to General Electric Capital Corporation, as Administrative Agent under the Purchase Agreement (hereinafter referred to as “ Attorney ”), pursuant to that certain Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement dated as of August 30, 2002 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), by and among XYZ, the other parties thereto and Attorney and the other Related Documents. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Purchase Agreement. No person to whom this Power of Attorney is presented, as authority for Attorney to take any action or actions contemplated hereby, shall inquire into or seek confirmation from XYZ as to the authority of Attorney to take any action described below, or as to the existence of or fulfillment of any condition to this Power of Attorney, which is intended to grant to Attorney unconditionally the authority to take and perform the actions contemplated herein, and XYZ irrevocably waives any right to commence any suit or action, in law or equity, against any person or entity that acts in reliance upon or acknowledges the authority granted under this Power of Attorney. The power of attorney granted hereby is coupled with an interest and may not be revoked or canceled by XYZ until all Seller Secured Obligations under the Related Documents have been indefeasibly paid in full and Attorney has provided its written consent thereto.

 

XYZ hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints Attorney (and all officers, employees or agents designated by Attorney), with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full irrevocable power and authority in its place and stead and in its name or in Attorney’s own name, from time to time in Attorney’s discretion, to take any and all appropriate action and to execute and deliver any and all documents and instruments that may be necessary or desirable to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement, and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, hereby grants to Attorney the power and right, on its behalf, without notice to or assent by it, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Termination Event, to do the following: (a) open mail for it, and ask, demand, collect, give acquaintances and receipts for, take possession of, or endorse and receive payment of, any checks, drafts, notes, acceptances, or other instruments for the payment of moneys due, and sign and endorse any invoices, freight or express bills, bills of lading, storage or warehouse receipts, drafts against debtors, assignments, verifications, and notices in connection with any of its property; (b) effect any repairs to any of its assets, or continue or obtain any insurance and pay all or any part of the premiums therefor and costs thereof, and make, settle and adjust all claims under such policies of insurance, and make all determinations and decisions with respect to such policies; (c) pay or discharge any taxes, Liens, or other encumbrances levied or placed on or threatened against it or its property; (d) defend any suit, action or proceeding brought against it if it does not defend such suit, action or proceeding or if Attorney believes that it is not pursuing such defense in a manner that will maximize the recovery to Attorney, and settle, compromise or adjust any suit, action, or proceeding described above and, in connection therewith, give such discharges or releases as Attorney may deem appropriate; (e) file or prosecute any claim, Litigation, suit or proceeding in any court of competent jurisdiction or before any arbitrator, or take any other action otherwise deemed appropriate by Attorney for the purpose of collecting any and all such moneys due to it whenever payable and to enforce any other right in respect of its property; (f) sell, transfer,


pledge, make any agreement with respect to, or otherwise deal with, any of its property, and execute, in connection with such sale or action, any endorsements, assignments or other instruments of conveyance or transfer in connection therewith; and (g) cause the certified public accountants then engaged by it to prepare and deliver to Attorney at any time and from time to time, promptly upon Attorney’s request, any reports required pursuant to the terms of the Purchase Agreement, all as though Attorney were the absolute owner of its property for all purposes, and to do, at Attorney’s option and its expense, at any time or from time to time, all acts and other things that Attorney reasonably deems necessary to perfect, preserve, or realize upon its property or assets and the Purchaser’s Liens thereon, all as fully and effectively as it might do. XYZ hereby ratifies, to the extent permitted by law, all that said attorneys shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Power of Attorney is executed by XYZ this [    ] day of [                        ], 200  .

 

XYZ

By:

 

 


   

Name

Title

 

[Notarization in appropriate form for the state of execution is required.]


Annex 1 to Purchase Agreement

 

RESERVED


Annex 2 to Purchase Agreement

 

EXCLUDED OBLIGORS

 

None


Exhibit A to Annex 2 to Purchase Agreement

 

FORM OF AMENDING LETTER

 

[Insert Date]

 

SIT Funding Corporation

3797 Spinnaker Court

Suite P

Fremont, California 94538

Attention: President

 

Synnex Information Technologies, Inc.

3797 Spinnaker Court

Fremont, California 94538

Attention: President

 

Redwood Receivables Corporation

c/o General Electric Capital Corporation

3001 Summer Street, 2nd Floor

Stamford, Connecticut 06927

Attention: Manager, Conduit Administration

 

  Re:   Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement
       dated as of August 30, 2002

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

This notice is given pursuant to that certain Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement dated as of August 30, 2002 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), by and among SIT Funding Corporation (the “ Seller ”), Redwood Receivables Corporation (the “ Conduit Purchaser ”), Synnex Information Technologies, Inc. (the “ Servicer ”), General Electric Capital Corporation (“ GECC ”), in its capacity as committed purchaser (in such capacity, the “ Committed Purchaser ” and, together with the Conduit Purchaser, the “ Purchasers ”) and GECC, as administrative agent for the Purchasers (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Purchase Agreement.

 

The Administrative Agent hereby amends Annex 2 to the Purchase Agreement as follows:

 

The following Obligors are [added to/removed from] Annex 2 as “Excluded Obligors”: [            ].


The effective date of this amendment to Annex 2 is [                        ], [        ].

 

Very truly yours,

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION,

as Administrative Agent

By:

 

 


   

Name

Title


Annex 3 to Purchase Agreement

 

RESERVED


Annex 4 to Purchase Agreement

 

YIELD DISCOUNT AMOUNT

 

Yield Discount Amount

   =   

Purchase Rate Discount Amount

          +   

Yield Volatility Discount Amount

          +   

Unused Facility Fee Discount Amount

          +   

Servicing Fee Discount Amount

1.

  

Purchase Rate Discount Amount

   =   

Capital Investment

          x   

Daily Yield Rate

          x   

Liquidation Term Factor

          x   

360

2.

  

Yield Volatility Discount Amount

   =   

Capital Investment

          x   

Yield Volatility Percentage

          x   

Liquidation Term Factor

3.

  

Unused Facility Fee Discount Amount

   =   

Capital Investment Available

          x   

Unused Facility Fee Rate

          x   

Liquidation Term Factor

4.

  

Servicing Fee Discount Amount

   =   

Outstanding Balance of all Transferred

          x   

Servicing Fee Rate

          x   

Liquidation Term Factor

5.

  

Liquidation Term Factor

   =   

Expected Liquidation Period/360

 

Definitions

 

Expected Liquidation Period ” shall mean, at any time, a period of time (expressed in days) equal to the product of (a) 1.5, multiplied by (b) the product of (i) a fraction, (1) the numerator of which is equal to the average of the Outstanding Balances of Transferred Receivables on the first day of the 12 Settlement Periods immediately preceding such date and (2) the denominator of which is equal to aggregate Collections received during such 12 Settlement Periods with respect to all Transferred Receivables, multiplied by (ii) the number of days contained in such 12 Settlement Periods.

 

Yield Volatility Percentage ” shall mean the maximum increase in interest rates anticipated over the Expected Liquidation Period, as determined from time to time by the Administrative Agent.

 

98


Annex 5 to Purchase Agreement

 

FINANCIAL COVENANTS

 

I.   Servicer

 

(a) Minimum Net Worth . Synnex and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis shall have a Minimum Net Worth, as of the Closing Date and as of the end of each fiscal quarter ending during the period from the Closing Date to and including November 30, 2002, of not less than $170,000,000. Thereafter, Synnex and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis shall have, as of the end of each fiscal quarter in each fiscal year ending after November 30, 2002, a Minimum Net Worth of not less than the sum of (i) the Minimum Net Worth required hereunder for the immediately preceding fiscal year plus (ii) an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of the positive net income of Synnex and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for such immediately preceding fiscal year plus (iii) an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the amount of any equity raised by or capital contributed to Synnex during such immediately preceding fiscal year.

 

(b) Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio . Synnex, on a consolidated basis with its Subsidiaries shall have, for each Rolling Period from and after the Closing Date, a Fixed Charge Ratio of not less than 1.75 to 1.00.

 

II.   Seller

 

The Seller shall at all times have a Net Worth Percentage of not less than 5.0%.


Capitalized terms used in this Annex 5 and not otherwise defined below shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in Annex X .

 

Capital Expenditures ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, all expenditures (by the expenditure of cash or the incurrence of Debt) by such Person during any measuring period for any fixed assets or improvements or for replacements, substitutions or additions thereto, that have a useful life of more than one year and that are required to be capitalized under GAAP.

 

EBITDA ” shall mean, with respect to any Person for any fiscal period, the amount equal to (a) consolidated net income of such Person for such period, minus (b) the sum of (i) income tax credits, (ii) interest income, (iii) gain from extraordinary items for such period, (iv) any aggregate net gain (but not any aggregate net loss) during such period arising from the sale, exchange or other disposition of capital assets by such Person (including any fixed assets, whether tangible or intangible, all inventory sold in conjunction with the disposition of fixed assets and all securities), and (v) any other non-cash gains that have been added in determining consolidated net income (including LIFO adjustments), in each case to the extent included in the calculation of consolidated net income of such Person for such period in accordance with GAAP, but without duplication, plus (c) the sum of (i) any provision for income taxes, (ii) Interest Expense, (iii) loss from extraordinary items for such period, (iv) the amount of non-cash charges (including depreciation, amortization and LIFO adjustments) for such period, (v) amortized debt discount for such period, and (vi) the amount of any deduction to consolidated net income as the result of any grant to any members of the management of such Person of any Stock, in each case to the extent included in the calculation of consolidated net income of such Person for such period in accordance with GAAP, but without duplication. For purposes of this definition, the following items shall be excluded in determining consolidated net income of a Person: (A) the income (or deficit) of any other Person accrued prior to the date it became a Subsidiary of, or was merged or consolidated into, such Person or any of such Person’s Subsidiaries; (B) the income (or deficit) of any other Person (other than a Subsidiary) in which such Person has an ownership interest, except to the extent any such income has actually been received by such Person in the form of cash dividends or distributions; (C) the undistributed earnings of any Subsidiary of such Person to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Subsidiary is not at the time permitted by the terms of any contractual obligation or requirement of law applicable to such Subsidiary; (D) any restoration to income of any contingency reserve, except to the extent that provision for such reserve was made out of income accrued during such period; (E) any write-up of any asset; (F) any net gain from the collection of the proceeds of life insurance policies; (G) any net gain arising from the acquisition of any securities, or the extinguishment, under GAAP, of any Debt, of such Person, (H) in the case of a successor to such Person by consolidation or merger or as a transferee of its assets, any earnings of such successor prior to such consolidation, merger or transfer of assets, and (I) any deferred credit representing the excess of equity in any Subsidiary of such Person at the date of acquisition of such Subsidiary over the cost to such Person of the investment in such Subsidiary.

 

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date, the ratio of (a) EBITDA for the Rolling Period ending on such date to (b) Fixed Charges for such period.

 

100


Fixed Charges ” shall mean, with respect to any fiscal period of Synnex, the sum of (a) cash Interest Expense during such period, plus (b) regularly scheduled payments of principal on Debt (other than Debt owing under this Agreement and the Credit Agreement) of Synnex and its Subsidiaries paid during such period, plus (c) the aggregate amount of all Capital Expenditures made by Synnex and its Subsidiaries during such period other than Capital Expenditures related to the purchase of and improvements to the building occupied by Beijing SYNNEX Technologies Ltd. in an amount not to exceed $8,500,000, plus (d) income tax expense during such period, plus (e) any dividend, return of capital or any other distribution in connection with its capital stock.

 

Interest Expense ” shall mean, with respect to any fiscal period of Synnex, interest expense (whether cash or non-cash) of Synnex and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for such period, including amortization of original issue discount on any Debt and of all fees payable in connection with the incurrence of such Debt (to the extent included in interest expense), the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation and the interest component of any Capital Lease Obligation and including the Redwood Yield.

 

Net Worth ” shall mean, as of any date, the excess of (a) the consolidated assets of Synnex and its Subsidiaries over (b) the consolidated liabilities of Synnex and its Subsidiaries as determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Rolling Period ” shall mean, as of the end of any Fiscal Quarter of Synnex, the immediately preceding four (4) Fiscal Quarters, including the Fiscal Quarter then ending.

 

(b) Rules of Construction Concerning Financial Covenants . Unless otherwise specifically provided therein, any accounting term used in any Related Document shall have the meaning customarily given such term in accordance with GAAP, and all financial computations thereunder shall be computed in accordance with GAAP consistently applied. That certain items or computations are explicitly modified by the phrase “in accordance with GAAP” shall in no way be construed to limit the foregoing. If any Accounting Changes occur and such changes result in a change in the calculation of the financial covenants, standards or terms used in any Related Document, then the parties thereto agree to enter into negotiations in order to amend such provisions so as to equitably reflect such Accounting Changes with the desired result that the criteria for evaluating the financial condition of such Persons and their Subsidiaries shall be the same after such Accounting Changes as if such Accounting Changes had not been made. If the parties thereto agree upon the required amendments thereto, then after appropriate amendments have been executed and the underlying Accounting Change with respect thereto has been implemented, any reference to GAAP contained therein shall, only to the extent of such Accounting Change, refer to GAAP consistently applied after giving effect to the implementation of such Accounting Change. If such parties cannot agree upon the required amendments within 30 days following the date of implementation of any Accounting Change, then all financial statements delivered and all calculations of financial covenants and other standards and terms in accordance with the Related Documents shall be prepared, delivered and made without regard to the underlying Accounting Change.


Annex 5.02(a) to Purchase Agreement

 

REPORTING REQUIREMENTS OF THE SELLER

 

The Seller shall furnish, or cause to be furnished, to the Purchasers, the Administrative Agent and (in the case of paragraph (b)(ii) and (f) below only) the Rating Agencies:

 

(a) Monthly Report . As soon as available, and in any event no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on the twelfth Business Day of each fiscal month, a Monthly Report in the form of Exhibit 3.01(a)(iv) prepared by the Seller as of the last day of the previous fiscal month.

 

(b) Annual Audited Financials . As soon as available, and in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, financial information regarding the Originators and their respective Subsidiaries, certified by an Independent Accounting Firm in an unqualified report, consisting of consolidated and consolidating (i) balance sheets as of the close of such fiscal year and (ii) statements of income and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in comparative form the figures for the prior fiscal year and the figures contained in the Projections for such fiscal year, all prepared in accordance with GAAP. Such financial information shall be accompanied by the certification of the Chief Financial Officer of Synnex that (A) such financial information presents fairly in accordance with GAAP the financial position and results of operations of the Originators and their respective Subsidiaries, on a consolidated and consolidating basis, in each case as at the end of such fiscal year and for the fiscal year then ended and (B) any other information presented is true, correct and complete in all material respects and that there was no Incipient Termination Event or Termination Event in existence as of such time or, if an Incipient Termination Event or Termination Event shall have occurred and be continuing, describing the nature thereof and all efforts undertaken to cure such Incipient Termination Event or Termination Event. In addition, the Seller shall furnish, or cause to be furnished, to the Administrative Agent a Compliance Certificate with respect to such fiscal year as described in paragraph (c) below.

 

(c) Quarterly Financials . As soon as available, and in any event within 30 days after the end of each fiscal quarter, financial information regarding the Originators and their respective Subsidiaries, certified by the Chief Financial Officer of Synnex, consisting of consolidated and consolidating (i) unaudited balance sheets as of the close of such fiscal quarter and the related statement of income for that portion of the fiscal year ending as of the close of such fiscal quarter and (ii) unaudited statement of income for such fiscal quarter, setting forth in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period in the prior year and the figures contained in the Projections for such fiscal year, all prepared in accordance with GAAP. Such financial information shall be accompanied by the certification of the Chief Financial Officer of Synnex that (A) such financial information presents fairly in accordance with GAAP the financial position and results of operations of the Originators and their respective Subsidiaries, on a consolidated and consolidating basis, in each case as at the end of such fiscal quarter and for the period then ended and (B) any other information presented is true, correct and complete in all material respects and that there was no Incipient Termination Event or Termination Event in existence as of such time or, if an Incipient Termination Event or Termination Event shall have occurred and be


continuing, describing the nature thereof and all efforts undertaken to cure such Incipient Termination Event or Termination Event. In addition, the Seller shall furnish, or cause to be furnished, to the Administrative Agent, within 30 days after the end of each fiscal quarter, (Y) a statement in reasonable detail (each, a “ Compliance Certificate ”) showing the calculations used in determining compliance with each financial covenant set forth on Annex 5 and (Z) a management discussion and analysis that includes a comparison to budget for the fiscal year to date as of the end of such fiscal quarter and a comparison of performance for the fiscal year to date as of the end of that fiscal quarter to the corresponding period in the prior year.

 

(d) Monthly Financials . As soon as available, and in any event within 30 days after the end of each fiscal month, financial information regarding the Originators and their respective domestic Subsidiaries, certified by the Chief Financial Officer, the Vice President-Finance or the Controller of Synnex, consisting of (i) unaudited balance sheets for each Originator and each such domestic Subsidiary as of the close of such fiscal month and the related statement of income for that portion of the fiscal year ending as of the close of such fiscal month and (ii) unaudited statement of income for each Originator and each such domestic Subsidiary for such fiscal month, setting forth in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period in the prior year and the figures contained in the Projections for such fiscal year, all prepared in accordance with GAAP. Such financial information shall be accompanied by the certification of the Chief Financial Officer, the Vice President-Finance or the Controller of Synnex that (A) such financial information presents fairly in accordance with GAAP the financial position and results of operations of the Originators and their respective domestic Subsidiaries, in each case as at the end of such month and for the period then ended and (B) any other information presented is true, correct and complete in all material respects and that there was no Incipient Termination Event or Termination Event in existence as of such time or, if an Incipient Termination Event or Termination Event shall have occurred and be continuing, describing the nature thereof and all efforts undertaken to cure such Incipient Termination Event or Termination Event.

 

(e) Operating Plan . As soon as available, but not later than 30 days prior to the end of each fiscal year, an annual operating plan for Synnex, approved by the Board of Directors of Synnex, for the following year, which will (i) include a statement of all of the material assumptions on which such plan is based, (ii) include monthly balance sheets and a monthly budget for the following year and (iii) integrate sales, gross profits, operating expenses, operating profit, cash flow projections and Availability projections, all prepared on the same basis and in similar detail as that on which operating results are reported (and in the case of cash flow projections, representing management’s good faith estimates of future financial performance based on historical performance), and including plans for personnel, capital expenditures and facilities.

 

(f) Management Letters . Within five Business Days after receipt thereof by the Seller, copies of all management letters, exception reports or similar letters or reports received by the Seller from its independent certified public accountants.

 

(g) Default Notices . As soon as practicable, and in any event within five Business Days after an Authorized Officer of the Seller has actual knowledge of the existence thereof, telephonic or telecopied notice of each of the following events, in each case specifying the nature and anticipated effect thereof and what action, if any,


the Seller proposes to take with respect thereto, which notice, if given telephonically, shall be promptly confirmed in writing on the next Business Day:

 

(i) any Incipient Termination Event or Termination Event;

 

(ii) any Adverse Claim made or asserted against any of the Seller Collateral of which it becomes aware;

 

(iii) the occurrence of any event that would have a material adverse effect on the aggregate value of the Seller Collateral or on the assignments and Liens granted by the Seller pursuant to this Agreement;

 

(iv) the occurrence of any event of the type described in Sections 4.02(h)(i), (ii) or (iii) of either Transfer Agreement involving any Obligor obligated under Transferred Receivables with an aggregate Outstanding Balance at such time of $1 million or more;

 

(v) the commencement of a case or proceeding by or against the Seller seeking a decree or order in respect of the Seller (A) under the Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable federal, state or foreign bankruptcy or other similar law, (B) appointing a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee or sequestrator (or similar official) for the Seller or for any substantial part of its assets, or (C) ordering the winding-up or liquidation of the affairs of the Seller;

 

(vi) the receipt of notice that (A) the Seller is being placed under regulatory supervision, (B) any license, permit, charter, registration or approval necessary for the conduct of the Seller’s business is to be, or may be, suspended or revoked, or (C) the Seller is to cease and desist any practice, procedure or policy employed by it in the conduct of its business if such cessation may have a Material Adverse Effect; or

 

(vii) any other event, circumstance or condition that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(h) SEC Filings and Press Releases . Promptly upon their becoming available, copies of: (i) all financial statements, reports, notices and proxy statements made publicly available by the Seller or any Originator to its security holders; (ii) all regular and periodic reports and all registration statements and prospectuses, if any, filed by the Seller or any Originator with any securities exchange or with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any governmental or private regulatory authority; and (iii) all press releases and other statements made available by the Seller or any Originator to the public concerning material adverse changes or developments in the business of any such Person.

 

(i) Litigation . Promptly upon learning thereof, written notice of any Litigation affecting the Seller, the Transferred Receivables or the Seller Collateral, whether or not fully covered by insurance, and regardless of the subject matter thereof that (i) seeks damages in excess of $100,000, (ii) seeks injunctive relief, (iii) is asserted or instituted against any Plan, its fiduciaries or its assets or against the Seller or any ERISA Affiliate of the Seller in connection with any Plan, (iv) alleges criminal misconduct the Seller or (v) would, if determined adversely, have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(j) Other Documents . Such other financial and other information respecting the Transferred Receivables, the Contracts therefor or the condition or operations,


financial or otherwise, of the Seller or the Originators or any of their respective Subsidiaries as the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent shall, from time to time, request.

 

(k) Miscellaneous Certifications . As soon as available, and in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, (i) a Bringdown Certificate, (ii) a Servicer’s Certificate, and (iii) if requested, an opinion of counsel, in form and substance satisfactory to the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent, reaffirming as of the date of such opinion the opinion of counsel with respect to the Seller and the Originators delivered to the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent on the Closing Date.


Annex 5.02(b) to Purchase Agreement

 

INVESTMENT REPORTS

 

The Seller shall furnish, or cause to be furnished, to the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent the following:

 

(a) As soon as available, and in any event no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on the third Business Day of each week, an Investment Base Certificate, which shall be prepared by the Seller or the Servicer as of the last day of the previous week; provided , that if (i) an Incipient Termination Event or a Termination Event shall have occurred and be continuing or (ii) the Administrative Agent, in good faith, believes that an Incipient Termination Event or a Termination Event is imminent or deems the Purchasers’ rights or interests in the Transferred Receivables or the Seller Collateral insecure, then additional Investment Base Certificates shall be delivered for such periods and as frequently as the Administrative Agent shall request; and

 

(b) Such other reports, statements and reconciliations with respect to the Investment Base or Seller Collateral as any Purchaser or the Administrative Agent shall from time to time request in its reasonable discretion.


Annex 7.07 to Purchase Agreement

 

REPORTING REQUIREMENTS OF THE SERVICER

 

The Servicer shall furnish, or cause to be furnished, to the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent all of the following (except if the Servicer is an Originator, in which case the Servicer shall not be required to furnish the information required in paragraphs (a) and (b) below):

 

(a) Annual Audited Financials . As soon as available, and in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, financial information regarding the Servicer and its Subsidiaries, certified by an Independent Accounting Firm in an unqualified report, consisting of consolidated and consolidating (i) balance sheets as of the close of such fiscal year and (ii) statements of income and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in comparative form the figures for the prior fiscal year and the figures contained in the Projections for such fiscal year, all prepared in accordance with GAAP. Such financial information shall be accompanied by the certification of the Chief Financial Officer of the Servicer that (A) such financial information presents fairly in accordance with GAAP the financial position and results of operations of the Servicer and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated and consolidating basis, in each case as at the end of such fiscal year and for the fiscal year then ended and (B) any other information presented is true, correct and complete in all material respects and that there was no Incipient Termination Event or Termination Event in existence as of such time or, if an Incipient Termination Event or Termination Event shall have occurred and be continuing, describing the nature thereof and all efforts undertaken to cure such Incipient Termination Event or Termination Event. In addition, the Seller shall furnish, or cause to be furnished, to the Administrative Agent a Compliance Certificate with respect to such fiscal year as described in paragraph (c) below.

 

(b) Quarterly Officer’s Certificate . As soon as available, and in any event within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year and 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officer’s Certificate stating, as to each signer thereof, that (i) a review of the activities of the Servicer during the preceding fiscal quarter and of its performance under this Agreement has been made under such officer’s supervision, (ii) to the best of such officer’s knowledge, based on such review, the Servicer has fulfilled all of its obligations under this Agreement throughout such period or, if there has been a default in the fulfillment of any such obligation, describing the nature and status thereof and all efforts undertaken to cure such default, (iii) there was no Event of Servicer Termination in existence as of such time or, if an Event of Servicer Termination shall have occurred and be continuing, describing the nature and status thereof and all efforts undertaken to cure such Event of Servicer Termination, (iv) the Servicer has complied with each of its covenants under the Purchase Agreement and the other Related Documents, including those covenants set forth in Section 7.06 of the Purchase Agreement and Annex 5 , and (v) each of the representations and warranties of the Servicer contained in the Purchase Agreement or in any other Related Document is true and correct in all respects and with the same force and effect as though made on and as of the date of such certification, except to the extent that any such representation or warranty expressly relates to an earlier date and except for changes therein expressly permitted therein.


(c) Management Letters . Within five Business Days after receipt thereof by the Servicer, copies of all management letters, exception reports or similar letters or reports received by the Servicer from its independent certified public accountants.

 

(d) Default Notices . As soon as practicable, and in any event within five Business Days after an Authorized Officer of the Servicer has actual knowledge of the existence thereof, telephonic or telecopied notice of each of the following events, in each case specifying the nature and anticipated effect thereof, which notice, if given telephonically, shall be promptly confirmed in writing on the next Business Day:

 

(i) any Incipient Termination Event, Termination Event, Incipient Servicer Termination Event or Event of Servicer Termination;

 

(ii) any Adverse Claim made or asserted against any of the Seller Collateral of which it becomes aware;

 

(iii) the occurrence of any event that would have a material adverse effect on the aggregate value of the Seller Collateral or on the assignments and Liens granted by the Seller pursuant to this Agreement;

 

(iv) the occurrence of any event of the type described in Sections 4.02(h)(i), (ii) or (iii) of either Transfer Agreement involving any Obligor obligated under Transferred Receivables with an aggregate Outstanding Balance at such time of $1 million or more; or

 

(v) any other event, circumstance or condition that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(e) SEC Filings and Press Releases . Promptly upon their becoming available, copies of: (i) all financial statements, reports, notices and proxy statements made publicly available by the Servicer to its security holders; (ii) all regular and periodic reports and all registration statements and prospectuses, if any, filed by the Servicer with any securities exchange or with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any governmental or private regulatory authority; and (iii) all press releases and other statements made available by the Servicer to the public concerning material adverse changes or developments in the business of any such Person.

 

(f) Litigation . Promptly upon learning thereof, written notice of any Litigation affecting any Originator, the Seller, the Servicer, the Transferred Receivables or the Seller Collateral, whether or not fully covered by insurance, and regardless of the subject matter thereof that (i) is or is reasonably likely to be asserted by an Obligor with respect to any Transferred Receivable and with respect to which the amount in dispute is or may be reasonably expected to be in excess of $100,000, (ii) seeks damages in excess of $500,000, (iii) seeks injunctive relief, (iv) is asserted or instituted against any Plan, its fiduciaries or its assets or against any Originator, the Servicer or the Seller or ERISA Affiliate thereof in connection with any Plan, (v) alleges criminal misconduct by any Originator, the Seller or the Servicer or (vi) would, if determined adversely, have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(g) Other Documents . Such other financial and other information respecting the Transferred Receivables, the Contracts therefor or the condition or operations,


financial or otherwise, of the Servicer or any of its Subsidiaries as the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent shall, from time to time, request.

 


EXECUTION COPY

 

ANNEX X

 

to

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED RECEIVABLES TRANSFER AGREEMENT

 

and

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AND SERVICING

AGREEMENT

 

each dated as of

 

August 30, 2002

 

Definitions and Interpretation


SECTION 1. Definitions and Conventions . Capitalized terms used in the Transfer Agreements and the Purchase Agreement shall have (unless otherwise provided elsewhere therein) the following respective meanings:

 

Accession Agreement ” shall mean an Accession Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A to the Collateral Agent Agreement.

 

Accounting Changes ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, (a) changes in accounting principles required by the promulgation of any rule, regulation, pronouncement or opinion of the Financial Accounting Standards Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (or any successor thereto or any agency with similar functions); (b) changes in accounting principles concurred in by such Person’s certified public accountants; (c) purchase accounting adjustments under A.P.B. 16 or 17 and EITF 88-16, and the application of the accounting principles set forth in FASB 109, including the establishment of reserves pursuant thereto and any subsequent reversal (in whole or in part) of such reserves; and (d) the reversal of any reserves established as a result of purchase accounting adjustments.

 

Accrued Monthly Yield ” shall mean, as of any date of determination within a Settlement Period, the sum of the Daily Yields for each day from and including the first day of the Settlement Period through and including such date.

 

Accrued Servicing Fee ” shall mean, as of any date of determination within a Settlement Period, the sum of the Servicing Fees calculated for each day from and including the first day of the Settlement Period through and including such date.

 

Accrued Unused Facility Fee ” shall mean, as of any date of determination within a Settlement Period, the sum of the Unused Facility Fees calculated for each day from and including the first day of the Settlement Period through and including such date.

 

Accumulated Funding Deficiency ” shall mean an “accumulated funding deficiency” as defined in Section 412 of the IRC and Section 302 of ERISA, whether or not waived.

 

Additional Amounts ” shall mean any amounts payable to any Affected Party under Sections 2.09 or 2.10 of the Purchase Agreement.

 

Additional Costs ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.09(b) of the Purchase Agreement.

 

Administrative Agent ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble of the Purchase Agreement.

 

Administrative Services Agreement ” shall mean that certain Administrative Services Agreement dated as of March 7, 2000, between Redwood and the Operating Agent.

 

Adverse Claim ” shall mean any claim of ownership or any Lien, other than any ownership interest or Lien created under a Transfer Agreement or the Purchase Agreement or any Lien created under the Collateral Agent Agreement.


Affected Party ” shall mean each of the following Persons: the Conduit Purchaser, the Committed Purchaser, the Liquidity Agent, each Liquidity Lender, the Operating Agent, the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Agent, each Letter of Credit Provider, the Collateral Agent, the Depositary and each Affiliate of the foregoing Persons.

 

Affiliate ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, (a) each Person that, directly or indirectly, owns or controls, whether beneficially, or as a trustee, guardian or other fiduciary, five percent (5%) or more of the Stock having ordinary voting power in the election of directors of such Person, (b) each Person that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person, or (c) each of such Person’s officers, directors, joint venturers and partners. For the purposes of this definition, “control” of a Person shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of its management or policies, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

Ancillary Services and Lease Agreement ” shall mean that certain Ancillary Services and Lease Agreement dated as of December 19, 1997 between SFC and Synnex, pursuant to which Synnex agrees to provide office space and certain administrative and clerical services to SFC and to advance to SFC subordinated loans from time to time in an aggregate not to exceed $500,000 to satisfy SFC’s initial and ongoing administrative and operating expenses.

 

Appendices ” shall mean, with respect to any Related Document, all exhibits, schedules, annexes and other attachments thereto, or expressly identified thereto.

 

Applicable Purchaser ” shall mean (i) prior to the occurrence of a Committed Purchaser Funding Event, the Conduit Purchaser, and (ii) on and after the occurrence of a Committed Purchaser Funding Event, the Committed Purchaser.

 

Approved Receivable ” shall mean, (a) all Receivables originated by an Originator and (b) those Receivables originated by another Person and subsequently acquired by an Originator that have been approved in writing by the Administrative Agent.

 

Authorized Officer ” shall mean, with respect to any corporation, the Chairman or Vice-Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President, the Secretary, the Treasurer, any Assistant Secretary, any Assistant Treasurer and each other officer of such corporation specifically authorized in resolutions of the Board of Directors of such corporation to sign agreements, instruments or other documents on behalf of such corporation in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Transfer Agreements, the Purchase Agreement and the other Related Documents.

 

Availability ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the amount equal to the lesser of: (a) (i) the Investment Base multiplied by the Purchase Discount Rate, minus (ii) the Yield Discount Amount, and (b) the Maximum Purchase Limit.

 

Available LOC Percentage ” shall mean ten percent (10%); provided , that the Available LOC Percentage may be changed at any time by the Operating Agent in the exercise of its reasonable business judgment, and, in the case of a decrease only, upon satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition with respect thereto.


Bankruptcy Code ” shall mean the provisions of title 11 of the United States Code, 11 U.S.C. § § 101 et seq.

 

Billed Amount ” shall mean, with respect to any Receivable, the amount billed on the Billing Date to the Obligor thereunder.

 

Billing Date ” shall mean, with respect to any Receivable, the date on which the invoice with respect thereto was generated.

 

Breakage Costs ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.10 of the Purchase Agreement.

 

Bringdown Certificate ” shall mean an Officer’s Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit 3.01(a)(ii) to the Purchase Agreement.

 

Business Day ” shall mean any day that is not a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banks are required or permitted to be closed in the State of New York or the State of California.

 

Capital Investment ” shall mean, as of any date of determination with respect to any Purchaser, the amount equal to (a) the aggregate deposits made by such Purchaser to the Collection Account pursuant to Section 2.04(b)(i) of the Purchase Agreement on or before such date, plus (b) in the case of the Committed Purchaser only, any amounts advanced by the Committed Purchaser to the Conduit Purchaser under the LAPA in respect of Capital Investment when purchasing the Transferred Receivables owned by the Conduit Purchaser, minus (c) in the case of the Conduit Purchaser only, any amounts advanced by the Committed Purchaser to the Conduit Purchaser under the LAPA in respect of Capital Investment when purchasing the Transferred Receivables owned by the Conduit Purchaser, minus (d) the sum of all amounts disbursed to such Purchaser in reduction of Capital Investment pursuant to Sections 6.02 , 6.03 , 6.04 or 6.05 of the Purchase Agreement on or before such date.

 

Capital Investment Available ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the amount, if any, by which Availability exceeds Capital Investment, in each case as of the end of the immediately preceding day.

 

Capital Investment Shortfall ” shall mean, for any day with respect to which the Deferred Purchase Price Adjustment for the immediately preceding day was greater than zero and was not satisfied, the amount, if any, by which the Deferred Purchase Price Adjustment exceeded the amount of Collections on deposit in the Capital Investment Sub-Account after disbursement of any amounts pursuant to Sections 6.03(c)(i) and (ii) of the Purchase Agreement, in each case as of the end of the immediately preceding day.

 

Capital Investment Sub-Account ” shall mean that certain sub-account of the Collection Account designated as such.

 

Capital Lease ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) by such Person as lessee that, in accordance with GAAP,


would be required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease on a balance sheet of such Person.

 

Capital Lease Obligation ” shall mean, with respect to any Capital Lease of any Person, the amount of the obligation of the lessee thereunder that, in accordance with GAAP, would appear on a balance sheet of such lessee in respect of such Capital Lease.

 

Cash Purchase Price ” shall mean, as of any Purchase Date, the amount distributable to the Seller pursuant to Section 6.03(c)(v) of the Purchase Agreement.

 

Change of Control ” shall mean any event, transaction or occurrence as a result of which (a) the Mitac Group shall cease to own and control, directly or indirectly, all of the economic and voting rights associated with ownership of at least fifty-one percent (51%) of all classes of outstanding capital Stock of each Originator on a fully diluted basis; provided , however that if Synnex completes a public offering of its capital stock, a “Change of Control” pursuant to this clause (a) shall not occur unless the Mitac Group shall cease to own and control, directly or indirectly, all of the economic and voting rights associated with ownership of at least forty percent (40%) of the outstanding capital Stock of all classes of each Originator on a fully diluted basis, (b) Synnex shall cease to own and control all of the economic and voting rights associated with all of the outstanding capital Stock of the Seller, or (c) any Originator has sold, transferred, conveyed, assigned or otherwise disposed of all or substantially all of its assets.

 

Charges ” shall mean (i) all federal, state, county, city, municipal, local, foreign or other governmental taxes (including taxes owed to the PBGC at the time due and payable); (ii) all levies, assessments, charges, or claims of any governmental entity or any claims of statutory lienholders, the nonpayment of which could give rise by operation of law to a Lien on Transferred Receivables or any other Seller Collateral or any other property of either Originator and (iii) any such taxes, levies, assessment, charges or claims which constitute a lien or encumbrance on any property of either Originator or the Seller.

 

Closing Date ” shall mean August 30, 2002.

 

Collateral Account ” shall mean that certain segregated deposit account established by the Administrative Agent and maintained with the Depositary designated as the “Redwood Receivables Corporation—Collateral Account,” account number 24596, ABA No. 021 001 033, or such other account as may be designated in writing by the Administrative Agent.

 

Collateral Agent ” shall mean GE Capital, in its capacity as collateral agent for the Conduit Purchaser and the Conduit Purchaser Secured Parties pursuant to the Collateral Agent Agreement.

 

Collateral Agent Agreement ” shall mean that certain Third Amended and Restated Collateral Agent and Security Agreement dated as of March 7, 2000, among Redwood, the Depositary and GE Capital, in its capacities as (a) the Collateral Agent, (b) the Operating Agent, (c) the Liquidity Agent and (d) the Letter of Credit Agent.

 

Collection Account ” shall mean that certain segregated deposit account established by the Purchaser and maintained with the Depositary designated as the “Redwood


Receivables Corporation—Collection Account (Synnex),” account number 01419647, ABA No. 021 001 033, or such other account established in accordance with the requirements set forth in Section 6.01(b)(iii) of the Purchase Agreement.

 

Collections ” shall mean, with respect to any Receivable, all cash collections and other proceeds of such Receivable (including late charges, fees and interest arising thereon, and all recoveries with respect thereto that have been written off as uncollectible).

 

Commercial Paper ” shall mean those certain short-term promissory notes issued by the Conduit Purchaser (or, with respect to the Committed Purchaser, by GE Capital), from time to time in the United States of America commercial paper market.

 

Committed Purchaser ” shall mean GE Capital, its successors and assigns.

 

Committed Purchaser Daily Yield ” means, for any day, the product of (i) the sum of the Committed Purchaser Daily Yield Rate for such day, plus the Daily Margin on such day, plus, if a Termination Event has occurred and is continuing, the Daily Default Margin, multiplied by (ii) the Committed Purchaser’s Capital Investment outstanding on such day.

 

Committed Purchaser Daily Yield Rate ” means, for any day during a Settlement Period, (a) the weighted average Committed Purchaser Yield Rates applicable to the Committed Purchaser’s Capital Investment on such day, weighted by outstanding Capital Investment, divided by (b) 360.

 

Committed Purchaser Expiry Date ” shall mean August 29, 2003 (as such date may be extended for additional periods not to exceed 364 days from time to time upon the written agreement of the Conduit Purchaser, the Administrative Agent and the Committed Purchaser).

 

Committed Purchaser Funding Event ” shall mean the occurrence of a Redwood Termination Date, but only if both (i) no Termination Event has occurred and is continuing, and (ii) the Committed Purchaser Expiry Date has not occurred.

 

Committed Purchaser Yield Rate ” means, with respect to any portion of the Committed Purchaser’s Capital Investment on any day during a Settlement Period, the LIBOR Rate for such Settlement Period.

 

Commitment Reduction Notice ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.02(a) of the Purchase Agreement.

 

Commitment Termination Notice ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.02(b) of the Purchase Agreement.

 

ComputerLand ” shall mean ComputerLand Corporation, a California corporation.

 

“Concentration Discount Amount ” shall mean, with respect to any Obligor and as of any date of determination after giving effect to all Eligible Receivables to be transferred on


such date, the amount by which the Outstanding Balance of Eligible Receivables owing by such Obligor exceeds (i) three percent (3%) multiplied by (ii) the Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables on such date; provided , that, (a) with respect to PlanetGov, Inc., the percentage referenced in clause (i) above shall be five percent (5%) rather than three percent (3%), (b) with respect to IBM Credit Corporation and Deutsche Financial Services, the percentage referenced in clause (i) above shall be fifteen percent (15%) rather than three percent (3%) if and so long as (1) the current public rating of such Obligor’s senior, unsecured and unguaranteed short-term indebtedness is not less than A-1 by S&P and P-1 by Moody’s and (2) the current public rating of such Obligor’s senior, unsecured and unguaranteed long-term indebtedness is not less than A- by S&P and A3 by Moody’s, (c) with respect to Sun Microsystems, Inc., the percentage referenced in clause (i) above shall be ten percent (10%) rather than three percent (3%) if and so long as Sun Microsystems, Inc.’s senior, unsecured and unguaranteed (x) short-term indebtedness has been rated not less than A-2 by S&P and (y) either (A) short-term indebtedness has been rated not less than P-2 by Moody’s or (B) long-term indebtedness has been rated not less than BBB by S&P or Baa2 by Moody’s, (d) with respect to Best Buy, Co., Inc. the percentage referenced in clause (i) above shall be ten percent (10%) rather than three percent (3%) if and so long as Best Buy, Co., Inc.’s senior, unsecured and unguaranteed long-term indebtedness has been rated not less than BBB- by S&P and Baa3 by Moody’s, (e) with respect to Dell, the percentage referenced in clause (i) above shall be fifteen percent (15%) rather than three percent (3%) if and so long as Dell’s senior, unsecured and unguaranteed long-term indebtedness has been rated not less than BBB+ by S&P and Baa1 by Moody’s and (f) with respect to TransAmerica Corporation, the percentage referenced in clause (i) above shall be five percent (5%) rather than three percent (3%).

 

The percentage referenced in clause (i) with respect to any Obligor (including PlanetGov, Inc., TransAmerica Corporation, Dell, Best Buy, Co., Inc., Sun Microsystems, Inc., IBM Credit Corporation and Deutsche Financial Services) may be changed at any time in the reasonable business judgment of the Administrative Agent and, in the case of an increase only, upon satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition with respect thereto. It is hereby understood and agreed that the Concentration Discount Amount for IBM Credit Corporation and Deutsche Financial Services (each, a “Floorplan Obligor”) shall be determined without duplication of the Concentration Discount Amount for each Obligor financed by such Floorplan Obligor.

 

Conduit Purchaser ” shall mean Redwood and its assigns.

 

Conduit Purchaser Secured Parties ” shall mean the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the CP Holders, the Depositary, the Liquidity Agent, the Liquidity Lenders, the Letter of Credit Agent, the Letter of Credit Providers and the Operating Agent.

 

Contract ” shall mean any agreement (including any invoice) pursuant to, or under which, an Obligor shall be obligated to make payments with respect to any Receivable.

 

Contributed Receivables ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.01(d) of each Transfer Agreement.

 

CP Holder ” shall mean any Person that holds record or beneficial ownership of Commercial Paper.


Credit and Collection Policies ” shall mean the credit, collection, customer relations and service policies of the Originators in effect on the Closing Date, as the same may from time to time be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified with the written consent of the Administrative Agent.

 

Credit Facility ” shall mean that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of July 9, 2002, among Synnex, as borrower, the lenders party thereto and GE Capital, as agent for itself and the other lenders party thereto, and the other loan documents executed in connection therewith, together with such amendments, restatements, supplements or modifications thereto or any refinancings, replacements or refundings thereof as may be agreed to by the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent.

 

Daily Default Margin ” shall mean, for any day on which a Termination Event has occurred and is continuing, two percent (2.0%) divided by 360.

 

Daily Margin ” shall mean, for any day, the Per Annum Daily Margin on such day divided by 360.

 

Daily Yield ” means, for any day, the sum of (a) the Redwood Daily Yield for such day, and (b) the Committed Purchaser Daily Yield for such day.

 

Daily Yield Rate ” shall mean the Redwood Daily Yield Rate or the Committed Purchaser Daily Yield Rate, as the case may be.

 

Dealer ” shall mean any dealer party to a Dealer Agreement.

 

Dealer Agreement ” shall mean any dealer agreement entered into by Redwood for the distribution of Commercial Paper.

 

Debt ” of any Person shall mean, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services payment for which is deferred 90 days or more, but excluding obligations to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business that are not overdue by more than 90 days unless being contested in good faith, (b) all reimbursement and other obligations with respect to letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances and surety bonds, whether or not matured, (c) all obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (d) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired by such Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property), (e) all Capital Lease Obligations, (f) all obligations of such Person under commodity purchase or option agreements or other commodity price hedging arrangements, in each case whether contingent or matured, (g) all obligations of such Person under any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement, interest rate swap, cap or collar agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to alter the risks of that Person arising from fluctuations in currency values or interest rates, in each case whether contingent or matured, (h) all liabilities of such Person under Title IV of ERISA, (i) all Guaranteed Indebtedness of such Person, (j) all indebtedness referred to in clauses (a) through (i) above secured by (or for which the holder of such indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien upon or in property or other


assets (including accounts and contract rights) owned by such Person, even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such indebtedness, (k) the “Obligations,” as that term is defined in the Credit Facility and (l) the Seller Secured Obligations.

 

Defaulted Receivable ” shall mean any Receivable (a) with respect to which any payment, or part thereof, remains unpaid for more than 90 days after its Maturity Date, (b) with respect to which the Obligor thereunder has taken any action, or suffered any event to occur, of the type described in Sections 9.01(c) or 9.01(d) of the Purchase Agreement or (c) that otherwise is determined to be uncollectible and is written off in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policies.

 

Default Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of:

 

(a) (i) the average of the respective Outstanding Balances of all Transferred Receivables which constituted Defaulted Receivables as of the last day of the three Settlement Periods immediately preceding such date, plus (ii) without duplication, the aggregate Outstanding Balance of Transferred Receivables that were written off as uncollectible during such Settlement Periods

 

to

 

(b) the aggregate original Outstanding Balances of all Transferred Receivables created in the fifth, sixth and seventh Settlement Periods immediately preceding such date.

 

Deferred Purchase Price ” shall mean, as of any Purchase Date, the amount equal to (a) the Outstanding Balance of Transferred Receivables to be purchased multiplied by (b) the Deferred Purchase Price Rate, in each case as of such date.

 

Deferred Purchase Price Adjustment ” shall mean, as of any date of determination during the Revolving Period, the amount (positive or negative) equal to (a)(i)(A) the Deferred Purchase Price Rate as of the last day on which a Deferred Purchase Price Adjustment was calculated, minus (B) the Deferred Purchase Price Rate as of such date of determination; multiplied by (ii)(A) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of Transferred Receivables as of the end of the last day on which a Deferred Purchase Price Adjustment was calculated, minus (B) Collections received from the end of the last day on which a Deferred Purchase Price Adjustment was calculated through and including the end of the day immediately preceding such date of determination, minus (C)(1) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of Transferred Receivables that became Defaulted Receivables, plus (2) Dilution Factors, in each case from the beginning of the last day on which a Deferred Purchase Price Adjustment was calculated through and including the end of the day immediately preceding such date of determination, minus (b) the Deferred Purchase Price Shortfall, if any, plus (c) the Capital Investment Shortfall, if any.

 

Deferred Purchase Price Collections ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the amount equal to (a)(i) Collections received during the immediately preceding day, minus (ii) amounts disbursed to the Retention Account pursuant to Section 6.03(a)(i) of the


Purchase Agreement for the immediately preceding day, multiplied by (b) the Deferred Purchase Price Rate as of such date of determination.

 

Deferred Purchase Price Outstanding ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the amount equal to (a) the Outstanding Balance of Transferred Receivables as of the end of the immediately preceding day, multiplied by (b) the Deferred Purchase Price Rate as of such date.

 

Deferred Purchase Price Rate ” shall mean, (a) as of any date of determination during the Revolving Period, a fraction (expressed as a percentage) (i) the numerator of which equals the Outstanding Balance of Transferred Receivables minus Availability, in each case as of the end of the immediately preceding day, and (ii) the denominator of which equals the Outstanding Balance of Transferred Receivables as of the end of the immediately preceding day; or (b) for any day from and after the Facility Termination Date, the Deferred Purchase Price Rate calculated according to clause (a) above for the Facility Termination Date.

 

Deferred Purchase Price Shortfall ” shall mean, for any day with respect to which the Deferred Purchase Price Adjustment for the immediately preceding day was less than zero and was not satisfied, the amount, if any, by which the Deferred Purchase Price Adjustment exceeded the amount of Collections on deposit in the Deferred Purchase Price Sub-Account after disbursement of any amounts pursuant to Sections 6.03(b)(i) and (ii) of the Purchase Agreement, in each case as of the end of the immediately preceding day.

 

Deferred Purchase Price Sub-Account ” shall mean that certain sub-account of the Collection Account designated as such.

 

Delinquency Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of:

 

(a) the average of the respective Outstanding Balances of all Transferred Receivables which constituted Delinquent Receivables as of the last day of the three Settlement Periods immediately preceding such date

 

to

 

(b) the aggregate original Outstanding Balances of all Transferred Receivables created in the fourth, fifth and sixth Settlement Periods immediately preceding such date.

 

Delinquent Receivable ” shall mean any Receivable, other than a Defaulted Receivable, with respect to which any payment, or part thereof, remains unpaid for more than 60 days past its Maturity Date.

 

Dell ” shall mean Dell Computer Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

 

Depositary ” shall mean Bankers Trust Company, or any other Person designated as the successor Depositary pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the Depositary


Agreement, in its capacity as issuing and paying agent or trustee in connection with the issuance of Commercial Paper.

 

Depositary Agreement ” shall mean that certain Depositary Agreement dated March 15, 1994, by and between Redwood and the Depositary and consented to by the Liquidity Agent.

 

Dilution Factors ” shall mean, with respect to any Receivable, any net credits, rebates, freight charges, cash discounts, volume discounts, cooperative advertising expenses, royalty payments, warranties, cost of parts required to be maintained by agreement (whether express or implied), warehouse and other allowances, disputes, setoffs, chargebacks, defective returns, other returned or repossessed goods, inventory transfers, allowances for early payments and other similar allowances that are reflected on the books of the Originators and made or coordinated with the usual practices of the Originators; provided , that any allowances or adjustments in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policies made on account of the insolvency of the Obligor thereunder or such Obligor’s inability to pay shall not constitute a Dilution Factor.

 

Dilution Funded Amount ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the amount equal to (a)(i)(A) the Outstanding Balance of Transferred Receivables that have become Defaulted Receivables on or before the end of the immediately preceding day, plus (B) other non-cash reductions of the Outstanding Balance of Transferred Receivables occurring during the immediately preceding day, multiplied by (ii) 100% minus the Deferred Purchase Price Rate as of such date of determination, plus (b) the Dilution Funded Amount Shortfall, if any, as of such date of determination.

 

Dilution Funded Amount Shortfall ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the amount, if any, by which (a) the Dilution Funded Amount exceeds (b) the amount, if any, by which Deferred Purchase Price Collections exceeds the amount calculated in accordance with Section 6.03(b)(i) of the Purchase Agreement.

 

Dilution Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of:

 

(a) the aggregate Dilution Factors during the first Settlement Period immediately preceding such date

 

to

 

(b) the aggregate Billed Amount of all Transferred Receivables originated during the second Settlement Period immediately preceding such date.

 

Dilution Reserve Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) calculated in accordance with the following formula:

 

[(ADR x 2.00) + [(HDR–ADR) x  HDR ] ]

ADR

   x   

DILHOR

NRPB

    

 

where:


  ADR =   the average of the respective Dilution Ratios as of the last day of the 12 Settlement Periods immediately preceding such date.

 

  HDR =   the highest Dilution Ratio during the 12 Settlement Periods immediately preceding such date.

 

  DILHOR =   the sum of (a) the aggregate Billed Amount of Eligible Receivables originated during the first Settlement Period immediately preceding such date, plus (b) one-half of the aggregate Billed Amount of Eligible Receivables originated during the second Settlement Period immediately preceding such date.

 

  NRPB =   the Outstanding Balance of Eligible Receivables as of the last day of the first Settlement Period immediately preceding such date.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Dilution Reserve Ratio may be changed at any time by the Administrative Agent, in the exercise of its reasonable business judgment, and, in the case of a decrease only, upon satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition with respect thereto.

 

Dollars ” or “ $ ” shall mean lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

Dynamic Purchase Discount Rate ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the rate equal to (a) 100% minus (b) the sum of (i) the Loss Reserve Ratio plus (ii) the Dilution Reserve Ratio, plus (c) the Available LOC Percentage.

 

Election Notice ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.01(d) of each Transfer Agreement.

 

Eligible Receivable ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, a Transferred Receivable:

 

(a) that is not a liability of an Excluded Obligor;

 

(b) that is not a liability of an Obligor (i) organized under the laws of any jurisdiction outside of the United States of America or (ii) having its principal place of business outside of the United States of America;

 

(c) that is only denominated and payable in Dollars in the United States of America;

 

(d) that is not and will not be subject to any right of rescission, set-off, recoupment, counterclaim or defense, whether arising out of transactions concerning the Contract therefor or otherwise;

 

(e) that is not a Delinquent Receivable or a Defaulted Receivable;

 

(f) that does not represent “billed but not yet shipped” goods or merchandise, unperformed services, consigned goods or “sale or return” goods and does not arise from a


transaction for which any additional performance by the applicable Originator, or acceptance by or other act of the Obligor thereunder or any other Person, remains to be performed as a condition to any payments on such Receivable;

 

(g) as to which the representations and warranties of Sections 4.01(v)(ii)-(iv) of the applicable Transfer Agreement are true and correct in all respects as of the Transfer Date therefor;

 

(h) that is not the liability of an Obligor that has any claim of a material nature against or affecting either Originator or the property of either Originator; provided , that, claims which arise in the ordinary course of business and are properly reflected in contra accounts on the books and records of the Originators, the Purchaser and the Servicer shall not cause an otherwise Eligible Receivable to become ineligible under this paragraph (h) but shall instead cause a reduction in the Outstanding Balance of such Eligible Receivables for all computational purposes under the Related Documents;

 

(i) that is a true and correct statement of a bona fide indebtedness incurred in the amount of the Billed Amount of such Receivable for merchandise sold to or services rendered and accepted by or on behalf of the Obligor thereunder or, in the case of a Financing Receivable, a third party financed by the Obligor thereunder;

 

(j) that was originated in accordance with and satisfies in all material respects all applicable requirements of the Credit and Collection Policies;

 

(k) that represents the genuine, legal, valid and binding obligation of the Obligor thereunder enforceable by the holder thereof in accordance with its terms;

 

(l) that is entitled to be paid pursuant to the terms of the Contract therefor, has not been paid in full or been compromised, adjusted, extended, satisfied, subordinated, rescinded or modified, and is not subject to compromise, adjustment, extension, satisfaction, subordination, rescission, or modification by either Originator;

 

(m) with respect to which the applicable Originator has submitted all necessary documentation for payment to the Obligor thereunder and has fulfilled all of its other obligations in respect thereof;

 

(n) the stated term of which, if any, is not greater than 60 days after its Billing Date except with respect to Financing Receivables, the stated term of which is not greater then (i) thirty days after its Billing Date at any time during the sixty-day period immediately following the Closing Date, and (ii) ten days after its Billing Date at any time thereafter;

 

(o) that does not contravene in any material respect any laws, rules or regulations applicable thereto (including laws, rules and regulations relating to usury, consumer protection, truth in lending, fair credit billing, fair credit reporting, equal credit opportunity, fair debt collection practices and privacy) and with respect to which no party to the Contract therefor is in violation of any such law, rule or regulation that could have a material adverse effect on the collectibility, value or payment terms of such Receivable;


(p) with respect to which no proceedings or investigations are pending or threatened before any Governmental Authority (i) asserting the invalidity of such Receivable or the Contract therefor, (ii) asserting the bankruptcy or insolvency of the Obligor thereunder, (iii) seeking payment of such Receivable or payment and performance of such Contract or (iv) seeking any determination or ruling that might materially and adversely affect the validity or enforceability of such Receivable or such Contract;

 

(q) with respect to which the Obligor thereunder is not: (i) bankrupt or insolvent, (ii) unable to make payment of its obligations when due, (iii) a debtor in a voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy proceeding, or (iv) the subject of a comparable receivership or insolvency proceeding;

 

(r) that is an “account” (and is not evidenced by a promissory note or other instrument and is not chattel paper) within the meaning of the UCC of the jurisdictions in which each of the Originators and the Seller are organized;

 

(s) that is payable solely and directly to the applicable Originator and not to any other Person (including any shipper of the merchandise or goods that gave rise to such Receivable), except to the extent that payment thereof may be made to the Collection Account or otherwise as directed pursuant to Article VI of the Purchase Agreement;

 

(t) with respect to which all material consents, licenses, approvals or authorizations of, or registrations with, any Governmental Authority required to be obtained, effected or given in connection with the creation of such Receivable or the Contract therefor have been duly obtained, effected or given and are in full force and effect;

 

(u) that is created through the provision of merchandise, goods or services by the applicable Originator in the ordinary course of its business in a current transaction to or for the benefit of the Obligor thereunder or, in the case of a Financing Receivable, to a third party financed by the Obligor thereunder;

 

(v) that is not the liability of an Obligor that, under the terms of the Credit and Collection Policies, is receiving or should receive merchandise, goods or services on a “cash on delivery” basis;

 

(w) with respect to which, if such Receivable is a Financing Receivable or a Floorplan Financed Receivable, the Obligor under such Financing Receivable or the related Financing Receivable, respectively, has entered into an intercreditor agreement with GE Capital, Redwood, Synnex and SFC, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, the Purchasers and the agent under the Credit Facility; and

 

(x) that complies with such other criteria and requirements as the Administrative Agent may from time to time specify to the Seller or the Originators upon 10 days’ prior written notice or, if so required by any Rating Agency, upon such notice as may be specified by such Rating Agency.

 

“E nvironmental Laws ” shall mean all Federal, state and local and foreign laws, statutes, ordinances, orders and regulations, now or hereafter in effect, and in each case as


amended or supplemented from time to time, and any applicable judicial or administrative interpretation thereof relating to the regulation and protection of human health, safety, the environment and natural resources (including ambient air, surface water, groundwater, wetlands, land surface or subsurface strata, wildlife, aquatic species and vegetation). Environmental Laws include, but are not limited to, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended (42 U.S.C. Sections 9601 et seq .) (“CERCLA”); the Hazardous Material Transportation Act, as amended (49 U.S.C. Sections 1801 et seq .); the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act, as amended (7 U.S.C. Sections 136 et seq .); the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended (42 U.S.C. Sections 6901 et seq .) (“RCRA”); the Toxic Substance Control Act, as amended (15 U.S.C. Sections 2601 et seq .); the Clean Air Act, as amended (42 U.S.C. Sections 740 et seq .); the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended (33 U.S.C. Sections 1251 et seq .); the Occupational Safety and Health Act, as amended (29 U.S.C. Sections 651 et seq .) (“OSHA”); and the Safe Drinking Water Act, as amended (42 U.S.C. Sections 300(f) et seq .), and any and all regulations promulgated thereunder, and all analogous state and local and foreign counterparts or equivalents and any transfer of ownership notification or approval statutes.

 

Environmental Permits ” shall mean all permits, licenses, authorizations, certificates, approvals, registrations or other written documents required by any Governmental Authority under any Environmental Laws.

 

ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

ERISA Affiliate ” shall mean, with respect to either Originator, any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with such Originator, are treated as a single employer within the meaning of Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the IRC.

 

ERISA Event ” shall mean, with respect to either Originator or any ERISA Affiliate, (a) any event described in Section 4043(c) of ERISA with respect to a Title IV Plan; (b) the withdrawal of such Originator or ERISA Affiliate from a Title IV Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a “substantial employer,” as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA; (c) the complete or partial withdrawal of such Originator or any ERISA Affiliate from any Multiemployer Plan; (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate a Title IV Plan or the treatment of a plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 of ERISA; (e) the institution of proceedings to terminate a Title IV Plan or Multiemployer Plan by the PBGC; (f) the failure by such Originator or ERISA Affiliate to make when due required contributions to a Multiemployer Plan or Title IV Plan unless such failure is cured within 30 days; (g) any other event or condition that might reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Title IV Plan or Multiemployer Plan or for the imposition of liability under Section 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA; (h) the termination of a Multiemployer Plan under Section 4041A of ERISA or the reorganization or insolvency of a Multiemployer Plan under Section 4241 of ERISA; or (i) the loss of a Qualified Plan’s qualification or tax exempt status.

 

ESOP ” shall mean a Plan that is intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 4975(e)(7) of the IRC.


Event of Servicer Termination ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 9.02 of the Purchase Agreement.

 

Excluded Obligor ” shall mean any Obligor (a) that is an Affiliate of either Originator or the Seller, (b) that is a Governmental Authority, (c) with respect to which 50% or more of the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Receivables owing by such Obligor are Delinquent Receivables or Defaulted Receivables, or (d) listed on Annex 2 to the Purchase Agreement as revised from time to time pursuant to a letter in the form of Exhibit A thereto.

 

Facility Termination Date ” shall mean the earliest of (a) the date so designated pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Purchase Agreement, (b) 90 days prior to the Final Purchase Date, (c) 90 days prior to the date of termination of the Maximum Purchase Limit specified in a notice from the Seller to the Purchaser delivered pursuant to and in accordance with Section 2.02(b) of the Purchase Agreement, and (d) two (2) Business Days prior to the occurrence of the Committed Purchaser Expiry Date.

 

Fair Labor Standards Act ” shall mean the provisions of the Fair Labor Standards Act, 29 U.S.C. § § 201 et seq .

 

Federal Funds Rate ” means, for any day, a floating rate equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions among members of the Federal Reserve System, as determined by the Administrative Agent.

 

Federal Reserve Board ” shall mean the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

 

Fee Letter ” shall mean that certain letter agreement dated August 30, 2002, between the Seller, the Administrative Agent and the Purchasers.

 

Final Purchase Date ” shall mean the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date.

 

Financing Receivable ” shall mean a Receivable which evidences the obligation of an Obligor to pay the purchase price of merchandise, goods or services which are neither purchased nor deemed purchased by such Obligor.

 

Floorplan Financed Receivable ” shall mean a Receivable which evidences the obligation of an Obligor to pay the purchase price of merchandise, goods or services purchased or deemed purchased by such Obligor and with respect to which a corresponding Financing Receivable has been created.

 

GAAP ” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect on the Closing Date, consistently applied as such term is further defined in Section 2(a) of this Annex X .

 

GE Capital ” shall mean General Electric Capital Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and its successors and assigns.


General Trial Balance ” shall mean, with respect to either Originator and as of any date of determination, such Originator’s accounts receivable trial balance (whether in the form of a computer printout, magnetic tape or diskette) as of such date, listing Obligors and the Receivables owing by such Obligors as of such date together with the aged Outstanding Balances of such Receivables, in form and substance satisfactory to SFC.

 

Governmental Authority ” shall mean any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, and any agency, department or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government.

 

Guaranteed Indebtedness ” shall mean, as to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any indebtedness, lease, dividend, or other obligation (“ primary obligation ”) of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, including any obligation or arrangement of such Person to (a) purchase or repurchase any such primary obligation, (b) advance or supply funds (i) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (ii) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency or any balance sheet condition of the primary obligor, (c) purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation, or (d) indemnify the owner of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof. The amount of any Guaranteed Indebtedness at any time shall be deemed to be the amount equal to the lesser at such time of (x) the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guaranteed Indebtedness is incurred and (y) the maximum amount for which such Person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guaranteed Indebtedness; or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability (assuming full performance) in respect thereof.

 

Incipient Servicer Termination Event ” shall mean any event that, with the passage of time or notice or both, would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Servicer Termination.

 

Incipient Termination Event ” shall mean any event that, with the passage of time or notice or both, would, unless cured or waived, become a Termination Event.

 

Indemnified Amounts ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any and all suits, actions, proceedings, claims, damages, losses, liabilities and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements and other costs of investigation or defense, including those incurred upon any appeal).

 

Indemnified Taxes ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.08 of the Purchase Agreement.

 

Independent Accounting Firm ” shall mean any of (i) Deloitte & Touche LLP, (ii) Ernst & Young LLP, (iii) KPMG LLP or (iv) PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP or any of their respective successors so long as such successor is one of the four largest United States


accounting firms; provided , that such firm is independent with respect to Synnex within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Index Rate ” shall mean, for any day, a floating rate equal to the higher of (i) the rate publicly quoted from time to time by The Wall Street Journal as the “base rate on corporate loans at large U.S. money center commercial banks” (or, if The Wall Street Journal ceases quoting a base rate of the type described, the highest per annum rate of interest published by the Federal Reserve Board in Federal Reserve statistical release H.15 (519) entitled “Selected Interest Rates” as the Bank prime loan rate or its equivalent), and (ii) the Federal Funds Rate plus fifty (50) basis points per annum. Each change in any interest rate provided for in the Purchase Agreement based upon the Index Rate shall take effect at the time of such change in the Index Rate.

 

Intercreditor Agreement ” shall mean that certain Intercreditor Agreement dated as of December 19, 1997, entered into by and among the Originators, the Seller, the Purchaser and GE Capital, in various capacities.

 

Investment Base ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the amount equal to the Outstanding Balance of Eligible Receivables minus the Reserves with respect thereto plus , for purposes of determining the “Funding Base” under the Collateral Agent Agreement, at any time after the Facility Termination Date, the aggregate Outstanding Balance of Delinquent Receivables, as disclosed in the most recently submitted Investment Base Certificate or as otherwise determined by the Purchasers or the Administrative Agent based on Seller Collateral information available to any of them, including any information obtained from any audit or from any other reports with respect to the Seller Collateral, which determination shall be final, binding and conclusive on all parties to the Purchase Agreement (absent manifest error).

 

Investment Base Certificate ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.03(a) of the Purchase Agreement.

 

Investment Company Act ” shall mean the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, 15 U.S.C. § § 80a et seq ., and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Investment Reports ” shall mean the reports with respect to the Transferred Receivables and the Seller Collateral referred to in Annex 5.02(b) to the Purchase Agreement.

 

Investments ” shall mean, with respect to any Seller Deposit Account Collateral, the certificates, instruments, investment property or other investments in which amounts constituting such collateral are invested from time to time.

 

IRC ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any regulations promulgated thereunder, and any successors thereto.

 

IRS ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Service.

 

LAPA ” shall mean that certain Amended and Restated Liquidity Loan and Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of August 30, 2002, among Redwood and GE Capital, in its capacities as (a) the Administrative Agent, (b) the Collateral Agent and Operating Agent for


Redwood, (c) the initial Liquidity Lender, (d) the Liquidity Agent, and (e) the Committed Purchaser, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Letter of Credit ” shall mean that certain Irrevocable Letter of Credit No. RRC-3 dated March 7, 2000, issued by the Letter of Credit Providers at the request of Redwood in favor of the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Letter of Credit Agreement.

 

Letter of Credit Agent ” shall mean GE Capital, in its capacity as agent for the Letter of Credit Providers under the Letter of Credit Agreement.

 

Letter of Credit Agreement ” shall mean that certain Third Amended and Restated Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement dated as of March 7, 2000, among Redwood, the Letter of Credit Agent, the Letter of Credit Providers and the Collateral Agent.

 

Letter of Credit Providers ” shall mean, initially, GE Capital, in its capacity as issuer of the Letter of Credit under the Letter of Credit Agreement, and thereafter its successors and permitted assigns in such capacity.

 

LIBOR Business Day ” shall mean a Business Day on which banks in the city of London are generally open for interbank or foreign exchange transactions.

 

LIBOR Rate ” shall mean for each Settlement Period, a rate of interest determined by the Administrative Agent equal to:

 

(a) the offered rate for deposits in United States Dollars for the applicable Settlement Period which appears on Reuters Libor Screen 01 and Libor Screen 02 as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on the second full LIBOR Business Day preceding the first day of each Settlement Period (unless such date is not a Business Day, in which event the next succeeding Business Day will be used); divided by

 

(b) a number equal to 1.0 minus the aggregate (but without duplication) of the rates (expressed as a decimal fraction) of reserve requirements in effect on the day which is two (2) LIBOR Business Days prior to the beginning of such Settlement Period (including basic, supplemental, marginal and emergency reserves under any regulations of the Federal Reserve Board or other governmental authority having jurisdiction with respect thereto, as now and from time to time in effect) for Eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency liabilities” in Regulation D of the Federal Reserve Board which are required to be maintained by a member bank of the Federal Reserve System;

 

provided , that if the introduction of or any change in any law or regulation (or any change in the interpretation thereof) shall make it unlawful, or any central bank or other Governmental Authority shall assert that it is unlawful, for the Committed Purchaser to agree to make or to make or to continue to fund or maintain any Purchases or Capital Investment at the LIBOR Rate, then, unless the Committed Purchaser is able to make or to continue to fund or to maintain such Purchases or Capital Investment at another branch or office of the Committed Purchaser without, in the Committed Purchaser’s opinion, adversely affecting it or its Capital Investment or the income obtained therefrom, the LIBOR Rate shall in all such cases be equal to the Index Rate.


If such interest rates shall cease to be available from Reuters, the LIBOR Rate shall be determined from such financial reporting service or other information as shall be mutually acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Seller.

 

Lien ” shall mean any mortgage or deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, lien, charge, claim, security interest, easement or encumbrance, or preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any lease or title retention agreement, any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing, and the filing of, or agreement to give, any financing statement perfecting a security interest under the UCC or comparable law of any jurisdiction).

 

Liquidity Agent ” shall mean GE Capital, in its capacity as agent for the Liquidity Lenders pursuant to the LAPA.

 

Liquidity Lenders ” shall mean, collectively, GE Capital and any other provider of Liquidity Loans under the LAPA.

 

Liquidity Loans ” shall mean any and all borrowings by Redwood under the LAPA.

 

Litigation ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any action, claim, lawsuit, demand, investigation or proceeding pending or threatened against such Person before any court, board, commission, agency or instrumentality of any federal, state, local or foreign government or of any agency or subdivision thereof or before any arbitrator or panel of arbitrators.

 

LOC Draw ” shall mean any draw under the Letter of Credit.

 

Lockbox ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 6.01(a)(ii) of the Purchase Agreement.

 

Lockbox Account ” shall mean any segregated deposit account established by the Seller for the deposit of Collections pursuant to and in accordance with Section 6.01(a) of the Purchase Agreement.

 

Lockbox Agreement ” shall mean any agreement among the Originators, the Seller, GE Capital, as agent, and a Lockbox Bank with respect to a Lockbox and Lockbox Account that provides, among other things, that (a) all items of payment deposited in such Lockbox and Lockbox Account are held by such Lockbox Bank as custodian for GE Capital, as agent, (b) such Lockbox Bank has no rights of setoff or recoupment or any other claim against such Lockbox Account, as the case may be, other than for payment of its service fees and other charges directly related to the administration of such Lockbox Account and for returned checks or other items of payment and (c) such Lockbox Bank agrees to forward all Collections received in such Lockbox Account to the Collection Account within one Business Day of receipt, and is otherwise in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

 

Lockbox Bank ” shall mean any bank or other financial institution at which one or more Lockbox Accounts are maintained.


Loss Reserve Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) calculated in accordance with the following formula:

 

2 x ARR x

  

DEFHOR

NRPB

    

 

where:

 

  ARR =   the highest Three Month Aged Receivables Ratio during the 12 Settlement Periods immediately preceding such date.

 

  DEFHOR =   the aggregate Billed Amount of Eligible Receivables originated during the three Settlement Periods immediately preceding such date.

 

  NRPB =   the Outstanding Balance of Eligible Receivables as of the last day of the first Settlement Period immediately preceding such date.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Loss Reserve Ratio may be changed at any time by the Administrative Agent, in the exercise of its reasonable business judgment, and, in the case of a decrease only, upon satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition with respect thereto.

 

Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean a material adverse effect on (a) the business, assets, liabilities, operations, prospects or financial or other condition of (i) either Originator, (ii) the Seller or (iii) the Servicer and its Subsidiaries considered as a whole, (b) the ability of either Originator, the Seller or the Servicer to perform any of its obligations under the Related Documents in accordance with the terms thereof, (c) the validity or enforceability of any Related Document or the rights and remedies of SFC, the Purchasers, or the Administrative Agent under any Related Document, (d) the federal income tax attributes of the sale, contribution or pledge of the Transferred Receivables pursuant to any Related Document or (e) the Transferred Receivables, the Contracts therefor, the Originator Collateral, the Seller Collateral or the ownership interests or Liens of SFC or the Purchaser thereon or the priority of such interests or Liens.

 

Maturity Date ” shall mean, with respect to any Receivable, the due date for payment therefor specified in the Contract therefor, or, if no date is so specified, thirty (30) days from the Billing Date.

 

Maximum Purchase Limit ” shall mean $200,000,000, as such amount may be reduced in accordance with Section 2.02(a) of the Purchase Agreement.

 

Mitac Group ” shall mean any or all of Mitac International Corp., a Taiwanese corporation, Union Petrochemical Corp., a Taiwanese corporation, and Synnex Technology International, a Taiwanese corporation.

 

Monthly Report ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in paragraph (a) of Annex 5.02(a) to the Purchase Agreement.


Moody’s ” shall mean Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor thereto.

 

Multiemployer Plan ” shall mean a “multiemployer plan” as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA with respect to which either Originator or an ERISA Affiliate is making, is obligated to make, or has made or been obligated to make, contributions on behalf of participants who are or were employed by any of them.

 

Net Proceeds Amount ” shall mean, with respect to issuances of any Commercial Paper, (a) the face amount of such Commercial Paper, minus (b) (i) the discount on the face amount thereof offered to the public plus (ii) Dealer fees for such issuances of Commercial Paper.

 

Obligor ” shall mean, with respect to any Receivable, the Person primarily obligated to make payments in respect thereof.

 

Officer’s Certificate ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by an Authorized Officer of such Person.

 

Operating Agent ” shall mean GE Capital, in its capacity as operating agent for the Conduit Purchaser under the Administrative Services Agreement.

 

Originator ” shall mean Synnex, in its capacity as the Originator under the Transfer Agreement and any other Person as the Administrative Agent shall approve from time to time in its sole discretion.

 

Originator Collateral ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 6.01 of each Transfer Agreement.

 

Originator Group ” shall mean the Originators and each of their Affiliates.

 

Other Funding Agreements ” shall mean any agreements entered into from time to time by the Purchaser for the purchase or financing of receivables.

 

Outstanding Balance ” shall mean, with respect to any Receivable and as of any date of determination, the amount (which amount shall not be less than zero) equal to (a) the Billed Amount thereof, minus (b) all Collections received from the Obligor thereunder, minus (c) all discounts to or any other modifications that reduce such Billed Amount ( provided , that if the Administrative Agent or the Servicer makes a determination that all payments by such Obligor with respect to such Billed Amount have been made, the Outstanding Balance shall be zero) minus (d) all contra accounts maintained by the Originators, the Purchaser or the Servicer with respect to the Obligor thereof; provided , that for all purposes of calculating the aggregate Outstanding Balances of two or more Receivables, a Financing Receivable and its corresponding Floorplan Financed Receivable together shall be deemed to have an aggregate Outstanding Balance equal to the lesser of the Outstanding Balances thereof.

 

PBGC ” shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

 

Pension Plan ” shall mean a Plan described in Section 3(2) of ERISA.


Per Annum Daily Margin ” shall mean (a) with respect to Capital Investment made by the Conduit Purchaser, 0.75%, and (b) with respect to Capital Investment made by the Committed Purchaser, (i) at the LIBOR Rate, 2.25% and (ii) at the Index Rate, 1.25%.

 

Permitted Encumbrances ” shall mean the following encumbrances: (a) Liens for taxes or assessments or other governmental charges not yet due and payable or to the extent that nonpayment thereof is permitted by the terms of Section 5.2 of the Credit Agreement; (b) pledges or deposits securing obligations under workmen’s compensation, unemployment insurance, social security or public liability laws or similar legislation; (c) pledges or deposits securing bids, tenders, contracts (other than contracts for the payment of money) or leases to which any Originator, the Seller or the Servicer is a party as lessee made in the ordinary course of business; (d) deposits securing statutory obligations of any Originator, the Seller or the Servicer; (e) inchoate and unperfected workers’, mechanics’, suppliers’ or similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business; (f) carriers’, warehousemen’s or other similar possessory Liens arising in the ordinary course of business and securing liabilities in an outstanding aggregate amount not in excess of $500,000 at any one time; (g) deposits securing, or in lieu of, surety, appeal or customs bonds in proceedings to which any Originator, the Seller or the Servicer is a party; (h) any attachment or judgment Lien not constituting a Termination Event under Section 9.01(f) of the Purchase Agreement; (i) purchase money security interests granted by any Originator to secure the payment of the purchase price of inventory acquired by such Originator, so long as such purchase money security interest extends only to the inventory acquired thereby (and not to any proceeds thereof, including any Receivables); (j) Liens existing on the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 4.03(b) of any Transfer Agreement or Schedule 5.03(b) of the Purchase Agreement; (k) zoning restrictions, easements, licenses, or other restrictions on the use of real property owned by any Originator or the Servicer or other minor irregularities in title (including leasehold title) thereto, so long as the same do not materially impair the use, value, or marketability of such real property and (l) presently existing or hereinafter created Liens in favor of SFC, the Purchasers or the Administrative Agent.

 

Permitted Investments ” shall mean any of the following:

 

(a) obligations of, or guaranteed as to the full and timely payment of principal and interest by, the United States of America or obligations of any agency or instrumentality thereof if such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America, in each case with maturities of not more than 90 days from the date acquired;

 

(b) repurchase agreements on obligations of the type specified in clause (a) of this definition; provided , that the short-term debt obligations of the party agreeing to repurchase are rated at least A-1+ or the equivalent by S&P and P-1 or the equivalent by Moody’s;

 

(c) federal funds, certificates of deposit, time deposits and bankers’ acceptances of any depository institution or trust company incorporated under the laws of the United States of America or any state, in each case with original maturities of not more than 90 days or, in the case of bankers’ acceptances, original maturities of not more than 365 days; provided , that the short-term obligations of such depository institution or trust company are rated at least A-1+ or the equivalent by S&P and P-1 or the equivalent by Moody’s;


(d) commercial paper of any corporation incorporated under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof with original maturities of not more than 30 days that on the date of acquisition are rated at least A-1+ or the equivalent by S&P and P-1 or the equivalent by Moody’s;

 

(e) securities of money market funds rated at least Aam or the equivalent by S&P and P-1 or the equivalent by Moody’s; and

 

(f) such other investments with respect to which each Rating Agency shall have confirmed in writing to the Purchaser and Collateral Agent that such investments shall not result in a withdrawal or reduction of the then current rating by such Rating Agency of the Commercial Paper.

 

Person ” shall mean any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, joint venture, unincorporated organization, trust, association, corporation (including a business trust), limited liability company, institution, public benefit corporation, joint stock company, Governmental Authority or any other entity of whatever nature.

 

Plan ” shall mean, at any time, an “employee benefit plan,” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA, that either Originator or an ERISA Affiliate maintains, contributes to or has an obligation to contribute to on behalf of participants who are or were employed by either Originator or an ERISA Affiliate.

 

Program Documents ” shall mean the Letter of Credit Agreement, the LAPA, the Collateral Agent Agreement, the Depositary Agreement, the Commercial Paper, the Administrative Services Agreement, each Accession Agreement and the Dealer Agreements.

 

Projections ” shall mean the Originators’ forecasted consolidated and consolidating: (a) balance sheets; (b) profit and loss statements; (c) cash flow statements; and (d) capitalization statements, all prepared on a Subsidiary-by-Subsidiary or division-by-division basis, if applicable, and otherwise consistent with the historical financial statements of the Originators, together with appropriate supporting details and a statement of underlying assumptions.

 

Purchase ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.01 of the Purchase Agreement.

 

Purchase Agreement ” shall mean that certain Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement dated as of August 30, 2002, among the Seller, the Conduit Purchaser, the Committed Purchaser, the Servicer, and the Administrative Agent.

 

Purchase Assignment ” shall mean that certain Purchase Assignment dated as of the Closing Date by and between the Seller and the Applicable Purchaser in the form attached as Exhibit 2.04(a) to the Purchase Agreement.

 

Purchase Date ” shall mean each day on which a Purchase is made.


Purchase Discount Rate ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, a rate equal to the lesser of (a) the Dynamic Purchase Discount Rate and (b) the Purchase Discount Rate Cap.

 

Purchase Discount Rate Cap ” shall mean a rate equal to eighty-five percent (85%); provided , that the Purchase Discount Rate Cap may be changed at any time by the Administrative Agent, in the exercise of its reasonable business judgment, and, in the case of an increase only, upon satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition with respect thereto.

 

Purchase Excess ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the extent to which the Capital Investment exceeds the Availability, in each case as disclosed in the most recently submitted Investment Base Certificate or as otherwise determined by the Applicable Purchaser or the Administrative Agent based on Seller Collateral information available to any of them, including any information obtained from any audit or from any other reports with respect to the Seller Collateral, which determination shall be final, binding and conclusive on all parties to the Purchase Agreement (absent manifest error).

 

Purchasers ” shall mean the Conduit Purchaser and the Committed Purchaser.

 

Purchase Request ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.03(b) of the Purchase Agreement.

 

Purchaser Indemnified Person ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 12.01(a) of the Purchase Agreement.

 

Qualified Plan ” shall mean a Pension Plan that is intended to be tax-qualified under Section 401(a) of the IRC.

 

Rating Agency ” shall mean Moody’s and/or S&P, as applicable.

 

Rating Agency Condition ” shall mean, with respect to any action, that each Rating Agency has notified the Conduit Purchaser and the Administrative Agent in writing that such action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the rating of any outstanding Commercial Paper.

 

Ratios ” shall mean, collectively, the Default Ratio, the Delinquency Ratio, the Dilution Ratio, the Dilution Reserve Ratio, the Loss Reserve Ratio, the Receivable Collection Turnover and the Three Month Aged Receivables Ratio.

 

Receivable ” shall mean, with respect to any Obligor:

 

(a) indebtedness of such Obligor (whether constituting an account, chattel paper, document, instrument or general intangible) arising from the provision of merchandise, goods or services by an Originator to or on behalf of such Obligor (or, in the case of a Financing Receivable, to a third party), including the right to payment of any interest or finance charges and other obligations of such Obligor with respect thereto;


(b) all Liens and property subject thereto from time to time securing or purporting to secure any such indebtedness of such Obligor;

 

(c) all guaranties, indemnities and warranties, insurance policies, financing statements and other agreements or arrangements of whatever character from time to time supporting or securing payment of any such indebtedness;

 

(d) all Collections with respect to any of the foregoing;

 

(e) all Records with respect to any of the foregoing; and

 

(f) all proceeds with respect to any of the foregoing.

 

Receivable Collection Turnover ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the amount (expressed in days) equal to:

 

(a) a fraction, (i) the numerator of which is equal to the average of the Outstanding Balances of Transferred Receivables on the first day of the 6 Settlement Periods immediately preceding such date and (ii) the denominator of which is equal to aggregate Collections received during such 6 Settlement Periods with respect to all Transferred Receivables,

 

multiplied by

 

(b) the number of days contained in such 6 Settlement Periods.

 

Receivables Assignment ” shall have the respective meanings assigned to them in Section 2.01(a) of each Transfer Agreement.

 

Records ” shall mean all Contracts and other documents, books, records and other information (including computer programs, tapes, disks, data processing software and related property and rights) prepared and maintained by either Originator, the Servicer, any Sub-Servicer or the Seller with respect to the Receivables and the Obligors thereunder, the Originator Collateral and the Seller Collateral.

 

Redwood ” shall mean Redwood Receivables Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

 

Redwood Daily Yield ” shall mean, for any day, the product of (a) the Redwood Daily Yield Rate for such day, multiplied by (b) Redwood’s Capital Investment outstanding on such day.

 

Redwood Daily Yield Rate ” means, on any day, a floating per annum rate equal to the sum of (a) the Daily Margin on such day, plus (b) if a Termination Event has occurred and is continuing, the Daily Default Margin, plus (c)(i) to the extent the Conduit Purchaser’s Purchases under the Purchase Agreement are being funded by the sale of Commercial Paper, (A) the per annum rate equivalent to the weighted average of the rates paid or payable by the Conduit Purchaser from time to time as interest on or otherwise (by means of interest rate hedges or


otherwise) in respect of Commercial Paper that is allocated, in whole or in part, to fund or maintain the Conduit Purchaser’s Purchases during the relevant Settlement Period, which rates shall reflect and give effect to Dealer fees, commissions of placement agents and other issuance costs in respect of such Commercial Paper, divided by (B) 360 days; provided , however , that if any component of such rate is a discount rate the rate used shall be the rate resulting from converting such discount rate to an interest bearing equivalent rate per annum and (ii) to the extent the Conduit Purchaser’s Purchases under the Purchase Agreement are not being financed by the sale of Commercial Paper, the daily rate to the Conduit Purchaser of borrowing such funds under the LAPA.

 

Redwood Termination Date ” means the date elected by Redwood or the Collateral Agent, by notice to the Seller and the Administrative Agent as the Redwood Termination Date; provided, that on such date, one or more of the following events shall have occurred and be continuing: (a) a Seller LOC Draw; (b) the obligations of the Liquidity Lenders to make Liquidity Loans shall have terminated and such Liquidity Lenders shall not have otherwise been replaced; (c) an event of default under the Collateral Agent Agreement or any other Program Document shall have occurred; (d) the short term debt rating of a Liquidity Lender shall have been downgraded by a Rating Agency and such Liquidity Lender shall not have been replaced in accordance with the terms of the LAPA within 30 days thereafter; (e) Redwood or the Administrative Agent shall have determined that the funding of Transferred Receivables by Redwood under the Purchase Agreement is impracticable for any reason whatsoever, including as a result of (1) a drop in or withdrawal of any of the ratings assigned to the Commercial Paper by any Rating Agency, (2) the imposition of Additional Amounts, (3) restrictions imposed by any Person on the amount of Transferred Receivables Redwood may finance or (4) the inability of Redwood to issue Commercial Paper; (f) any change in accounting standards shall occur or any pronouncement or release of any accounting or regulatory body (including FASB, AICPA or the Securities and Exchange Commission) shall be issued, or any other change in the interpretation of accounting standards shall occur, such that all or any portion of the Conduit Purchaser’s assets and liabilities are deemed to be consolidated with the assets and liabilities of GE Capital or any of its affiliates by its independent external auditors; (g) a Termination Event shall have occurred and be continuing; or (h) the outstanding loans to the Conduit Purchaser under the LAPA equal or exceed the Conduit Purchaser’s Capital Investment at such time and no interest or other amounts are owed to the Conduit Purchaser under the Purchase Agreement or the other Related Documents.

 

Regulatory Change ” shall mean any change after the Closing Date in any federal, state or foreign law or regulation (including Regulation D of the Federal Reserve Board) or the adoption or making after such date of any interpretation, directive or request under any federal, state or foreign law or regulation (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof that, in each case, is applicable to any Affected Party.

 

Rejected Amount ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 4.04 of each Transfer Agreement.

 

Related Documents ” shall mean each Lockbox Agreement, the Transfer Agreements, the Purchase Agreement, each Receivables Assignment, the Purchase Assignment,


the Ancillary Services and Lease Agreement, the Subordinated Note and all other agreements, instruments, documents and certificates identified in the Schedule of Documents and including all other pledges, powers of attorney, consents, assignments, contracts, notices, and all other written matter whether heretofore, now or hereafter executed by or on behalf of any Person, or any employee of any Person, and delivered in connection with either Transfer Agreement, the Purchase Agreement or the transactions contemplated thereby. Any reference in either Transfer Agreement, the Purchase Agreement or any other Related Document to a Related Document shall include all Appendices thereto, and all amendments, restatements, supplements or other modifications thereto, and shall refer to such Related Document as the same may be in effect at any and all times such reference becomes operative.

 

Repayment Notice ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.03(c) of the Purchase Agreement.

 

Reportable Event ” shall mean any of the events set forth in Section 4043(b) of ERISA.

 

Reserves ” shall mean the aggregate Concentration Discount Amount for all Obligors of Transferred Receivables and such other reserves as the Administrative Agent may establish from time to time in the exercise of its reasonable business judgment, provided that, for purposes of determining the “Funding Base” under the Collateral Agent Agreement, the Concentration Discount Amount for any Obligor at any time on or after the Facility Termination Date shall be equal to the lesser of (i) the Concentration Discount Amount for such Obligor as calculated at such time, and (ii) the Concentration Discount Amount for such Obligor as calculated on the Facility Termination Date.

 

Retained Monthly Yield ” shall mean, as of any date of determination within a Settlement Period, the sum of all amounts transferred to or retained in the Retention Account with respect to Daily Yield from and including the first day of such Settlement Period through and including such date pursuant to Sections 6.03(b)(i)(A) or 6.04(a)(iv) of the Purchase Agreement.

 

Retained Servicing Fee ” shall mean, as of any date of determination within a Settlement Period, the sum of all amounts transferred to or retained in the Retention Account with respect to the Servicing Fee from and including the first day of such Settlement Period through and including such date pursuant to Sections 6.03(b)(i)(C) or 6.04(a)(iv) of the Purchase Agreement.

 

Retained Unused Facility Fee ” shall mean, as of any date of determination within a Settlement Period, the sum of all amounts transferred to or retained in the Retention Account with respect to the Unused Facility Fee from and including the first day of such Settlement Period through and including such date in accordance with Sections 6.03(b)(i)(E) or 6.04(a)(iv) of the Purchase Agreement.

 

Retention Account ” shall mean that certain segregated deposit account established by the Administrative Agent and maintained with the Depositary designated as the


“Redwood Receivables Corporation—Retention Account (Synnex),” account number 24597, ABA No. 021 001 033.

 

Retention Account Deficiency ” shall mean, as of any Settlement Date, the amount, if any, by which the amounts necessary to make the payments required under Sections 6.04(a)(i) , (ii) and (iii) of the Purchase Agreement exceed the amounts on deposit in the Retention Account.

 

Retiree Welfare Plan ” shall mean, at any time, a Welfare Plan that provides for continuing coverage or benefits for any participant or any beneficiary of a participant after such participant’s termination of employment, other than continuation coverage provided pursuant to Section 4980B of the IRC and at the sole expense of the participant or the beneficiary of the participant.

 

Revolving Period ” shall mean the period from and including the Closing Date through and including the day immediately preceding the Facility Termination Date.

 

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., or any successor thereto.

 

Sale ” shall mean a sale of Receivables by an Originator to SFC in accordance with the terms of a Transfer Agreement.

 

Sale Price ” shall mean, with respect to any Sale of Sold Receivables, the price calculated by SFC and approved from time to time by the Administrative Agent equal to:

 

(a) the Outstanding Balance of such Sold Receivables, minus

 

(b) the expected costs to be incurred by SFC in financing the purchase of such Sold Receivables until the Outstanding Balance of such Sold Receivables is paid in full, minus

 

(c) the portion of such Sold Receivables that are reasonably expected by the applicable Originator to become Defaulted Receivables, minus

 

(d) the portion of such Sold Receivables that are reasonably expected by the applicable Originator to be reduced by means other than the receipt of Collections thereon or pursuant to clause (c) above, minus

 

(e) amounts expected to be paid to the Servicer with respect to the servicing, administration and collection of such Sold Receivables;

 

provided , that such calculations shall be determined based on the historical experience of (y) such Originator, with respect to the calculations required in each of clauses (c) and (d) above, and (z) SFC, with respect to the calculations required in clauses (b) and (e) above.

 

Schedule of Documents ” shall mean the schedule, including all appendices, exhibits or schedules thereto, listing certain documents and information to be delivered in connection with the Transfer Agreements, the Purchase Agreement and the other Related


Documents and the transactions contemplated thereunder, substantially in the form attached as Annex Y to the Purchase Agreement and each Transfer Agreement.

 

Securities Act ” shall mean the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, 15 U.S.C. Sections 77a et seq ., and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Securities Exchange Act ” shall mean the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 15 U.S.C. Sections 78a et seq ., and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Seller ” shall mean SFC, in its capacity as the Seller under the Purchase Agreement.

 

Seller Assigned Agreements ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 8.01(b) of the Purchase Agreement.

 

Seller Collateral ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 8.01 of the Purchase Agreement.

 

Seller Deposit Account Collateral ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 8.01(c) of the Purchase Agreement.

 

Seller LOC Draws ” shall mean any payments made to the Purchaser in connection with the Letter of Credit and allocated to the Seller.

 

Seller Secured Obligations ” shall mean all loans, advances, debts, liabilities and obligations for the performance of covenants, tasks or duties or for payment of monetary amounts (whether or not such performance is then required or contingent, or such amounts are liquidated or determinable) owing by the Seller to any Affected Party under the Purchase Agreement and any document or instrument delivered pursuant thereto, and all amendments, extensions or renewals thereof, and all covenants and duties regarding such amounts, of any kind or nature, present or future, whether or not evidenced by any note, agreement or other instrument, arising thereunder, including Capital Investment (but only to the extent that funds are available therefor pursuant to Article VI of the Purchase Agreement), Daily Yield, Yield Shortfall, Unused Facility Fees, Unused Facility Fee Shortfall, Margin, amounts in reduction of Purchase Excess, Successor Servicing Fees and Expenses, Additional Amounts and Indemnified Amounts. This term includes all principal, interest (including all interest that accrues after the commencement of any case or proceeding by or against the Seller in bankruptcy, whether or not allowed in such case or proceeding), fees, charges, expenses, attorneys’ fees and any other sum chargeable to the Seller thereunder, whether now existing or hereafter arising, voluntary or involuntary, whether or not jointly owed with others, direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, and whether or not from time to time decreased or extinguished and later increased, created or incurred, and all or any portion of such obligations that are paid to the extent all or any portion of such payment is avoided or recovered directly or indirectly from the Purchasers or the Administrative Agent as a preference, fraudulent transfer or otherwise.

 

Seller’s Share ” shall mean the ratio of (a) the Maximum Purchase Limit under the Purchase Agreement to (b) the aggregate maximum purchase limits or commitments under the Purchase Agreement and all Other Funding Agreements.


Servicer ” shall mean Synnex, in its capacity as the Servicer under the Purchase Agreement, or any other Person designated as a Successor Servicer.

 

Servicer’s Certificate ” shall mean an Officer’s Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit 3.01(a)(iii) to the Purchase Agreement.

 

Servicer Termination Notice ” shall mean any notice by the Administrative Agent to the Servicer that (a) an Event of Servicer Termination has occurred and (b) the Servicer’s appointment under the Purchase Agreement has been terminated.

 

Servicing Fee ” shall mean, for any day within a Settlement Period, the amount equal to (a) (i) the Servicing Fee Rate divided by (ii) 360, multiplied by (b) the Outstanding Balance of all Transferred Receivables on such day.

 

Servicing Fee Rate ” shall mean 1.00%.

 

Servicing Fee Shortfall ” shall mean, as of any date of determination within a Settlement Period, the amount, if any, by which the Accrued Servicing Fee exceeds the Retained Servicing Fee, in each case as of such date.

 

Servicing Officer ” shall mean any officer of the Servicer involved in, or responsible for, the administration and servicing of the Transferred Receivables and whose name appears on any Officer’s Certificate listing servicing officers furnished to the Administrative Agent by the Servicer, as such certificate may be amended from time to time.

 

Servicing Records ” shall mean all documents, books, Records and other information (including computer programs, tapes, disks, data processing software and related property and rights) prepared and maintained by the Servicer with respect to the Transferred Receivables and the Obligors thereunder.

 

Settlement Date ” shall mean the tenth Business Day following the end of each Settlement Period.

 

Settlement Period ” shall mean (a) solely for purposes of determining the Ratios, (i) with respect to all Settlement Periods other than the final Settlement Period, each calendar month, whether occurring before or after the Closing Date, and (ii) with respect to the final Settlement Period, the period ending on the Final Purchase Date and beginning with the first day of the calendar month in which the Final Purchase Date occurs, and (b) for all other purposes, (i) with respect to the initial Settlement Period, the period from and including the Closing Date through and including the last day of the calendar month in which the Closing Date occurs, (ii) with respect to the final Settlement Period, the period ending on the Final Purchase Date and beginning with the first day of the calendar month in which the Final Purchase Date occurs, and (iii) with respect to all other Settlement Periods, each calendar month; provided , however , that upon the occurrence of the Committed Purchaser Funding Event, such Settlement Period shall terminate on the day prior to the Committed Purchaser Funding Event, and the next Settlement Period shall be the period from and including the day of the Committed Purchaser Funding Event through and including the last day of the calendar month in which the Committed Purchaser Funding Event occurs.


SFC ” shall mean SIT Funding Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

 

SFC Account ” shall mean an account designated from time to time by SFC, which account as of the Closing Date shall be Account No. 502-328-54, GECC CAF Depositary, Bankers Trust Company, 1 Bankers Trust Plaza, New York, New York 10006, ABA No. 021-001-033, Attn: CFN 2214, Reference: Synnex Information Technologies, Inc.

 

SFC Indemnified Person ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 5.01 of each Transfer Agreement.

 

Sold Receivable ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.01(b) of each Transfer Agreement.

 

Solvency Certificate ” shall mean an Officer’s Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit 3.01(a)(i) to the Purchase Agreement.

 

Solvent ” shall mean, with respect to any Person on a particular date, that on such date (a) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including contingent liabilities, of such Person; (b) the present fair salable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its Debts as they become absolute and matured; (c) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur Debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay as such Debts and liabilities mature; and (d) such Person is not engaged in a business or transaction, and is not about to engage in a business or transaction, for which such Person’s property would constitute an unreasonably small capital. The amount of contingent liabilities (such as Litigation, guaranties and pension plan liabilities) at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all the facts and circumstances existing at the time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

 

Stock ” shall mean all shares, options, warrants, general or limited partnership interests or other equivalents (regardless of how designated) of or in a corporation, partnership or equivalent entity whether voting or nonvoting, including common stock, preferred stock or any other “equity security” such term is defined in Rule 3a11-1 of the General Rules and Regulations promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act).

 

Stockholder ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, each holder of Stock of such Person.

 

Sub-Servicer ” shall mean any Person with whom the Servicer enters into a Sub-Servicing Agreement.

 

Sub-Servicing Agreement ” shall mean any written contract entered into between the Servicer and any Sub-Servicer pursuant to and in accordance with Section 7.01 of the Purchase Agreement relating to the servicing, administration or collection of the Transferred Receivables.


Subordinated Loan ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.01(c) of each Transfer Agreement.

 

Subordinated Note ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.01(c) of each Transfer Agreement.

 

Subsidiary ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any corporation or other entity (a) of which securities or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other Persons performing similar functions are at the time directly or indirectly owned by such Person or (b) that is directly or indirectly controlled by such Person within the meaning of control under Section 15 of the Securities Act.

 

Successor Servicer ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 11.02 of the Purchase Agreement.

 

Successor Servicing Fees and Expenses ” shall mean the fees and expenses payable to the Successor Servicer as agreed to by the Seller, the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent.

 

Synnex ” shall mean Synnex Information Technologies, Inc., a California corporation.

 

Termination Date ” shall mean the date on which (a) Capital Investment has been permanently reduced to zero, (b) all other Seller Secured Obligations under the Purchase Agreement and the other Related Documents have been indefeasibly repaid in full and completely discharged and (c) the Maximum Purchase Limit has been irrevocably terminated in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02(b) of the Purchase Agreement.

 

Termination Event ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 9.01 of the Purchase Agreement.

 

Three Month Aged Receivables Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of:

 

(a) the sum of the respective Outstanding Balances of Transferred Receivables with respect to which any payment, or part thereof, remained unpaid for more than 60 but less than 91 days past their respective Maturity Dates as of the last day of the three Settlement Periods immediately preceding such date

 

to

 

(b) the aggregate Billed Amount of Transferred Receivables originated during the fourth, fifth, and sixth Settlement Periods immediately preceding such date.

 

Title IV Plan ” shall mean a Pension Plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) that is covered by Title IV of ERISA and that either Originator or an ERISA Affiliate maintains, contributes to or has an obligation to contribute to on behalf of participants who are or were employed by any of them.


Transfer ” shall mean any Sale or capital contribution of Transferred Receivables by an Originator to SFC pursuant to the terms of a Transfer Agreement.

 

Transfer Agreement ” shall mean (i) that certain Amended and Restated Receivables Transfer Agreement dated as of August 30, 2002, between Synnex, as Originator, and SFC or (ii) any other “Transfer Agreement” entered into from time to time by SFC and an Originator.

 

Transfer Date ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.01(a) of each Transfer Agreement.

 

Transferred Receivable ” shall mean any Sold Receivable or Contributed Receivable; provided , that (a) any Receivable repurchased by an Originator pursuant to Section 4.04 of the applicable Transfer Agreement shall not be deemed to be a Transferred Receivable from and after the date of such repurchase unless such Receivable has subsequently been repurchased by or recontributed to SFC and (b) any Unapproved Receivable shall not be deemed to be a Transferred Receivable.

 

UCC ” shall mean, with respect to any jurisdiction, the Uniform Commercial Code as the same may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in such jurisdiction.

 

Unapproved Receivable ” shall mean any receivable (a) with respect to which the obligor thereunder is not an Obligor on any Transferred Receivable and whose customer relationship with the applicable Originator arises as a result of the acquisition by such Originator of another Person or (b) that was originated in accordance with standards established by another Person acquired by the applicable Originator, in each case, solely with respect to any such acquisitions that have not been approved in writing by the Administrative Agent and then only for the period prior to any such approval.

 

Underfunded Plan ” shall mean any Plan that has an Underfunding.

 

Underfunding ” shall mean, with respect to any Plan, the excess, if any, of (a) the present value of all benefits under the Plan (based on the assumptions used to fund the Plan pursuant to Section 412 of the IRC) as of the most recent valuation date over (b) the fair market value of the assets of such Plan as of such valuation date.

 

Unfunded Pension Liability ” shall mean, at any time, the aggregate amount, if any, of the sum of (a) the amount by which the present value of all accrued benefits under each Title IV Plan exceeds the fair market value of all assets of such Title IV Plan allocable to such benefits in accordance with Title IV of ERISA, all determined as of the most recent valuation date for each such Title IV Plan using the actuarial assumptions for funding purposes in effect under such Title IV Plan, and (b) for a period of five years following a transaction that might reasonably be expected to be covered by Section 4069 of ERISA, the liabilities (whether or not accrued) that could be avoided by either Originator or any ERISA Affiliate as a result of such transaction.

 

Unused Facility Fee ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Fee Letter.


Unused Facility Fee Shortfall ” shall mean, as of any date of determination within a Settlement Period, the amount, if any, by which the Accrued Unused Facility Fee exceeds the Retained Unused Facility Fee, in each case as of such date.

 

Welfare Plan ” shall mean a Plan described in Section 3(1) of ERISA.

 

Yield Discount Amount ” shall mean the amount, as determined from time to time by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion, calculated in accordance with Annex 4 of the Purchase Agreement.

 

Yield Shortfall ” shall mean, as of any date of determination within a Settlement Period, the amount, if any, by which the Accrued Monthly Yield exceeds the Retained Monthly Yield, in each case as of such date.

 

SECTION 2. Other Terms and Rules of Construction.

 

(a) Accounting Terms . Rules of construction with respect to accounting terms used in any Related Document shall be as set forth in Annex G to the Purchase Agreement. Unless otherwise specifically provided therein, any accounting term used in any Related Document shall have the meaning customarily given such term in accordance with GAAP, and all financial computations thereunder shall be computed in accordance with GAAP consistently applied. That certain items or computations are explicitly modified by the phrase “in accordance with GAAP” shall in no way be construed to limit the foregoing.

 

(b) Other Terms . All other undefined terms contained in any of the Related Documents shall, unless the context indicates otherwise, have the meanings provided for by the UCC as in effect in the State of New York to the extent the same are used or defined therein.

 

(c) Rules of Construction . Unless otherwise specified, references in any Related Document or any of the Appendices thereto to a Section, subsection or clause refer to such Section, subsection or clause as contained in such Related Document. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import used in any Related Document refer to such Related Document as a whole, including all annexes, exhibits and schedules, as the same may from time to time be amended, restated, modified or supplemented, and not to any particular section, subsection or clause contained in such Related Document or any such annex, exhibit or schedule. Any reference to or definition of any document, instrument or agreement shall include the same as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time. Wherever from the context it appears appropriate, each term stated in either the singular or plural shall include the singular and the plural, and pronouns stated in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter genders. The words “including,” “includes” and “include” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”; the word “or” is not exclusive; references to Persons include their respective successors and assigns (to the extent and only to the extent permitted by the Related Documents) or, in the case of Governmental Authorities, Persons succeeding to the relevant functions of such Persons; and all references to statutes and related regulations shall include any amendments of the same and any successor statutes and regulations.


(d) Rules of Construction for Determination of Ratios . The Ratios as of the last day of the Settlement Period immediately preceding the Closing Date shall be established by the Administrative Agent on or prior to the Closing Date and set forth in Schedule 1 to this Annex X and the underlying calculations for periods preceding the Closing Date to be used in future calculations of the Ratios shall be established by the Administrative Agent on or prior to the Closing Date in accordance with such Schedule 1 . For purposes of calculating the Ratios, (i) averages shall be computed by rounding to the third decimal place and (ii) the Settlement Period in which the date of determination thereof occurs shall not be included in the computation thereof and the first Settlement Period immediately preceding such date of determination shall be deemed to be the Settlement Period immediately preceding the Settlement Period in which such date of determination occurs.

 


Annex Y to Purchase Agreement

 

SIT FUNDING CORPORATION

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED RECEIVABLES PURCHASE FACILITY

 

August 30, 2002

 

Schedule of Closing Document s 1

 

A. Receivables Purchase and Transfer Documents

 

1.   Amended and Restated Receivables Transfer Agreement, among SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc., a California corporation (“ Synnex ” or the “ Originator ”), and SIT Funding Corporation (“SFC”). (2443610)

 

EXHIBITS

Exhibit 2.01 (a)

   Form of Receivables Assignment

Exhibit 2.01(c)

   Form of Subordinated Note

SCHEDULES

Schedule 4.01(b)

   Executive Offices; Collateral Locations; Corporate Names; Organizational Identification Number/FEIN

Schedule 4.01(d)

   Litigation

Schedule 4.01(h)

   Ventures, Subsidiaries and Affiliates; Outstanding Stock

Schedule 4.01(i)

   Tax Matters

Schedule 4.01(1)

   Intellectual Property

 


1 Bold and Italicized items to be delivered by the Originator, the Seller, the Borrowers and/or their counsel.


Schedule 4.01(m)

   ERISA Plans

Schedule 4.01(t)

   Deposit and Disbursement Accounts/Originator

Schedule 4.02(g)

   Trade Names

Schedule 4.03(b)

   Existing Liens

ANNEXES

Annex X

   Definitions

Annex Y

   Schedule of Documents

 

2.   Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement (the “ RPSA ”), among Synnex, as servicer (the “ Servicer ”), SFC, as seller (the “ Seller ”), Redwood Receivables Corporation (“ Redwood ”), as conduit purchaser (the “ Conduit Purchaser ”), General Electric Capital Corporation (“GE Capital”), as committed purchaser (in such capacity, the “ Committed Purchaser ”) and GE Capital, as Administrative Agent. (2436738)

 

SCHEDULES

 

Schedule 4.01(b)

   Executive Offices; Collateral Locations; Corporate Names; FEIN/Seller

Schedule 4.01(d)

   Litigation/Seller

Schedule 4.01(h)

   Ventures, Subsidiaries and Affiliates; Outstanding Stock and Indebtedness/Seller

Schedule 4.01(i)

   Tax Matters/Seller

Schedule 4.01(r)

   Deposit and Disbursement Accounts/Seller

Schedule 5.01(b)

   Trade Names/Seller

Schedule 5.03(b)

   Existing Liens/Seller

EXHIBITS

Exhibit 2.02(a)

   Form of Commitment Reduction Notice

Exhibit 2.02(b)

   Form of Commitment Termination Notice

Exhibit 2.03(a)

   Form of Investment Base Certificate

Exhibit 2.03(b)

   Form of Purchase Request

 

2


Exhibit 2.03(c)

   Form of Repayment Notice

Exhibit 2.04(a)

   Form of Purchase Assignment

Exhibit 3.01(a)(i)

   Form of Solvency Certificate

Exhibit 3.01(a)(ii)(A)

   Form of Bringdown Certificate (Closing)

Exhibit 3.01(a)(ii)(B)

   Form of Bringdown Certificate (Post-Closing)

Exhibit 3.01(a)(iii)(A)

   Form of Servicer’s Certificate (Closing)

Exhibit 3.01(a)(iii)(B)

   Form of Servicer’s Certificate (Post-Closing)

Exhibit 3.01(a)(iv)

   Form of Monthly Report

Exhibit 10.03

   Form of Power of Attorney

ANNEXES

Annex 1

   [RESERVED]

Annex 2

   Excluded Obligors

Exhibit A to Annex 2

   Form of Amending Letter

Annex 3

   [RESERVED]

Annex 4

   Yield Discount Amount

Annex 5

   Financial Covenants

Annex 5.02(a)

   Reporting Requirements of the Seller

Annex 5.02(b)

   Investment Reports

Annex 7.07

   Reporting Requirements of the Servicer

Annex X

   Definitions

Annex Y

   Schedule of Documents

 

3.   Assignment executed by the Originator. (2444575)

 

4.   Purchase Assignment among the Seller and the Administrative Agent. (2444580)

 

5.   Officer’s Certificate (Bringdown Certificate), dated as of August 30, 2002, executed by an authorized officer of the Seller. (2443615)

 

 

3


6.   Officer’s Certificate (Solvency Certificate), dated as of August 30, 2002, executed by an authorized officer of the Originator. (2443627)

 

7.   Officer’s Certificate (Servicer’s Certificate), dated as of August 30, 2002, executed by an authorized officer of the Servicer. (2443634)

 

8.   Power of Attorney executed by SFC to GE Capital in its capacity as Administrative Agent. (2443640)

 

9.   Power of Attorney executed by Synnex to GE Capital in its capacity as Administrative Agent. (2443711)

 

10.   Amended and Restated Subordinated Note, dated as of August 30, 2002, executed by SFC and payable to Synnex. (2444224)

 

B. Legal Opinions

 

11.   Opinion of Simon Y. Leung, General Counsel for Synnex, regarding corporate authorization, execution, absence of conflict, and securities law issues in respect of the RPSA and the transactions contemplated thereby.

 

12.   Opinion of Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP, counsel for the Originator, the Servicer, the Seller and the Borrowers, regarding enforceability, perfection and priority of security interests and perfection of sales of general intangibles in respect of the Transfer Agreement, the RPSA and the transactions contemplated thereby.

 

C. Corporate Documents

 

Synnex

 

13.   Certificate of Incorporation for Synnex, certified by the Secretary of State of California as of June 14, 2002.

 

14.   Good standing certificates for Synnex issued by the Secretaries of State of California, South Carolina and Illinois.

 

15.   A certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of Synnex certifying copies of (a) the certificate of incorporation of Synnex; (b) the by-laws of Synnex; (c) the resolutions of Synnex’s Board of Directors approving the RPSA and the other instruments, documents and agreements to be executed and/or delivered by it in connection therewith and the transactions contemplated thereby; and (d) the names and true signatures of the incumbent officers of Synnex authorized to sign the transaction documents; and certifying that (x) Synnex is in good standing in all jurisdictions where it is qualified to do business, including, without limitation, California, (y) all representations and warranties made by Synnex in the RPSA are true and correct in all respects and (z) no financing statements or other similar instruments relating to the Receivables of Synnex have been filed in any jurisdiction,

 

4


     other than those financing statements and other similar instruments shown on the UCC searches provided pursuant to the Transfer Agreement and the RPSA.

 

SFC

 

16.   Certificate of Incorporation for SFC certified by the Secretary of State of Delaware.

 

17.   Good standing certificates for SFC issued by the Secretary of State of Delaware and the Secretary of State of California.

 

18.   A certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of SFC, certifying copies of (a) the certificate of incorporation of SFC; (b) the by-laws of SFC; (c) the resolutions of SFC’s Board of Directors approving the RPSA and the other instruments, documents and agreements to be executed and/or delivered by it in connection therewith and the transactions contemplated thereby; and (d) the names and true signatures of the incumbent officers of SFC authorized to sign the transaction documents.

 

D. UCC Filings

 

Synnex

 

19.   UCC continuation statement and UCC amendment statement with respect to the UCC-1 Financing Statement in respect of the Transferred Receivables naming Synnex as debtor/seller and the Seller as secured party/purchaser and the Administrative Agent as assignee, filed with the Secretary of State of California.

 

20.   In-lieu financing statement filed in the office of the Secretary of State of California with respect to the UCC-1 Financing Statement originally filed in the office of the Secretary of State of South Carolina in respect of the Transferred Receivables naming Synnex as debtor/seller and the Seller as secured party/purchaser and the Administrative Agent as assignee.

 

21.   UCC-1 Financing Statement in respect of the Transferred Receivables naming Synnex as debtor/seller and the Seller as secured party/purchaser and the Administrative Agent as assignee, filed with the Secretary of State of California.

 

22.   UCC continuation statements and UCC amendment statements with respect to the UCC-1 Financing Statements in respect of Synnex’s Inventory naming Synnex as debtor, the Seller as secured party and the Administrative Agent as assignee, filed with the Secretary of State of California.

 

23.   In-lieu financing statements filed with the Secretary of State of California with respect to the UCC-1 Financing Statements originally filed in the offices of the Secretaries of State of Illinois, New Jersey, South Carolina and Tennessee in respect of Synnex’s Inventory naming Synnex as debtor, the Seller as secured party and the Administrative Agent as assignee.

 

5


24.   Post-Filing UCC Lien Search Report against Synnex confirming that the statements described in the preceding five items have been filed and are of record in the jurisdictions in which they were filed.

 

SFC

 

25.   In-lieu financing statement filed in the office of the Secretary of State of Delaware with respect to the UCC-1 Financing Statements originally filed in the office of the Secretary of State of California naming the Seller as debtor/seller and the Purchaser as secured party/purchaser, and the Administrative Agent as assignee.

 

26.   Post-Filing UCC Lien Search Report against SFC confirming that the financing statement described in the preceding item has been filed and is of record.

 

E. Previously Delivered Third-Party Agreements

 

27.   Lockbox Account Agreement, dated as of June 15, 2001 among the Seller, Redwood, GE Capital and Bank of America, NA.

 

28.   Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of December 19, 1997, executed by Synnex, the Seller, Redwood and GE Capital.

 

6

Exhibit 10.9

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1

 

Dated as of June 30, 2003

 

to

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AND SERVICING

AGREEMENT

 

and

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED RECEIVABLES TRANSFER AGREEMENT

 

Dated as of August 30, 2002

 

THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of June 30, 2003 by and among SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a California corporation (“ Synnex ” or the “ Originator ”), SIT FUNDING CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“ SFC ”), REDWOOD RECEIVABLES CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“ Redwood ”), and GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“ GE Capital ”), in its capacities as a committed purchaser and as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) under the Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement referred to below. Capitalized terms used in this Amendment which are not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given such terms in Annex X to the Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement.

 

RECITALS:

 

WHEREAS, the Originator and SFC are parties to that certain Amended and Restated Receivables Transfer Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2002 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Receivables Transfer Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS, SFC, as seller, Synnex, as servicer (the “ Servicer ”) and as Originator, the other Originators, GE Capital, as the Administrative Agent and as a Committed Purchaser and Redwood are parties to that certain Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement dated as of August 30, 2002 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS, many of the defined terms used in the Receivables Transfer Agreement and the Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement are set forth in Annex X attached thereto (“ Annex X ”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Originator, SFC, and GE Capital have agreed to amend Annex X on the terms and conditions set forth herein;


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises set forth above, the terms and conditions contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Originator, SFC, Redwood, and GE Capital, with the consent of the Insurer, hereby agree as follows.

 

Section 1. Amendments to Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement . Effective as of the date hereof and subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 2 below, the Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

1.1 Section 6.01(c) of the Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement shall be amended to delete the first sentence of such section and to substitute the following therefor:

 

“The Administrative Agent has established and (prior to the occurrence of a Committed Purchaser Funding Event) shall maintain the Retention Account with the Depository.”

 

1.2 Sections 6.03, 6.04 and 6.05 of the Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement are hereby amended and restated in their entirety as set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

1.3 Section 7.05 of the Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement shall be amended to (i) add “(a)” at the beginning of the first sentence thereof and (ii) add the following new subsection (b) thereto:

 

“(b) For any period that Synnex or any Affiliate of Synnex is the Servicer, the Seller agrees that it shall pay to the Servicer on each Settlement Date the applicable Servicing Fee, to the extent of funds available to the Seller on such Settlement Date. The Seller agrees that it will pay the Servicing Fee to the Servicer prior to using any funds available to it on such Settlement Date for any other purpose, including, without limitation, the purchase of additional Receivables. If the Seller does not have sufficient funds available to so pay the Servicing Fee in full on any Settlement Date, the shortfall shall be paid on the next Business Day on which the Seller does have available funds but only to the extent that funds are then available to the Seller in accordance with the provisions of Article VI . The Servicer waives any right it has or may at any time have to demand payment and/or take any action to or in furtherance of payment of any shortfall in the payment of the Servicing Fee and agrees that it shall not have a “claim” under Section 101(5) of the Bankruptcy Code for the payment of any such shortfall, except for, and only to the extent of, any excess available funds, as described above.”

 

1.4 The definition of “Cash Purchase Price” set forth in Annex X to the Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement is hereby amended to delete therefrom the reference to “Section 6.03(c)(v)” and to substitute a reference to “Section 6.03(c)” therefor.

 

2


1.5 The definition of “Committed Purchaser Expiry Date” set forth in Annex X to the Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement is hereby amended to delete therefrom the reference to “August 29, 2003” and to substitute a reference to “August 30, 2008” therefor.

 

1.6 The definition of the term “Committed Purchaser Yield Rate” set forth in Annex X to the Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement is hereby amended to delete the term “LIBOR Rate” therefrom and to substitute the term “Commercial Paper Rate” therefor.

 

1.7 The following new definition is hereby added to Annex X in the appropriate alphabetical location:

 

‘“ Commercial Paper Rate ” means, for each Settlement Period, (i) the latest month-end published rate for 30-day dealer commercial paper (high grade unsecured notes sold through dealers by major corporations in multiples of $1,000), which normally appears in the “Money Rates” column of The Wall Street Journal or, in the event that The Wall Street Journal ceases publication of such rate, in such other publication of general circulation as the Administrative Agent may, from time to time, designate in writing, or (ii) if such rate is not determinable pursuant to clause (i) hereof, such rate as the Administrative Agent may, from time to time, designate in writing.’

 

1.8 The definition of “Concentration Discount Amount” set forth in Annex X to the Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

(a) Each reference to “three percent (3%)” therein is hereby deleted and a reference to “five percent (5%)” is substituted therefor.

 

(b) The reference to “five percent (5%)” in clause (a) thereof is hereby deleted and a reference to “fifteen percent (15%)” is substituted therefor.

 

(c) The reference to “fifteen percent (15%)” in clause (e) thereof is hereby deleted and a reference to “twenty percent (20%)” is substituted therefor.

 

1.9 The defined terms “Capital Investment Shortfall,” “Capital Investment Sub-Account,” “Deferred Purchase Price Adjustment,” “Deferred Purchase Price Collections,” “Deferred Purchase Price Outstanding,” “Deferred Purchase Price Shortfall,” “Deferred Purchase Price Sub-Account,” “Dilution Funded Amount” and “Dilution Funded Amount Shortfall” are hereby deleted from Annex X to the Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement.

 

1.10 The definition of “Final Purchase Date” set forth in Annex X to the Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement is hereby amended to delete therefrom the reference to “fifth” and to substitute a reference to “sixth” therefor.

 

3


1.11 The definition of “Maximum Purchase Limit” set forth in Annex X to the Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement is hereby amended to delete therefrom the reference to “$200,000,000” and to substitute a reference to “$210,000,000” therefor.

 

1.12 The definition of the term “Per Annum Daily Margin” set forth in Annex X to the Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement shall be amended to delete such definition in its entirety and to substitute the following therefor:

 

“‘ Per Annum Daily Margin ’ shall mean, (a) with respect to Capital Investment made by the Conduit Purchaser, 0.75%, and (b) with respect to Capital Investment made by the Committed Purchaser, 0.90%.”

 

1.13 The definition of the term “Retained Monthly Yield” set forth in Annex X to the Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement shall be amended to delete such definition in its entirety and to substitute the following therefor:

 

“‘ Retained Monthly Yield ’ shall mean, as of any date of determination within a Settlement Period, the sum of all amounts transferred to or retained in the Retention Account or transferred to the Administrative Agent with respect to Daily Yield from and including the first day of such Settlement Period through and including such date pursuant to Section 6.03(a)(ii)(A) and (B) of the Purchase Agreement.”

 

1.14 The definition of the term “Retained Servicing Fee” set forth in Annex X to the Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement shall be amended to delete such definition in its entirety and to substitute the following therefor:

 

“‘ Retained Servicing Fee ’ shall mean, as of any date of determination within a Settlement Period, the sum of all amounts transferred to or retained in the Retention Account or transferred to the Administrative Agent with respect to the Servicing Fee from and including the first day of such Settlement Period through and including such date pursuant to Section 6.03(a)(ii)(C) and (D) of the Purchase Agreement.”

 

1.15 The definition of the term “Retained Unused Facility Fee” set forth in Annex X to the Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement shall be amended to delete such definition in its entirety and to substitute the following therefor:

 

“‘ Retained Unused Facility Fee ’ shall mean, as of any date of determination within a Settlement Period, the sum of all amounts transferred to or retained in the Retention Account or transferred to the Administrative Agent with respect to the Unused Facility Fee from and including the first day of such Settlement Period through and including such date in accordance with Section 6.03(a)(ii)(E) and (F) of the Purchase Agreement.”

 

4


1.16 The definition of the term “Retention Account” set forth in Annex X to the Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement shall be amended to delete such definition in its entirety and to substitute the following therefor:

 

‘“ Retention Account ” shall mean, (i) with respect to the Conduit Purchaser, that certain segregated deposit account established by the Administrative Agent and maintained with the Depositary designated as the “Redwood Receivables Corporation—Retention Account (Synnex),” account number 24597, ABA No. 021 001 033, and (ii) with respect to the Committed Purchaser, such other segregated deposit account as may be established by the Administrative Agent for the Committed Purchaser.’

 

1.17 The definition of the term “Retention Account Deficiency” set forth in Annex X to the Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement shall be amended to delete such definition in its entirety and to substitute the following therefor:

 

‘“ Retention Account Deficiency ” shall mean, as of any Settlement Date, (A) prior to the occurrence of a Committed Purchaser Funding Event, the amount, if any, by which (1) the amounts necessary to make the payments required under Sections 6.04(a)(i) , (ii) and (iii) of the Purchase Agreement exceeds (2) the amounts on deposit in the Retention Account or (B) after the occurrence of a Committed Purchaser Funding Event, the amount, if any, by which (1) the amounts necessary to make the payments required under Sections 6.04(a)(i) , (ii) and (iii) of the Purchase Agreement exceeds (2) the amounts actually disbursed to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Sections 6.04(a)(i) , (ii) and (iii) of the Purchase Agreement.’

 

Section 2. Conditions of Effectiveness of this Amendment . This Amendment shall become effective as of the date hereof (the “ Effective Date ”) when, and only when, the Administrative Agent shall have received each of the following:

 

2.1 counterparts of this Amendment duly executed by each of the parties hereto;

 

2.2 written notice from Redwood of the occurrence of the Redwood Termination Date;

 

2.3 an opinion of counsel to SFC and Synnex relating to the enforceability of this Amendment and the Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement, as amended hereby; and

 

2.4 such other documents, instruments and agreements as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.

 

Section 3. Representations and Warranties .

 

3.1 Upon the effectiveness of this Amendment, the Originator and SFC each (a) hereby reaffirms in all material respects all covenants, representations and

 

5


warranties made by it in the Receivables Transfer Agreement, the Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement and each other Related Document to the extent the same are not amended hereby and except to the extent the same expressly relates solely to an earlier date, (b) agrees that all such covenants, representations and warranties shall be deemed to have been re-made as of the Effective Date of this Amendment and (c) represents and warrants that, as of the Effective Date of this Amendment and after giving effect hereto, no Termination Event, Incipient Termination Event, Event of Servicer Termination or Incipient Servicer Termination Event has occurred and is continuing.

 

3.2 The Originator and SFC hereby represents and warrants that this Amendment and each of the Receivables Transfer Agreement and the Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement, as amended hereby, constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of such Person and are enforceable against such Person in accordance with their respective terms.

 

Section 4. Reference to and Effect on Related Documents .

 

4.1 Upon the effectiveness of this Amendment pursuant to Section 2 hereof, on and after the Effective Date, each reference to the Receivables Transfer Agreement and the Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement in any of the Related Documents shall mean and be a reference to the Receivables Transfer Agreement or the Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement, as the case may be, as amended hereby.

 

4.2 Except as specifically set forth above, the Receivables Transfer Agreement and the Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement, and all other documents, instruments and agreements executed and/or delivered in connection therewith, shall remain in full force and effect, and are hereby ratified and confirmed.

 

4.3 The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not, except as expressly provided herein, operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of SFC, Redwood or the Administrative Agent, nor constitute a waiver of any provision of any of the Related Documents, or any other documents, instruments and agreements executed and/or delivered in connection therewith.

 

Section 5. Headings . Section headings in this Amendment are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Amendment for any other purpose.

 

Section 6. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Amendment on any number of separate counterparts and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

 

Section 7. Entire Agreement . This Amendment, taken together with the Receivables Transfer Agreement, the Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement and all of the other Related Documents, embodies the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, written and oral, relating to the subject matter hereof.

 

6


Section 8. Governing Law . This Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and performed in such State and any applicable laws of the United States of America.

 

Section 9. No Course of Dealing . Redwood and the Administrative Agent have entered into this Amendment on the express understanding with SFC and the Originator that in entering into this Amendment Redwood and the Administrative Agent are not establishing any course of dealing with SFC or the Originator. The rights of Redwood and the Administrative Agent to require strict performance with all the terms and conditions of the Receivables Transfer Agreement and the Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement as amended by this Amendment and the other Related Documents shall not in any way be impaired by the execution of this Amendment. Neither Redwood nor the Administrative Agent shall be obligated in any manner to execute any further amendments or waivers, and if such waivers or amendments are requested in the future, assuming the terms and conditions thereof are acceptable to them, Redwood and the Administrative Agent may require the payment of fees in connection therewith.

 

Section 10. Waiver of Claims . In consideration for the execution by Redwood, the Operating Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Insurer of this Amendment, each of the Seller, SFC and the Originator hereby waives each and every claim, defense, demand, action and suit of any kind or nature whatsoever against each of Redwood, the Operating Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Insurer and each other Affected Party arising on or prior to the date hereof in connection with the Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement, any of the Related Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment No. 1 has been duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,
as an Originator and the Servicer
By:  

/s/    D ENNIS P OLK        

 
   

Dennis Polk

SVP/CFO

SIT FUNDING CORPORATION
By:  

/s/    S IMON Y. L EUNG        

 
   

Simon Y. Leung

General Counsel & Corporate Secretary

REDWOOD RECEIVABLES CORPORATION
By:   I LLEGIBLE
 
   

Illegible

Duly Authorized Signatory

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION,
as a Committed Purchaser and as Administrative Agent
By:   I LLEGIBLE
 
   

Illegible

Duly Authorized Signatory

 

Signature Page to

Amendment No. 1 to

Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement

and

Amended and Restated Receivables Transfer Agreement

 

8


EXHIBIT A

 

Attached.


Section 6.03. Daily Disbursements From the Collection Account; Revolving Period . On each Business Day no later than 12:00 p.m. (New York time) during the Revolving Period, and following the transfers made pursuant to Section 6.02 , the Administrative Agent shall disburse all amounts then on deposit in the Collection Account and its related subaccounts in the following priority:

 

(a) (x) prior to the occurrence of a Committed Purchaser Funding Event, to the Retention Account or (y) after the occurrence of a Committed Purchaser Funding Event, to the Administrative Agent:

 

(i) an amount equal to any Retention Account Deficiency, first from amounts deposited pursuant to Section 6.02(b) and second from Collections then on deposit in the Collection Account; and

 

(ii) an amount equal to the sum of:

 

(A) Daily Yield;

 

(B) the Yield Shortfall as of the close of business on the immediately preceding Business Day;

 

(C) the Servicing Fee (calculated assuming that the Servicing Fee Rate is the applicable rate); provided , however , that if Synnex, or any Affiliate of Synnex, is the Servicer, then such amount will not be deposited in the Retention Account on such day but the Seller shall pay the Servicing Fee in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.05(b) ;

 

(D) the Servicing Fee Shortfall as of the close of business on the immediately preceding Business Day; provided, however, that if Synnex, or any Affiliate of Synnex, is the Servicer, then such amount will not be deposited in the Retention Account on such day but the Seller shall pay the Servicing Fee in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.05(b) ;

 

(E) the Unused Facility Fee for such day;

 

(F) the Unused Facility Fee Shortfall as of the close of business on the immediately preceding Business Day; and

 

(G) any Additional Amounts or Indemnified Amounts as to which any Indemnified Perso has made a demand on the Seller and which remain unpaid;

 

(b) to the Purchasers

 

(i) an amount equal to any Purchase Excess to be applied in reduction of Capital Investment, to the Purchasers ratably based on the amount of their respective Capital Investments;

 

(ii) an amount equal to the deposits made in the Collection Account pursuant to Section 6.02(a)(v) and not otherwise disbursed pursuant to Section 6.03(a) , to be disbursed ratably based on the amounts owed to the applicable Purchasers; and

 

1


(iii) if, pursuant to a Repayment Notice, the Seller has requested a reduction of the Capital Investment of the Purchasers, then to the Purchasers, ratably based on the amount of their respective Capital Investments, the lesser of (A) the amount of such requested reduction of Capital Investment and (B) the balance remaining on deposit in the Collection Account;

 

(c) to the SFC Account as payment of the Cash Purchase Price for Purchases made on such day, the balance of any amounts remaining in the Collection Account after making the foregoing disbursements.

 

Section 6.04. Disbursements From the Retention Account; Settlement Date Procedures; Revolving Period .

 

(a) During the Revolving Period, (x) on each Settlement Date prior to the occurrence of a Committed Purchaser Funding Event and (y) on each Business Day on and after the occurrence of a Committed Purchaser Funding Event, the amounts on deposit in the Retention Account or transferred to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.03(a) shall be disbursed or retained by the Administrative Agent in the following priority:

 

(i) to the applicable Purchasers (or, if applicable, any Indemnified Person or Affected Party), an amount equal to:

 

(A) if such Settlement Date occurs on or prior to the occurrence of a Committed Purchaser Funding Event, an amount equal to:

 

(1) the accrued and unpaid Accrued Monthly Yield as of the end of the immediately preceding Settlement Period;

 

(2) the accrued and unpaid Unused Facility Fee as of the end of the immediately preceding Settlement Period;

 

(3) all Additional Amounts incurred and payable to any Affected Party as of the end of the immediately preceding Settlement Period;

 

(4) all other amounts accrued and payable under this Agreement (including Indemnified Amounts incurred and payable to any Indemnified Person) as of the end of the immediately preceding Settlement Period to the extent not already transferred pursuant to Section 6.03(b)(ii) ;

 

(5) if a Purchase Excess exists on such date, an amount equal to such excess to the extent not already transferred pursuant to Section 6.03(b)(i) , to be applied in reduction of Capital Investment;

 

(B) if such Business Day occurs after the occurrence of a Committed Purchaser Funding Event, an amount equal to:

 

(1) the accrued and unpaid Daily Yield as of such date;

 

2


(2) the accrued and unpaid Unused Facility Fee as of such date;

 

(3) all Additional Amounts as to which any Affected Party has made a demand on the Seller and which remain unpaid;

 

(4) all other amounts accrued and payable under this Agreement (including Indemnified Amounts as to which any Indemnified Person has made a demand on the Seller and which remain unpaid to the extent not already transferred pursuant to Section 6.03(b)(ii) ;

 

(5) if a Purchase Excess exists on such date, an amount equal to such excess to the extent not already transferred pursuant to Section 6.03(b)(i) , to be applied in reduction of Capital Investment;

 

(ii) to the extent any funds have been deposited in the Retention Account or transferred to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 6.03(a)(ii)(C) and (D) , to the Servicer or the Successor Servicer, as applicable, on behalf of the Seller, an amount equal to the accrued and unpaid Servicing Fee or Successor Servicing Fees and Expenses as of (x) the end of the immediately preceding Settlement Period (if such Settlement Date occurs on or prior to the occurrence of a Committed Purchaser Funding Event) or (y) such date (if such date occurs after the occurrence of a Committed Purchaser Funding Event); provided, however, that any such amount shall be paid net of any amounts paid, or that should have been paid, as provided in Section 7.05(b) ;

 

(iii) to be retained in the Retention Account or held by the Administrative Agent, (A) if such Settlement Period occurs prior to the occurrence of a Committed Purchaser Funding Event, an amount equal to the Accrued Monthly Yield, Accrued Unused Facility Fee and, (B) to the extent any funds have been deposited in the Retention Account or transferred to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Sections 6.03(a)(ii)(C) and (D) , Accrued Servicing Fee as of such date; and

 

(iv) to the SFC Account, the balance of any funds remaining in the Collection Account after retaining or disbursing the foregoing amounts (and, prior to the occurrence of a Committed Purchaser Funding Event, the Administrative Agent shall also transfer to the SFC Account on such date any and all interest earned on, and paid by the Depository with respect to, any funds on deposit in the Retention Account during the preceding Settlement Period).

 

(b) No later than the second Business Day immediately preceding each Settlement Date, the Administrative Agent shall determine and notify the Seller of any Retention Account Deficiency for the preceding Settlement Period, and the Seller shall deposit cash in the amount of such Retention Account Deficiency to the Collection Account pursuant to Section 6.02(b) .

 

Section 6.05. Liquidation Settlement Procedures . On each Business Day from and after the Facility Termination Date until the Termination Date, the Administrative Agent

 

3


shall, as soon as practicable, transfer all amounts then on deposit in the Retention Account to the Collection Account and shall transfer all amounts in the Collection Account (including amounts transferred from the Retention Account pursuant to Section 6.02(c) and amounts which are not allocable to the Purchaser Interests) in the following priority:

 

(a) if an Event of Servicer Termination has occurred and a Successor Servicer has assumed the responsibilities and obligations of the Servicer in accordance with Section 11.02 , then to the Successor Servicer an amount equal to its accrued and unpaid Successor Servicing Fees and Expenses;

 

(b) to the Purchasers, ratably, an amount equal to accrued and unpaid Daily Yield through and including the date of maturity (if any) of the Commercial Paper (or other funding source) maintaining the Capital Investment;

 

(c) to the Purchasers, an amount equal to the unpaid Capital Investment;

 

(d) to the Administrative Agent, an amount equal to accrued and unpaid Unused Facility Fees;

 

(e) pro rata to all Additional Amounts incurred and payable to any Affected Party and Indemnified Amounts incurred and payable to any Indemnified Person; and

 

(f) if an Event of Servicer Termination shall not have occurred, to the Servicer in an amount equal to the accrued and unpaid Servicing Fee; and

 

(g) to the SFC Account, the balance of any funds remaining in the Collection Account after payment in full of all other amounts set forth in this Section 6.05 .

 

4

Exhibit 10.10

 

STANDARD INDUSTRIAL LEASE-NET

Lease Summary

 

The following information affects the terms of the Basic Lease.

 

I.    LANDLORD: Alexander & Baldwin, Inc., a Hawaii Corporation                                    

 

II.    TENANT: Synnex Information Technologies, inc., a California Corporation                

 

III     PREMISES: A 69,230 + square foot portion of that 98,500 square foot building known as Spinnaker Two, building 3A, located at 3777-97 Spinnaker Court, Fremont, California (see Exhibit A).

 

IV.    TERM:

 

Lease Term: Twenty Five            (             25             ) months.

Lease Commencement [check one]:

             Subject to completion of improvements. Landlord’s current estimate of the substantial completion date is              , 19              .

            X              Commencement Date: March 1              , 1998.

[Landlord initials:              ] [Tenant initials: illegible ]

 

V.    CHARGES

 

Base Monthly Rend: Forty Six Thousand, Seven Hundred Forty- Four Dollars ($46,744) .

Security Deposit: Fifty Six Thousand, Seven Hundred Forty- Four Dollars ($56,744) .

Percentage Share of Expenses: Seventy and Twenty- Eight One Hundredths percent (70.28%) .

Estimated Monthly Expresses: Twelve Thousand Six Hundred, Eighty Three Dollars ($12,683) .

Rental Adjustment Period of Date(s): None                                                             

 

VI.    USE OF PREMISES: General Office, warehousing and assembling of computer components .

 

VII.    ATTACHMENTS: The following Exhibits are attached to and a party of this Lease, for the purposes stated in the basic Lease:

 

Addendum, Exhibit A                                                                                              

 

VIII.    EXECUTION: The undersigned Landlord and Tenant agree to the provisions of this Lease, including the attached Basic Lease and the Exhibits identified above.

 

 

LANDLORD

  TENANT
Alexander & Baldwin, Inc.                   Synnex Information Technologies, Inc.    
By:   Illegible                                           By:   Illegible                                                  
Its:   Vice President                               Its:   Senior VP, CFO                                
Address:   822 Bishop Street                 Address:   3797 Spinaker                            
                 Honolulu, Hawaii 96813                       Fremont, Ca 94538                    
By:   Illegible                                           
Its:   Asst. Secretary                                    

 

Dated As Of:   Dec. 5, 1996


Basic Lease

 

1.   PARTIES

 

This Lease is entered into by and between the parties identified in the Lease Summary as Landlord and Tenant.

 

2.   PREMISES

 

Landlord leases to Tenant, and Tenant hires from Landlord, all or a portion (the “Premises”) of a building (the “Building”), is identified in the Lease Summary. The Premises encompass all space bounded by the inside surface of the exterior walls and roof, the outside surface of all windows and exterior doors, the centerline of any partition walls, and the upper surface of the floor slab. A floor or plot plan depicting the building containing the Premises may be attached hereto as an Exhibit, with the Premises outlined in some suitable manner, solely for the purpose of designating the location of the Premises.

 

3.   TERM

 

The Lease shall begin on the commencement date and continue for the tern stated in the Lease Summary, in accordance with the following:

 

  3.1   Commencement

 

The commencement date shall be the Commencement Date stated in the Lease Summary.

 

4.   RENTAL

 

As rental for the Premises, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, when due and in lawful money of the United States, all sums required to be paid by Tenant under this Lease, without deduction or offset, and shall promptly discharge all other monetary obligations of the Tenant hereunder. Any payment not received by Landlord when due shall thereafter bear interest, at the rate stated in paragraph 17.1, until received, provided that Landlord will waive interest on any monthly rental payment received not later than the fifth day of that month (or the first business day following the fifth if the fifth falls on a weekend or holiday). All such sums shall be paid to Landlord at the address provided by Landlord.

 

  4.1   Base Monthly Rent

 

The base monthly rent shall be the amount stated in the Lease Summary, payable in monthly installments in advance, on the first day of each calendar month during the lease term. If the commencement date is a day other than the first day of a calendar month, then the rent for that partial month shall be a fraction of the base monthly rent, based on the number of days in dial partial month, including the commencement date, in proportion to the total number of days in the month: such rent shall be payable on the first day of the following month. Rent for the first calendar month of the term is payable upon execution of this Lease.


5.   SECURITY

 

As security for the performance of its obligations under this Lease, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord, no later than January 1, 1998 the sum stated in the Lease Summary as the Security Deposit, which Landlord shall retain as a debtor and not as a trustee. Tenant acknowledges that the use value of the Security Deposit has been considered in determining the appropriate monthly rent for the Premises, and Tenant shall be entitled to no credit or compensation, by way of interest for otherwise, for Landlord’s possession of the Security Deposit, which may be commingled with Landlord’s own funds. If Tenant defaults in the performance of any of its obligations hereunder, Landlord may apply any portion of the deposit as necessary to cure the default or to compensate Landlord for its damages from the default, and Tenant shall, within ten days after Landlord’s demand therefor, deposit with Landlord the sum that is necessary to restore the deposit to the full original amount. Upon termination of this Lease, and after Tenant has vacated the Premises, the amount of such deposit remaining, after curing Tenant’s defaults and compensating Landlord for damages caused by Tenant, shall be returned to Tenant at its last address known to Landlord.

 

6.   USE

 

  6.1   Premises

 

The Premises shall be used only for those purposes stated in the Lease Summary Notwithstanding these permitted uses. Tenant will engage in no activity on the Premises that would, in the judgment of any insurer of the Premises, increase the premium on any of Landlord’s insurance over the amount otherwise charged therefore or cause such insurance to be canceled. In its use of the Premises, Tenant will comply with all applicable laws, governmental regulations, and tract restrictions. Tenant will commit no nuisance or waste on the Premises and will not cause any unreasonable odors, noise vibration, electronic emissions, or any other item to emanate from the Premises so as to damage Landlord’s property or interfere with any other person.


  6.2   Exterior

 

No portion of the area outside of the Building is leased to Tenant. However. Tenant may utilize truck access and turning areas in a reasonable manner, and Tenant may utilize designated parking areas, in common with Landlord’s other tenants, for daily parking of passenger vehicles. No rubbish containers or other materials may be stored outside of the Premises, except in existing trash enclosure areas. Tenant may not erect or maintain any sign or other marking on, or visible from, the exterior of the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent; such consent will not be unreasonably withheld for any sign that conforms to sign standards described on an Exhibit to this Lease. Tenant shall have no right of access to Building roof, except for maintenance required under this Lease or access necessary for operation of Tenant’s businesses and Tenant shall make no penetrations in the roof without Landlord’s prior written consent.

 

  6.3   Waste Materials

 

Tenant shall not discharge commercial or industrial wastes into the sewer system serving the Premises. All such wastes shall be disposed of only in sanitary containers that are regularly collected by a properly licensed waste disposal firm. If Tenant causes any waste materials to contaminate the Premises or any other property, Tenant shall indemnify Landlord and hold it harmless from all claims, demands, liabilities, and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, arising out of such contamination. (See Addendum).

 

7.   MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR

 

  7.1   Original Condition

 

If the Premises are complete and vacant when this Lease is signed. Tenant acknowledges that the Premises are now in good condition and are not in need of repair. If this Lease is executed while the Premises are occupied by another tenant or before the Landlord has completed improvements lo the Premises that are required by this Lease, then the Premise shall be deemed to be in good condition and not in need of repair as of the commencement date of the lease term, excepting only defects that could not be ascertained by reasonable inspection, unless within thirty days thereafter, Tenant delivers to Landlord a written notice specifying the manner in which the Premises are not then in good condition and repair.

 

  7.2   Landlord’s Obligations

 

Subject to the provisions of this Lease dealing with damage or destruction. Landlord shall maintain, at its expense, the structural soundness of the Building foundation, walls, floors, and roof. Subject to Tenant’s obligation to pay a percentage share of the cost in accordance with paragraph 8, Landlord shall maintain the exterior of the Building and the landscaping, sidewalks, and parking areas (the “Common Area”) serving the Building.

 

  7.3   Tenant’s Obligations

 

Throughout the lease term. Tenant shall maintain the Premises, all improvements on the Premises, and all equipment and systems that service the Premises in good condition and repair. The items to be repaired by Tenant include, for example and not as a limitation; plumbing, heating, air conditioning, ventilating, and electrical equipment;


walls, floor slab surface and coverings limited to the interior floor slab and non-structural elements of the floor slab, ceilings, doors, and glass. Tenant will cause ail healing, ventilating, air conditioning, and electrical equipment to be maintained in accordance with the manufacturers’ recommendations and specifications, and Tenant will place such equipment under service contract as required for proper preventative maintenance. At the end of the lease term, Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord broom clean, in the same condition as they existed at the commencement of this Lease, together with such changes as are permitted to remain pursuant to this Lease, excepting only such ordinary wear as could not have been avoided by routine maintenance. If Tenant fails to perform proper maintenance or repair, including preventative maintenance where appropriate. Landlord may, after reasonable notice to Tenant (or without notice for emergency repairs), cause the same to be performed, and the cost thereof will promptly be paid by Tenant upon receipt of a statement from Landlord setting froth the amount due.

 

8.   COSTS

 

Tenant shall pay its prorata share of all utility and maintenance costs, property taxes, and insurance premiums associated with the Premises, as described below. Such costs shall not include Landlord’s management fees.

 

  8.1   Utility and Maintenance Costs

 

Tenant shall pay for all costs of utility services to the Premises, including fire & sprinkler monitoring; if utilities are not separately metered to The Premises. Tenant shall pay for its percentage share. Tenant shall pay its percentage share of all costs incurred by Landlord for maintenance and repair of the building exterior and Common Area during the lease term, including but not limited to painting, parking lot surfacing, and roof maintenance (excluding expenditures for capital items).

 

  8.2   Property Taxes

 

Tenant shall pay its percentage share of all taxes, general and special assessments, and other charges imposed by any taxing authority and leveled against the property containing the Premises or against Landlord by virtue of its ownership thereof or collection of rental income therefrom (excepting only estate taxes, inheritance taxes, and income taxes that are payable on nonrental as well as rental income). “Taxing authority” includes all entitles having taxing or assessment authority’ by law or by virtue of any recorded instrument binding on the owner of the Premises.

 

  8.3   Insurance

 

Tenant shall pay its percentage share of all premiums for such insurance, if any, as may be carried by Landlord to insure; the Building, to its full insurable value, against all perils included in the classification of fire, extended coverage, vandalism, malicious mischief, special extended perils, earthquake and all-risk sprinkler leakage; against loss of Building rents, property taxes, and insurance costs for a period of not more than six months; against personal injury and property damage liability to the extent such insurance is not provided by Tenant under this Lease; against such other hazards as are then normally insured against by owners of commercial buildings of the sort containing the Premises.


  8.4   Percentage Share

 

Tenant’s percentage share of the costs described above shall be the percentage stated in the Lease Summary, or, if no percentage is there stated, shall be determined by the square footage of the Premises divided by the square footage of the Building. However, if Tenant utilizes more than its proportionate share of the Common Area, for parking or other purposes, or more than a normal amount of any utility service, then Landlord may equitably increase Tenant’s percentage share of costs associated with those items to account for such additional usage. Tenant’s percentage share of property taxes may also be equitably adjusted by Landlord to take account of any disproportionate tax burden imposed by special improvements or valuations relating to other portions of the Building or to other buildings on the Tax parcel, which adjustment may raise or lower Tenant’s percentage share; valuation data contained on the tax assessor’s worksheets, if available, shall conclusively determine the manner in which any equitable adjustment is to be made.

 

  8.5   Payment

 

At Landlord’s election, Tenant shall pay its percentage share of such costs set forth in this Paragraph 8 to Landlord either (i) when incurred, on the basis on Landlord’s periodic billings, or (ii) monthly in advance, on the first day of each calendar month, and the monthly amount shall be determined by Landlord’s then-current estimate of the average monthly costs. If periodic billings are utilized, Tenant’s payment shall be due ten days after the billing date. Landlord’s initial estimate of the average monthly costs are stated in the Lease Summary. Periodically, but not less frequently than annually, Landlord will provide Tenant with an accounting of all such costs for the preceding period, and an appropriate sum will be credited or debited against Tenant’s next monthly rental payment so as to equalize Tenant’s actual payments and Tenant’s actual share of costs for the period. Landlord may revise its monthly cost estimate, and provide Tenant with an accounting for the previous period, at any time during the lease term. If the lease term includes only a portion of a taxing or insured period, then Tenant shall pay a pro rata portion of its percentage share of the total property taxes or insurance premiums, based upon the number of days in the lease term that are included in the taxing or insured period; However, Tenant shall pay the entire amount of any property tax, for the tax year in which this Lease terminates (or for the succeeding tax year if this Lease terminates after the lien date for that tax year), levied on or attributable to improvements or property that is to be removed from the Premises by Tenant prior to or at the end of the lease term. If the Lease terminates before the property taxes for the then-current fiscal year are known, the amount of the tax shall be reasonably estimated on the basis of the best available information on current assessments and tax rates or, if no such information is available, shall be projected at the same rate as was imposed for the last previous taxing period, plus 2%.

 

9.   ALTERATIONS

 

  9.1   Tenant Work

 

Tenant shall make no structural alteration, or other alteration, addition, or utility installation (“Changes”) at a cost in excess of $5,000, on or to the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent which shall not be unreasonably withheld. In making approved Changes, Tenant shall comply with all applicable building code requirements. Unless Landlord has specifically waived this provision in writing prior to the installation of Changes, such Changes (i) shall be removed from the Premises, and


all damage resulting from such removal repaired by Tenant, prior to the end of the lease term, or (ii) shall remain on the Premises at the end of the lease term and become die property of Landlord, at Landlord’s election. If Landlord does not notify Tenant, at least three months prior to the end of the lease term, of its election to have Changes remain on the Premises, than Landlord shall thereby have elected to require Tenant to remove such Changes. In making all Changes, Tenant shall hold Landlord harmless from mechanics’ liens and all other liability resulting therefrom.

 

10.   DAMAGE

 

If any structural portion of the Premises that Landlord is obligated to maintain is damaged or destroyed by any cause, if such damage is insured against, and if the insurance proceeds are available for rebuilding, then this Lease will not terminate and Landlord will cause such damage to be repaired with reasonable diligence, subject to delays in the disbursement of Insurance proceeds and Unexpected Events. Landlord’s obligation in this regard shall be enforceable by Tenant only if such damage interferes with Tenant’s reasonable occupancy of the Premises. Tenant’s rent will abate to the extent that the damage and repair period interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises. If the damage is not insured against, if the available insurance proceeds are insufficient for the repair, or if the damage occurs within the last six months of the lease term, Landlord may, at its option exercised by notice to Tenant within thirty days of the date that Landlord acquires knowledge of the damage, elect either to complete the repair at its expense, or to terminate this Lease as of the date of damage. If Landlord elects to repair, rent will abate in the manner described above: other than the obligation to repair staled above. Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant on account of the damage.

 

11.   CONDEMNATION

 

If there is a taking by eminent domain or a transfer under threat thereof of (i) the entire Premises, or (ii) so much of the Premises, for the balance of the lease term, as prevents the continued reasonable conduct of Tenant’s business thereon, then this Lease shall terminate as of the date that possession of the condemned premises is delivered to the condemnor. No other such taking or transfer shall terminate this Lease. All condemnation proceeds shall be the property of Landlord, excepting only such portion thereof as is designated by the condemnor as compensation for Tenant’s moving expenses, loss of Tenant’s goodwill) or for Tenant’s trade fixtures.

 

12.   LIABILITY

 

  12.1   Insurance

 

Tenant shall, at its expense, maintain in force during the lease term a combined single limit policy of bodily injury and property damage insurance, having a liability limit of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000), with contractual liability endorsement, insuring Landlord and Tenant against all liability arising out of the ownership, use, occupancy, or maintenance of the Premises and appurtenant areas. Such Insurance shall be endorsed as primary and non-contributing, as to any policy carried by Landlord. Tenant will deliver to Landlord a certificate evidencing sued insurance and providing that the Insurance will not be canceled except on at least 30 days notice to Landlord.


  12.2   Indemnity

 

Tenant shall indemnify Landlord and hold it harmless from all claims, demands, liabilities, and expenses, including attorney’s fees arising our of Tenant’s use of the Premises or from any acts permitted by Tenant on the Premises, excluding claims or actions based upon Landlord’s [active] negligence or willful misconduct.

 

  12.3   Waiver of Liability (No Subrogation)

 

To the extent allowable by the applicable insurance policy without reduction of coverage, Landlord and Tenant hereby waive all rights of recovery against the other for loss or damage that is compensable by Insurance then in force.

 

13.   TRANSFER

 

  13.1   Transfer by Tenant

 

Tenant shall not assign, sublet, or otherwise transfer, or permit a transfer of, all or any portion of its interest in this Lease, the Premises, or of a controlling interest in any Tenant entity, without Landlord’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, except that Tenant may assign or sublet the Lease to an affiliate of Tenant provided (i) Tenant gives Landlord prior written notice of such assignment or sublease and (ii) Tenant shall not be released from its liability hereunder. No such consent shall relieve Tenant of any liability under this Lease, nor shall it constitute consent to any further transfer. As a condition of such consent, the transferee must assume all of Tenant’s liabilities hereunder.

 

  13.2   Transfer by Landlord

 

The liability of Landlord hereunder shall exist only with respect to the period that Landlord is the owner of the Premises, but all of Landlord’s obligations shall run with the land and be binding upon all subsequent owners thereof. Upon any transfer of Landlord’s interest in the Premises, and notification thereof to Tenant, Landlord shall be relieved of all liability hereunder except such as may have accrued prior to the transfer.

 

14.   DEFAULT

 

  14.1   Events

 

The occurrence of any of the following events shall constitute a material breach of this Lease and default by Tenant:

 

  14.1.1   Failure to pay rental within five business days after Landlord’s delivery to Tenant, in the manner described in Section 1162 of the California Code of Civil Procedure, of written notice of default;
  14.1.2   Failure by tenant to perform any nonmonetary obligation under this Lease where such failure continues for more than thirty days after written notice by Landlord, or, if the failure cannot reasonably be cured within thirty days, for a period exceed the time within which such failure could be cured with reasonable diligence;


  14.1.3   A general assignment by Tenant for the benefit of creditors: the filing of a petition by or against Tenant, seeking adjudication or reorganization under the Bankruptcy Code; the appointment of a receiver to take possession of, or a levy by way of attachment or execution upon, substantially all of Tenant’s assets at the Premises;
  14.1.4   Tenant falsely stating any material aspect of its financial condition to Landlord, either before or after the execution of this Lease.

 

  14.2   Remedies

 

After any breach or default by Tenant, Landlord shall have all rights and remedies afforded by law, including but not limited to the following:

 

  14.2.1   If Tenant’s right to possession is expressly terminated in writing by Landlord because of such breach, Landlord may recover from Tenant such damages as may be allowed under the laws of California, with Interest at the rate specified in paragraph 17.1, including the worth at the time of the award of the amount by which the unpaid rent, for the balance of the term after the time of the award, exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided, as discounted to the then present value at a rate equal to one percent (1% over the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of the award.
  14.2.2   Without terminating Tenant’s rights to possession, Landlord may enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover rent as it becomes due. For purposes of this provision, any reletting of the Premises for a term of less than the unexpired term of this Lease or any reletting of a portion of the Premises shall, at Landlord’s option, be deemed to terminate the Tenant’s right to possession only with respect to such portion of the unexpired term or such portion of the Premises as is the subject of such reletting.
  14.2.3   Landlord may cause a receiver to be appointed to take possession of the Premises.

 

15   SUBORDINATION

 

A the option of the holder of any security interest encumbering the Premises, this Lease shall be either prior to, or subordinate to, the lien of such security interest, provided that subordination to a security interest created after execution of this Lease shall occur only if the security holder agrees that Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises will not be disturbed by such security holder, or its successor in interest, so long as Tenant is not in default in the performance of its obligations hereunder.

 

16.   TENANT STATEMENTS

 

  16.1   Offset

 

At the request of any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of the Premises, and for the benefit of such person, Tenant will, From time to time as required, within ten days after notice from Landlord, execute a written statement certifying that, to the best of Tenant’s knowledge, (i) this Lease is then unmodified and is in effect, (ii) no rent other than that for the current month has been paid in advance, (iii) Landlord is not then in default in the performance of any of its obligations, or specifying the manner in which any of said matters are untrue. Tenant’s failure to execute such written statement within the time required shall constitute an admission by Tenant, which may be relied


upon by such person, that this Lease is then in effect without modification, that no advance rent has been paid, and that Landlord is not then in default.

 

  16.2   Occupancy Certificate

 

Upon accepting occupancy of the Premises, Tenant will, if required by any mortgagee or prospective mortgagee of the Premises, complete, execute, and deliver to Landlord a certificate reflecting Tenant’s acceptance of the Premises in such reasonable form as may be required by the mortgagee.

 

17.   GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

  17.1   Monetary Payments

 

Any monetary payment that is required by this Lease and is not made by Tenant when due shall thereafter bear interest at five percent (5%) over the Federal Discount Rate, unless such rate exceeds the maximum rate that the parties may agree upon as permitted by law, in which case such maximum rate shall apply. No acceptance by Landlord of any monetary payment shall constitute a waiver by Landlord of any default by Tenant hereunder

 

  17.2   Quiet Enjoyment

 

So long as Tenant is not in default hereunder, Landlord warrants to Tenant the quiet possession of the Premises throughout the lease term, commencing upon Tenant’s actual possession of the Premises, against all persons lawfully claiming possession thereof.

 

  17.3   Construction

 

The rent payable under this Lease has been determined in light of all other provisions hereof. Both parties have had equal opportunity to review this Lease and eliminate any ambiguities contained herein, and this Lease shall be fairly interpreted in accordance with ifs reasonable meaning, neither for nor against either party, neither of which is to be considered as having drafted this Lease. Captions are for convenience only and do not define or limit the provisions of this Lease.

 

  17.4   Notices

 

Any written notice required to be given to a party hereunder will be effective upon the earlier of (i) the dale that it is delivered in the manner required by applicable law, or (ii) three days after mailing, if mailed by first class, certified United States mail, posted in California, and addressed to the party at its address staled in the Lease Summary, or, if no address is there stated, to Tenant at the Premises and to Landlord at its then-current address for payment of rent.

 

  17.5   Entire Agreement

 

 

This Lease constitutes the entire agreement between the parties concerning the subject matter; neither party has made any representations or warranties to the other except as set forth herein.


  17.6   Attorney’s Fees

 

In any suit commenced by Landlord [o collect rent or recover possession of the Premises, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its attorneys’ tees from the other.

 

  17.7   Time

 

Time is of the essence in the performance of all obligations required by this Lease.

 

  17.8   Addendum

 

If an Addendum containing additional provisions is attached to this Lease, the provisions of that Addendum override the provisions of the Basic Lease to the extent they are inconsistent herewith.

 

  17.9   Counsel

 

If a party was represented by counsel in connection with the negotiation and execution of this Lease, that fact is indicated by the party’s initials below.

 

Landlord’s Initials: illegible                              Tenant’s Initials: illegible

 

END OF BASIC LEASE


ADDENDUM

 

LANDLORD:   Alexander & Baldwin, Inc., a Hawaii corporation

 

TENANT:   Synnex Information Technologies, Inc., a California corporation

 

PREMISES:   a 69,230 square foot + portion of that 98,500 square foot building known as Spinnaker Two, Building 3A located at 3777-97 Spinnaker Court, Fremont, California (see attached Exhibit A).

 

18.0   LANDLORD’S WORK

 

None

 

  18.1   Tenant Improvement Allowance

 

Landlord will reimburse Tenant an amount not to exceed Forty-Five Thousand ($45,000) Dollars for recarpeting and repainting of existing office improvements and the construction of new office improvements. Reimbursement shall be made upon presentation of paid invoices and lien releases. All construction is to be performed in accordance with die terms of the Lease.

 

  18.2   Condition of Premises

 

Tenant accepts the Premises in an “as is” condition. Any costs of constructing the improvements which exceed the maximum allowance provided by Landlord as described above, shall be borne by Tenant.

 

19.0   PARKING

 

Two hundred (200) parking spaces shall be made available by Landlord for Tenant’s use in locations surrounding and adjacent to the Premises. The location of the parking spaces shall be mutually acceptable to Landlord and Tenant.

 

20.0   HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

 

(a)    Tenant shall not cause or permit to be discharged from or about the Premises or the Building any hazardous, toxic, or radioactive materials, including, but not limited to, those materials identified in Section 66680 or within the criteria set forth in Section 66693 et seq . of Title 22 of the California Administrative Code. Division 4, Chapter 30, as amended from time to time (collectively. “Hazardous Materials”). Tenant shall at its sole expense, comply with all applicable governmental rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, statutes and other requirements respecting Hazardous Materials in connection with Tenant’s activities on or about the Premises, the Property or the Park. Tenant shall, at its sole cost perform all clean-up and remedial actions which may be required of Tenant by any governmental authority.

 

(b)    Tenant shall indemnity and hold Landlord harmless from all costs, claims, judgments, losses, demands, causes of action, proceedings or hearings, including Landlord’s attorneys’ fees and court costs, relating to the storage, placement or use of Hazardous Materials by Tenant on or about the Premises. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord For (i) losses in or reductions to rental income resulting from Tenant’s use, storage, or disposal of Hazardous Materials; (ii) all costs of clean-up or other alterations to the Premises necessitated by Tenant’s


use, storage, or disposal of Hazardous Materials; and (iii) any diminution in the fair market value of the Property and caused by Tenant’s use, storage, or disposal of Hazardous Materials. The obligations of Tenant under tins Paragraph 22.0 shall survive the expiration of the Lease term.

 

21.0   COSTS

 

The costs to be reimbursed by Tenant as described in paragraph 8 of the lease do not include Landlord’s property management fees. The base year monthly taxes assessments, insurance and common area maintenance (CAM) costs to be reimbursed by Tenant are estimated as follows: (1996 estimate)

 

Taxes

    $4,377

Assessments

    3,431

Insurance

    2,332

CAM

    2,543

TOTAL

      $12,683

 

The CAM costs estimated above include prorated landscape maintenance costs, Bayside Business Park maintenance and operating costs, and common area utility costs. Additional common area maintenance casts may include painting the exterior of the building and resurfacing the parking lot. Tenant’s prorated costs shall be limited to repainting the building no more than twice and resurfacing the parking lot no more than once during the lease term.

 

22.0   LANDLORD’S INSURANCE

 

At the time of execution of this lease, Landlord maintains a “blanket” property insurance policy covering the Building and other properties of Landlord. Landlord agrees to maintain, throughout the term of this lease, amounts and types of insurance applicable lo the Building which are standard in the industry for properties of similar quality.

 

23.0   ASSESSMENTS

 

Landlord shall not voluntarily cause an increase in the amount of assessments encumbering the property on which the Building is located, without the prior approval of Tenant. Nothing herein shall be interpreted, however, lo limit Landlord’s ability’ to participate in any assessment district required by any governmental entity or any other agency or entity entitled by law to impose any assessments.

 

24.0   TEMPORARY CONDEMNATION

 

In the event of any temporary condemnation, which for the purposes of this lease shall mean a taking of all or any portion of the Premises for a period of time less than the remaining balance of the lease term, then the following terms and conditions shall apply:

 

(a)    Tenant’s rent will abate to The extent that such Liking interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises, (b) Tenant shall be entitled lo receive that portion of any award in compensation of such temporary taxing which is designated lo Tenant’s moving expenses, loss of Tenant’s goodwill, or for Tenant’s trade fixtures, (c) in the event such temporary condemnation shall render the Premises unsuitable for Tenant’s use, and Landlord cannot repair, restore or modify the Premises in a manner to permit such use within a reasonable time, then Tenant may cancel this lease upon written notice to Landlord of its election to cancel,


which notice shall be effective ninety (90) days from Landlord’s receipt thereof. In no event shall Tenant be entitled to cancel this lease due to a temporary condemnation shall exceed six (6) months and shall materially impair Tenant’s use of the Premises.

 

26.0   PREMISES

 

The following shall be added after the second sentence of Paragraph 6.1 of the Lease:

 

“In the event that any such use of the Premises by tenant results only in an increase in insurance premiums and not in cancellation of such insurance, Tenant shall not be in default under this Lease Tenant pays the full amount of such increase in insurance premiums and any other costs incurred by Landlord in connection therewith promptly upon demand for such sums by Landlord.”‘

 

27.0   FIRST RIGHT OR REFUSAL

 

Subject to the full compliance with the terms of this lease. Landlord shall grant Tenant a one-time First Right of Refusal to purchase the building containing the Premises.

 

  27.1   Term

 

The term of the First Right of Refusal shall commence upon the Commencement Date and shall terminate on the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, subject to the conditions set forth in Section 27.4 below.

 

  27.2   Notice

 

Subject to the conditions set forth in Paragraph 27 of the Addendum to the Lease, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a written notice of Landlord’s receipt of an offer to purchase the Building (“Offer”) setting forth all of the material terms and conditions of the received Offer.

 

  27.3   Exercise of Option

 

Tenant may exercise its option to purchase the Building by (i) delivering to Landlord a written notice of exercise (“Tenant’s Notice”) within five (5) days after Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of the Offer (“Exercise Period”), (ii) delivering to Landlord within the Exercise Period a deposit in an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the Offer amount, and (iii) executing a purchase and sale agreement satisfactory to Landlord (which agreement shall contain the terms specified in the Offer, within fifteen (15) days after Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of the Offer (“Agreement Period”).

 

  27.4   Expiration of First Right of Refusal

 

If Tenant does not exercise the First Right of Refusal within the Exercise Period, or if Tenant does not execute a purchase and sale agreement satisfactory to Landlord within the Agreement Period, then all of the Landlord’s obligations, and Tenant’s rights, under this Section 27 shall terminate and be of no force and effect, and Landlord shall have no further obligations to Tenant in respect to the sale or transfer of the Building.


  27.5   Conditions of the First Right of Refusal

 

Notwithstanding anything contrary in this Section 27, Landlord shall not be obligated to provide notice to Tenant of any Offer, and the terms of this Section 27 shall not apply, in the event of (i) a transfer of the Building to an affiliate of Landlord, (ii) a portfolio sale which includes the Building, and (iii) a foreclosure sale.

 

  27.6   Subordinate Nature

 

The First Right of Refusal shall be subject and subordinate to the lien of any mortgage deed of trust or other lien now or hereafter in force against the Building as a result of the financing or refinancing of the Building.

 

  27.7   Closing Costs

 

Landlord and Tenant shall each pay the fees of their respective attorneys, consultants and real estate brokers in connection with the sale of the Building to Tenant. All closing costs incurred in connection with the sale shall be apportioned in accordance with local custom.

 

28.0   BROKERS

 

  28.1   Tenant’s Warranty

 

Tenant warrants and represents that it has had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Lease, except for Colliers Parrish International, Inc., (Pleasonton, CA office) (“Broker”), and that it knows of no other real estate broker or agent who is or might be entitled to a commission in connection with this Lease.

 

  28.2   Broker Fee

 

Landlord shall pay Broker a fee (“Broker Fee”) in the amount equal to three percent (3%) of the Base Rent due over the term of the lease for services performed by Broker on behalf of Tenant relating to the Premises. No Broker Fee shall be payable to Broker in connection with any extension of the initial Term, expansion of the Premises or purchase of the Project. The Broker Fee shall be payable to Broker upon execution of this Lease by Landlord and Tenant. Broker not be deemed to be a third party beneficiary of this Section 28.2.

 

  28.3   Tenant’s Indemnity

 

Tenant shall indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from and against all liabilities and expenses arising out of claims arising out of claims made by any broker or individual for commissions or fees resulting from this Lease other than the Broker Fee payable to Broker described in Section 28.2. the indemnity in this Section shall survive expiration or termination of this Lease.

 

Landlord’s Initials: illegible                                                                           Tenant’s Initials: illegible

 

END OF ADDENDUM


Exhibit A

 

[Description of property drawing]

Exhibit 10.11

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

 

This First Amendment to Lease (this “Second Amendment”) entered into this 24th day of May, 1999, by and between BEDFORD PROPERTY INVESTORS, INC. , a Maryland corporation, successor in interest to Alexander & Baldwin. Inc. (“Landlord”) and S YNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC. , a California corporation (“Tenant”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.    Landlord’s predecessor in interest and Tenant previously entered into that certain Lease dated December 5, 1996 (which lease together with all amendments and modifications thereto, is hereinafter known as the “Lease”) whereby Landlord leased to Tenant and Tenant leased from Landlord certain space commonly known Spinnaker Two, Building 3A at 3777-3797 Spinnaker Court, Fremont, California consisting of approximately 69,230 rentable square feet, as more particularly identified in the Lease (the “Original Premises.”).

 

B.    The Parties hereto wish to amend the Lease to (i) reduce the Premises, (ii) extend the term of the Lease, (iii) modify the Base Rent, and (iv) to otherwise amend the terms and conditions of the Lease as hereinafter set forth.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledge, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

AGREEMENT

 

1.     Recitals . The foregoing recitals are truth and correct and are incorporated herein by this reference.

 

2.     Defined Terms . All capitalized terms used in this First Amendment that are not defined herein shall have the meaning as defined in the Lease.

 

3.     Effective Date . The “Effective Date” shall be April 1, 2000.

 

4.     Decrease in Size of Premises . From and after the Effective Date, the size of the Premises shall be reduced by approximately fifteen Thousand, Eight Hundred, fifty (15,850) rentable square feet (the “Reduced Portion”) such that the remaining Premises shall be Fifty Three Thousand, Three Hundred, Eighty (53,380) rentable square feet as shown on Exhibit A-1. Section III of the Lease is hereby amended accordingly.

 

5.     Release. Provided that the Landlord has received possession of the Reduced Portion from the Tenant on or before the Effective Date, and further provided that Tenant fully and faithfully complies with all the provisions of this First Amendment, as of the Effective Date Landlord and Tenant shall be fully and unconditionally release and discharged from their respective obligations arising from or connected with the provisions of the Lease with respect to the Reduced Portion, except for obligations accruing on or before the Effective Date including, but not limited to m operation expenses through the Effective Date, obligations of indemnification, insurance and waiver of claims with regard to events occurring or claims accruing on or before the Effective Date. Subject to such exception, Landlord and Tenant each understand and agree that this First Amendment releases the other party from any and all claims of every kind of nature including, without limitation, both known and unknown claims and causes of action that arise out of or in connection with the Lease, and that it constitutes a mutual release with respect to the Lease.

 

The parties expressly and deliberately waive the provision of Section 1542 of the Civil Code of the State of California. The parties understand that said Section 1542 provides:

 

“A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his favor at the time of execution the release, which if known by him must have materially affected his settlement with the debtor.”


6.     Decrease in Tenant’s Percentage Share of Expenses . From and after the effective date, the Tenant’s Percentage Share of Expenses shall be Fifty-Four and Nineteen One Hundredths (54.19%). Section V of the Lease is hereby amended accordingly.

 

7.     Extension of Term . As of the Effective Date, Section IV of the Lease is hereby amended to extend the term of the Lease such that the new Expiration Date shall be March 31, 2001.

 

8.     Base Monthly Rent . As of the Effective Date, Section V of the Lease is hereby amended so that the Base Monthly Rent for premises shall be as follows:

 

4/1/2000 – 3/31/2001:

   Fifty Three Thousand, Three Hundred, Eighty Dollars and 00/100 ($53,380.00) per month

 

9.      Parking . As of the Effective Date, Tenant shall the use of One Hundred, Fifty-Four (154) parking spaces. Section 19.0 of the Lease is hereby amended accordingly.

 

10.     Brokers . Tenant represent and warrant that is has not authorized or employed, or acted by implication to authorize or employ, any real estate broker or salesman to act for it in connection which this First Amendment other than Mark Triska and John Steinbuch of Colliers Parrish International, Inc (“Tenant’s broker”). Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all claims by any other real estate broker or salesman Tenant authorized or employed, or acted by implication to authorize or employ, to act for tenant in connection with this First amendment to Lease. Landlord shall pay Tenant’s broker a fee based on 2.5% if the Base Monthly Rent amount for the extended term.

 

11.     No Change . Except as set forth herein, all of the terms and conditions of the lease remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

 

IN   WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this First Amendment as of the day and dated first written above.

 

LANDLORD:

BEDFORD PROPERTY INVESTORS, INC.

a Maryland corporation

     

TENANT:

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC

a California corporation

By:  

    Illegible


      By:  

    Illegible


Its:  

    Illegible


      By:  

    EVP & CFO


Exhibit 10.12

 

SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE

 

This Second Amendment to Lease (.this “Second Amendment”) entered into this 30th of March, 2001, by and between BEDFORD PROPERTY INVESTORS, INC. , a Maryland corporation, successor in interest to Alexander & Baldwin. Inc. (“Landlord”) and S YNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC. , a California corporation (“ Tenant ”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.    Landlord’s predecessor in interest and Tenant previously entered into that certain lease dated December 5. 1996 (which lease, together with all amendments and modifications thereto, is hereinafter known as the “ Lease ”) whereby Landlord leased lo Tenant and Tenant leased from Landlord certain space commonly known Spinnaker Two, Building 3 A at .1777-3797 Spinnaker Count, Fremont. California consisting of approximately 53,380 rentable square feet. as more particularly identified in the Lease (the “ Premises ”).

 

B.    Tenant has for many months noticed odors emanating from an adjacent space in the Building (the “ Long’s Premises ”), which space is leased from Landlord by Long’s Manufacturing (“ Long ”). Tenant has done testing of the odors and based on the results thereof, Tenant’s consultant has determined that, while such odors are noticeably present at times, there is no air contamination with any hazardous, toxic, or dangerous substances in concentrations significant enough to constitute a violation of OSHA standards. Notwithstanding the foregoing, or the fact that Landlord is not responsible for origination of the odors, Landlord has agreed to contribute to certain improvements in the Long’s Premises to attempt to alleviate the odors.

 

C.    The parties hereto wish to amend the Lease to (i) extend the term of the Lease, (ii) modify the Base Tent, (iii) address the odors as set forth in Recital B, and (iv) to otherwise amend the terms and conditions of the Lease as hereinafter set forth.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledge, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

AGREEMENT

 

1.      Recitals . The foregoing recitals are truth and correct and are incorporated herein by this reference.

 

2.      Defined Terms . All capitalized terms used in this Second Amendment that are not defined herein shall have the meaning as defined in the Lease.

 

3.     Effective Date . The “ Effective Date ” shall be April 1, 2001.

 

4.      Extension of Term . As of the Effective Date, Section IV of the Lease is hereby amended to extend the term of the Lease such that the new Expiration Date shall be March 31, 2004.

 

5.      Base Monthly Rent . As of the Effective Date, Section V of the Lease is hereby amended so that the Base Monthly Rent for premises shall be as follows:

 

4/1/2001 – 3/31/2002:

   One hundred, One Thousand, Four Hundred, Twenty Two Dollars and 00/100 ($101,422.00) per month

4/1/2002 – 3/31/2003:

   One Hundred, Five Thousand, four Hundred, Seventy Eight Dollars and 88/100 ($105,478.88) per month.

 


4/1/2003 –3/31/2004:

   One Hundred, Nine Thousand, Six Hundred, Ninety Eight Dollars and 04/100 ($109,698.04) per month.

 

6.      Security Deposit and Advanced Rent . As of the Effective Date, Section V of the Lease is hereby amended so that the Security Deposit shall be One Hundred, Nine Thousand, Seven Hundred Dollars and 00/I00 ($109,700.00). Landlord currently holds $56.744.00 as a Security Deposit. Upon Execution of this Second Amendment, Tenant shall remit the amount of $52,956.00 to Landlord to increase the Security Deposit to $109,700.00. In addition, upon execution of this Second Amendment, Tenant shall remit a check for rent due in April 2001 in the amount of $111,134.00 . This amount includes Base Monthly Rent of $101,422.00 plus Common Area costs in the amount of $9,712.00.

 

7.      Improvement’s to Long’s Premises . Landlord will cause (1) the installation of one exhaust fan and ancillary equipment on Long’s Premises as described in the proposal from Associated Engineering & Construction dated January 18, 2001 (collectively the “ Fans ”), a copy of which is attached as Exhibit 1 to this Second Amendment and incorporated herein by this reference, (2) the sealing of all open spaces, holes and penetrations in the demising wall between Long’s Premises and Tenant per the proposal from Bayside interiors dated December 4, 2000 (the “ Sealing ”) attached as Exhibit 2. Landlord will begin the installation of the Fans and Sealing upon full execution of this Second Amendment and use commercially reasonable diligence to the installation of the Fans and Sealing. Tenant will reimburse Landlord, as Additional Rent, for all the costs (expect as hereinafter set forth) associated with the installation of the Fans and the Sealing; provided, however, that Landlord shall pay for two-third of all such costs. In addition Landlord shall pay two-thirds of the actual expenses incurred by Tenant for additional air filters, air sampling and consultant fees in connection with the air quality dispute between Tenant and Long’s (the Additional costs”) within ten business days of receipt of demand for payment, accompanied by appropriate backup documentation. In no event shall Landlord’s contribution to the cost of the Fans, the dealing and Additional costs exceed #30,000. Landlord shall obtain Long’s written agreement that the Fans shall be operating continually (i.e., twenty-four hours per day, seven days per week to maintain negative air pressure per the design specifications outlined in Exhibit 1). Landlord shall provide electricity to the Fans by connecting them to the Building house meter and shall recover those costs directly from Long’s. Landlord shall also perform periodic preventative maintenance on the Fans and shall recover those cost directly from Long’s. It is agreed that Tenant shall have no responsibility for monitoring Long’s to ensure that the Fans are in operation continually. However, Tenant may, at its sole cost and expense, install in the common area electrical room of the building a monitoring device (the “Monitoring Device”) on the Fans to record their hours of operation. If installed, the Monitoring Device shall be maintained and monitored by Tenant at its sole cost and expense.

 

8.      Long’s Security Deposit . Tenant has retained the security deposit in the amount of $46,800 form Long’s pursuant to their previous sublease agreement dated January 12, 1998 (the “Long’s Security Deposit”). Upon execution of this Second Amendment, Tenant shall return the Long’s Security Deposit without deduction or other offset to Long’s.

 

9.      Release . Tenant acknowledges that it is entering into this Second Amendment and the Lease extension with full knowledge of the odors, the facts set forth in the Recitals, and all other matters set forth in this Second Amendment. Tenant acknowledges and agrees (i) that Landlord has made no representations or warranties whatsoever as to whether the Fans or the Sealing will affect the odors in any way, (ii) that Landlord’s sole obligation with respect to the odors is to install the fans, complete the Sealing and performs all other obligations as set forth in Section 7, and (iii) Tenant will not seek recovery from Landlord on account of any odors from the Long’s Premises if Landlord installs the Fans, completes the sealing and performs all other obligations as set forth in Section 7. Provided Landlord installs the Fans, completes the Sealing the performs all other obligations set forth in Section 7, Tenant releases Landlord from any and all claims of every nature and kind whatsoever, past, present or future, known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, in any way related to the odors, and expressly waives all rights under Section 1542 if the California Civil Code which reads as follows:

 

“A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his favor at the time of execution the release, which if known by him must have materially affected his settlement with the debtor.”

 


10.      Brokers . Landlord and Tenant each represent and warrant to the other party that is has not authorized or employed, or acted by implication to authorize or employ, any real estate broker or salesman to act for it in connection which this Lease, except for Cornish & Carey Commercial representing Landlord and Colliers International representing Tenant. Landlord and Tenant shall each indemnify, defend and hold the other party harmless from and against any and all claims by any real estate broker or salesman whom the indemnifying party authorized or employed, or acted by implication to authorize or employ, to act for the indemnifying party in connection with this Lease.

 

11.      No Change . Except as set forth herein, all of the terms and conditions of the lease remain unchanged and in full force and effect. The Lease constitutes the entire agreement between Tenant and Landlord with respect to the Premises, and has not been modified, changed, altered or amended except as set forth herein. There are no other agreements, written or oral, which affect Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises. To the best Knowledge of Tenant, no party is in default under the Lease and no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice or passage of time, or both, would constitute such a default. Tenant further acknowledges that as of the date of this Second Amendment it has no claims against Landlord or its agent which may serve as the basis of any set-off against Rent or any other remedy at law or equity.

 

12.      Defined Terms . Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Second Amendment shall have the same meaning as in the Lease.

 

13.     Counterparts . This Second Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute a final Second Amendment.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Second Amendment as of the day and date first written above.

 

LANDLORD:

 

BEDFORD PROPERTY INVESTORS, INC.

 

 

 

a Maryland corporation

     

TENANT:

 

SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC

 

 

 

a California corporation

By:  

Illegible                    


      By:  

Illegible            


Its:

 

SVP Development


     

Its:

 

EVP & CFO    


 


EXHIBIT 1

Page 1 of 1

 

PROPOSAL

Associated Engineering & Construction

A Design/ build Contractor (A, B, C-4, 10, 16, 36 & 38)

1771 Timothy Drive, San Leandro, CA 94577

Tel: (510) 357-5729 Fax: (510) 357-5702

Contractor Lic. # 676896. Bonded. Insured

 


PROPOSAL SUBMITTED TO

SYNNEX (Ms. Lily Huang & Mr. John Ferguson)

  

PHONE

FAX

  

(510) 668-3602

(510) 668-3602

  

DATE

Jan 18 2001


STREET

   CITY, STATE AND ZIP CODE     

DESCRIPTION


Install exhaust system & pressure control for Long’s Manufacturing at 3785 Spinnaker Ct., Fremont, CA.

Include:

—     Permit application & drawing preparation, include CADD plots and blueprints.

—     Wood blocking for new equipment on roof.

—     Install one exhaust fan w/ 15HP motor, 480V/3Ø.

—     Install intake ductwork and discharge stack, include seismic restraint.

—     Install one 480V/3Ø electrical circuit, include circuit breaker, conduit, wiring and disconnect.

—     Install one 15HP variable frequency drive.

—     Install building pressure control that shall modulate exhaust air flowrate to maintain a suitable negative pressure at Long’s 24 hours.

—     Paint ductwork above roof screen to match building.

—     Install 100 linear feet, 6’ high metal screen wall, paint to match existing and structural supports.

—     Roof patch.

—     Crane (one time only).

—     Sissorlift rental.

—     Startup.

—     Permit & inspection fee.

Exclude: Autocad background for drawing preparation.


The Price including 1 year warranty on parts & labor under normal, proper usage. 90 days on all repair works.


We propose hereby to furnish materials and labor complete according to above specifications for

The sum of ** Twenty Eight Thousand Eight Hundred and Ninety only *** dollars ($28,890)

Payment to be made as follows:

$5,000 deposit required for ordering materials and scheduling. Work performed & materials delivered will be billed biweekly. Balance upon completion.

Any alteration or deviation from above specifications involving extra costs will be executed only upon written orders, and become an extra charge above the estimate. All contingent upon strikes, accidents or delays are beyond out control.

All work to be completed in accordance with industry standard. They shall further comply with latest adopted California Building Code. California Mechanical Code. California Title 24. National Electrical Code and EPA Section 608.

The Customer aggress to pay any fees or permits charge that are imposed by any government body, relating to the installation or service provided under this Agreement. A finance charge of 1.5% per month will be charged on total remaining balance on accounts pass due. The customer agrees to pay all expenses of collecting past due amounts, including but not limited to attorney fee and court fee occurred by Associated Engineering & Construction.

 

Submitted By: Mike Wu                          Date: Jan 18, 2001

Note: this proposal is void of not accepted within 30 days.


ACCEPTANCE OF PROPOSAL – The above prices specifications and conditions are satisfactory and are hereby accepted. You are authorized to do the work as specified. Payment will be made as outlined above
Signature:    Date of Acceptance:          


EXHIBIT 2

Page 1 of 1

 

Bayside Interiors

 

4128 BUSINESS CENTER DRIVE

FREMONT, CALIFORNIA 94538

(510) 438-9171


LIC #454203

  FAX (510) 438-9375

 

SYNNEX, Inc.

3797 Spinnaker Ct.

Fremont, Ca 94538

668-3912 Fax 668-3820

12/04/00

SUBJECT: Demising wall repair

 

ATTN: John Ferguson

 

We propose to remove and replace existing ceiling allowing access to the demising wall above the ceiling grid. We will seal penetrations and add a rip of drywall to the top of the wall sealing the wall top the desk. Please take into account the following guidelines and clarifications.

 

Approximately 136 feet of well is affected. All work to be done during off hours. We will protect the existing furnishings, however the tenant is responsible for minimizing this scope by having their employees remove all breakable items from the work area.

 

ROUGH BUDGET

  +-$ 12,800.00

 

Respectfully Submitted,

 

/s/    Alan P. Powell

 

Alan P. Powell

Exhibit 21.1

 

 

Subsidiaries of SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc.

 

 

Name of Subsidiary   

State or Country in

Which Organized

SYNNEX Canada Ltd.

   Canada

SYNNEX Info. Tech (China) Ltd.

   China

SYNNEX de Mexico

   Mexico

SYNNEX Info. Tech (UK) Ltd.

   United Kingdom

SYNNEX K.K.

   Japan

ComputerLand Corporation

   California

Sennex Enterprises Ltd.

   Hong Kong

SIT Funding Corporation

   Delaware

MiTAC Industrial Corporation

   California

ECLand.com

   California

EXHIBIT 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

 

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated January 17, 2003 relating to the consolidated financial statements of SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc., and our report dated January 17, 2003 relating to the financial statement schedule of valuation and qualifying accounts, which appear in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the references to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

 

/s/    P RICEWATERHOUSE C OOPERS LLP

 

San Jose, California

September 4, 2003